C A P I L A N O COLLEG Capilano College 1994-1995 SECHELT NORTH CAMPUS 5627 Inlet Avenue P.O. Box 1609 Sechelt, B.C. VON 3A0 Telephone (604) 885-9310 Toll free from Vancouver: 987-1535 FAX (604) 885-9350 SECHELT SOUTH CAMPUS at House of Hewhiwus SQUAMISH CAMPUS 37827 Second Avenue P.O. Box 1538 Squamish, B.C. VON 3G0 Telephone (604) 892-5322 Toll free from Vancouver: 986-3515 FAX (604) 892-9274 Capilano College is a smoke-free environment. • mi T*^' North Vancouver Campus Call 984-4945 for a wheelchair access map 3 Admissions 984-4913 Adult Basic Education 984-4971 Adult Special Education 984-1759 Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) 984-4945 Advising Centre Hotline 984-4990 Applied Information Technology 984-1727 Art Department 984-4911 Asia Pacific Management Co-op 984-4981 Athletics and Recreation 984-4977 Bookstore 984-4972 Business Administration 984-4960 CANASEAN 984-1706 Capilano College Foundation 984-4983 Capilano Students' Union 984-4969 Counselling 984-1744 Daycare 984-4950 Deans: Academic 986-1911, local 2058 Career/Vocational 984-4923 Student & Instructional Services 984-4975 Disability Support Services 983-7526 Early Childhood Education 984-4947 Extension Programs & Services 984-4901 Financial Aid 984-4966 First Aid 984-1772 Humanities 984-4957 International Office 984-4975 International Student Advisors 984-1744 986-1911, local 2628 Labour Studies Landscape Horticulture Library Maintenance Media Resources Music Department Nurse Office Administration Outdoor Recreation Personnel President Public Relations Pure & Applied Sciences Purchasing Registration Sechelt Campus Social Sciences Sportsplex Control Centre Squamish Campus Student Employment Student Records Switchboard/Reception Vice Presidents: Academic Career/Vocational Student & Instructional Services Visual and Performing Arts Protection of Privacy and Access to Information Capilano College gathers and maintains information used for the purposes of admission, registration, alumni and other fundamental activities related to being a member of the Capilano College community and attending a public postsecondary institution in the Province of British Columbia. In signing an application for admission, all applicants are advised that both the information they provide and any other information placed into the student record will be protected and used in compliance with the B.C. Freedom of Information and Privacy Protection Act (1992). This calendar is produced by the Capilano College Public Relations Department. 4 984-4954 984-4947 984-4944 984-4963 984-4940 984-4951 984-4964 984-4959 984-4947 984-4929 984-4925 984-1729 984-4955 984-4904 984-4913 987-1535 984-4953 984-1737 986-3515 984-4965 984-4973 986-1911 984-4921 984-4924 984-4922 984-1766 Table of Contents GENERAL INFORMATION ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY Getting to Cap, Who to Call How to Find Us 2 North Vancouver Campus 3 Frequently Called Numbers 4 Message from the President 6 Message from the Board 7 About Capilano College 8 Mission and Values 9 Academic Schedule 10 Admission and Readmission 12 Registration 16 Fees 19 General Course Information & Policies 21 Graduation/Diplomas & Certificates 23 Policies & Procedures 27 Services 32 Advising 32 Achievement Resource Centre ...32 Athletics & Recreation 33 Bookstore 33 Counselling 33 Career Resource Centre 34 Daycare 34 Disability Support & Access Services 34 Distance Education 34 First Nations Programs & Services 35 Food and Beverage Service 35 Health Services and First Aid 35 International Office and International Education 35 Library 37 Lost and Found 38 Office of the Registrar 38 Parking 39 Security 39 Sportsplex & Fitness Centre 39 Student Employment Centre 39 Student Newspaper 40 Student Society 40 Student Store 40 Financial Aid and Awards 41 TRANSFER PROGRAMS General Information 67 Anthropology 71 Art Graphic Design & Illustration ....73 Studio Art 78 Art Institute 83 Textile Arts 84 Crafts Instructor Training 87 Art History 88 Biology 90 Chemistry 93 Chinese 95 Commerce 95 Computing Science 97 Criminology 99 Economics 100 Engineering 102 English 104 Environmental Science 108 French 110 Geography Ill Geology 113 German 114 History 115 Japanese 117 Jazz Studies 118 Kinesiology 132 Labour Studies 133 Mathematics 137 Music Transfer, Bachelor of 141 Philosophy 146 Physical Education 148 Physics 149 Political Studies 151 Psychology 152 Sociology 154 Spanish 156 Thai 157 Theatre 157 Women's Studies 159 PREPARATORY PROGRAMS Pre-College Level Courses Achievement Resource Centre Adult Basic Education/ Foundations Alternative Career Training English as a Second Language 57 58 59 63 64 CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS General Information 163 Applied InfoTech 164 Business Administration 169 Diploma Programs 170 Advanced Diploma 171 Baccalaureate Degree 172 Accelerated Business Admin. Diploma Programs 173 Business Computing Co-op 174 Professional Accounting 175 Retail Marketing Co-op 175 Evening Certificate Programs ..176 Communications 186 Early Childhood Education 188 Fisheries Science 193 Health and Human Services 195 Resident Care Attendant 195 Personal Assistant for Persons with Disabilities 196 Landscape Horticulture 199 Legal Assistant 201 Media Resources 205 Music Therapy, Bachelor of 210 Office Administration 214 Office Technology 214 General Office Assistant 216 Accelerated Office Technology 217 Legal Secretarial 220 Medical Office Assistant 222 Outdoor Recreation Management 224 Wilderness Leadership 225 Tourism Management 229 POST-GRADUATE PROGRAMS Asia Pacific Management Co-operative Program Environmental Science 235 238 NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS AND COURSES Extension Programs & Services Canadian Job Strategies Achievement Resource Centre 241 241 242 Governance and Administration 244 Index 246 Changes to Curricula, Regulations, and Services Capilano College reserves the right to make such changes in the College Calendar as necessary, including the cancellation or adjustment of programs or courses, and changes in fee structure or other regulations or services, without liability for any resulting loss or damage. Although every effort is made to ensure accuracy at the time of printing, the statements in the Calendar are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. 5 Message from the President As the 21st century approaches, we are challenged as a society to meet the needs of a new economy. The economy as a whole is now highly dependent on the instruments of knowledge and information processing. During the next 10 years, some 40 percent of new jobs will require four years of education beyond high school graduation. To prepare our students for the future, Capilano College is constantly updating our programs and courses. The College liaises with employers throughout the region to determine business and industry needs. Our faculty members, all experts in their fields, continually incorporate new technology, new work methods and new knowledge into their courses. As a result, Capilano College graduates have high success rates, both in finding quality employment and in pursuing further study. To serve our students and the community better, Capilano College continues to grow. We expect that a new Services and Classroom Building will be under construction this year. Set for completion in 1996, the building will become the hub of student services at the North Vancouver Campus. It will house student services such as Counselling, Advising and Registration, along with a 350-seat performance theatre, an expanded bookstore, a new cafeteria and classroom facilities. Our regional centres continue to thrive. A new campus is planned for Squamish, which will enable the College to offer enhanced programming to the Sea-to-Sky corridor. In Sechelt, the College continues to work with local organizations to serve the needs of the Sunshine Coast. We are heading toward a future in which we will continue our 26-year tradition of excellence in teaching and learning. As you embark on your studies at Capilano, we hope you will take advantage of all that the College has to offer. We are pleased to have you join us here, and we wish you every success. o f * = • Douglas K. jardine President 6 Message from the Board Capilano College has passed the quarter-century mark as an outstanding centre for post-secondary education. The excellent reputation the College has established during this time has attracted dedicated students pursuing a wide range of educational and career goals. Indeed, during the past few years Capilano has become a regional college, serving people from throughout Greater Vancouver. We continue to maintain strong partnerships with our three campus communities: the North Shore, the Howe Sound corridor and the Sunshine Coast. At the same time, we have been attracting a considerable portion of our students from Vancouver, Burnaby and other Lower Mainland municipalities. Students from across the province, Canada and the world also enroll at Capilano. Some 42 percent of our students now come from beyond our three campus areas. Whether they enroll in Academic, Career/Vocational, Preparatory, or PostBaccalaureate programs, or attend the College's Extension courses, students who come to Capilano are certain to receive a high standard of education. Our quality programs, the solid credentials of our faculty and our commitment to innovation have made Capilano the first choice of many students. Throughout its 26-year history, Capilano College has dedicated itself to providing excellence in teaching and learning. You have made a wise choice to join us here. Wherever you come from, we welcome you wholeheartedly. Graham Crockart Board Chair About Capilano College Since September 1968, when Capilano College first opened its doors to just over 700 students, it has grown steadily to become one of British Columbia's most outstanding Colleges, with approximately 6,000 students. The College directly serves North and West Vancouver, Howe Sound and the Sunshine Coast, with the core of the College located at the Lynnmour campus in North Vancouver and campuses in Sechelt and Squamish. Approximately 40 per cent of student enrolment now comes from outside these regions. Capilano College offers a variety of programs whidi include: Emphasis on Excellence Capilano College both encourages and rewards student excellence through its awards and recognition programs: • Academic scholarships to outstanding high school graduates enrolling at Capilano • Dean's List for full-time students with a 3.5 grade point average or higher • Merit List for part-time students with a 3.7 grade point average or higher when they have successfully completed a minimum of 30 or 60 term hours at Capilano College • Academic Studies: Academic transfer courses provide a range of options. After completing the first two years of an Arts or Science degree, students may transier to a university or pursue a career directly. • President's Award to the Career and Academic Studies graduates achieving exceptional academic excellence Capilano'College also offers associate degrees in both Arts and Science. The associate degree is an important benchmark of academic achievement which is recognized throughout the province. • Scholarships for academic excellence for returning students • Career/Vocational Programs: Certificate and diploma programs give students practical skills and knowledge to prepare them for employment or transfer to other post-secondary institutions. • Preparatory Programs: After upgrading or refreshing their skills, students can gain employment or continue on to Career/Vocational or Academic Studies programs. • Extension Programs and Services: Short courses seminars, workshops, and lectures are offered on a non-credit basis. In addition, the College presently offers three bachelor degrees in partnership with the Open Learning Agency: Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies, Bachelor of Music in Music Therapy, and Bachelor of Administrative (Business) Studies. The College also offers two post-baccalaureate programs The Environmental Science program and the Asia i 'acific Management Cooperative program provide unique opportunities for advanced study in specialized fields. Our programs have gained an excellent reputation, which we believe is largely attributable to our highly qualified, dedicated faculty, and our success in attracting many outstanding students. Capilano College is more than a classroom. It plays a keyrole in the civic and cultural life of the three regions it serves and will continue to be a dynamic source of leadership within its communities. 8 • Science and Music scholarship programs • Priority registration for high school graduates with a 2.5 grade point average or better who are enrolling in Academic Studies programs • Book Awards • Mission and Values The mission of Capilano College is to be a post-secondary institution dedicated to excellence in teaching and learning, and an institution of first choice for students. Our dedication to excellence and commitment to a set of values will prepare students to contribute effectively as responsible citizens in a rapidly changing global community. The College will accomplish this mission by emphasizing scholarship and achievement in a selective range of highquality academic, career and vocational programs. To enhance learning for all students, the College shall offer excellent instruction and support services in an attractive environment. The College will instill students with the motivation and broad-based knowledge, skills and attitudes to enable them to become independent learners and thinkers; to succeed in further studies; and to achieve occupational goals and personal aspirations. This mission statement reflects the following values: Accountability The College believes it should be accountable, both fiscally and educationally. It commits itself to allocating resources fairly to ensure that all students receive a sound education suited to their needs; to explaining its policies and achievements to the public; and to a thoughtful and ethical exercise of the power it exerts over its members and its community. Innovation The College encourages rigorous, ongoing analysis and evaluation of its own effectiveness. It supports those wishing to develop instructional methods and curricula to improve the teaching of present programs and to meet emerging needs of students and the community. It supports the use of appropriate technologies to meet these needs. The College accepts the reality of constant change and the need for planning and flexibility in meeting the demands of change. Students Student needs are the first concern of the College. The College strives to provide suitable curricula and support services to sustain students' personal growth and cultural enrichment. It believes that all students, whatever their background, should leave the College with enhanced skills in literacy, numeracy, and critical thinking, and with a positive attitude toward learning. To these ends, it expects and values the commitment of students to the learning process. Adopted by the College Board on March 20,1990. Teaching and Learning Conditions The College values everyone involved in the teaching and learning process. It regards faculty and staff as its greatest assets in developing excellent programming and services. The College recognizes that faculty, staff and administrators serve as active models of citizenship, scholarship and professionalism. The College also recognizes effective, responsible administration as a necessity for establishing and maintaining good conditions for teaching and learning. Community The College considers itself an important resource in the economic and cultural life of its immediate region and beyond: to the rest of the province, the nation, and internationally. It seeks both to respond to community needs and to offer its expertise and leadership in actively helping its communities to anticipate future needs, problems and opportunities. 9 1994 -1995 Academic Schedule 1994 FALL TERM AUGUST 1: B.C. Day. College closed AUGUST 2 -12: Academic Studies (university transfer) In-person Registration. AUGUST 15: Business Administration Registration AUGUST 25 - 26: Career/Vocational Programs in-person registration. Faculty Advisors present. See Fall Timetable for further information. AUGUST 29,30,31, and SEPTEMBER 1,2: Academic Studies (university transfer) In-person Registration, continues. SEPTEMBER 5: Labour Day. College closed. DECEMBER 6,7,8,9,10 (Tues. through Sat.) and DECEMBER 12,13,14,15,16 (Mon. through Fri.): Examination Period, 1994 Fall Term. (Grades due at Deans' office 72 hours after exam ends.) DECEMBER 16: Last day of classes for Career/Vocational courses without final examinations. DECEMBER 19:9:00 a.m. Final deadline for submission of grades to Deans' Office for examinations conducted on Friday, December 16. DECEMBER 20: Permits to Register for 1995 Spring Term SEPTEMBER 6: Classes commence. Note: Career/ Vocational Programs commence on various days. Consult with your program instructor for further information. SEPTEMBER 6 -19: Add/drop period. mailed. DECEMBER 21:1994 Fall Term grades mailed. DECEMBER 23 - 27: Christmas Break. College closed. SEPTEMBER 19: Last day to add or drop a c<> change sections, or change from audit to credit. Students will be charged full fees for courses not dropped by this date. Withdrawals from September 20 to November 9 will be noted on the permanent student record as a "W". ( OCTOBER 4: Last day to submit application for program evaluation for Fall Graduation. OCTOBER 11: Thanksgiving Day. College closed. OCTOBER 21: Final date for payment of tuition fee balance for Fall 1994 Term. NOVEMBER 3: Fall Graduation, Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. NOVEMBER 9: Last day to withdraw from a course, or change from credit to audit status. (This date is under review and likely to change. Consult the Important Dates Sheet your receive at Registration.) NOVEMBER 11: Remembrance Day. College closed. NOVEMBER 21 - DECEMBER 2: Early registration fur 1995 Spring Term for Career/Vocational Programs, and Art, Music, Asia Pacific, Engineering, Environmental Science, Commerce. (Coordinator signature required.) NOVEMBER 30: Fall Student Awards Night Ceremony, Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. DECEMBER 2:1995 Spring Term Timetables available for pick up at the Office of the Registrar, or the Main Office of your local campus. General Information - Academic Schedule 10 DECEMBER 5: Classes End. Note: Some courses/ programs continue on until the last day of the examination period. Consult with your program instructor for further information. 1995 SPRING TERM DECEMBER 30 through JANUARY 2: New Year's Break. College closed. JANUARY 3: Business Administration Registration. Faculty Advisors present. See 1995 Spring Timetable for further information. JANUARY 4,5,6, and 9,10: Academic Studies (university transfer) In-person Registration. Faculty advisors present. See 1995 Spring Timetable for further information. JANUARY 11: Classes commence. Note: Career/Vocational courses commence on various days from January 3 through January 11. Consult with your program/instructor for further information. JANUARY 11 to 24: Add/drop period. JANUARY 24: Last day to add or drop a course, change sections, or change from audit to credit. Students will be invoiced for full fees after this date. Withdrawals from January 25 to March 16 will be noted on the permanent student record as a "W". FEBRUARY 1: Last day to submit application for program evaluation for 1995 Spring Graduation. FEBRUARY 17; Final date for payment of tuition fee balance for 1995 Spring Term. FEBRUARY 23 - 24: Reading Break. MARCH 16: Last day to withdraw from a course, or change from credit to audit. (This date is under review and likely to change. Consult the Important Dates Sheet your receive at Registration.) MARCH 23: Spring Student Awards Night Ceremony, Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. APRIL 13: Last day of classes. Note: some courses/ programs continue on until the last day of the examination period, April 28. Consult with your program/ instructor for further information. APRIL 14-17: Easter Break. College closed. APRIL 18,19,20,21,22 (Tues. through Sat.) and APRIL 24,25,26, 27, 28 (Mon. through Fri.): Examination Period APRIL 28: Last day of classes for Career/Vocational courses without final examinations. MAY 1: 9:00 a.m. Final deadline for submission of grades to Deans' Office for examinations conducted on Friday, April 28. MAY 3,4,5: Registration for 1995 Summer Term. Note the number of courses offered in Academic Studies during the Summer Term is limited. MAY 8: Academic Studies courses commence for 1995 Summer Term. MAY 8: Classes commence for Office Technology. MAY 23: Victoria Day. College closed. MAY 25: Spring Graduation. Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. 1995 1994 SEPTEMBER JULY S M T WT F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 AUGUST S U T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 - OCTOBER NOVEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 1516 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JANUARY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 - APRIL MAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 161718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 1617 16 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 - General Information - Academic Schedule 11 Admission and Readmission ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE A. General Admission Information 1. Application a. The College welcomes applications for admission from Canadian citizens, permanent residents and International applicants. b. All applications for admission must be submitted to: Admissions, Office of the Registrar Capilano College 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5 Canada c. All new students must apply for and be granted admission to the College. (An admission offer i- quired before a student may register.) 2. Documents The following supporting documents must be submdted before an application will be accepted: a. A n official copy of the appropriate school leaving certificate; e.g. - B.C. Secondary School Transcript of Grades, - General Certificate of Education (G.C.E.), - and other documents of this nature. b. A n official transcript of the academic record • ail post-secondary institutions attended, whether or not work was completed. c. All documents must be originals. Uncertifi-. photo copies are not acceptable. Replaceable documei ts submitted in support of an application become the property of the College and will not be returned. B. Specific Admission Requirements 1. Academic Studies Program a. Regular Admission Submit proof of one of: - Successful completion of the B.C. Secondary School (Grade 12) or equivalent with English 12 and three academic Grade 12 courses. These courses are to be selected from: Biology 12 History 12 Calculus 12 Japanese 12 Chemistry 12 Latin 12 Computer Science 12 Law 12 Economics 12 Mandarin 12 English Literature 12 Mathematics 12 French 12 Physics 12 Francais-Langue 12 Probability & Statistics 12 Geography 12 Spanish 12 Geology 12 Western Civilization 12 Geometry 12 Writing 12 German 12 General Information - Admission 12 impletion of the ABE Provincial Diploma. - Successful completion of the G.E.D. urrent Admission Students with superior academic records may apply for limited admission to take one or two university transfer courses while still attending secondary school. Applications must be co-signed by an applicant's parent(s) or legal guardian(s). They must also be accompanied by a letter of recommendation from the school Principal or designate, and by an official copy of the academic record. Enquiries should be directed to the Office of the Registrar. c. Discretionary Admission Applicants who do not meet the regular admission requirements and have not attended secondary school for at least two years may be considered for admission under this category. Applications should be submitted to the Office of the Registrar at least 6 months prior to the semester of expected enrolment, and must include transcripts, other pertinent documents and a letter outlining the reasons as to why discretionary admission to the university transfer program is requested. Requests will be reviewed by an admission committee. Applicants will be notified of the'committee's decision by letter. Note: Applicants requesting admission to Music, Graphic Design, Studio Art, Asia Pacific Cooperative Management or a Career or Vocational Program should refer to the admission requirements listed in the program outline in this calendar. 2. Career/Vocational Programs a. New applications for Career/Vocational Programs should be sent to Admissions, Office of the Registrar, and will be accepted during the twelve month period immediately preceding the program commencement date. b. Selection of applicants for most programs generally takes place four months prior to the program start date. Thereafter, applicants will be considered only if seats are available in the program. c. Applicants who satisfy the specific criteria for admission to a program will be admitted subject to space availability. For admission requirements to a specific program, refer to the program description in this calendar. d. Secondary school graduation is the normal prerequisite for admission to career programs. However, some applicants enter programs without an official copy of the Secondary School Leaving Certificate because of other qualifications and experience. Some programs have additional requirements and procedures such as interviews, testing, auditions, or portfolios. NOTE: The College reserves the right to limit admission to those applicants, who in the opinion cf the College, possess the requisite capabilities for success. 3. Admission with International Baccalaureate Courses Upon submission of official transcripts, applicants who have completed the International Baccalaureate Diploma will receive credit or waivers as follows: a. Anthropology - students presenting a mark of 4 will receive credit for ANTH 121 (3). b. Biology - students presenting a mark of 6 will receive credit for BIOL 110 (3) and BIOL 111 (3). c. Chemistry - students presenting a mark of 4 or better will receive credit for CHEM 108 (4.5) and CHEM 109 (4.5). d. Computing Science - students presenting a mark of 4 or better in Computer Science A will receive credit for COMP 102 (3) or a prerequisite waiver for COMP 110. Students presenting a mark of 4 or better on Computer Science AB will receive credit for COMP 110 (4) or a prerequisite waiver for COMP 111. e. Economics - students presenting a mark of 4 or better in Economics will receive credit for Economics unassigned (6). f. English - students presenting a mark of 6 or better for English Language A will receive credit as ENGL 103 (3). Students presenting a mark of 6 or better for English Language B will receive credit for ENGL 100 (3). In addition, the EDT requirement is waived for those with a mark of 6 or better on English Language A or B. g. French - no credit. h. Geography - no credit. i. History - no credit. j. Mathematics - students presenting a mark of 6 or better for Higher Level Mathematics will receive credit for MATH 110 (4.5). Students presenting a mark of 6 or better for Further Mathematics will receive credit for MATH 110 (4.5) and MATH 111 (4.5) (under review). k. Physics - students presenting a mark of 6 or better will receive credit for PHYS 110 (3) and PHYS 111 (3). b. Chemistry - those completing AP Chemistry will receive credit for CHEM 108 (4.5) and CHEM 109 (4.5). c. Computer Science - those completing Computer Science A will receive credit for COMP 102 (30) or a prerequisite waiver for COMP 110. Those completing Computer Science AB will receive credit for COMP 110 (4) or a prerequisite waiver for COMP 111. d. Economics - those completing AP Economics will receive credit for Economics unassigned (6). e. English - those completing English Language will receive credit for ENGL 100 (3). Those completing English Literature will receive credit for ENGL 103 (3). In addition, the EDT requirement will be waived. f. French - no credit. g. History - no credit. h. Mathematics - those completing Calculus AB will receive credit for MATH 110 (4.5). Those completing Calculus BC will receive credit for MATH 110 (4.5) and MATH 111 (4.5) (under review). i. Philosoply - no credit. j. Physics - those completing Physics B will receive credit for PHYS 110 (3) and PHYS 111 (3). Those completing Physics C (Mechanics) will receive credit for PHYS 114 (3). Those completing Physics C (Electricity) will receive credit for PHYS 115 (3). k. Psychology - no credit. 5. International Applicants a. International students are eligible for admission if they have completed the equivalent of Secondary School graduation (Grade 12) in the Province of British Columbia. Examples of Equivalence United Kingdom and Commonwealth Passes in five GCE subjects, two of which must be at the Advanced Level. Standing equivalent to this in the University of Hong Kong Advanced Level Examination will be recognized. 1. Philosophy - no credit. Germany and Austria Reifezeugnis, or Abitur. m. Psychology - no credit. France 4. Admission with Advanced Placement Courses Upon submission of official transcripts, applicants who have passed an Advanced Placement Examination administered by the College Entrance Examination Board, with a mark of 4 or better will receive credit as follows: a. Biology - those completing AP Biology will receive credit for BIOL 110 (3) and BIOL 111 (3). Baccalaureate (2ieme partie) (Series A-E). Japan Grade 12 Diploma from Koto Gakko. China Senior Middle School Diploma Korea High School Grade 12 Diploma General Information - Admission 13 Taiwan 3. Special High School Grade 12 Diploma Some applicants may not meet all specified requirements, but may be offered admission to a special program comprised of one or two ESL courses plus one or two academic/ career courses. For more information contact Counselling, Advising, or the Office of the Registrar. Other Countries The Office of the Registrar will respond to inquiries concerning admission from other countries on request, b. Applicants without these equivalents may be considered for admission, based on the discretionary admission policy. Applicants should include a letter of intent, outlining their educational and work experience since leaving high school. c. Document requirements apply. See section on General Admission Information "Documents". C. English Language Requirements 1 . General All students must have a level of English sufficient to write assignments, understand class lectures, and take part in class discussions. If English is not your first language or you have received your education in another language, the College will evaluate your English skills, giving consideration to the following: • How long you have lived in an English speaking country; • The number of years of secondary school or postsecondary education (e.g. college or university) and it English was the language of instruction; • A secondary school or post-secondary degree, the grades received and the level of English required. If the College then decides you may need additional instruction in English you will be asked to take an English examination suitable to the program area in which you wish to enroll. NOTE: Important addresses TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) Educational Testing Service CN 6151, Princeton, New Jersey 08541-6151, USA ELA (English Language Assessment Test) Vancouver Community College King Edward Campus 1155 East Broadway Avenue Vancouver, B.C. V5T 4N3 D. When to Apply for Admission Generally, applications for admission to the College may be submitted at any time. However, early application deadlines have been established for specific programs and terms. Acceptance of applications after the deadlines may not be possible. 1. Academic Studies Program or Courses Term Application Deadline Date Acceptance Mailed Fall Spring Summer March 31 Sept. 30 March 31 July 15 Dec. 15 as processed 2, CareerA'ocational Programs and Courses 2. English Requirements by Area of Study Most Career/Vocational Programs have earlier application deadlines than those listed above. Refer to the specific program in this calendar for details. Generally, applications for admission to the next Fall term should be received before March 1. a. Academic, Career/Vocational Students 3. International Applicants • Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score: 560 a. Academic Programs Assessment by the ABE Department. Applications for admission to academic programs must be received at least two months prior to commencement of the term. Applications received after that time cannot be guaranteed consideration in time for admission to that term. d. English as a Second Language (ESL) Students b. CareerA'ocational Programs Following assessment at the College, department faculty will help you select the appropriate ESL courses. Applications for admission must be received four months prior to term commencement to be considered in time for admission to that program. • or English Language Assessment (ELA) Score: 145. b. Adult Basic Education (ABE) Students General Information - Admission 14 E. How to Apply for Admission 1. Obtain an application for admission from the College Reception area or the Office of the Registrar in Bldg. A, Lynnmour Campus, or from the Sechelt or Squamish Regional Centre offices. complete certificate or diploma requirements if applicable. The credit assigned at Capilano is applicable only to this College. Other institutions evaluate all postsecondary work completed and will assign their own credit evaluation. 4. Limit of Credits 2. Complete the application for admission form and bring or mail it to the Office of the Registrar on the Lynnmour Campus. Include with your application an official copy of your secondary school transcript, and official transcripts from all post-secondary institutions attended and the $15 non-refundable application fee ($100 for International applicants). Submit to the Office of the Registrar, 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C., V7J 3H5. 3. Applicants who wish to enter full-time programs of study or need assistance are advised to arrange an appointment with an Advisor. • Lynnmour Campus Advising Centre, 984-4990 • Sechelt Regional Centre Counsellor, 885-9310, Toll Free from North Vancouver, 987-1535 • Squamish Regional Centre, Counsellor, 892-5322, Toll Free from North Vancouver, 986-3515 F. Transfer from Other Institutions to Capilano College a. For diplomas and certificates, fifty percent of the credit required must be completed while in attendance at Capilano College. b. For students who lack one or two courses for graduation, and who are no longer residents of the College region, credit may be granted for an additional one or two courses. This arrangement must be made in consultation with the Office of the Registrar in advance of enrolment at another institution. c. For the Associate Degrees, at least 30 of the 60 semester credits must be completed at Capilano College within 5 years preceding the awarding of the degree. G. How to Apply for Readmission Applicants who have previously attended Capilano College and fall into any of the three categories listed below, must reapply using the application for readmission form available at the Office of the Registrar. 1. Absence from the College for one or more terms There is agreement among all public B.C. Colleges to accept each other's credit upon transfer, if applicable to a program at the admitting college and if there is suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credit. Applicants will be asked to state educational and other relevant activities since the last term of attendance, and to submit official transcripts from any post-secondary educational institutions attended during the absence. 1. Transfer credit may be granted to registered students for formal work completed at another post-secondary institution. The minimum achievement or grade considered for transfer is a grade of "D" or equivalent. Students should realize that while we may give credit for a course with a "D" grade, we reserve the option not to accept that course and grade as a prerequisite for another Capilano College course. (Note: A "C-" grade is required for credit towards the Associate Degrees in Arts or Science.) 2. Voluntary withdrawal from the first term of attendance 2. Students seeking transfer credit or prerequisite credit for a course must complete the "Request for Transfer Credit" form, attach official transcripts, or note that they will be sent from another institution, and submit to Admissions, Office of the Registrar. For courses completed at out-of-Province institutions, course descriptions from that institution's calendar must also be submitted, and must be sufficiently detailed to facilitate evaluation. 3. All approved transfer credit is noted on the permanent student record. While the credit awarded does not affect the Grade Point Average, the credit will be included in the total number of credits completed and may be used to New students who withdraw before completing any course work are required to apply for readmission if they wish to register in a subsequent term. 3. Completion of academic goal Students who have officially completed a credential (certificate or diploma) in any term must apply for readmission if they wish to enrol in additional courses at the College in a subsequent term. H. Notification of Admission All applicants who are admitted to a College program will receive a letter of acceptance and either a "Permit to Register" or a notification of when and how to register. Applicants who are not admitted to the College will receive a letter of notification and an explanation for this decision. General Information - Admission 15 Registration A. General Information Registration appointments are assigned by a priority sequence and are determined each term using a system that couples the Grade Point Average (GPA) with the student number (student numbers are assigned by date of received application). Students with a 3.0 GPA would therefore receive an earlier registration appointment than applicants with a lesser GPA. BECAUSE OF THE LARGE NUMBER OF STUDENTS ENROLLING, THE COLLEGE CANNOT GUARANTEE REGISTRATION IN SPECIFIC PROGRAMS OR COURSES ALTHOUGH YOU MAY HAVE BEEN GRANTED ADMISSION. REGISTRATION IS ALSO DEPENDENT UPON MEETING THE PREREQUISITES OF INDIVIDUAL PROGRAMS OR COURSES. YOUR "PERMIT TO REGISTER" OR ADMISSION LETTER WILL INFORM YOU OF THE DAY AND TIME YOU MAY REGISTER. B. Right to Register A student who has not maintained satisfactory standing in a program in any term may be denied permission to register in that program in a subsequent term. C. How to Register 1. Academic Programs and Courses a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Office of the Registrar, Lynnmour Campus, or the Squamish or Sechelt Regional Centre offices. A timetable includes when courses are offered, room numbers and instructor names. Timetables are available approximately one month prior to each registration period. • Office of the Registrar (984-4913) • Squamish Learning Centre (892-5322, 986-3515) • Sechelt Learning Centre (885-9310, 987-1535) • Humanities Division (984-4957) • Advising Centre (984-4990). b. Select the courses and sections in which you wish to enrol and complete the registration form. Select one or two alternate courses in the event selected courses are full. The DATE and TIME for you to register will be printed on your "Permit to Register". All registration will take place "in-person" with payment of full fees or a nonrefundable deposit of $16/credit hour required at that time. c. Students are urged to read the B.C. Transfer Guide available in the Advising Centre and Counselling offices. Transfer information is accurate at the time of printing. General Information • Registration 16 d. Students who wish to enrol in any English course must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test (LPI), or must take the Capilano College English Diagnostic Test (EDT) prior to registration. EDT schedules will be printed in the timetable. 2. Career/Vocational Programs and Courses All Career/Vocational applicants will receive a letter of admittance or non-acceptance from either the Office of the Registrar or the specific program. Included with the letter of admittance will be a timetable, registration form, and registration instructions. a. Admitted Full-Time Students You will receive the letter of admittance, registration form signed by the Coordinator, and a 'block" of required courses for that term and program. You must return the forms and a cheque for the indicated tuition and fees to the Office of the Registrar, in-person or by mail during the following dates: Fall Term: July 11 - Aug. 12,1994 Spring Term: Nov. 21 - Dec. 2,1994 b. Early Registration For Admitted Students in Specific Programs Some full-time programs (e.g. Music, Art) conduct interviews and issue letters of acceptance for Fall Term in April and May. For those students, the program coordinator will issue the letter of admittance, signed registration forms, and a deadline for payment of full tuition or a non-refundable deposit. The deposit will reserve your place in the program. c. Admitted Part-time Students Part-time students in Career/Vocational programs will receive a letter of admittance, and registration forms signed by the coordinator. The registration process will be specified as one of (a) or (b) above. In some instances, students will be instructed to submit approved and signed registration forms and fees to the Office of the Registrar during the In-person Registration for career students on: Fall Term: August 22,1994 Spring Term: January 3,1995 3. Howe Sound and Sunshine Coast Courses a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from any Capilano College Centre Office. b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the centre you plan to attend. 4. Courses on More than One Campus a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Office of the Registrar on the Lynnmour Campus or from the Squamish and Sechelt Regional Centres. b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the Lynnmour Campus. Be sure to indicate the section in which you wish to enrol. For each add, drop or section change, students must complete a course change form, with signature(s) of the appropriate instructor(s) and submit to the Office of the Registrar. A $5 fee will be charged for each transaction. 5. Extension Courses and Activities For registration, refer to the Extension Programs and Services Section of this Calendar and to the seasonal brochures distributed throughout the community, by direct mail, or announced in newspaper advertisements. 2. Requests after the tenth day of class For more information, telephone Extension Programs and Services at 984-4901. Requests for adds, drops, section changes, or change from audit to credit or credit to audit after the tenth day of classes will be granted only in exceptional circumstances and with the approval of the instructor, the coordinator and the Registrar. D. Wait Lists G. Course Withdrawal or Complete Withdrawal Students who register, but are unable to enrol in a particular course because it is fully subscribed, are automatically included on a chronological wait list. Wait listed students must attend the first class of that course to have their names remain on the wait list or to enrol should a space become available. (NOTE: This policy is under review and withdrawal dates are likely to change.) E. Second Year Standing Second year standing is based on the number of credit hours completed within a program; - Academic Studies (University Transfer): successful completion of 24 credit hours in that program; - Career: successful completion of 50 percent of the total credits required for a 2 year diploma in a specified program, or 30 credit hours. F. Course Adds, Drops or Section Changes Failure to attend classes does not, in itself, constitute withdrawal from a course. Students who do not formally drop a course(s) will be assessed tuition fees, refunds will not be made, and a grade of Fail (F) will be noted on the permanent student record. During the first 10 days of the term, courses may be dropped without notation of "W" on the permanent student record. Approval for late adds or late drops will not be granted simply because the student was unaware of, or neglected to comply with, the College registration policies and procedures. 1. Regular requests during the first ten days of classes With an instructor's signature, students may add or drop a course, change sections or change from credit to audit or audit to credit, until 3:00 p.m. on the tenth day of classes. Drops will not be noted on the permanent student record during the first 10 days (see exact dates in the 1994/1995 schedule in this calendar). In addition, instructors may indicate a 48 hour deadline for submission of the add/drop form, in order to allow other students to gain entry to the class during this period. 1. Regular requests after the tenth day of classes until the end of the ninth week of classes With signatures of the appropriate instructor(s) on the course change form, students may withdraw from a course(s), completely withdraw, or change from credit to audit status. For withdrawals, the course change form must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar no later than the end of the ninth week of classes. A withdrawal ("W") will be noted on the permanent student record. For change from credit to audit, the form must be received from the instructor no later than the end of the ninth week of classes. A $5 fee will be charged for each transaction. 2. Request after the ninth week of classses: a. Requests for course withdrawal or complete withdrawal or change from credit to audit status after the ninth week of classes will not normally be granted except for the following reasons: ( i) The student record is incorrect as the result of an error by the College; (ii) The student transfers to a lower level of the same course by instructor request; (iii) The student is unable to meet the deadline because of circumstances beyond his/her control. Documentation is required to substantiate all claims of illness (physician's letter), accident (report), medical or family emergency, or other instances of this nature. H. Course Overload I. Registration in more than 5 academic courses or more than the full requirements specified for a career program constitutes a course overload. 2. Students may choose to register for a course overload (up to a total of 21 credits) as long as they have discussed their need or wish for an overload with a counsellor and the course change form bears the counsellor's signature. General Information - Registration 17 Science students, however, are automatically allowed to register for more than 16 credits, as long as the total credits do not exceed 21 credits and does not arise from registration in more than five courses. 3. Students may not register for a course overload until after the Registration period. I. Course Challenge Registered students may request a course challenge whereby an examination for achievement may be awarded for a very specific and limited selection of courses at the institution. Certain courses may not be challenged. Students interested in this procedure should contact a counsellor for further information. The regular tuition fee must be paid for a challenged course. A course challenged successfully will be recorded on the permanent student record. NOTE: Credit for courses challanged successfully will apply to certificates or diplomas at Capilano College. Students should be aware that other colleges and universities may not grant credit or transfer credit for credit received by course challenge. J. Course Verification Immediately following the end of the third week of classes all students will be mailed a Tuition Fee and Course Verification notice. While the College strives for accuracy in every transaction, STUDENTS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR CHECKING T H E A C C U R A C Y OF T H E COURSES A N D FEES LISTED O N T H E VERIFICATION. If registration errors are found, students must draw the errors to the attention of the Office of the Registrar, via submission of a course change form before the final withdrawal date. Failure to correct errors may result in a Fail (F) grade on the permanent student record, with credit not granted for work completed. If financial errors are found, you must draw these errors to the attention of the staff of the Cashier's Office. K. Student Responsibility 1. It is the responsibility of the student to ensure that: • registration is accurate and complete; • tuition fees are paid at the appropriate time; • all library materials are returned and any fines and debts owing are paid. Failure to meet these responsibilities may result in all or any of the following: • credit will not be granted for work completed; • grades will not be issued; General Information - Registration 18 • transcripts will not be issued; • registration in subsequent semesters will be denied. 2. Change of Name and Address It is the responsibility of the student to inform the Office of the Registrar of any changes in name, address or phone number. Official documents must be provided to support a change of name request. L. Student Number - Identification Card Upon the first acceptance to the College, students are assigned a permanent student number, which is attached to the permanent student record, statement of grades, and the Student Identification Card. Student Identification Cards are issued by the Office of the Registrar during the first two weeks of classes. The card is required to use the Library and services, to sign-out audio visual materials, and to vote in Student Society elections. M. Medical Insurance Students are not covered by Workers' Compensation while attending Capilano College. Students are responsible for acquiring their own Medical Services Plan (MSP) and accident insurance coverage. Fees Fees listed below are 1993/1994 rates and are subject to change or increase without notice. Fee rates will be announced approximately one month before the Fall Term begins and will be published in the Fall Term Timetable brochure. All fees assessed are due at the time of the registration, the transaction or the request, and must be paid to the Cashier in the Office of the Registrar. A. Payment 1. Payment may be made by cash, cheque or money order. VISA or MasterCard are not accepted. 2. Cheques and money orders, made payable to Capilano College, must be submitted with the completed registration form. Post-dated cheques are not accepted. 3. Payment of fees includes payment of tuition, the term enrolment fee, the Student Society membership, the recreational facility levy and the Capilano Courier newspaper fee. 4. If fees are to be paid by an agency, other than Government Scholarship, the student must present a letter to this effect to the Cashiers at Registration. 5. Registration forms submitted without payment will not be processed. 6. Outstanding debts (overdue materials, library fines, outstanding tuition) must be paid before a student is allowed to register. 7. A charge of $16 will be levied for each cheque returned by the bank for non-sufficient funds (NSF). NOTE: For students with previous NSF cheques, the College reserves the right to require a money order, certified cheque or cash. B. Fees 1, Application or Term Enrolment Fee: $15. (nonrefundable) Application Fee for International Students: $100. (nonrefundable) (includes foreign document evaluation) 2. Tuition: Academic Studies, Career/Vocational, ABE: $36 per credit hour, no maximum Private Music Instruction (PMI): $40 per credit hour, no maximum Art Institute: $575 maximum per term International Students: $203 per credit hour Music, Music Therapy and Jazz Studies: $36 per credit hour to a maximum of $1,040 per term NOTE: For Senior Citizens the Students' Union and Recreational Facility Levy fees are not assessed. Identification is required at the time of registration (Pharmacare card, Courtesy Card for Senior Citizens, etc.) 3. Recreational Facility Levy: $7 per term (for all students enrolled in 1.5 credit hours or more) 4. Students' Union Membership Fee: $2.75 per credit hour, $41.25 maximum per term (optional for Howe Sound/Sunshine Coast courses). 5. Capilano Courier Newspaper Fee: $.50 per credit hour, $7.50 maximum per term. 6. Other Fees: Course Change Fee, per transaction: Diploma/Certificate Replacement: Document Evaluation Fee: Grade Appeal Fee: (per appeal) Late Payment Penalty: (15 credit hours) or $3 per course Late Registration Fee: Library Card Replacement Fee: Program Evaluation Fee: Student I.D. Card Replacement: T2202A Tax Form Replacement Fee: Transcript, per copy: $5 $20 $25* $36 $25 $45 $5 $20** $5 $10 $5 *This non-refundable fee is assessed to evaluate educational documents/transcripts of domestic applicants whose academic records originate outside the Province British Columbia. The document evaluation is required for those requesting admission, transfer credit or advance standing. The fee is waived if the documents originate from a secondary school located in Canada or if the applicant is participating in an exchange program between Capilano College and another institution. "Students in their final term of enrolment must submit an application for graduation and pay the Program Evaluation Fee at registration. C. Refunds 1. $16 per credit hour is non-refundable. 2. Up to the end of the second week of the term: Students who drop a course or completely withdraw from all courses within the first two weeks of a term will be refunded $20 per credit hour if they have paid more than the non-refundable deposit of $16 per credit hour. The application or term enrolment fee is non-refundable. 3. After the second week of the term: Students who withdraw from a course or completely withdraw from all courses after the second week of a term will not receive a refund. Senior Citizens (60 yrs. or older): Full fees required for cost-recovery courses, Art Institute, and PMI. Free tuition except where otherwise noted. General Information - Fees 19 4. International fees are payable in full at the time of registration and are non-refundable except for c i r c u m stances beyond the control of the student. (This policy is under review.) D. Extension Programs and Services Fees/Policies 1. Fees. Tuition fees charged for courses/programs offered through the Extension Programs are cost-recovery. Fees are payable at the time of registration. 2. Refunds. • Refunds will be given in full for courses/programs/ workshops cancelled by the College • Application for withdrawal/refund will not be accepted after the second session of a course. For workshops of short duration (up to 3 consecutive days) withdrawal applications will be accepted up to the day before the workshop commences. • Refunds are subject to a 20% administration charge. • Refund on discounted and package fees will be subject to the 20% administration charge against the full course fee. • Refunds will not be given, under any circumstances after the end of a course, program, or workshop. • Any change from the foregoing policy will be clearly stated in the course or workshop description. For further information, telephone 984-4901. General Information — Fees 20 General Information and Policies A. Attendance 1. Students are expected to attend all classes i n w h i c h they are registered, as evaluation of progress i n any course is cumulative and based o n class assignments, participation and examinations. and attend all classes, seminars, labs, etc. A u d i t students are not expected to sit examinations or submit assignments. D. Course Credits 2. If illness, injury or death i n the family prevents a student from completing an assignment or examination, they must notify the instructor immediately. If completing the assignment or examination is feasible and acceptable within the program, students must submit reasons a n d / o r documentation to the satisfaction of the instructor(s), w i t h i n 7 days of the due date of the assignment or examination. A credit is an assigned unit of value that normally represents one hour per week of classroom work per term. Most courses are three credit hours, and normally require three or four classroom or lecture hours per week and may, i n addition, require additional hours of study i n labs, seminars, tutorials, conversation labs, or practicums. 3. Visitors may attend class sessions for a limited period of time provided the instructor gives permission i n advance. This privilege does not extend to science and language labs or to courses requiring the use of machinery or materials. Visitors are not registered, cannot sit examinations, d o not receive credit and cannot attend more than three weeks d u r i n g the term. For academic offerings, course descriptions are listed alphabetically i n the "Academic S t u d i e s / U n i v e r s i t y Transfer Section" of this Calendar. Students are urged to become familiar w i t h the special information required to properly select courses. A r t , Graphic Design and Illustration, Studio A r t , Textile Arts, Jazz Studies a n d M u s i c courses appear under their respective program headings in this same section. B. Instructional Year The instructional year is: Fall: September through December Spring: January through A p r i l In addition, an equivalent Summer T e r m of two months may be offered: Summer: M a y or June through July. Some courses m a y end i n August. N O T E : A very limited number of courses are offered d u r i n g the Summer Term. C. Enrolment Status 1. Credit Status Students w i l l receive credits for only those courses i n which they are officially registered and for w h i c h required fees have been paid. In addition, students must attend all classes, seminars, labs and, are required to submit assignments and sit examinations. 2. Audit Status Two types of audit status exist: a. students w h o are admitted as audit registrants, and are permitted to register only after the last day of in-person registration, o n a space available basis. b. fully admitted students, w h o choose to change their registration i n a course from credit to audit on or before the last day to withdraw. H o w e v e r , this request for a change from credit to audit may be denied by the i n structor if the student has not met the attendance requirements. (Denial of audit may be appealed through the grade appeal process). E. Course Information Course Description Code: to the right hand side of each course description is a series of code letters and numbers, for example, Biology 212-Invertebrate Biology. Biology 212 (3) Department N a m e 1 Course N u m b e r N u m b e r of credits ' N u m b e r of lecture hours per week N u m b e r of lab hours per week N u m b e r of other hours per week (eg. seminar, conversation, practicum) Term normally offered (4,3,0) (F) ' ' F. Examination Period 1. The final few days of each instructional term is designated as a n examination period (see Schedule for dates). If a final examination is to be given, it w i l l take place d u r i n g the examination period and w i l l be up to 3 hours in duration. Faculty w i l l be available d u r i n g the examination period to meet w i t h students to review assignments, final letter grades, or engage i n other instruction-related activities. 2. For some career/vocational programs, classes w i l l continue as regularly scheduled throughout the examination period. In addition, a special examination schedule may be set. Detailed information is available from instructors or program coordinators. 3. The examination schedule w i l l be posted by the end of the 8th week of instruction. In either case, students are required to pay tuition fees, General Information and Policies 21 G. Student Records/Confidentiality 1. All official permanent student records are kept in the Office of the Registrar and are considered confidential. The information on file for a student is always available to that individual. Information will not be given to any agency or person other than the student, unless the student has given their permission in writing, or for institutional research projects approved by the College. 2. Students are cautioned that student loan applications and other similar applications have such consent written in the document. 3. Official transcripts/grade statements: •Grade statements are mailed or distributed from the Office of the Registrar; •Official transcripts are issued by the Office of the Registrar only at the request of the student, and are mailed directly to the institution or agency; • Unofficial transcripts are issued by the Office of the Registrar at the request of the student and are mailed directly to the student. H. Protection of Privacy and Access to Information Capilano College gathers and maintains information used for the purposes of admission, registration, alumni and other fundamental activities related to being a member of the Capilano College community and attending a public post-secondary institution in the Province of British Columbia. In signing an application for admission, all applicants are advised that both the information they provide and any other information placed into the student record will be protected and used in compliance with the B.C. Freedom of Information and Privacy Protection Act (1992). General Information and Policies 22 Graduation/Diplomas & Certificates A. Graduation Students who believe they will complete their program of study by the end of their current semester of enrolment must submit a "Request for Diploma or Certificate" form to the Office of the Registrar, together with the $20 program evaluation fee at Registration, or no later than the following deadline: Fall Graduation in November: September 15 Spring Graduation in May: February 15 You are strongly encouraged to submit this application fee at Registration. Graduation ceremonies are held in the Spring and Fall terms. All diploma and certificate graduates are invited to attend. Instructions and invitations are mailed to your permanent address approximately 3 weeks before the ceremony. • Diploma in Business Administration - Accelerated Administration Option - Accelerated Computer Systems Option - Accelerated Financial Option - Accelerated Marketing Option • Diploma in Graphic Design and Illustration • Diploma in Jazz Studies • Diploma in the Legal Assistant Program • Diploma in Media Resources • Diploma in Music Therapy • Diploma in Outdoor Recreation Management • Diploma in Textile Arts • Diploma in Tourism Management B. Diplomas and Certificates Awarded 4. Career Program Certificates 1 . Academic Program Diplomas The following certificates are offered: Capilano College offers a variety of diplomas upon completion of two years of study at the university transfer level. • Certificate in the Art Institute Program • Associate of Arts Degree • Certificate in Business Administration - Advanced Option • Associate of Science Degree • Diploma in Academic Studies • Diploma in General Studies • Diploma in Graphic Design & Illustration • Diploma in Music • Diploma in Studio Art 2. Post-Baccalaureate Diplomas • Certificate in Business Administration • Certificate in Business Communications • Certificate in Business Computing • Certificate in Crafts Instructor • Certificate in Early Childhood Education • Certificate in Early Childhood Education: - Post Basic Infants and Toddlers - Post Basic Special Needs Students with previous degrees may complete postbaccalaureate diplomas in the following programs: • Certificate in Landscape Horticulture • Asia Pacific Management • Certificate in Wilderness Leadership • Environmental Science 3. Career Program Diplomas The following diplomas are offered: • Diploma in Applied Information Technology • Diploma in the Art Institute • Diploma in Business Administration - Administration Option - Business Computing Cooperative Education Option - Financial Option - Marketing Management Option - Backpacking Option - Canoeing Option - Nordic Skiing Option 5. Vocational Program Certificates The following certificates are offered: • Certificate in Accelerated Office Technology - Office Clerk Option - Financial Option - Secretarial Option • Certificate in Fish Science • Certificate in Landscape Horticulture • Certificate in the Legal Assistant Program General Information - Graduation 23 • Certificate i n the Legal Secretarial Program • Certificate i n the Medical Office Assistant Program • Certificate i n Office Technology - Administrative Assistant O p t i o n - Financial O p t i o n - General Office Assistant - Secretarial O p t i o n • Certificate i n the Personal Care Attendant for the Disabled Program • Certificate i n the Resident Care Attendant Program 6. Degrees Capilano College offers courses leading to completion o f a 4-year degree i n cooperation w i t h Open University in the following: • Business Administration • Jazz Studies • M u s i c Therapy 7. Adult Basic Education • Provincial Level D i p l o m a • A d v a n c e d Level Certificate 8. Certificates of completion are also offered for particular courses i n Labour Studies. Contact your coordinator for further information. C. Requirements for Graduation Note: A previously awarded Academic Studies D i p l o m a may be exchanged for an Associate Degree i n A r t s or Sciences as appropriate, provided that the degree meets all the requirements for the Associate degree. This i n cludes the five-year requirement w h i c h is applied to the date of exchanging a diploma for an Associate Degree. have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level i n English; e. completed at least 18 credits i n A r t s courses (other than English) that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level; at least 6 of these credits must be i n the Humanities, and at least 6 of these credits must be i n the Social Sciences, and no more that 6 credits shall be i n any one subject area; f. completed at least 18 semester credits i n A r t s courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher, these credits must be i n at least two different subject areas; g. completed at least 9 semester credits i n Science courses, including at least 3 credits i n Mathematics or C o m p u t i n g Science or Statistics (i.e. any statistics course that transfers to a university as a 100-level or higher Science course) and at least 3 credits i n a Laboratory Science course (i.e. any course i n the Sciences list w o r t h 3 credits or more and w i t h a lab of at least 2 hours, but excluding any course i n A p p l i e d Science or C o m p u t i n g Science); h. completed at least 9 semester credits i n courses that have assigned or unassigned transfer credit at the 100level or higher; credits may be for university transfer courses i n subjects listed on the following page or for university transfer courses i n other subjects (e.g. Commerce, Physical Education, Business Administration, C o m m u n i cations, M e d i a Resources); i. achieved a grade of at least C - i n each course counting towards the 60-credit requirement, and a cumulative Grade Point Average of at least 2.0 over all of the courses counting towards the requirement. General Course Requirements for Associate of Arts Courses/Programs # of Credits 1. Associate of Arts Degree To be eligible for the Associate of Arts, a student must have: a. completed 60 semester credits of courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level or higher at the University of British C o l u m b i a , Simon Fraser University, or the University of Victoria; b. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits w i t h i n five years preceding the awarding of the Associate Degree. c. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits at Capilano College w i t h i n 5 years preceding the a w a r d i n g of the degree, of w h i c h at least 12 credits are i n courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher; d. completed at least 6 semester credits i n courses that General Information - Graduation 24 Conditions Total English 100 Level Arts Courses Humanities Social Sciences Social Sciences or Humanities 100 Level - excludes English - only 6 credits max. in one subject area Arts Courses Science Courses Mathematics or Comp. Science or Statistics Laboratory Science 6 18 18 18 200 Level or Higher - credits must be in at least 2 subject areas 100 Level or Higher - requires min. 2-hr. lab and excludes any course in Applied or Computing Science Science Course 3 9 Electives* 9 9 100 Level or Higher 60 2. Associate of Science Degree Note: A previously awarded Academic Studies Diploma may be exchanged for an Associate Degree in Arts or Sciences as appropriate, provided that the degree meets all the requirements for the Associate Degree. This includes the five-year requirement which is applied to the date of exchanging a diploma for an Associate Degree. To be eligible for the Associate of Science, a student must have: a. completed 60 semester credits of courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level or higher at the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, or the University of Victoria; b. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits within five years preceding the awarding of the Associate Degree. c. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits at Capilano College within 5 years preceding the awarding of the degree, of which at least 12 credits are in courses which have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher; d. completed at least 6 semester credits in courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level in English; e. completed a least 6 semester credits from the following Capilano Calculus courses: Mathematics 108,109,110, 111, 230, or 231; f. completed at least 18 credits in Science courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level; no more than 6 credits shall be in one subject area; g. completed at least 18 credits in Science courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher; these credits must be in at least two subject areas; h. completed at least 6 semester credits in Arts courses at the 100-level or higher, excluding English and excluding any course that has university transfer credit in both Arts and Science (e.g. Mathematics); i. completed at least 6 semester credits in courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level or higher; these credits may be for university transfer courses in subjects listed on the following page or for university transfer courses in other subjects (e.g. Commerce, Physical Education, Business Administration, Communications, Media Resources); j. achieved a grade of at least C- in each course counting towards the 60-credit requirements, and a cumulative Grade Point Average of a least 2.0 over all the courses counting towards the requirement. General Course Requirements for an Associate in Science Courses/Programs # of Credits Conditions Total English 6 100 Level Calculus 6 - from Mathematics 108, 109,110, 111, 230 or 231 Science 18 100 Level - only 6 credit max. in one subject area Science 18 200 Level or Higher -must be in at least 2 subject areas Arts Elective 6 100 Level or Higher - excluding English and courses that have transfercredit in both Arts and Science Electives* 6 100 Level or Higher 60 *May be Arts or Science courses or other subjects, e.g. Commerce, Business Administration, Physical Education with university transfer credits. Classification of Subjects for Associate Degrees Only those Capilano College courses with university transfer credit at the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, or the University of Victoria, and a Capilano College course designation at the 100-level or higher, will count towards the Associate Degree. For the purpose of the above requirements, Capilano College courses are categorized as follows: ARTS Humanities: Art Art History Chinese English French German History Japanese Music Philosophy Spanish Thai Theatre Women's Studies (100,104,106,130) General Information - Graduation 25 Social Sciences: Anthropology Criminology Economics Geography (Human) (100,101,102,106,108, 200, 201, 205) Political Studies Psychology Sociology Women's Studies (110,122,140, 220) SCIENCES Applied Science Biology Chemistry Computing Science Geography (Physical) (112,114, 214, 221) Geology Mathematics Kinesiology Physics Note: Some courses in the subjects listed above may not carry transfer credit and/or satisfy major requirements at a particular university. Please consult the transfer guide, university calendars, or the Advising Department. 3. Diploma in Academic Studies To be eligible for a Diploma in Academic Studies, a student must have: a. completed 60 credits, of which at least 30 must bi completed at Capilano College. b. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or better. c. Successfully completed at least 45 credits from thc following subject areas, including at least 6 credits from English (100-level or higher), at least 6 credits from subjects in List A; and at least 15 credits selected from 200-level courses. d. All courses must be university transferable courses. B A Anthropology Applied Science Art Biology Art History Chemistry Chinese Computing Commerce Science Criminology Geography Economics (Physical) English Geology French Mathematics Geography Kinesiology Physical Education (Human) German Physics History Japanese Music Philosophy Political Studies Psychology Sociology Spanish Thai Theatre Women's Studies General Information - Graduation 26 4. Diploma in Career Programs To be eligible for a career program diploma, a student must have: a. completed program requirements, fifty percent of which must be completed at Capilano College b. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or better. NOTE: Refer to the specific program outline in this Calendar for career requirements. 5. Diploma in General Studies To be eligible for a Diploma in General Studies, a student must have: a. completed 60 credits, fifty percent of which must be completed at Capilano College b. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 6. Certificate in Career or Vocational Programs To be eligible for a certificate, a student must have: a. completed requirements as listed in the program outline (in this Calendar) b. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. Policies and Procedures A. Grading system The College employs a letter grade system. Grade performance is expressed in terms of a Grade Point Average (GPA). Letter Grade Point Value A+ A A- 4.33 4.00 3.67 B+ B B- 3.33 3.00 2.67 Good C+ C C- 2.33 2.00 1.67 Satisfactory D 1.00 Minimal Pass F 0 Fail Classification - I W AUD - NOTE: Transfer students are cautioned that other postsecondary institutions may include "I" grades in the GPA calculation for admission. Excellent F Grade Non-Grade Designation CIP CR NC which is noted on the grade sheet class list. If the student does not complete the work by the specified date, the instructor will automatically assign a predetermined grade reflecting the work not completed. If the student completes the work by the specified time, the instructor will assign the final grade. Course in Progress Credit Granted* No Credit Granted* Incomplete* Withdrawn* Audit* * not calculated in Grade Point Average The minimum grade point average for graduation is 2.00 All Fail or "F" grades recorded on the student's transcript are assigned a value of zero in the calculation of a student's term and cumulative GPA. Audit An audit indicates the student has registered in and attended a course without writing examinations or submitting work, papers, lab reports, etc. Attendance at lectures, labs and seminars is required. An Audit status is not calculated in the GPA, does not have credit attached, and may not be used toward completion of a diploma or certificate. Grade Changes Time limits have been established with respect to grade changes. 1. No time limit for grade changes duetocalculation error. 2. One year time limit for grade changes resulting from completion of work to remove an I grade (may be extended in extenuating circumstances). Grade Point Average (GPA) 3. One year time limit for grade changes made for other reasons. GPAs are reported on each permanent student record. A term GPA is the sum of the grade point hours, divided by number of credit hours for one term only. The cumulative GPA recorded is the sum of the grade point hours, divided by the number of credit hours for all terms of enrolment. Students are advised to contact the instructor(s) immediately if a grade has been recorded incorrectly. Errors and omissions will be corrected as soon as identified without cost to the student and without appeal. CR or NC Grade Grade Appeals The grades "CR" or "NC" are assigned to courses in which a level of mastery is required for successful completion but is not included in the GPA calculation. Students must take immediate action for a grade appeal. Students must contact a counsellor no later than 2 weeks after receipt of grades or Change of Grade Notification. The counsellor will discuss the grade and appeal procedure and attempt to arrange a meeting with the instructor, and will provide the student with a "Final Grade Appeal" form. I Grade An "I" or incomplete grade may be given at the end of a term, where in the judgment of the instructor, the student should have reasonable expectation of passing the course, but has not completed the required work. An incomplete is assigned only when the instructor and student have arranged for the work to be completed by a specified date, If students wish to pursue the appeal, they must do so within fourteen calendar days of the date on which the counsellor's report is mailed. Failure to meet this timeline will be grounds for dismissal of the appeal. To continue the appeal, students complete the "Final Grade Appeal" General Information - Policies 27 form and submit it to the Secretary of the Appeals Committee with a fee of $36 for each course to be appealed. Appeals are considered by an Appeals Committee chaired by one of the College Deans. The Committee consists of representatives from faculty, students, and a counsellor. During the appeal process all term grades, including the final examination mark, are taken into consideration. In all cases the students are informed in writing of the Committee's decision. Should the mark be changed, the fee is refunded. Only those appeals that follow the above process will be considered. Students who must withdraw from all courses in two consecutive semesters due to medical reasons, or due to circumstances beyond their control, may appeal to the Registrar for a permit to re-enrol. B. Academic Performance 1. Academic Difficulties a. Students who are experiencing difficulties in their course work during a term may be referred by an instructor to a counsellor. The student is encouraged to consult with the instructor and counsellor to reach a satisfactory plan which will remedy these difficulties. Repeated Courses Policy 2. Standing Required for Continuance 1. A course may be repeated for the purpose of improving a grade, but no more than once. The grade for each attempt will be recorded with the higher grade used in the computation of the cumulative GPA. All students at Capilano College are expected to maintain acceptable standards of scholarship. Specifically, they are expected to maintain a minimum 1.80 CGPA (cumulative grade point average). A student who does not maintain this minimum CGPA will be considered to be performing unsatisfactorily in his/her studies. The following procedures will apply for evaluating the student performance in accordance with policy governing continuance, withdrawal and readmission. 2. No course may be taken more than twice if the student has received two failures, or two NA's* or made two withdrawals or any combination of failure and withdrawal. Subsequently, a student will not be allowed to enrol in a third attempt unless all of the following have been satisfied: a. a term GPA of 2.5 or better is achieved; b. the signature of either an educational advisor, or counsellor is entered on the registration form; c. the signature of the faculty coordinator responsible for that subject is entered on the registration form. 3. Students are cautioned that other institutions may include grades for all attempts and repeats of courses in the GPA calculation used for admission. 4. The Repeated Courses Policy also applies to courses deemed to be equivalent, have a similar curriculum, and the same subject material; for example, Biology 108 and Biology 110. *NA grades were awarded prior to September, 1994 only. Repeated Semesters Policy Students who enrol but withdraw from all courses in two consecutive semesters will be ineligible to re-register for one semester, Fall or Spring. Students who receive grades of Fail, WD, or a combination of these grades in all courses of enrolment in two consecutive semesters shall be ineligible to re-register for one semester, Fall or Spring. If following a third semester of enrolment, students receive grades of Fail, WD, or a combination of these grades in all courses of enrolment, will not be allowed to enrol for two semesters, Fall and Spring. General Information - Policies 28 a. Academic performance will be evaluated on courses for which Capilano College grades have been assigned. ("Assigned grade" will include grades A+ through D, F, but will exclude W, CR and AUD). b. Following admission, no formal assessment will take place until the student has completed a minimum of nine credit hours of assigned grades. c. Students who were admitted to the College with an admission average below 1.80, and who have attempted 9 credit hours at a previous post-secondary institution, will be admitted on academic probation. 3. Academic Probation a. Students who have received assigned grades for at least 9 Capilano College credit hours with a GPA of less than 1.80 based on the 4 point scale, will be placed on academic probation. Students will be notified in writing of their status and may be a-Jvised to book an appointment with an Advisor or Counsellor prior to re-registering. b. Students permitted to register will be limited to enrolling in 9 credit hours. Following completion of the 9 credit hours, the student records will be reassessed. c. If, at the end of the probation period: • the term GPA on assigned grades during the probation period and the cumulative GPA are 1.80 or higher, the students will be returned to good academic standing. • the term GPA on assigned grades during the probation period is 1.80 or higher, but the cumulative GPA is less than 1.80, the student will continue on academic probation. • the term GPA on assigned grades during the probation period is less than 1.80, but the cumulative GPA is 2.0 or higher, the student will continue on academic probation. • both the term GPA on assigned grades during probation period, and the cumulative GPA are less than 1.80, students will be required to withdraw from the College for at least one term (fall or spring). 4. Required to Withdraw. Students who have been required to withdraw must make application for readmission. Permission for readmission will be granted by the Registrar in consultation with the appropriate Program Coordinator, in the case of Career/ Vocational students, or with the Dean, Academic Studies in the case of Academic Studies students, and an Advisor or Counsellor, if necessary. Students readmitted after being required to withdraw will be limited to a maximum enrolment of 9 credit hours, and must achieve a grade point average of 2.00 or better on those credits attempted. Students who do not achieve this level will be required to withdraw from the College for one full year and may only be readmitted by application to, and with the approval of the Admissions Appeals Committee. C. Disruptive Students The College recognizes that most students make considerable sacrifices to be able to attend classes. To enhance their opportunities for success, the College expects all students to help, not hinder, their fellow students, staff, and instructors in achieving their common goals. One of the most important of those goals is to develop the skill of critical thinking through the free expression and exploration of a wide range of ideas. This may involve challenges to students' and faculty's strongly held beliefs and values. As long as such challenges are clearly directed at ideas, and are not merely personal attacks on those who hold them, the College accepts and encourages them as part of the learning process. However, some kinds of expression and behaviour are clearly not intended to further the learning process; they may become disruptive to all concerned and may hinder the College's basic purpose: to foster both learning and a constructive, positive attitude toward learning. Therefore, the College will not accept disruptive behaviour in classrooms or elsewhere on its property. Disruptive Behaviour Disruptive behaviour is defined as: • Speech or action that seriously distracts others from the task at hand; • Speech or action that is clearly not part of a learning process that creates an atmosphere of hostility, intimidation, ridicule, or anxiety among other students, staff or instructors; • Action that impedes the delivery of College services; • Action that abuses College property and services by using them for unauthorized purposes; • Excessive and unreasonable demand for attention or special treatment from faculty or staff, to the detriment of other students; or • Hindrance of other's work by failure to complete one's own work. Threatening and Dangerous Behaviour All members of the College community are expected to show respect for the College and its students and employees. Behaviour that is threatening or dangerous to others is unacceptable and will be dealt with quickly and firmly. The College will protect its students and employees against such conduct. Threatening or dangerous behaviour is: • Subjecting or threatening to subject any student or College employee to physical or mental harm, injury, indignity, harassment, or written or spoken abuse; • Physical intimidation of any student or College employee; • Damage or threat to, or the unauthorized removal of, College property or the property of students or College employees; • Action that deliberately endangers students or College employees. Procedure Complaints about any person's disruptive, threatening, or dangerous behaviour shall go to a Counsellor or to the appropriate Coordinator. The person receiving the complaint shall investigate, consult a Counsellor or Coordinator as appropriate, and, if warranted, immediately convey the complaint to the appropriate Dean. The Dean will take appropriate action, which may include (but is not limited to) a formal warning, placement on probation, long-term suspension, or expulsion from the College. If the Dean has reason to believe that a student's continued presence in the College constitutes a continuing disruption, threat, or danger to others, the Dean shall immediately suspend the student pending further investigation and/or disciplinary action. General Information - Policies 29 A student has therightto appeal the Dean's decision to suspend or to impose other disciplinary action. Such appeal must be made in writing to the Vice-President, Student and Instructional Services within two weeks of the Dean notifying the student of the disciplinary action. The appeal shall be heard by two Vice-Presidents, who will receive submissions by any other person that the Vice-Presidents judge to have information bearing upon the case. D. Misuse of Computer System The misuse of a computer system (such as unauthorized access to other computer accounts or unauthorized use of system software) is not only unfair to other students but can result, at the instructor's discretion, in suspension of the offender's computer access in a course, which may result in an "F" grade. Repeated offences may result in a permanent revoking of all computer privileges. E. Cheating and Plagiarism Within an educational institution, any form of cheating including plagiarism - is an extremely serious offence. Plagiarism is the presentation of another person's or source's words or ideas as if they were one's own. Plagiarism and all other forms of cheating are dishonest and are incompatible with education and scholarship. Accordingly, cheating offences will normally result in a grade of zero on the examination, test, or assignment and, at the instructor's discretion, may result in a grade of F in the course. After consulting the instructor(s) involved, the College may impose further penalties for cheating, up to and including expulsion from the College. Cheating or plagiarism penalties affecting a final grade may be appealed through the College's Appeals Procedure. Students are responsible for ensuring that they understand and follow the principles and practices of proper documentation and scholarship. If in doubt about these matters, students should consult their instructor, the Achievement Resource Centre, the Writing Centre, or the Library where explanatory documents are available. F. Copyright Policy A copy of the College Policy and Procedures regarding Canadian copyright law is available in the Library and in all departments. This policy applies to all College departments, employees and students. G. Sexual Harassment The College is committed to providing a working and learning environment that is free from sexual harassment. To that end, the College has adopted a formal policy and procedures to handle complaints and, if appropriate, to impose discipline where sexual harassment occurs. General Information - Policies 30 The College believes that those who allege that they are victims of sexual harassment must receive the necessary support and protection to encourage complaints to be brought forward. The College believes that anyone against whom a complaint has been made should be given full opportunity to respond to those allegations, and that the principles of natural justice should prevail. The Capilano College Policy defines sexual harassment as comment or conduct of a sexual nature, including sexual advances, requests for sexual favours, sugggestive comments or gestures, or physical contact when any one of the following occurs: a. the conduct or comment has the effect of creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive environment, and may include the expression of sexist attitudes, language and behaviour; b. the conduct or comment exploits the fiduciary relationship between students and employees of the College; c. the conduct or comment is accompanied by a reward, or the express or implied promise of a reward, for compliance; d. the conduct or comment is accompanied by reprisals, or an express or implied threat of reprisal, for refusal to comply; e. the conduct or comment is accompanied by the actual denial of opportunity, or the express or implied threat of the denial of opportunity, for failure to comply. Copies of the College's "Sexual Harassment Policy and Procedures" are available from the Office of the Sexual Harassment Policy Advisor or from Counselling. The Sexual Harassment Policy Advisor is available to receive complaints of sexual harassment, to provide advice and information to the parties to such complaints, and to investigate complaints as necessary. H. Limit of Responsibility The College accepts no responsibility for the cancellation or discontinuance of any course or program or class of instruction that may be necessary as a result of an Act of God, fire, labour problems, lack of funding, or any other cause. The College accepts no responsibility for any injury, loss or expense sustained, arising out of or in any way connected with a student's participation in any course or program. I. Statement of Rights and Responsibilities Capilano College recognizes a set of studentrightsand holds students responsible for their understanding and conduct in view of college policies, rules and regulations. Student Rights 2. You are entitled to have your rights respected by fellow students, faculty, staff, administrators and other persons associated with the college. In addition to your rights guaranteed under the Canadian Charter of Rights, you have the right to: Communicating with instructor and/or counsellors in order to solve any of the problems that you may encounter. 3. Attending classes and being punctual. 4. Submitting your assignments in the required format to your instructors within the deadline; or, if you cannot do so, for making other arrangements with the agreement of the concerned instructor. 5. Being familiar with the information contained in the course outlines and for seeking from your instructors clarification of any areas of concern. 6. Undertaking to complete course requirements as described in the course outline and to observe deadlines and schedules contained therein. 7. Discussing any dissatisfactions with the instructor concerned before attempting further redress through appropriate college channels. 8. Respecting the rights of students, faculty, staff, administrators and other persons associated with the college. 9. Respecting other people's health and their right to security and dignity. 1. A healthy and safe learning environment free from harassment and discrimination. 2. The confidentiality of information regarding all student records and grades unless you consent in writing to its disclosure. You also have a right to ethical behaviour from college personnel who have access to your student records. 3. Seek redress through appropriate college committees for any potential infringement of your rights, according to the procedures in effect at the College. 4. 5. Access to documents contained in your student records, and to add pertinent comments or documents as appropriate. Be informed in advance of the basic content and general procedures of a course and to be sure that the course will not change substantially after registration. You also have the right to receive at the beginning of a course a written outline and to receive written notification of changes in the course outline. The course outline normally will include course objectives, teaching methods, evaluation system, and due dates and late penalties for major assignments. 6. Reasonable access to information on program and graduation requirements, academic regulations, and university admission. 10. Adhering to college policies regarding improper student conduct including: a) cheating and plagiarism; b) improper behaviour; c) sexual harassment. (See statements of these policies.) 7. Be notified of class cancellations as soon as possible and to expect that classes will start and end on time. 8. Be informed of your performance on occasions spaced throughout the semester. 9. Have your instructor keep designated office hours. 10. Review any of your examinations and major course assignments up to the beginning of the following semester. 11. Retain intellectual property concerning your assignments, essay, theses, and other written work. Student Reponsibilities It is your responsibility to acquaint yourself with course outlines, content, evaluations and methodology. You are also responsible for conducting yourself in a reasonable manner and in accordance with college policies as set out in the college calendar. You are reponsible for: 1. Enquiring into the availability of your instructors (time and place). General Information - Policies 31 Services ADVISING AND EDUCATIONAL PLANNING Personnel Jean B E R R Y , B . A . (Wisconsin), A d v i s o r E l i n B R N J A C , Educational Planning Assistant M a r n i B U S H , Educational Planning Assistant Jeri K R O G S E T H , B . A . (UBC) B.C. Teacher's Cert., Advisor D a v i d O ' L E A R Y , B.A.(ed.) (Memorial), D i p . A d u l t E d . (Alta.) M . E d . (UBC), A d v i s o r & Dept. Supervisor A d v i s o r s visit secondary schools i n the College region and throughout the L o w e r M a i n l a n d each Fall and Spring to speak to student groups about opportunities at C a p i lano College. H i g h school students planning to enter the College may take advantage of admission interviews at their school by contacting their school counsellor for appropriate dates. Prospective and current students may contact the A d v i s ing Centre for information on all College programs and courses and for assistance w i t h educational planning and program selection. Appointments may be made at the advising desk i n A B u i l d i n g or by calling the A d v i s i n g H o t L i n e at 984-4990. Drop-in advising, application and pre-registration workshops are also available. ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE Faculty John B R O O K S , B . A . (SFU) Ruth D ' H O L L A N D E R , B.C. Teaching Cert., B.Ed. (McGill), M . E d . (McGill), C . A . S . (Harvard) Bev H I L L , B.Ed. (UBC) W e n d y L Y N N , B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc. (Waterloo) Susan M U R R A Y , B.Ed. (T.E.S.L.) (Concordia) M . A . (Applied Linguistics) (Concordia) Peggy S H A N N O N M . E d . (UBC), First Nations A d v i s o r Jan S H I E L L , M . E d . (UBC) Dennis W R I G H T , B.Sc. (Idaho), M.Sc. (Brigham Young), Ph.D. (Arizona State) Support Staff K i m E M A N U E L E , Learning Assistant Lynne H A M I L T O N , D i \ si. -nal Assistant A t present, the Achievement Resource Centre offers the following services: a. Credit courses w h i c h provide opportunities for students to learn and adopt methods that lead to success in college. b. Scheduled workshops on study skills to help students succeed at college. See Preparatory Programs section. c. Personal assistance for students w h o are d o i n g w e l l but want to improve further. d. Assistance i n using computer resources available i n the Centre. Resources available are: 1) H a r d w a r e - Macintosh, IBM-compatible Computers, 1 typewriter. 2) Software - w o r d processing, spelling, vocabulary and keyboarding skills. 3) Self-paced learning programs on cassette, video, and computer diskette to improve study and learning skills. 4) G r o u p and i n d i v i d u a l i z e d instruction for study skills development. The A R C also provides written study tips. For more information, call 984-4945 or d r o p by the Achievement Resource Centre, B B u i l d i n g . The Mathematics Learning Centre The Mathematics Learning Centre ( M L C ) , located i n J107, provides services for all students at the College. D u r i n g scheduled hours, students may obtain i n d i v i d u a l assistance w i t h math problems from the lab supervisor or instructor on duty. The M L C has two study areas (one for silent, i n d i v i d u a l study and the other for quiet, group study), a video room, a seminar room and a library of math reference texts. The M L C video r o o m is equipped w i t h six video stations where students may v i e w video tapes on topics i n calculus, precalculus, algebra and statistics. Achievement Resource Centre - Squamish and Sechelt A R C programs and services are also offered i n these locations. Contact the local College receptionist for more information: i n Squamish 986-3515 (toll free from N o r t h Vancouver) or 892-5322 (local); i n Sechelt 987-1535 (toll free) or 885-9310 (local). Achievement Resource Centre - Lynnmour Students wanting to increase their learning efficiency are invited to use the services and facilities of the Achievement Resource Centre ( A R C ) , i n B Building. Students w h o have specific learning difficulties are encouraged to talk over their concerns w i t h A R C Faculty. General Information — Services 32 Writing Centre A l l students registered at the College may visit the W r i t i n g Centre for advice on written assignments or help w i t h w r i t i n g problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service, but aims to help students develop their w r i t i n g ability. The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space, a collection of reference books, handout sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining, and editing programs. The Writing Centre is located in H406, inside the Humanities Division. It is staffed by faculty members from the English, ESL, and ABE Departments. Open hours are posted. ATHLETICS AND RECREATION Administration Joseph IACOBELLIS, B.P.E., M.P.E. (UBC), Manager Faculty Milton WILLIAMS, B.P.E. (UBC), Programmer Support Staff Nash DHALLA, Evening Attendant Wade KEELER, Daytime Attendant Wendy WEBERG, Program Assistant Athletics Capilano is a full member of the British Columbia Colleges Athletic Association, which is the governing body for all intercollegiate athletics in the Province. Provincial championships are determined annually with winners advancing to national finals. This affords our College's highly skilled student athletes an opportunity to meet with and compete against the best College athletes in Canada. Intercollegiately, Capilano Blues teams compete in soccer, basketball, volleyball and badminton, both for women and men. Each year, our many exceptional athletes, working with the experienced Blues coaching staff and managers, have combined to produce both provincial and national championship teams. Capilano College is proud of the accomplishments of its student athletes and of its growing reputation for athletic excellence. Campus Recreation An expanding intramural program, utilizing the College's Sportsplex facility and the Weight Training Centre, together with recreation and fitness progams, are available during both Fall and Spring terms. Some examples of the scheduled activities available are: co-ed volleyball, basketball, indoor soccer, badminton, aerobics, karate, weight training and many more. The Sportsplex is located in the south east corner of the south campus parking lot across from A Building. For complete athletic, campus recreation program information, contact the staff at the Sportsplex, 984-1737. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore, located in R building at the northwest corner of the campus, offers required and recommended texts, stationery and sundry items. When classes are in session, the Bookstore is usually open Monday through Thursday 8:30 a.m. to 8:30 p.m. and Fridays 8:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. For information regarding used books, please contact the Capilano Students' Union. COUNSELLING Faculty Daniel FRANKEL, B.A. (Concordia), M.Ed. (McGill) David JONES, B.A., M.A. (Dalhousie) Yvonne McCOLL, B.A. (Simmons), M.Ed. (Harvard) Ethelyn McINNES-RANKIN, B.A. (University of Winnipeg), M.A. (UBC) Susan MITCHELL, B.S.Ed. (N. Illinois), M.A. (UVic) Gary SIEGRIST, M.B.A. (SFU) Sukhi SOHI, M.A. (UBC) Support Staff Receptionists: John DOWLER and Norma McALLISTER General Information The counsellors at Capilano College are professionals trained to provide a variety of counselling services designed to promote and support students' academic success, identification and achievement of appropriate career goals, and personal growth. At present, the Counselling Department offers the following services to Capilano College Students: Educational Counselling is available to help students plan their college education and choose courses and programs suited to their interests, aptitudes and career goals. Students are advised to consult with a counsellor when experiencing academic difficulties. Students must see a counsellor before registering for an overload or when considering filing a formal grade appeal. Counsellors often act as advocates for students. Career Counselling offers help to students who are having trouble deciding on a career, who perhaps feel unsure, confused, or lacking motivation. Counselling and testing can help students make realistic career plans based on their interests, skills and abilities. Personal Counselling is available to help students who are experiencing personal difficulties. Counsellors can help students to clarify issues, find effective ways of dealing with their problems and overcome obstacles to academic success. Workshops designed to help students succeed are offered throughout the term in such areas as career exploration, goal-setting, motivation, procrastination, stress management, communication and assertion training. General Information — Services 33 Outreach Programs are offered to students onacademic probation to help them identify obstacles and plan strategies for success. Applications for day care are available from the day care centre, and should be submitted at least six months prior to the beginning of term. Credit Courses that are a full term i n length are taught by the counsellors on strategies for student success. DISABILITY SUPPORT SERVICES The Counselling Department is located i n the " M " B u i l d i n g on the N o r t h Campus. Appointments to see a counsellor may be made through the receptionist in " M " B u i l d i n g , or b y calling 984-1744. A p p o i n t m e n t times are available M o n d a y through Friday, from 9 a.m. to 4 p . m . Drop-In counselling is also available to accommodate students i n crisis or emergency situations, or for short consultations. A s well, some evening appointments are available. A n introductory career planning workshop is offered approximately once each month for prospective students and community members. These are scheduled i n the evening, and a small fee is required to be paid in advance. A l l counselling is confidential. Those l i v i n g i n the Pemberton - H o w e Sound Region requiring the assistance of a counsellor should contact the Squamish Regional Centre. Appointments may be arranged by calling 892-5322. Sunshine Coast Region residents should call the Secheit Regional Centre, 885-9310. CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE The College assists students considering career options by p r o v i d i n g information and reference materials on a wide variety of occupations. The Career Resource Centre is located i n " M " Building, and houses a collection of selfhelp books, vocational literature, information on occupational outlooks and labour market trends. The Centre also contains calendars from Canadian and foreign universities and colleges (in print and on microfiche), and free informational brochures on campus and c o m m u n i t y resources. Copies of past and current course outlines for Capilano College are available for reference i n choosing courses and instructors. A l s o , some career and program information is on video tape, w h i c h can be viewed i n the Centre. For assistance, contact the receptionist, i n the " M " B u i l d i n g . The Career Resource Centre is open from 8:30 5 p.m., M o n d a y through Thursday, and from 8:30 - 4:30 p.m. on Fridays. DAYCARE The Capilano College D a y Care Centre is located in " D " B u i l d i n g and is open from 7:30 a.m. - 5:30 p.m., M o n d a y through Friday. The centre is staffed by fully qualified, caring early childhood educators w h o engage the children i n creative learning activities. Full-time day care is available to students w i t h children. General Information — Services 34 Faculty Jolene B O R D E W I C K , B.Sc. (Ed) (Idaho), M . E d . (UBC), P.D.P. (SFU), A . R . W . Coordinator Lucas FOSS, B . A . (Carleton), A . R . W . A d v i s o r The Department of Disability Support Services is the identified point of entry to the College for students w i t h disabilities. Contact should be made u p to four months i n advance of term startup. F o l l o w i n g an intake interview, faculty w i l l arrange: - transition and educational support services - college orientation and access information - registration assistance - entry and exit planning - instructor notification for classroom accommodation - exam invigilation - individualized support services - technical equipment needs - taped texts - interpreting services - notetakers and scribes - parking passes The offices are located i n A B u i l d i n g , w h i c h is accessible from the south parking lot, i n Rooms 101b, 101c and 102. Faculty are available by appoiontment M o n d a y to Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. A u g u s t to June. C a l l 983-7526 for more information. DISTANCE EDUCATION Open Learning Agency Open College and Open University The Open College and O p e n University, two components of the O p e n Learning A g e n c y , offer a w i d e variety of credit and non-credit courses through open learning methods. Courses and programs can lead to one of several college diplomas or certificates or to a university degree. For information o n course offerings and transfer credit, visit or write to the O p e n Learning Agency's Student Services office at 4355 Mathissi Place, Burnaby, B.C. V5G 4S8, or call (603) 431-3000. Knowledge Network The third component of the O p e n Learning Agency, the Knowledge N e t w o r k also offers a w i d e range of credit and non-credit courses. For further information, call 6602000 (toll-free 1-800-663-1678). Open Learning in British Columbia HEALTH SERVICES AND FIRST AID In addition to the courses offered by the O p e n Learning Agency, there are many more open learning courses offered by British C o l u m b i a ' s colleges and universities. The O p e n Learning A g e n c y can advise w h i c h courses are available, but specific enquiries should be directed to the sponsoring institution. Personnel FIRST NATIONS PROGRAMS AND SERVICES Faculty Peggy S H A N N O N , M . E d . (UBC), First Nations A d v i s o r The First Nations Student A d v i s o r provides direct services to native students i n a variety of ways: assistance w i t h course selection and registration; information concerning College resources; advisor for special programs; liaison w i t h N a t i v e Band education officers and college instructors; consultation regarding personal and educational matters. The A d v i s o r also acts as resource to the student-based Native Issues Committee. Special programs and services for First Nations students and prospective students are also offered at the College's two Regional Centres. Presently located i n the Achievement Resource Centre at the N o r t h Vancouver campus, the A d v i s o r also coordinates advice p r o v i d e d to the College from its First Nations A d v i s o r y Committee, an external advisory group w h i c h meets quarterly. Dr. Bill M A C K I E , M . D . (UBC), C C F P D o n n a S A V A G E , R . N . , B.Sc.N. (UBC), Ind. First A i d Brenda J A R V I S , R . N . , Ind. First A i d Located i n the M b u i l d i n g on the N o r t h C a m p u s , the Health Services and First A i d Department is concerned w i t h maintaining the good general health of all i n d i v i d u als o n campus, and w i t h p r o v i d i n g a safe and healthy atmosphere i n w h i c h to w o r k and study. Emphasis is directed toward prevention of disease and injury and attainment of a healthy lifestyle. The following services are offered: 1. Health Counselling - offered on nutrition, weight control, immunization, birth control and other health related matters. 2. Physical Health Care - such as vision check, hearing tests, blood pressure check, pregnancy tests. 3. Diagnosis and Treatment of Illness—appointments w i t h College physicians may be made i n person at M103, or by phoning 984-4964. 4. Pamphlets and Teaching A i d s on various topics are available i n the reception area of Health Services. 5. Referrals to outside agencies or individuals can be made through Health Services. 6. Regular meetings of the Health and Safety Committee are held. Concerns or suggestions regarding hazards or potential hazards can be submitted i n w r i t i n g via the student representatives. 7. First A i d - for emergency call local 2772 or 984-1772. FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE The m a i n cafeteria, located i n b u i l d i n g N , offers full hot meal service d u r i n g the Fall and Spring terms from approximately 8:00 a.m. through 8:30 p.m. daily except Fridays w h e n it closes at 3:00 p.m. (The grill closes at 1:30 p.m.). For special events, catering services are available. Contact the Food Services Director, N o r t h C a m p u s Cafeteria. The smaller cafeteria, located i n b u i l d i n g B, offers limited hot foods and snack items from approximately 8 a.m. through 8:30 p.m. M o n d a y through Thursday; Friday 8 a.m. through 3:00 p.m. (The grill closes at 1:30 p.m.) A kiosk located i n b u i l d i n g H provides a selection of pastries, salads, sandwiches and coffee. The kiosk is open from 8:00 a.m. through 2:00 p.m. M o n d a y to Friday. V e n d i n g service offering limited food, beverage and confectionery items is available i n B u i l d i n g N (North Campus), B (South Campus), and H Building. L i m i t e d d i n i n g space (seating and circulation) does not a l l o w for the use of either cafeteria for special functions d u r i n g the period the food service is i n operation, unless the function is designated by the College's administration. First Aid Coverage Provided M o n d a y - Friday 8:00 a.m. - M i d n i g h t Weekends: 4:00 p..m. - M i d n i g h t Daytime: as required - call 2772 or 984-1772 INTERNATIONAL OFFICE AND INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION Personnel Jean B E R R Y , International Student A d v i s o r Marjorie C R O F T , International Administrative Assistant Laurie G R A N T , C o - o p Coordinator, A P M C P Barbara H A N K I N , Program Coordinator, A P M C P Jon L . J E S S I M A N , Dean and H e a d Louise K R O H N , Director, Extension & Contract Services Ethelyn M c I N N E S - R A N K I N , International Student Advisor Anita R O A C H , Dean's Secretary E d w i n W O N G , C A N A S E A N Manager General Information — Services ~35 Telephone: (604)984-4975 Fax: (604)984-1705 Office: A 209, South C a m p u s The International Office has responsibility for international education, programs and initiatives at Capilano, operating within the Division of Student and Instructional Services, assisted by the International Education A d v i s o r y Committee, a campus-wide representative committee w h i c h meets to provide direction to and co-ordination of Capilano projects. 1. International Student Information The College welcomes Applications for A d m i s s i o n from well-qualified students who normally reside in countries outside Canada. In 1993, there were approximately 160 international students studying regular courses at C a p i lano. They are enrolled i n university transfer programs i n the Academic Studies Division, specialized courses i n the Career/Vocational Division and English as a Second Language. N o r m a l l y , to be considered for admission, applicants should possess the equivalent of Secondary School graduation (Grade 12) i n the Province of British C o l u m bia. Students wishing assessment of their academic credentials should contact the Office of the Registrar. In certain programs, enrolment limitations are in effect both for international students and for Canadian c i t i z e n s and residents. Entry to these programs is competitive . , i is based o n academic standing and other published criteria. In accord with provincial government policy, international students are subject to higher tuition tees than Canadian students. See A d m i s s i o n and Readmission section for detailed application information. The International Student A d v i s o r s o n campus gh e assistance to International Students both prior to and or their admission to the College and w i l l provide s p e d ' i assistance to applicants w i t h student visa requirements, location of home accommodation, social and special programs, educational counselling and orientation. The A d v i s o r s are located i n the A d v i s i n g and Counselling Departments o n campus. A l l other student services a he L y n n m o u r campus are also available to international students. A n International C l u b is active on campus and provides opportunities for Canadian and international students to interact i n social, recreational and learning activities. Interested students should note closing dates for applications for Fall, Spring, and Summer terms i n an e a r l i e r section of this Calendar. A l l applications for admission should be directed to the Office of the Registrar a n d should be accompanied by a $100.00 (Can.) application fee. General Information — Sen/ices 36 2. International Programs In the 1994-1995 academic year, the following programs will be undertaken: A. Asia Pacific Management Co-op Program This program, unique in Canada, enrolled its first class i n 1987 and was an immediate success. A two year graduate diploma program i n A s i a Pacific studies a n d business, it is open to students w h o normally have completed an undergraduate degree from a recognized university or those who are sponsored by their employer. C o m b i n i n g an examination of culture, history, language, business, politics, and economics of Pacific R i m regions over the course of a full time, nine-month intensive period at the College, and followed b y a co-operative work experience of twelve months, usually overseas, graduates become immediately involved i n w o r k i n g with industry in development and trade-related business. See PostGraduate Programs section for details. B. CANASEAN C A N A S E A N is another unique program at this College, specifically designed to meet the needs of business men and w o m e n in Canada and from countries forming part of the Association of South East A s i a n Nations ( A S E A N ) plus China and Vietnam. Begun i n the mid-1980s as a short s e m i n a r / w o r k s h o p series, it n o w has become a four-month program. In the Fall term, A S E A N managers take part i n intensive training o n campus and w i t h local enterprises on business and culture, plus a period of job observation understanding how C a n a d i a n businesses w o r k and h o w business can be developed between Canada and Asia. This project is w h o l l y funded b y ministries of the federal and provincial governments. Interested applicants should contact the Manager. C. Other Programs F r o m time to time, the College offers specific programs designed to meet the needs of particular groups, industries, governments or agencies. In 1993, these included programs in international tourism management, English Language culture, the Chinese Summer School and small business entrepreneurship. These are normally arranged t h r o u g h the International Office or the Contract Services Department. 3. Other International Courses A number of individual programs offered i n the A c a demic and Career Divisions have specific courses p r o v i d ing international content. Some of them are optional, w h i l e others are an integral part of the curriculum leading to a college degree d i p l o m a or certificate. Examples of these will be found in the relevant sections of this Calendar in Business Management, Biology, Geography, History, Political Studies and Sociology. The Languages Department currently schedules first-year university level courses in French, German, and Spanish as well as first year level in Japanese, Mandarin, Chinese and Thai. English as a Second Language courses provide foreign and new immigrant students a variety of intermediate and advanced courses to help improve competency in English for work, daily life, and post-secondary study. English language training is also offered in the summer; these home-stay programs are designed for groups only. 4. International Exchanges The College has been active for a number of years in promoting exchanges with colleges, universities and other agencies outside Canada. Students from Capilano and Japanese institutions have exchanged as have faculty from Rajamangala Institute of Technology, Thailand, and Open University of Ho Chi Minh City in Vietnam. Capilano College and Aichi Gakusen College of Toyota City, Japan established a special relationship in 1983 which provides for the annual exchange of students between the two colleges. Up to three Capilano female students study and work at Aichi Gakusen from late September until mid-winter. Each student is provided with a scholarship of Y750,000 (approx. Cdn. $7,500), a Vancouver-Tokyo-Nagoya round trip ticket and free tuition in a special program of studies specifically tailored to the individual student. The total value of the scholarship is approximately Cdn. $20,000 for each student. Formal agreements have been signed with other postsecondary educational institutions in China, Malaysia, Thailand, Japan and other countries of the Pacific Rim which will continue to enhance opportunities for exchange. A special exchange agreement with Kushiro Public University in Japan provides for faculty exchange annually. business management training for Indonesian managers, and a business linkage project in Thailand. For further information on any of these international activities or other international education opportunities, contact the Head of the International Office as indicated. LIBRARY Faculty Karin HALL, B.A. M.L.S. (UBC) David LAMBERT, B.A. (U of A), M.L.S. (UBC) Annette LOREK, B.A., M.L.S. (McGill) George MODENESI, B.A., M.L.S. (UBC) Sidney MYERS, B.A. (UBC), M.L.S. (Western) Maureen WHITNEY, B.A. (Trent), M.L.S. (U of T) Support Staff Kathleen COSGROVE, Audio-Visual Supervisor Sharon FEYER, Film/Video Supervisor Heike GAUTREAU, Audio-Visual Assistant Dawn HUGHES, Technical Services Assistant Karen KLAVER, Circulation Assistant Dianella KNIGHT, Media Production Assistant James KWOK, Circulation Supervisor Anne MOYE, Secretary Carol NOONAN, Technical Services Assistant Gail OWEN, Circulation Assistant Diane PARKER, Technical Services Assistant Edna SAKATA, Media Production Supervisor Karyn SCHMID, Circulation Assistant Dave SHARROCK, Media Production Assistant Judy STEAR, Circulation Assistant Karen WAUGH, Technical Services Supervisor Hours Monday - Thursday Friday Saturday - Sunday 8:00 a.m. - 10:30 p.m. 8:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. Reference Services As a member of a number of international education training associations in Canada and the United States, the College is able to provide a variety of opportunities for students and faculty to study, travel, or work overseas. Students receive a library orientation and basic research methods class during the first year English, Psychology, and Communications courses. Other courses often include a class in the use of library materials specific to the subject area. Individual research assistance, CD-ROM and other electronic search services are also available. Ask at the reference desk. 5. Circulation Services International Projects and Initiatives With a particular focus on Pacific Rim endeavours, Capilano College has been and continues to be involved in development and training activities in Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand, Japan, Indonesia, Vietnam and the People's Republic of China. Current examples include curriculum development at a university in Vietnam, small Students are required to present current Capilano College I.D. to borrow library materials. Loan periods are: Books: Reference books: two weeks (no telephone renewals) in-library use only General Information — Services Periodicals: Newspapers: Reserve materials: Films & Videos: Audio tapes: Records & CD's: in-library use only in-library use only varies from 3 hours to 1 week 1 to 2 days 1 week (except reserve cassettes) in-library use only Note: Overdue fines of $1.00 per hour charged on hourly reserve loans; $1.00 per day on daily and weekly reservematerials; $1.00 per day on recalled books and other materials. Failure to return materials and pay all fines at the end of each term will result in debt listing (transcripts are withheld and further registration is prohibited). A fee of $5.00 is imposed for removal of your name from the debt list. Audio-Visual Services A variety of audio-visual software and equipment is available for use in the library or may be booked for classroom presentations. Films, videos, records, cassette tapes, and CD's are listed in the library's catalogue. Projectors, video players, cassette recorders, CD players and record players are available for individual use at library study carrells or for small group use in the library's preview room. Media Production Services Assistance in the design, preparation, and production of audio-visual materials is provided. Selected equipment, including computers, is available for self-help use. Overheads, laserprints, colour laser copies, laminating, and other products and services are available at the cost of materials. Ask at Media Production Services. Sechelt & Squamish A small collection of reference and information materials is housed at each regional campus. Access to the entire college library collection is provided by a catalogue of holdings. A library orientation and basic research methods class is provided by the Regional liaison librarian at the beginning of each term. Inter-campus loans and telephone reference services are also provided. LOST AND FOUND Students may inquire about lost or found items in the Student Society office, located in N building, or the Library, located in B building. General Information - Services 38 OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR Administration Dianna L. LARSEN, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (Gonzaga); Registrar Barbara ROBERTSON, B.Ed. (UBC); Associate Registrar Support Staff Jeanne CLASSEN Doreen COTTRELL, Assistant to Registrar Lynda GOCH Cheryl HELM, BA (UBC) Bev HUGHES Karen LEQUYERE Colleen LIPTAJ Jan MERRICK Carol PASKARUK Hazel SOON Sharon WITT The Office of the Registrar, located in Building A, Lynnmour Campus, is responsible for the maintenance of all permanent student records, including admission and registration procedures for all prospective and continuing students, and for the administration of College policies pertinent to those areas. All student records are processed and discharged through this office, including applications for admission, offers of admittance, assessment of transcripts for Canadian and International applicants, grade entry, student identification cards, registration in courses, waitlists, course additions, withdrawals, transfer credit, change in name, address or telephone, issuance of transcripts, and replacement of documents. The Office of the Registrar also coordinates all graduation and student awards ceremonies, verification of program completion, Deans' and Merit lists, semester timetables, examination timetables, and course articulation with provincial universities. Housed with the Office of the Registrar is the Cashier's Department of Financial Services, which is responsible for the collection of tuition and other fees, invoicing, and verification of payments to the College. Questions should be directed as follows: Admissions/Student Records: 984-4913 Cashier: 986-1911, ext.2012 Graduation Status: 986-1911, ext. 2014 Transcripts: 986-1911, ext. 2084 Regular Hours Mon/Tue/Wed 9:00 am to 6:30 pm Thur 10:30 am to 6:30 pm Fri 9:00 am to 4:00 pm Summer Hours Mon/Tue/Wed/Fri 9:00 am to 4:00 pm Thur 10:00 am to 4:00 pm PARKING Parking is available to all students. The following parking regulations, which have been designed to meet the Fire Marshal's instructions, are in effect: a. No parking is permitted in a Fire Zone. b. Vehicles may park in a Loading Zone for up to 30 minutes while loading or unloading. Vehicles parked in excess of this time period are subject to the College towing policy. c. Reserved parking permits may be made available to handicapped students so that they may park closer to their classes. Requisitions for handicapped parking permits may be obtained from the College Nurse or the Special Needs Advisor. d. All traffic and parking signs must be observed. e. Vehicles parking in unauthorized areas will be towed away at the owner's risk and expense. SECURITY Capilano College is concerned with the safety and security of students, faculty, staff and visitors on campus. Security at the North Vancouver campus is provided by uniformed officers on foot patrol and in clearly identified patrol vehicles. These officers are available to escort any member of the College community. Advanced notice is appreciated, but not required. Campus security may be reached at local 2964. A security awareness orientation is provided to every class at the beginning of each term. Faculty, particularly those teaching evening classes, promote and actively encourage the buddy system. Students are advised to walk with a friend, or, if possible, travel in groups to parked cars or to other locations, or get a ride to their vehicle if they are parked some distance away from others. SPORTSPLEX AND FITNESS CENTRE The Sportsplex, one of the finest multipurpose facilities in the province, houses the intramural programs, athletics gymasium-based programs, extension courses in sports and recreation and a general activity drop-in program for those choosing a less structured schedule. Each of these programs offer a variety of activities which will satisfy the recreational needs of the student body. Facilities include a 14,500 sq. ft. gymnasium with seating capacity for 1,700 suitable for basketball, volleyball, badminton, indoor soccer, wrestling, martial arts and many other activities; a 2,000 sq. ft. aerobics gym, weight and fitness centre, dressing rooms and sauna. A wide range of services including towel service, locker rentals, first aid, laundry service and equipment loans are available. Current hours of operation during the term (September to April) are: Monday to Friday: 8:30 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. and Saturday/Sunday: 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. For detailed information about specific programs offered in the Sportsplex each year, contact the staff at 984-1737. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT CENTRE Personnel Judith HALL, Student Employment Advisor Lynne SOMERVILLE, Student Employment Assistant The Student Employment Centre's overall objective is to help students secure suitable employment specific to their individual needs. Our key thrust is to equip students with the knowledge and skills required to successfully manage their individual job searches. To meet this challenge the Student Employment Centre offers a variety of services to all Capilano College students and alumni, year-round. Services include: - assistance with the development of meaningful and realistic goals - critiquing and recommending suggestions on how to prepare effective and professional resumes and covering letters - advice on developing a contact network of potential employers - guidance with the preparation and presentation of interview strategies - information and assessment of job offers - provision of encouragement and support through all phases of the job search processs In addition to providing students with employment readiness guidance, the Student Employment Centre develops and maintains working relationships with employers to encourage employment opportunities. Throughout the year, hundreds of seasonal, part time, contract and career-oriented jobs are displayed on a centralized Job Posting Board for interested candidates to review. The Centre offers drop-in service, individual appointments and in-class group presentations. All students wishing to use the services offered are encouraged to visit the Centre early in their academic term. For further information visit the Centre, located in the M building, or call 984-4965 Monday through Friday. General Information - Services 39 STUDENT NEWSPAPER The student newspaper at Capilano College is the Capilano Courier, published every other week. The Courier -is run by an independent staff of student volunteers, autonomous from the student society and College administration. It is a full member of Canadian University Press, a co-operative news and support resource organization of more than sixty campus papers from across Canada. Since the Courier is written, organized, and laid out on campus, there is always a need for help. Students are encouraged to take part in news and feature writing, reporting, editing, layout, photography, artwork, desktop publishing, graphic design, and advertising. The newspaper is not a "class project" and therefore offers the chance for all students to participate in the democratically run collective staff. The Courier welcomes input from the entire College community. Classified ads (which are free to studenl • staff, and faculty), letters to the collective, and other contributions can be submitted to their offices. STUDENTS UNION Students who register for credit courses at the Lynmour campus of Capilano College pay Students' Union fees, thus becoming a member of the Students' Union. Part of this fee is membership within the Canadian Federation of Students, Canada's national representative student organization. The Students' Union is a registered nonprofit society, incorporated under the Societies Act of British Columbia, co-ordinated by an elected board of student directors. The Students' Union is the recognized medium of communication with: the board and administration of Capilano College; the Capilano College Faculty Association; Office & Technical Employees' Union, local 378; the general public; and other associated students' unions. Main goals of the Students' Union are: 1. To organize students on a democratic, co-operative basis in order to provide a framework within which students can communicate, exchange information, and share experience, skills, and ideas for advancing students' interests. 2. To facilitate co-operation among students in organizing events which supplement the learning experience, provide for human needs, and develop a sense of community in British Columbia, Canada, and the world. 3. To bring students to discuss and co-opperatively achieve necessary educational, administrative and legislative change in order to achieve the goal of a post- General Information — Services 40 secondary system which is nationally planned, high quality, and accessible to all. Through general meetings of the entire student body and a structure of committees open to all students, the direction of the Students' Union is decided and its goals met. Students' Union affairs run from educational forums to social events to student workstudy jobs. Daily operations are handled by the full-time staff collective and the executive committee of elected students. Elections for executive committee positions occur on campus each semester and all students may participate in running, campaigning and voting. In addition, the Students' Union maintains a number of services to aid students day-to-day. Inexpensive photocopies, a free phone, a used textbook consignment sale, laser printing, document binding, resume printing, a housing registry, international student identity cards, inexpensive stationery items, and a student saver consumer discount program, are some of the services offered. The Students' Union General Office is located in N building next to the Students' Lounge and North Cafeteria. Office hours are Monday to Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. For further information call 986-1813 or 984-4969 or fax, 981-4995. STUDENT STORE — CAP CORNER The student store is located in the "B" building between the library and the south cafeteria adjacent to the bank machine and public telephones. It is operated by the Retail Marketing students. Its hours of operation are Monday to Thursday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. It can be accessed on Fridays or for cost centre transfer purchases by contacting Charlene Hill in Business Administration. This small store serves as a teaching aid allowing students to put into practical use the skills they learn while in the classroom. The store sells Capilano College sweatwear, school supplies, access cards, common pharmaceutical items, gifts, candy, snack and cold drinks. It has a photocopier and also sells stamps. Special sweatwear orders for clubs, organizations, and various athletic teams can be arranged. Financial Aid and Awards Personnel Connie GIBBS, B.A., M . E d . , Supervisor Valerie K E N D R I C K , Clerk Zulekha P I R A N I , Financial A i d Clerk Dates To Remember June 30 Bursary application deadline for Summer Term. September 30 A p p l i c a t i o n deadline for Capilano College general scholarships. October 15 Bursary application deadline for Fall Term. January 31 Bursary and scholarship application deadline for S p r i n g Term. Refer to the 94/95 A w a r d s and Financial A i d G u i d e for the dates of the Fall and Spring A w a r d s Ceremonies. General Information The Financial Aid Office The Financial A i d Office is located i n Room A117, A B u i l d i n g , South C a m p u s and, i n general, is open 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. M o n d a y to Friday. Check posted hours for notice of closures d u r i n g the term or call (604) 984-4966 for information or recorded message. Beginning i n M a y , workshops are held to provide information regarding financial aid and to assist students w i t h the completion of their B.C. Student Assistance Program (BCSAP) applications. Students must register for the workshops w i t h the Financial A i d Clerk by phone or i n person d u r i n g regular office hours. Students are expected to have read the B C S A P G u i d e and attempted to complete the application form prior to attending the workshops. In addition to p r o v i d i n g applications and information regarding B C S A P , bursaries, scholarships and loans, the office distributes brochures regarding financial aid and money management and, periodically d u r i n g the term, provides workshops o n effective money management. Financial A i d Advisors are available by appointment to provide financial counselling, prepare appeals and provide guidance to B C S A P applicants w h o w i s h to initiate a reassessment of their award. The B.C. Student Assistance Program (The following information is subject to change.) The B . C . Student Assistance Program is the major source of student financial assistance and is a combination of Federal Canada Student Loan (CSL) and B.C. Provincial Government Grant a n d / o r Loan (BCSL). B.C. grant eligibility is based o n the first sixty-eight weeks of postsecondary education. To maintain grant eligibility i n the second year o t ; tudy, students must demonstrate successful completion i n the first year. The amount of aid awarded is based on a standard means test. The maxim u m student aid available for a standard 34 week (two term) school year in 93/94 was $7,344 for students without dependents and $11,254 for students with dependents. Of these funds, i n both cases, the first $3,570 was Canada Student Loan funds. (At the time of printing this calendar 94/95 allowances were unavailable.) C S L and B C S L require no payment and are interest-free while the applicant is a full-time student (provided the bank has been properly notified of full-time status). Interest begins to accrue on the C S L in the month following full-time study. After term end or from the date of withdrawal, students have six months within which to begin repayment of both loans. If at any time d u r i n g the six month grace period or subsequent repayment period the student again enrols i n full-time study, the student must file a Schedule II (for C S L ) and a Certificate II (for BCSL) with the bank to return their outstanding loans to interest-free and non-payment status. Interest charged o n the C S L d u r i n g a six month grace period w i l l be forgiven for students w h o enrol i n full-time study prior to the end of the six months. PLEASE NOTE: Any changes to the B.C. Student Assistance Program for the 9 4 / 9 5 year will be announced after this calendar goes to print. Please refer to the 9 4 / 9 5 application and the brochure "Awards and Financial Aid - A Student Guide" for updated information. Eligible applicants are C a n a d i a n citizens or landed immigrants w h o qualify as B . C . residents according to Ministry policy (outlined i n the B C S A P guide). A p p l i c a tions are available by the beginning of M a y from any post-secondary institution but the completed application must be returned to C a p i l a n o College to be checked and forwarded to Victoria. Students whose award is less than the amount required to complete the educational term are advised to enquire at the Financial A i d Office regarding appeals and reassessments. A n appointment w i t h a Financial A i d A d v i s o r may be necessary. Students who have applied for student loans should note that N / A grades and audit courses do not carry credit and are treated as course withdrawals. N / A grades reduce total credit load, may cancel eligibility for future student loans and require early repayment of existing loans. Capilano College Student Loan Advance Policy The Financial Services Office may advance funds to students w h o are awaiting delivery of their student loan General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 41 documents. To qualify for an advance the following conditions must be met: • students must have applied for BCSAP prior to the second week of classes • loan assessment must have been completed and the results relayed to the College before an advance will be considered Bursaries For Part-Time Students A limited number of bursaries may be available to students enrolled in part-time study in the Fall and Spring Terms. Bursary applications which specify part-time enrolment are available through enquiry from the Financial Aid Office at the beginning of each term. The deadlines are October 15 and January 31. • advances will be produced in the business day following the request Emergency Aid • to receive an advance from the College, students must have paid the deposit amount toward tuition Limited emergency bursary assistance is available to students who have had a portion of their educational funds depleted as a result of emergency costs which they are able to document. Students requiring emergency assistance must make an appointment with a Financial Aid Advisor. There is no guarantee that the students' needs will be met by bursary funds or that funds will be available for that purpose. • first advances will be based on the need for books and supplies only (not rent money) and will not exceed $300 • additional advances will not be considered until the last week of September. Requests for advances must be made in person to the Financial Services Office, A Building, Room A119, between the hours of 12:30 pm to 4:30 pm, Monday to Friday, during the educational term. Bursaries For Full-Time Students A bursary is non-repayable money granted on the basis of financial need. Bursaries administered by the Financial Aid Office are listed in this brochure under Bursaries. To be eligible to receive a bursary, students must maintain a Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.0, be enrolled in full-time study (full-time as defined by BCSAP criteria) and demonstrate financial need by completing the bursary application form available from the Financial Aid Office. First priority is given to students who have applied for student loans. One application per term is sufficient to be considered for all bursaries listed in this section. Applications are available at the beginning of each term; the deadlines are October 15; January 31; and June 30. Additional bursaries and application information are listed under External Awards. Scholarships Scholarships are awards based on high scholastic achievement and are listed in several areas of this brochure. Some awards require application, some are conferred automatically based on the highest GPA of students in the course. Capilano College Board Single Parent Fee Waivers Single parents who have studied at least one previous term at Capilano College and who have applied for student loans for the current term of study may apply through the Financial Aid Office for a fee waiver. Fee waivers are assessed on an individual basis and approval is not guaranteed. For application contact the Financial Aid Office after the beginning of classes. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 42 Work-Study Program The Work-Study Program, a part of the British Columbia Student Assistance Program, is designed to provide oncampus work experience for students requiring financial assistance while attending college. A limited number of part-time on-campus jobs, averaging five to ten hours per week, may be available. The program is open only to fulltime students who satisfy B.C. residency criteria according to the terms of the B.C. Student Assistance Program. For answers to questions regarding eligibility, contact the Financial Aid Office. Applications are available in the Student Society Office, N Building. Adult Basic Education Student Assistance Program Students registered in ABE and ESL programs may be eligible for Adult Basic Education Student Assistance Program grants (ABESAP) to meet education costs. Approval is based on demonstrated financial need and, for subsequent terms, on satisfactory progress during the previous funded term. Funds are available on a firstcome, first-served basis. Applications are available from the Financial Aid Office or ABE Department. Deadline: Open. B.C. Part-Time Student Assistance Program The Ministry of Skills, Training and Labour offers limited non-repayable assistance for students in part-time study who are unable to increase their credit load to full-time status. This money is targeted to single parents and mature students. For application contact the Financial Aid Office. B.C. Loan Remission Program Students who receive loans in excess of $15,000 (93/94 ceiling) through BCSAP during the period of their first degree may qualify for Loan Remission (forgiveness of some of their student debt). For subsequent degrees the ceiling increases. The degree must be completed in a timely fashion and students must satisfy personal responsibility (as defined by BCSAP) during each loan application period in order to qualify. For detailed information contact theMinistry of Skills, Training and Labour, Telephone 660-2610 from the Lower Mainland, or 1-800-561-1818 from anywhere in B.C. Federal Payment Relief Plan The Government of Canada will defer payment on fulltime and part-time Canada Student Loans on behalf of debtors who are experiencing financial hardships due to inability to find employment or to temporary disability. Students submit applications for three month deferrals to the bank which holds their student loan. Additional information is available from the Student Assistance Directorate. Applications are available at the Financial Aid Office; please refer to the application for "Interest Relief." Contact for B.C. Student Assistance Program: Student Services Branch Ministry of Skills, Training and Labour 2nd Floor, 1106 Cook Street Victoria, B.C. V8V 3Z9 Tel: Lower Mainland: 660-2610 Outside Lower Mainland: 1-800-561-1818 Contact for Canada Student Loans Program: Canada Student Loans Program Student Assistance Directorate Department of the Secretary of State P.O. Box 2090, Station D Ottawa, Ontario KIP 6C6 Tel: (819) 994-1844 Capilano College Foundation The Capilano College Foundation was formed in 1970 to build community support for Capilano College. As a volunteer community organization established under the Societies Act, the Foundation raises and administers funds to assist students and enhance the development of a well-balanced learning environment. Working together with Capilano College's Resource Development Office, the Foundation seeks to expand its Scholarship and Bursary Program to recognize and support deserving students who need assistance to reach their educational goals. For information, or to make a tax deductible contribution, please contact: Randi Duke, Director of Resource Development, Capilano College, 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5. Phone: 984-1709, Fax: 984-4985. Capilano College Entrance Awards Canada Scholarships Canada Scholarships worth $2000 each and renewable for up to two years ($6,000) are provided by the federal government to outstanding full-time students who are pursuing undergraduate degrees in science or engineering. The Science faculty will nominate scholars in the Fall from all applications received. Applications are available through the high school and must be submitted to the Registrar's Office, Capilano College, by mid-June. Capilano College Board Entrance Scholarships These scholarships will be awarded on the basis of academic merit. One scholarship in the form of a tuition fee waiver for two consecutive academic terms in a program of study of the student's choice will be made available through each of the high schools in the College region. Science Faculty and Staff Scholarships The Pure and Applied Sciences Division at Capilano College offers two $500 scholarships each year. Eligible students are those who: • are taking a full grade 12 course load • expect to graduate with high marks • enrol in a full time Pure and Applied Sciences Program at Capilano College in the coming Fall Semester. Applications are available from the Pure and Applied Sciences Division. Deadline: May 13. Science Textbook Publishers' Awards The Pure and Applied Sciences Division, in cooperation with textbook publishers, awards several first year science textbooks to students with high grade point averages entering a science program at the College in the fall. Applications are available from the Science Division office (Room 471,4th Floor, H. Building) at Capilano College and during registration at the Sciences Division Information Desk. Contact Pure and Applied Sciences Division for details. Deadline: last day of registration for the Fall Term. Science Tuition Scholarships All students graduating this Spring from secondary schools and achieving a grade point average of at least 3.5 in a specified set of four grade 12 courses, and who register in at least 16.5 credits of study including at least General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 43 two of several specified science courses in the Fall Term at Capilano College, will receive a tuition scholarship covering course fees for the Fall term. Awards are made directly at registration time. Contact Pure and Applied Sciences Division for details. Beaver Foods Bursary Beaver Foods, the caterers for Capilano College food service, has established a permanent endowment in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the funds will go to assist students who have financial need and satisfactory academic achievement. Scholastic Awards Deans' List Special recognition will be accorded full-time students with a term and cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or higher at the end of a term. For the purposes of the Deans' List, a student with 15 or more credits in a term, or taking a full course load as outlined in the calendar for their program, shall be considered full-time. This achievement shall be recorded on the Permanent Student Record for each term in which these requirements are met. Merit List Special recognition will be accorded part-time students with a cumulative grade point average of 3.7 or higher upon completion of 30 or 60 credits. For the purposes of the Merit List, a student registered in fewer than 15 credits in a term shall be considered part-time. This achievement shall be recorded on the Permanent Student Record. The Governor-General's Collegiate Bronze Medal This award is presented to a Diploma graduate from a program of two year's duration who has achieved the highest cumulative grade point average and who has attained this grade point average on a minimum of 15 credit hours per term or full program load, as outlined in the Calendar, during attendance at Capilano College. The Lt. Governor's Silver Medal Awarded for academic excellence and contribution to the College and community to a graduate in a Vocational or Career program of less than two years' duration. Bursaries (Administered by the Financial Aid Office) The bursaries identified in this section are administered by the Financial Aid Office. Unless otherwise directed, apply using the general bursary application available from the Financial Aid Office. Only one application is necessary to be considered for all awards listed in this section. Students applying for these bursaries are expected to have first applied for student loans. Applications are available at the beginning of each term. Deadlines: Fall Term: October 15; Spring Term: January 31; Summer Term: June 30. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 44 Birks Family Foundation Bursaries The Birks Family Foundation offers bursaries to full-time students in financial need who are engaged in any academic program leading to a diploma, and who demonstrate that they are deserving of financial assistance. The amounts available and the number of awards may vary from year to year. Rosalind Brossard Memorial Bursary This bursary is provided to assist a student with financial need in the Resident Care Attendant Program. Rosalind Brossard, a former student at Capilano, had an outstanding talent in the Long Term Care Aide field. The bursary is provided by her family and friends in memory of her. Margaret Campbell Bursary A bursary is made possible by the North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club in recognition of Alderman Margaret Campbell's outstanding contribution to the North Vancouver Community and as past president of the Canadian Federation of Business and Professional Women's Club. The bursary is open to women students enrolled at Capilano College in at least three courses. Canadian Federation of University Women (North Vancouver Chapter) The recipient of the $250 bursary is to be a female student who is enrolled in second, third or fourth year of math, science or a professional school who is a resident of North Vancouver and/or a graduate of a North Vancouver Secondary School (School District #44). Canadian Federation of University Women - West Vancouver The West Vancouver chapter of the Canadian Federation of University Women has established an endowment in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of a bursary to a mature woman student in financial need who has achieved a satisfactory academic performance in academic studies. Capilano College Faculty Association Two bursaries of $500 will be awarded in the Spring Term. Financial need is the main criterion. Capilano College Student Trust Contributions from College employees and community members have created an endowment to provide scholarships and bursaries for deserving students. The funds are managed by the C a p i l a n o College Foundation and income from the endowment is awarded annually to students who qualify. Capilano Students' Union Emergency Bursaries The Capilano Students' U n i o n donates to a Student Emergency Bursary F u n d . The purpose of the fund is to assist students facing a financial crisis due to an essential but unexpected emergency expense. To be considered students must make an appointment with a Financial A i d Advisor. Capilano Suspension Bridge Bursary The Capilano Suspension Bridge has established an endowment, the interest from which w i l l provide for one or more bursaries for full-time students i n the third or fourth term of the T o u r i s m Management Program. Students must have a G P A of 2.33 or better, and demonstrate financial need and potential within the tourism industry. Chan Foundation of Canada Bursary The C h a n Foundation of Canada has established an endowment w i t h the Capilano College Foundation. The purpose of this fund is to use the interest earned annually to provide one or more bursaries for students enrolled i n the T o u r i s m Management Program. To qualify, a student must be enrolled full-time i n the third or fourth term of the program, have at least a 2.33 G P A , be recommended for potential i n the tourism industry and demonstrate financial need o n the general bursary application. CKNW Orphans' Fund Award The C K N W Orphans' Fund has established a generous endowment fund to assist students with dependent children to obtain their education. Applicants must have good academic standing and demonstrate financial need. Kathleen Collins Foundation Bursary The Delta Kappa G a m m a Society International is an honour society of w o m e n educators whose goal is to assist w o m e n i n all areas of education. The society offers a bursary to a female student with financial need. Credit Union Foundation Bursaries The Credit U n i o n Foundation of British C o l u m b i a annually offers bursaries totalling $500 to academic, technical or vocational students. Students, w h o might otherwise have difficulty completing their studies by reason of financial hardship, are eligible to a p p l y for these bursaries. The recipients are to be Canadians residing i n British C o l u m b i a and i n attendance at Capilano College. Credit Union Pioneers' Memorial Bursaries The Credit U n i o n Foundation of British C o l u m b i a , through the Credit U n i o n Pioneers' M e m o r i a l F u n d , offers bursaries annually totalling $300 to a student or students i n trades training programs. Students, w h o might otherwise have difficulty completing their studies by reason of financial hardship, are eligible to a p p l y for these bursaries. The recipients are to be Canadians residing in British C o l u m b i a and i n attendance at C a p i lano College. Mike De Hullu Memorial Fund This bursary is established in memory of M i k e de H u l l u , a former student of the Capilano Wilderness Leadership program, w h o died i n 1988. Income from the endowment fund w i l l be used annually to assist students w h o demonstrate leadership i n outdoor recreation pursuits and initiative in problem solving for current environmental issues. Priority w i l l be given to students enrolled in Outdoor Recreation Management or the Environmental Science Diploma Program whose interests relate to B C waterways and forests. To be eligible, students must have completed at least one full term i n their program. Educational Enhancement Fund This fund, established by Capilano College w i t h a matching grant from the Vancouver Foundation, provides for bursaries of varying amounts to students i n need w h o have demonstrated satisfactory scholastic standing. Getaway Publications Bursary For a student i n the Tourism Management C o - o p D i ploma Program who has financial need. Selection w i l l be made by the Financial A i d Office i n consultation w i t h faculty in the Program. Nan McLean Goodwin Bursary A n endowment has been established i n memory of N a n M c L e a n G o o d w i n . Interest from this fund w i l l be used to provide bursaries for classical musicians enrolled i n the Bachelor of M u s i c Transfer Program. Kathleen Herauf Memorial Bursary The Kathleen Herauf M e m o r i a l Bursary was established in honour of Kathleen w h o was a student i n the Legal Assistant Program. This $300 award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 45 student i n the Legal Assistant Program i n the Spring Term. I.O.D.E. Lions Gate Chapter Bursary - $500 Founded i n 1900 in Canada, the I O D E is a national women's organization with over 600 chapters in every province and both territories. The Lions Gate chapter has established a bursary for M u s i c Therapy students w h o combine scholastic excellence and financial need. John "Stein" Kramer Memorial Bursary This memorial bursary fund has been established i n remembrance of John "Stein" Kramer. Stein was an Outdoor Recreation student i n the graduating class of 1985 w h o was killed i n a helicopter crash i n June 1987. The bursary w i l l be awarded to an Outdoor Recreation Management student registered i n the second year of the program. Selection w i l l be based on financial need, academic achievement, and demonstrated leadership capabilities. was a m u c h loved and respected member of the club and had a life-long interest i n education. The bursary is presented each year to a mature w o m a n student studying full-time or part-time w h o has satisfactory academic standing, demonstrated financial need and who is registered in the academic program. North Shore (Vancouver) Beta Sigma Phi Bursary A n endowment established by Beta Sigma P h i - N o r t h Shore (Vancouver) w i l l provide one or more bursaries i n the Spring Term to female students enrolled i n full-time study who can demonstrate satisfactory academic progress and financial need. Preference w i l l be given to a Beta Sigma P h i relative. North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club Bursary A n endowment has been established by the N o r t h Shore Business and Professional Women's C l u b . Income from the fund w i l l be awarded as bursaries to women students enrolled at Capilano College i n at least three courses. Elizabeth Lees Memorial Bursary A memorial bursary fund has been established i n recognition of Elizabeth Lees, a former history student at C a p i lano College. In recognition of her commitment to academic studies, her concern for w o r k i n g people and her interest in women, her friends have established the Elizabeth Lees Memorial Bursary. Stephen Leskard Bursary In 1985 Stephen Leskard retired after a long and distinguished teaching career at Capilano College. A founding member of the College's A r t department, his efforts and professional work contributed greatly to the development of all three A r t programs. Bursaries from this fund w i l l be allocated to students i n the Graphic Design & Illustration and Foundations of Graphic Design & Illustration programs. Candidates will be judged on artistic abilities and financial need. Music Therapy Association of BC Bursary The M u s i c Therapy Association of B C has established a permanent endowment fund. The interest from this fund w i l l provide one or more bursaries for Music Therapy students with high need and satisfactory academic performance who are enrolled i n the second year of the program. Mary Neil Memorial Bursary This $500 award is presented by the Canadian Federation of University W o m e n - West Vancouver in memory of M a r y N e i l , a former president and active member. She General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 46 N0REX Small Business Bursary The N o r t h Shore Executives' Association has established an annual bursary w i t h the C a p i l a n o College Foundation to be k n o w n as the Norex Small Business Bursary. Their purpose is to provide Fall awards for students enrolled at Capilano College w h o qualify by being enrolled full time in the third or fourth term of the Business Administration or Office Administration programs. Students are selected on the basis of satisfactory performance and financial need. North Vancouver Babe Ruth Baseball Bursary A n endowment fund has been created to provide the N o r t h Vancouver Babe R u t h Baseball Bursary. Interest generated by the endowment w i l l be given to a student at Capilano College enrolled i n full-time study, a resident of the N o r t h Shore w h o demonstrates satisfactory academic performance and has financial need. O.T.E.U. Bursary The Office and Technical Employees' U n i o n , Local 378, provides two bursaries of $300 to be awarded on the basis of financial need to full-time students i n the Spring term. Jean Paterson Memorial Bursary The Canadian Daughters' League - Assembly 12 N o r t h Vancouver has established an endowment i n M e m o r y of Jean Paterson w i t h the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund w i l l be awarded annually in the Fall Term i n the form of bursaries to female students i n the Music Transfer Program who have satisfactory academic achievement and financial need. The Real Estate Foundation Bursaries The Real Estate Foundation has established an endowment fund in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of scholarships and bursaries to students studying in realestate-related courses in the business, legal and environmental science programs. Royal Canadian Legion Branch 60 (West Vancouver) Bursary A $500 bursary will be applied against tuition in the Fall term for a single parent living on the North Shore, preference given to a West Vancouver resident. Tourism Management Bursary Donations from Capilano Motor Inn, Lonsdale Quay Hotel, TSI Telequip Equipment and Alumni have created an endowment to provide bursaries for students enrolled in the Tourism Management program. Vancouver Foundation Awards For more than twenty years, the Vancouver Foundation has been providing financial assistance to students enrolled in post-secondary institutions in British Columbia. Under the block grant scheme, disbursements are provided to 23 post-secondary institutions on a rotating basis for disbursal by respective financial aid personnel to deserving students. Administered through the institution's Financial Aid Office, funds assist full-time students who have identified vocational or academic objectives and have demonstrated ability to reach those objectives. They should also (along with their families when possible) be contributing towards their education costs. Vancouver Municipal and Regional Employee's Union Bursary The Vancouver Municipal and Regional Employees' Union provides a bursary based on financial need for dependents of VMREU members. Students MUST state on the general bursary application for the Spring term that they want to be considered for the VMREU bursary and provide their parents' names. Wellington Award The Wellington Insurance Company has established an endowment to provide bursaries for students enrolled in the third semester of the Infotech Program. John Percy Williamson Memorial Award The family of John Percy Williamson has endowed an award with the Capilano College Foundation to assist students with good scholastic achievement who require financial assistance to complete their studies. The award is given in the Spring term. Women Mean Business - Bursary Two $500 bursaries are made available in the Fall term to a mature woman returning to school, a resident of the North Shore, who intends to study business. Women's Equality Bursary The Women's Programs Ministry of the Provincial Government has established a $500 bursary to assist female students enrolled in either a full or part-time degree, diploma, or certificate program of not less than one year. Students must demonstrate financial need and academic achievement. The bursary will be awarded in the Fall session. George Raven Wood Bursaries A bequest from the estate of George Raven Wood has established a permanent fund in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the endowment provides for a large number of bursaries which will be awarded in the Spring term. A minimum GPA of 2.3 (C+) is required. A limited number of first term students may be considered in exceptional cases but must provide letters of recommendation from three instructors. Bursaries are available to part-time and full-time students. Scholarships (General Scholarships or those administered by the Financial Aid Office) The Aichi Gakusen Scholarships In early Fall each year, the Deans' Office, Student and Instructional Services, posts notices across campus of an information meeting regarding the Aichi Gakusen Scholarships. Women students interested in spending six months in Japan as an exchange student are invited to attend. Information regarding the scholarship and application procedures are covered at the meeting. For further information, contact the Deans' Office, Student and Instructional Services, 2nd floor, A Building. B.C. Tel Awards Two awards of $625 will be provided in the Spring term to students completing first year who intend to continue a second year at Capilano College. The awards are based on General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 47 high scholastic performance and financial need. A p p l i cants must submit a general bursary application form to the Financial A i d Office by January 31. British Pacific Properties Scholarship British Pacific Properies Limited has established a permanent endowment w i t h Capilano College to fund the British Pacific Properties Scholarship. The interest generated from this endowment w i l l go to a full-time student w i t h a m i n i m u m G P A of 3.5 enrolled i n any career/vocational or academic course of study. Preference w i l l be given to a N o r t h Shore resident who demonstrates financial need. Students apply through the Financial A i d Office using the general bursary application. Deadlines are October 15 and January 31. Capilano College Foundation Scholarships Four $600 scholarships w i l l be awarded annually to the highest achieving full-time students (determined by Grade Point Average) in the Academic and Career programs. Selection is automatic. Scholarships are limited to students returning for their second year and are intended to help defray tuition fee and book costs. Capilano College Student Trust Contributions from College employees and community members have created an endowment to provide scholarships and bursaries for deserving students. The funds are managed by the Capilano College Foundation and income from the endowment is awarded annually to students who qualify. Students must have completed at least 12 credits at Capilano College prior to submitting the application and must have achieved a Grade Point Average of at least 3.5. Applications for scholarships are available from the Financial A i d or Registrars Office and must be returned to the Registrar by September 30 for the Fall term, and by January 31 for the Spring term. The Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence Dr. Paul Gallagher, former Principal of Capilano College, was noted for his scholastic achievement, qualities of leadership, enthusiastic approach to work and leisure and w a r m t h and compassion towards others. In his honour the College Board has established the Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence. A m a x i m u m of one Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence may be awarded for each academic year to a student maintaining a m i n i m u m 3.5 G P A . Applicants must be Canadian citizens or landed immigrants and must have completed at least 15 credit hours of course work at Capilano College prior to taking up the scholarship. This scholarship offers a tuition fee waiver and $250 per term, to be spent on books and other educational expenses for the next academic year. The General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 48 scholarship recipient, a continuing Capliano College student, can hold the scholarship for a m a x i m u m of two instructional terms. For the scholarship to be extended a second term, the scholar must maintain an excellent standard of work and conduct. A p p l i c a t i o n forms are available from the Financial A i d Office and must be submitted to the Chair of the Scholarship and Bursary Committee, c / o the Registrar's Office, no later than February 15. Rita Watson Johnson Memorial Award This award was established i n honour of Rita Watson Johnson, who worked i n the Women's Access Centre at Capilano College. She was w o r k i n g towards a master's degree in Counselling at U B C . Rita began post-secondary studies in her m i d d l e years after raising four children, and the memorial award was established to assist mature women students enrolled i n either part-time or full-time studies i n any field of post-secondary study. Preference w i l l be given to mature w o m e n w h o have an interest in academic studies and who have demonstrated interest in and awareness of women's issues. Applicants may be (or plan to be) part-time or full-time students. Student applicants w i l l hopefully have at least a "B" average and demonstrate an active interest i n returning to school a n d / or paid employment. Contact the Financial A i d Office for application. Deadline: Fall Term, October 15; Spring Term, February 15. North Shore Women's Centre Award This award was established by the founding members of the N o r t h Shore Women's Centre (established 1974). The current award is given in memory of Betty Cave, a founding member herself and a N o r t h Shore w o m a n w h o contributed m u c h to i m p r o v i n g women's lives through her work with the Centre. The award is to assist mature female students enrolled i n any field of post-secondary study, on either a full-time or part-time basis. Preference is given to applicants who can demonstrate interest i n and awareness of women's issues. Applicants are expected to have a standing of C+. Applications are available from the Financial A i d Office. Completed applications must be returned to the Financial A i d Office by October 15 (Fall Term) and February 15 (Spring Term). The Real Estate Foundation Scholarships The Real Estate Foundation has established an endowment fund i n the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund w i l l be awarded annually i n the form of scholarships and bursaries to students studying i n realestate-related courses. Students from the business, legal and environmental science programs are eligible. Department Awards (Application Required) Bachelor of Music Audition Scholarships T w o awards of $200 w i l l be offered to students w h o indicate excellent performance potential. Contact the Coordinator of the M u s i c Transfer Program for information. B.C. Rail B.C. Rail has established a fund to assist seniors with financial need to attend the Eldercollege program. Canadian Information Processing Society Scholarship The Vancouver Section of the Canadian Information Processing Society has established a scholarship fund and offers a $300 scholarship to students at Capilano College w h o are enrolled i n an information systems program. The student must be active i n student and community affairs or demonstrate a variety of outside interests; must have better than average written and verbal communication skills; must have a G . P . A . of at least 3.0; and must be i n the latter portion of the program. Contact Business Administration for application procedures and deadline information. apply and w h o meet the following criteria: the student must have financial need; must have completed at least one term at Capilano College and must have completed at least two academic courses, one of w h i c h was an English course; and the student must be maintaining a G P A of at least 2.75. Applications are available from the English Department. Fall term deadline: November 12; Spring term deadline: January 31. English Department Bursary for Mature Students The English Department provides two $500 bursaries for full-time students and one $500 bursary for part-time students in each of the Fall and Spring terms. To be eligible students must: have financial need; have completed at least one term at Capilano College; have completed two or more A c a d e m i c Studies courses, including at least one English Department course; have a G P A of 2.75 or better; and must be enrolled i n at least two A c a demic Studies courses, including an English Department course d u r i n g the term for w h i c h the bursary is awarded. Applications are available from the English Department. Deadline for Fall term is October 31; for S p r i n g term, January 31. English Scholarships for Second Year Students A w a r d s of $300 - $500 to recognize additional costs incurred through competition sport are available to student athletes. Contact the Athletics Department for information and applications. Tuition waivers of one academic year, one term, and one course are available to the winners of an essay contest. Students must be planning to register i n their second year of academic studies w h i c h includes at least one second year English course. Contact the Department of English for more information. Deadline: A p r i l 30. Jim Duvall Memorial Bursary Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship The family of Jim D u v a l l and the A d u l t Basic Education Department have established a permanent endowment to provide bursaries for students i n the A B E program at the College. Inquiries should be directed to the A B E coordinator. The Lucille Fisher M e m o r i a l Scholarship, established b y the West Vancouver M e m o r i a l Library and West Vancouver M u n i c i p a l Employees Association, is awarded annually to an outstanding student enrolled in a credit course i n creative w r i t i n g or commercial writing (such as English 190 or Communications 190, etc.) i n the Fall term. A second award is made when matching funds are available from the English Department. Instructors may nominate students for the award, and outstanding students may also apply o n their o w n , by submitting their best writing (normally not more than ten pages) to the Coordinator, Communications Department, b y January 31. The award is granted as early as possible i n the Spring term of the same academic year. College Sports Award Shirley Eastcott Memorial Scholarship The Shirley Eastcott M e m o r i a l Scholarship has been established i n recognition of Shirley's interest and encouragement of printmaking i n Canada. The interest earned annually w i l l provide one or more scholarships for students to attend the A r t Institute's p r i n t m a k i n g program at Capilano College. The criteria required for a student to qualify include: acceptance into the A r t Institute's P r i n t m a k i n g Program; demonstrated excellence i n his or her field; and need for financial assistance. A p p l y to Coordinator of the A r t Institute. English Department Bursary The English Department offers bursaries of $500 each, two i n Fall term and two i n the Spring term to students w h o Institute of Chartered Accountants of British Columbia A $300 scholarship is available to a full-time student at Capilano College w h o is completing the first year of the University Transfer program, and is proceeding to second year or to a university i n the commerce option. The student must have a good record in the accounting classes General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 49 completed, maintain a second class standing overall, be i n financial need, and be interested in becoming a Chartered Accountant. A p p l y to Commerce Convenor i n Social Sciences Department by M a r c h 31. Landscape Horticulture Award A n endowment has been created, the interest from which w i l l fund the Landscape Horticulture A w a r d . The award is offered to students i n the Landscape Horticulture Program and is based on scholastics, program participation and financial need. A p p l y to the Coordinator of Landscape Horticulture i n December. Submit application before January 15. Constance McGregor Memorial Scholarship The Capilano College Foundation has established this scholarship i n recognition of the generous support received from the Estate of the late Donald Anderson McGregor. The purpose of the scholarship is to recognize the increasing importance of the study of Canadian affairs in post-secondary institutions. To be eligible a student must have achieved a 3.0 G P A in the study of Social Sciences, particularly i n relation to Canadian affairs. Applications are available from the Social Sciences Division and must be completed by January 31 in order to be given at the Spring A w a r d s Ceremony. C o m m i s s i o n . A tuition fee waiver scholarship is available to any student in any program w h o has enrolled i n at least one Women's Studies course. Candidates must have financial need. Candidates must submit a 500 w o r d essay on " H o w Equality can be A c h i e v e d " . The scholarship w i l l normally be available for one term, but can be renewed provided the applicant's academic standing is satisfactory. Applications are available at the W o m e n ' s Studies Department and the Financial A i d Office. The deadlines are October 15 and January 31. Link Bursary These bursaries are awarded to Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n students. Funds for the L i n k Bursary are provided by voluntary contributions of employers participating i n Business Administration's work practicum program. For additional information contact Business Administration. Pacific Refrigerated Foods Association Award The Pacific Refrigerated Foods Association has established an annual award with the Capilano College Foundation to be k n o w n as the Pacific Refrigerated Foods Association A w a r d . Merchandising Management offers a number of awards for both the two year and the accelerated programContact the Coordinator of Merchandising Management for information. The purpose of the A w a r d is to acknowledge an outstanding student in the Commerce Program at Capilano College. The criteria required for a student to qualify are: enrolment i n the second year of the Commerce Program; successful completion of the Program w i t h intent to transfer into the Commerce Faculty at the University of British C o l u m b i a ; the student's above average G P A as well as demonstrated leadership skills and strong personal attributes; and financial need. George North Memorial Award Maureen Piekaar Memorial Award The George N o r t h M e m o r i a l Fund was established by friends and family members in memory of this outstanding member of the Trade U n i o n movement. The award is available to assist with registration costs for union members or their family members w h o wish to attend courses i n the Labour Studies Program. U n i o n members are first expected to seek sponsorship from their union if they are eligible, before seeking a Bursary. The deadline for applications for Spring courses is February 20 and for Fall courses is September 15. Application forms areavailable from the Labour Studies Program coordinator at Capilano College. This a w a r d was established i n memory of Maureen Piekaar, a teacher i n the M e d i c a l Office Assistant Program. To be considered students must have satisfactory standing of 70% or better i n the first term of the M O A program, possess the qualities of leadership and citizenship, contribute to the classroom experience and demonstrate financial need. A p p l y using the general bursary application available from the Financial A i d Office, A117. Deadline: January 31. North Vancouver Women's Liberal Commission Award The Society provides an award of $500 towards remission of the Registered Industrial Accountants fees. This award is available to the graduating student attaining the highest mark in Cost and Management Accounting. Contact the Coordinator, Business Administration before A p r i l 15th. Merchandising Management Awards This award was established by the Honourable Thomas A . D o h m and the N o r t h Vancouver Women's Liberal General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 50 The Society of Management Accountants of British Columbia Scholarship Department Awards (Automatic selection) B.C. Council of Garden Clubs' Trust Fund Scholarship Adult Basic Education Association of B.C. Achievement Award A scholarship of $450 w i l l be presented to a student in Landscape Horticulture. The recipient must be a Canadian student who has s h o w n a demonstrated interest and ability in the field of horticulture. A $100 Achievement A w a r d is made available to a student i n the Basic A d u l t Education Program. The successful candidate w i l l be chosen by a consensus of the A d u l t Basic Education faculty. Asia Pacific Program Scholar Award $500 per year w i l l be awarded to the student i n the Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program w h o achieves the highest academic standing at the end of year one of the program, is considered an outstanding student by the Faculty, and w h o has accepted a work placement for the second year of the program. Athletic Scholarship Tuition Waivers U p to, but not exceeding, ten tuition fee waivers i n both Fall and Spring semesters w i l l be made available annually to those high performance athletes attending C a p i l a n o College who satisfy the following criteria: 1. Practice w i t h and play on a team w h i c h represents either the Province of B.C. or Canada i n either national or international competition. 2. Play i n national or international competition d u r i n g the summer immediately preceding the Fall semester in w h i c h they enrol at Capilano College. 3. Play for the Capliano College Rep team (Blues) i n the same sport i n w h i c h they participated nationally or internationally i n the summer. 4. A r e not Nationally carded athletes (i.e. recipients of Federal funds from Sports Canada). 5. Meet the entrance requirements of the program for w h i c h the application is made. T o qualify for a tuition fee waiver i n the Spring semester, the student must achieve a 2.5 G P A and a m i n i m u m of nine credits i n the Fall term. Faculty w i l l select recipient. Bachelor of Music Transfer Program Scholarship A n award of $200 w i l l be offered to a student w i t h a high G P A and performance potential i n the second year of the M u s i c Transfer Program. B.C. and Yukon Community Newspapers Associations Scholarships are awarded annually, as available, to journalism and graphic arts students w h o are nominated by the Coordinator of their program. BC Hydro Scholarship B C H y d r o has established an endowment w i t h the Capilano College Foundation to generate an annual award for second year Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n students. In addition to a grade point average of 3.33, selection criteria includes c o m m u n i t y involvement and a commitment to the protection of the environment. Campney and Murphy Legal Secretarial Scholarship This scholarship w i l l be awarded to a second year student s h o w i n g high scholastic achievement and career potential. Capilano College Tuition Fee Waivers For Second Year Students A limited number of scholarships w i l l be awarded to outstanding full-time students w h o have completed one year of a program at C a p i l a n o College. The scholarships w i l l be in the form of fee waivers. Candidates w i l l be automatically selected by grade point average. Capilano Suspension Bridge Scholarship A $600 scholarship w i l l be awarded annually i n the third term of the Tourism Management Co-op Program to the student achieving the highest G P A in the first term. The student must be attending the program full-time in order to be eligible. Classical Music Scholarship For students in the second year of the M u s i c Transfer Program who, in the o p i n i o n of faculty, best exhibit a high potential for a career i n vocal music combined w i t h high academic achievement. Nicholas J. Collins Scholarship There w i l l be two scholarships awarded to ESL students at Capilano College, one for a female student, one for a male student. Students must have clearly defined career goals and must demonstrate h i g h academic achievement in conjunction w i t h other contributions such as sports, volunteer work or organizational work. The winners w i l l be chosen by committee. Data Processing Management Association Scholarship A n annual scholarship of $100 is available to a student who demonstrates high scholastic standing within the program, has better than average communication skills, and w h o exemplifies good team practices. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 51 Davis and Company Legal Secretarial Scholarship Harold Kirchner Scholarship A $300 scholarship w i l l be awarded to an outstanding student entering the second term of the Legal Secretarial Program. T w o graduating scholarships w i l l be presented annually. One scholarship of $150 w i l l go to the top scholastic Career Program graduate, and one scholarship of $150 w i l l go to the top scholastic Vocational Program graduate. English 1 0 0 Awards for Research Essays Tuition waivers for 1 English course w i l l be given to 10 12 winners of the English 100 research essay awards. Students who have written outstanding research essays are nominated by their instructors. Students must have completed English 100 i n the Fall term and plan to take an English literature course in the Spring term. The tuition waiver is for the English course i n the S p r i n g term. Graphic Design Scholarship Through a donation from Dianna L . Larsen, Registrar, a $500 scholarship has been established for students entering the second year of the G r a p h i c Design Program at Capilano College. The scholarship w i l l be given in the Fall, based on: high academic standing, completion of 24 credit hours or more i n the G r a p h i c Design Program, enrolment i n the Fall Term as a full-time student, significant achievement i n the Graphic Design Program. The recipient is chosen by the faculty of the Graphic Design Program; an application is not required.Graphic Design Scholarship The Greater Vancouver Weavers' and Spinners' Guild Scholarship A n annual scholarship of $200 w i l l be awarded to a student in the Textile Arts Program w h o demonstrates excellence in weaving and shows an interest i n pursuing this art form. The recipient of the award w i l l be selected by the Textile Arts Coordinator at the end of the student's first or second year. Blair Griffiths Scholarship The Greater Vancouver M e d i a Association offers the Blair Griffiths Scholarship in the Spring term to the top student completing the first year of the M e d i a Resources Program. Bob Irvine Award The A B E faculty shall identify deserving student(s) to receive the Bob Irvine A w a r d . The award w i l l be based on the following criteria: must be or have been a student in the A B E program; must be thirty years of age or older; must still be in attendance at Capilano College; must have shown significant progress towards completion and must have spent sufficient time i n a program to determine worthiness for the award. General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 52 Ladner Downs Legal Assistant Scholarship This fund w i l l provide for two scholarships of $350, one in each year of the Legal Assistant Program. The awards w i l l be made on the recommendation of the faculty to the first ranking student i n each year. North Vancouver Community Arts Council Scholarship The N o r t h Vancouver C o m m u n i t y Arts C o u n c i l provides scholarships for tuition fees for one term for each of up to two outstanding students per academic year. Eligible candidates must have studied at Capilano College i n the two preceding terms. Full-time students in the following programs are eligible: Graphic Design & C o m m u n i c a t i o n , C l a y & Textile Arts, Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music, Commercial M u s i c , and Creative Writing. Rucanor Athletic Scholarship Rucanor Canada has established a permanent endowment, the interest from which w i l l fund an annual scholarship to be given i n the Fall term to students involved i n athletics. Students must have demonstrated outstanding performance i n a sport and be returning for second year w i t h a m i n i m u m 3.0 G P A i n at least 24 credits. Russell & DuMoulin Legal Secretarial Scholarship This scholarship is awarded on the basis of academic excellence to a student graduating i n the top 10% of the Legal Secretarial Program and at the discretion of the Scholarships and A w a r d s Committee. The prize includes an interview of the recipient for a potential 3-month summer employment w i t h Russell & D u M o u l i n upon graduation from the Program. T. Buck Suzuki Memorial Scholarship The family of T. Buck S u z u k i has endowed a permanent award for full-time science students. The interest income from the endowment w i l l be used to provide one or more scholarships annually to outstanding students i n the science program. The Gerry Turner Award Gerry Turner w o r k e d for the College for many years. She was Secretary to the principal, and also w o r k e d i n the Deans' offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, C o m m u nity Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to I promote excellence, and to improve the image of the College in the community. This award is maintained by Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor and even disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in the Office Technology Program in the Spring term. Tierney and White Scholarship Tierney and White have established an endowment with the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of a scholarship to an eligible student in the Financial Option in Business Administration. The student must have completed one term at Capilano College with a minimum grade point average of 3.5 and require financial assistance. Vancouver Stock Exchange Scholarship The $425 Vancouver Stock Exchange Scholarship will be awarded to an outstanding student of Finance, Business Administration or Computing Science at Capilano College. He or she will be enrolled full-time in one of these programs and will have completed at least two terms of study in the program with a minimum GPA of 3.5. Awards for Students with Disabilities Elsie Boone/North Shore Lions Clubs Scholarship An endowment fund, bequest from the estate of Elsie Boone, a retired teacher, will provide entrance level scholarships for young students with physical disabilities. Applicants should be twenty-three years of age or younger, demonstrate satisfactory progress from past studies and show good potential. Contact the Special Needs Coordinator for application process. Deadlines: September 30; January 31. Honourable Thomas A. Dohm Bursary Thanks to a generous donation from Thomas A. Dohm, Q.C. LLD, an endowment has been created, the interest from which will provide bursaries for students with disabilities. Students apply using the general bursary application available from the Financial Aid Office. State the nature of disability and any special costs resulting from the disability in the comments section of the form. Return forms to the Financial Aid Office. Deadlines: October 15; January 31. General Information - Financial Aid and A wards 53 54 Preparatory Programs This section contains information on: • Adult Basic Education • Pre-College Level Course College offers upgrading and flexible self-study courses. For complete course descriptions, refer to specific sections of Academic Studies. • Achievement Resource Centre Credit Courses Chemistry 030 • Alternative Career Training Program Prerequisite: none • English as a Second Language This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry and wish to go on in science. ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/PRE-COLLEGE LEVEL COURSES English 010 Many students who enter Capilano College require precollege level courses to meet entry level requirements for a particular college program, or to upgrade their academic skills from basic literacy to the Provincial Level (grade twelve equivalent standing Diploma). Students who have been out of school for a number of years and want to resume their education often find that the Adult Basic Education program best meets their needs. Most courses in the program are self-paced. Students attend classes in which they work up to five hours a day in the classroom with college instructors. In addition, some courses require independent study outside of class. The level of courses in the Adult Basic Education program ranges from Basic Literacy to Provincial (grade twelve) level. Many of the upper-level courses, taken alone or as part of a larger program of studies, will meet entry requirements for Academic Studies and Career/Vocational Programs. The pre-college level courses which are offered by a number of Academic departments at the College are designed to upgrade students who lack course prerequisites for Academic Studies and Career/Vocational programs. Many of these courses are taught in two hour classes that meet twice a week for an academic term (16 weeks). In addition, considerable independent study is required outside of the formal instruction period. There are also (like Adult Basic Education) some flexible selfstudy courses available in Math. Prerequisite: none, but most students will have passed English 12 or its equivalent An intensive course in basic language skills to enable students to proceed without difficulty to an academic college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students. Math 009/010 Prerequisite: none These courses are offered in the Math Learning Centre on a self-paced format. Students are placed in the courses based on diagnostic tests. This group of courses covers arithmetic and introductory algebra. Math 099 Prerequisite: Math 11 with a "P" or permission (signature) of Mathematics instructor This course begins with a review of introductory algebra and continues with the development of intermediate algebra with emphasis on functions. It is meant primarily for students who require an Math 11 equivalent and who anticipate taking precalculus (Math 105 or 107). Math 103 Prerequisite: Math 11 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 099 with at least a "C-" grade. Either the Adult Basic Education Program or the preparatory courses offered in the Academic Studies departments may satisfy your upgrading needs. Students should contact the Coordinator of Adult Basic Education for more information on that program, the Advising Centre or Counselling for information on other preparatory courses. A brief review of introductory algebra, plus intermediate algebra and precalculus, with a focus on functions, mathematical models, graphs, trigonometry, logarithms, and exponential functions. (Students will be brought to the same level as those completing Math 105 by the end of the term). Primarily for students who anticipate taking a calculus course or who require a Math 12 equivalent course. PRE-COLLEGE LEVEL COURSES No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107 For students who do not have some of the course prerequisites for Academic Studies or Career programs, the This course may be completed by guided self-study format using video instruction. Preparatory Programs - Pre-College Level Courses 57 Math 105 ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE Prerequisite: Math 099 with at least a "B-" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 or Math 11 at least with a "B" grade. CREDIT COURSES A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs mathematical models, trigonometry, logarithms and exponential functions. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses who require a Math 12 equivalent course. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107 Math 107 Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" or Math 099 with at least a "C-". A precalculus course designed for business/commerce students. The mathematical models/applications in this course will be mainly business/finance oriented. Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities, absolute value, systems of linear equations, functions and graphs, inverse functions, mathematical modelling, exponential and logarithm functions, circular and trigonometic functions, right-triangle trigonometry, arithmetic and geometric progressions, compound interest and annuities, summation notation, binomial theorem. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. Contact: 984-4945 The Achievement Resource Centre offers three 3.0 credit courses. Also see section on Non-credit Programs and Courses. ARC 100 (3) Strategies for Student Success (3,0,0,0) (F,S) Learn and adopt attitudes and methods that promote success in college. This course includes: memory techniques, time management, reading a textbook with improved retention, test taking tips, note taking strategies, using college resources, communication skills, stress management, goal setting, and career exploration. ARC 110 (3) Reading Dynamics (3,0,0,0) A 3 credit course in which participants learn and practice flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing reading comprehension are also included. ARC 105 (3) (Sechelt only) Strategies for Student Success (3,0,0,0) Learn and adopt methods and attitudes that promote success in college. This course covers both study skills and reading strategies. This course includes: memory techniques, time management, test taking and note taking. The reading component addresses problems college students have with textbook comprehension, vocabulary, critical reading and retaining information from texts. Preparatory Programs - Achievement Resource Centre 58 ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/FOUNDATIONS Contact: North Vancouver Campus: 984-4971, Room P209 Sechelt Campus: 885-9310 (Toll Free: 987-1535) Squamish Campus: 892-5322 (Toll Free: 986-3515) Please note: Offerings and procedures at Sechelt Campus and Squamish Campus are slightly different. Contact the local ABE coordinator. J. ROSE, B.A. (Western), B.C. Teacher's Cert., M.Ed. (UBC) G.B. RUDOLPH, B.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert., M.Ed. (UBC) J. SOUTH ERST, B.A., B.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. R. WEDEL, B.A. (SFU), B.C. Teacher's Cert. D. E. YOUNG, B.A. (SFU), S.R.N. (London), S.C.M. (Scotland), Dip.. T.N. (London), M.F.A. (UBC) Instructional Faculty General Information D.J. ATHAIDE, B.Sc., (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. C. BUSSANI, BASc., (Hons.), MASc. (UBC) M.C. CAIRNS, B.Sc. (Math) (Calgary), Alta. Teach. Cert. M. DEKKER, B.Sc. (Hons.) (U of A), ING. (Amsterdam) Dip. Computer Management (Cap. Coll.) B. DRURY, B.Sc. (Brock) J. FIELD, B.Sc. (UVic), Ph.D. (University of Queensland) V. GIESBRECHT, B.A. (Western Washington U), M.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. J. HIND, B.A. (1st Class Hons.) (SFU), M.A. (UBC) P. HODGSON, B.A. (Hons), B.Ed. (Queen's) M.Ed. (UBC) D. KIRKBY, B.Ed. (Winnipeg) C. B. MACLEAN, B.Ed. (SFU), M.Ed. (UBC) G. NEWMAN, B.A. (Hons.), Post-graduate Certificate of Education (Leeds University), B.C. Teacher's Cert. J. PASS, B.A. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. P. PI, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc. (U. of Man.), B.C. Teacher's Certificate M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. The Adult Basic Education/Foundations (ABE) Program enables you to upgrade your knowledge of English, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Social Studies/ History and Computers. You may select from one to five subjects, depending upon your educational and occupational goals. You can pursue any of the following goals: Courses Fundamental -personal desire to upgrade or refresh your mastery of a subject -secondary school qualifications demanded by employers -vocational training (including apprenticeships) -career training -technical training - academic studies (including college and university programs) The program operates year-round, offering students selfpaced instruction in two hour classes. Tutorial time is available. Intermediate Advanced Provincial Level BENG 021* 031* 040 or 041* BSCI 021 032* 040 BMTH 021* 031* 041 or 045* 046 BCHM 041 042 BPHY 041 BBIO 041 or 042 BSOC BCMP 021 031* 041 031 041 042* Choose 2 042 042 Choose 3 BHST 042 * Required for Certificate or Diploma Advanced math is a prerequisite for Provincial Level For further details please arrange an assessment/interview by phoning 984-4971. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 59 Many students benefit by enrolling in A.B.E. courses while registered in academic or career/vocational programs at the College. Students who need more than four months to complete a course may re-register if they are attending and progress is satisfactory. Students who finish a course before the end of the term may immediately register for the next higher course in the given subject. High enrolment may necessitate limiting students to a maximum of 3 classes in a subject area. Advanced and Provincial level A.B.E. courses may also be used for transfer credit towards a B.C. Adult Senior Secondary School Graduation Certificate. Course Descriptions English BENG 021 An introductory Fundamental course in reading and in writing of sentences and short paragraphs. Classtimesare as follows: Morning classes 8:30 a.m. and 10:30 a.m. Afternoon classes 1:30 p.m. (except Tuesdays, Wednesdays and Thursdays when classes start at 2:30 p.m.) Evening classes 7:00 p.m BENG 031 Admission Requirements BENG 040 Students should be at least 18 years old and have been out of the public school system for a minimum of one year. Exceptions will only be made with departmental approval. Students should apply at least three months prior to anticipated date of entry. Prerequisite: BENG 031 Registration Students are interviewed before registration in order to plan the program which best meets their educational goals. Regular attendance and satisfactory progress are conditions for re-registration in ABE courses. Students may be directed to other programs if their attendance and performance in ABE does not match their stated educational goals. ABE Certificates & Diploma The ABE/Foundations Programs offers courses at four levels as outlined in the table at left: The Provincial Diploma, issued by the Ministry of Skills, Training and Labour, provides an alternate route for adults to achieve a grade twelve standing to post- secondary institutions in B.C. Intermediate & Advanced Certificates are issued by Capilano College and provide prerequisites for career and vocational programs throughout the province. (F,S) (F,S,SU) An Intermediate course in writing. Most ABE students enter the English program at this level. Students write a series of paragraphs and two longer compositions. (F,S,SU) A short-report writing course with a vocational/technical emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing. Students develop the summarizing, note-taking, and outlining skills necessary to organize information from a variety of sources into well-written reports. BENG 041 (F,S,SU) Prerequisite: BENG 031 An advanced course in short-report writing. Students develop the summarizing, note-taking, and outlining skills necessary to organize information from a variety of sources into well-written reports. BENG 041 has a technical/academic emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing and includes introductory work in literary analysis and evaluation for students proceeding to BENG 042. BENG 042 (F,S,SU) Prerequisite: 70% in BENG 041 A Provincial level course in essay writing. Students study and write a variety of essays to prepare for written work at the university-transfer level or equivalent in diploma programs. BENG 042 has an academic/literary emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing. Fundamental level instruction provides basic reading & writing skills and number skills. Social Studies BSOC 031 ABE Certificates also satisfy most employers' requirements. Certain high school courses may qualify as transfer credit toward ABE certificates and the Provincial Diploma. An introduction to the fundamental principles of Economics, Canadian history, government legal system and the development of analytical and interpretive skills. The program also offers instruction for students preparing for the General Education Development (Grade 12 Equivalency) tests. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 60 This is an ABE Intermediate level course. BSOC 041 (F) A study of major historical, geographic, economic, political and sociological events in Canada and globally. Students will learn basic skills of social analysis that will enhance their ability to participate in the economic, political and social concerns that are part of their daily lives. This is an ABE Advanced level course. BHST 042 (S) A survey of 20th Century History including major issues in present day Geopolitics. This is an ABE Provincial level course. Computer Studies BCMP 021 (F,S) An introduction to the microcomputer at the fundamental level. File, directory and disk management is discussed at the introductory DOS level together with disk organization and formatting. An introduction to word-processing is included. BCMP 031 (F,S) Basic microcomputer concepts and functions. An introduction to MSDOS; disk and file management. Introduction to commonly used business software such as wordprocessing, spreadsheets and database applications. BCMP 041 (F,S) A self-paced continuation of BCMP 021 with further practice in DOS, Disk and File management, word and communications processing, spreadsheets and database applications, using integrated software. Mathematics BMTH 021 Fundamental Mathematics ( F , S , S U ) Whole numbers, fractions, decimals, ratio and proportion, percent, powers and roots, averages and graphs. This course is designed to prepare students for an Intermediate course in mathematics. BMTH 031 Intermediate Mathematics (F,S,SU) Introductory algebra and elementary plane and solid geometry. This course is designed to prepare students for an Advanced course in mathematics. BMTH 041 Advanced Math - Business Prcquisitc: BMTH 031 with at least a "C" (F,S,SU) Business mathematics; statistics; formulas used in business and industry; simple and compound interest; discounts, investments. An ABE Advanced Certificate course, BMTH 041 can be used by students wishing to enrol in Capilano College's Business Management program. It is the equivalent of Business Math 11. BMTH 045 (F,S,SU) Advanced Math - Algebra & Trigonometry Prerequisite: BMTH 031 or equivalent with at least a "B-" Review of real numbers, powers, laws of exponents; polynomials and rational expressions, factoring, quadratic equations, maxima and minima; functions and relations; quadratic functions; transformations of relations; plane geometry, theorems and proofs; circle geometry, theorems and proofs; trigonometry, right and oblique triangles, functions of angles in standard position. An ABE Advanced Certificate course, BMTH 045 is designed to prepare students for a precalculus course. It is the equivalent of Math 11 and Math 099. BMTH 046 (F,S,SU) Provincial Math - Algebra and Trigonometry Prerequisite: BMTH 045 or equivalent with at least a "B-" Solving linear, absolute value, quadratic, and rational inequalities; analyzing, manipulating and graphing functions, approximating the roots of polynomial; graphing rational functions; expoential and logarithmic functions; trigonometric functions, analytic trigonometry; series and sequences; complex numbers; conic sections. An ABE Provincial Certificate course, BMTH 046 is a precalculus course for students intending to enrol in a first year program in sciences or mathemmatics. It is the equivalent of Math 12 and Math 105. Sciences BSCI 021 ABE Fundamental General Science (F,S,SU) An introduction to the basic scientific concepts and language of general science. BSCI 032 ABE Intermediate General Science (F,S,SU) Basic scientific principles in biology, chemistry and physics needed to progress to higher level science courses. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 61 BBIO 041 (F,S,SU) ABE Advanced Biology Prerequisite: BSCI 032 or Science 10 and English 11 or equivalent or BENG 031 as co-requisite circuits, electric fields, rotational motion, light, magnetism, waves, heat. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college courses and many career/ vocational programs. Topics include cell structure and function, cell division, evolution, microbe and plant structure and diversity, behavioural ecology, biosphere, ecosystems, human population concerns. Laboratory exercises are included. Prepares students for many career/vocational programs. BPHY 042 ABE Provincial Physics Prerequisites: BPHY 041 or Physics 11 Corequisite: BMTH 045 or Math 11 BBIO 042 (F,S,SU) ABE Provincial Biology Prerequisites: BSCI 032 or Science 10 and English 11 or equivalent or BENG 031 as a co-requisite Topics include kinematics, dynamics, vectors, work and energy, circular motion, momentum, rotational motion, equilibrium, electrostatics, circuits and instruments, electromagnetic induction, waves, sound, electromagnetic waves, optics. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college physics and technology programs for which Physics 12 is a prerequisite. Topics include cell structure and function, cell division, cell metabolism, photosynthesis, human biology, including reproduction genetics, digestion, circulation, immunity, respiration, excretion, nervous system, hormones. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college level post-secondary programs for which Biology 12 is a prerequisite. BCHM 041 (F,S,SU) ABE Advanced Chemistry Prerequisites: BMTH 031 or Math 10, and BSCI 032 or Science 10 Introduction to atomic theory, periodicity, bonding, naming compounds, mole concept, chemical reactions, gases, solutions. Optional topics include organic chemistry, nuclear chemistry. Includes laboratory exercises. Prepares students for college science courses and many career/vocational programs. BCHM 042 ABE Provincial Chemistry Prerequisites: BCHM 041 or Chemistry 11 Corequisite: BMTH 045 or Math 11 (F,S,SU) Topics include shapes of molecules, thermochemistry, rates of reactions, chemical equilibrium, solubility, acids and bases, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry. Optional topics include nuclear chemistry, organic chemistry. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college chemistry and technology programs for which Chemistry 12 is a prerequisite. BPHY 041 (F, S, SU) ABE Advanced Physics Prerequisites: BMTH 031 or Mathematics 10, and BSCI 032 or Science 10 Corequisite: BMTH 045 Introduces motion, forces, vectors, gravitation, momentum, work, power, energy, electricity, series and parallel Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 62 (F,S,SU) ALTERNATV I E CAREER TRAN IN IG FOUNDATO I NS PROGRAM Contact Person: Jann Gibbs, Coordinator, Room M102, Phone 986-1911, local 2580. Instructional Faculty Terry BRYNES, M.A. R. DAMON Jann GIBBS, R.P.N., R.S.W. Laverne THOMPSON, M.Ed. (Lesley College) General Information The Alternative Career Training Foundations Program is an employment exploration program with a unique focus and approach. The program is based on a developmental perspective and is committed to working with adults with special learning needs. Students are educated to accept the responsibilities of independent living as young adults, as well as the demands of competitive entry-level employment, and will be able to address any social or emotional issues which could act as barriers to employment. The ACT Program combines in-class instruction with practical work experience, emphasizing the development or maintenance of skills which may be used in employment situations. Students meet with faculty to discuss an individual course plan that best fits their needs. Personal goals will be set and monitored throughout the year. Student Profile Students who will find the ACT Program beneficial are learning or developmentally delayed. In addition, they may present any or all of the following characteristics: a) difficulty grasping academic information (for example, mathematical problem solving, reading print, writing) b) persons with a disability. Students who will obtain the most benefit from the ACT Program are those who have reached a moderate level of independence (i.e. they are responsible for self-care; they travel independently locally; they have had some work or volunteer experience; they can articulate several areas of interest or a willingness to try various work sites). Admission Requirements The ACT Foundations Program is in session for eight months (two terms), and classes are offered for eight weeks, with community work/volunteer practicums offered for an additional eight weeks per term. Entry is by referral and interview. Students may combine their inclass work with self-selected volunteer or employment training sites based upon aptitude, atitude, ability and interest. Each candidate is interviewed by the Program faculty and a maximum of 14 students will be admitted. Some students may elect to take the Program part-time and students may be accepted for a second year by faculty permission. Appointments for interviews take place between January 15 and April 15, with interviews and letters to the successful candidates sent by May 30. Course Descriptions ACTP 001 Job Search Techniques This course offers the student an opportunity to explore methods and techniques which will enhance the job search. It focuses on appropriate behaviours in the marketplace and also includes opportunities for growth in the areas of self-awareness and independence as they relate to making lifestyle decisions. Computer-assisted learning will be offered to complement this course. ACTP 002 Practical Field Experiences Students are provided with the opportunity to explore a variety of field placements which are college-supervised. Included are six practicum periods for a total ten weeks of field work. ACTP 003 Communications & Math for Everyday Living This course has been designed with two components: consumer mathematics and communications. It provides opportunities to maintain and develop specific skill areas, with integration of these skills into employment situations being the desired goal. Electives Students will have the opportunity to participate in a variety of options designed to expand their interests and experiences. These options include field trips, mobility training, counselling, fitness r"-'- e activities, computer training and literacy upgrading consultation with faculty, students will choose options which complement their individual program plans. r Training options include First Aid, WHIMIS, Workers Compensation Regulations, plus orientation to fast food, lube and oil and local ecological training. Preparatory Programs - Alternative Career Training 63 ENGLS I H AS A SECOND LANGUAGE ESL 040/041 (3) Intermediate Conversation Contact: ESL Department, Office P209, Phone 984-4971, FAX 984-1718 The aim of this course is to improve each student's listening and speaking skills up to the Advanced Level. The course offers practice in speaking and listening skills. Students who receive credit can register in ESL 050 or 051. Instructional Faculty J. ACOSTA, B.A. (Calif.), E.S.L. Cert. (San Francisco State) N. COLLINS, B.A. (London), M.A. Advanced Professional Teaching Cert. (UBC) M. FRY, B.Ed., M.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Professional Teaching Cert. L. TAMORI, B.A., M.A. (UT), T.E.S.L. Cert. (George Brown College) E. WITKOWSKI, M.A. (Jaqiellonian), B.C. Professional Teaching Cert. L. ZHANG, B.A., M.A., (Nanjing), M.Ed. (U. of Alta.), BC/Alberta Professional Teaching Cert. English as a Second Language (ESL) courses offer international and permanent resident students a variety of Intermediate and Advanced courses to help them improve their competency in English for work, daily life, and postsecondary study. Courses cover reading, writing, and speaking. ESL courses are offered part-time day and evening. Admission Requirements Once students are admitted to the College, the ESL Department is notified, and will send you a letter advising of a test or interview date. You will be advised of the result of the test and interview and allowed to register for ESL courses based on the test results. Special Fees and Expenses Potential students who are not landed immigrants or Canadian citizens may study in these courses on payment of the International Student Fee. Contact the Registrar's Office for information on fees and registration. Course Descriptions * ESL 010 (3) Introduction to Canadian Culture (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces students to Canadian culture so they will have a wider base of experience living in Canada and taking college courses. By exploring topics in Canadian culture, they will increase their understanding of Canadian society. *Only for exchange students. Preparatory Programs - English as a Second Language 64 ESL 050/051 (3) Advanced Conversation (3,0,0) (F,S) (3,0,0) (F,S) This course helps students improve their listening comprehension and speaking skills. Students work on developing confidence in speaking, taking part in classroom discussions, building vocabulary and improving pronunciation. ESL 090/091 (3) Intermediate Reading and Writing (3,0,0) (F,S) This course helps students develop the reading and writing skills required for college level studies. Stress is on English sentence structure, grammar, and short writing assignments. ESL 092 (3) Intermediate Vocabulary and Reading (3,0,0) (F,S) This course is designed to improve students' reading comprehension and vocabulary up to the Advanced level for College ESL. Course topics include: relationships between sentences and paragraphs, vocabulary, word families and summarizing. ESL 093/94 (3) Advanced Vocabulary and Reading (3,0,0) (F,S) This course helps students improve their vocabulary and reading skills. Stress is placed on reading comprehension, developing vocabulary, reading efficiently and crfitical thinking. ESL 098 (3) Advanced Writing (3,0,0) (F,S) The emphasis in this course is on writing and the use of correct English grammar, spelling and punctuation. Students who successfully complete this course may register for ESL 099. ESL 099 (3) Advanced Writing (3,0,0) (F,S) Students will practice writing sentences, paragraphs, and short essays in clear, standard English. This course emphasizes the formal writing skills required for academic study. Academic Studies/University Transfer Academic transfer courses at Capilano College provide students with a variety of options. Students can select a full program of study equivalent to thefirsttwo years of university (see note on Course Selection and Advising), and can enroll on a full-time or part-time basis. Courses in Academic Studies are of interest both to students who plan to transfer to a university and to students who do not intend to continue to upper-level studies. For those students who need extra help in basic skills, the Academic Studies Division offers some preparatory courses and some academic support services (see notes on the Writing Centre and the Math Learning Centre). Students interested in special fields of study such as Canadian Studies, Environmental Science, Women's Studies, or Labour Studies can select from innovative programs in these areas (as offered from year to year). Academic instruction at Capilano College is both disciplinary and inter-disciplinary and is of a high intellectual calibre. The College carefully reviews the content and the delivery methods of its academic courses to ensure that those courses are current and that they continue to meet university standards. Students in academic transfer courses should expect to work at least two to three hours outside of class for every hour of class time. The College offers a basic library collection and full media and reference services to complement the courses of study. The Academic Studies Division offers a range of courses in various disciplines which are grouped in four divisions as follows: Humanities Division (984-4957): Art History, Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Philosophy, Spanish, Thai Social Sciences Division (984-4953): Anthropology, Commerce, Criminology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Studies, Psychology, Sociology, Women's Studies Pure and Applied Sciences Division (984-4955): Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Engineering, Environmental Science, Geology, Kinesiology and Physical Education, Mathematics, Physics Visual and Performing Arts Division (984-4911): Textile Arts, Graphic Design & Illustration, Studio Art, Bachelor of Music Transfer, Jazz Studies, Theatre Associate in Arts and Science Degree Capilano College offers Associate Degrees in Arts and in Science for two years of university-level study in accordance with the requirements set out on page 20 of the Calendar. Diploma in Academic Studies Students who have completed the requirements of any four term College program may receive a Diploma in Academic Studies, provided they have fulfilled the following conditions as outlined under the Graduation/ Diplomas and Certificates section of the Calendar. Transfer To and From Other Institutions The Academic Studies Division maintains transferability of its courses with other post-secondary institutions. The College's representatives meet regularly with those of other institutions to ensure that Capilano's program of first and second year courses are fully transferable as university courses. There is agreement among all public B.C. colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given in the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credit. Transfer credits are granted to students on admission for acceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which are required at Capilano College for a certificate, diploma, or Associate Degree. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. Full information on transfer of specific courses is available from an Advisor, Counsellor, and in the pertinent instructional division. Transfer information accurate to the time of printing is to be found in the B.C. Transfer Guide. Students are urged to read this guide when establishing their programs of study. Academic Course Descriptions Full descriptions of all academic courses can be found in the alphabetical listings following. Students are urged to read the general discipline information included in each section carefully. It is the studenf s responsibility to be familiar with the special information needed to select academic courses. Course Description Code: On therighthand side of each course description there is a series of code letters and numbers, for example: Biology 105 (3) Environmental Biology (4,3,0) (S) Each course is designated by the department name and course number (e.g. Biology 105). The number in parentheses following the course designation - i.e. (3) in Academic — General Information 67 the above example - indicates the number of credits for the course. The second set in parentheses includes the lecture, lab and other hours for the course. For Biology 105, for example, there will be 4 lecture hours, 3 lab hours, and no other hours per week. In some courses the department may convert the fourth lecture hour to another scheduled instructional activity. Where this ocCurs, students will be advised by the course instructor and in the course outline given out at the beginning of the term. The third set of parentheses indicates the term in which the class is usually offered. Example: F - Fall, S -Spring, SU - Summer. Biology 105 is offered in the Spring term. Please check the Timetable to confirm the term offered as this may change after the Calendar is printed. The course title (Environmental Biology) is indicated on the line below the department name and course number. The nominal length of a term is 16 weeks. Please see the Academic Schedule for the first and last days of classes and for the dates of the examination period. Course Selection and Advising Advisors or counsellors assist students in selecting the best program of studies. The final responsibility for course selection, however, rests with the student. All academic students are advised to see an Advisor or a Counsellor to plan their courses of study. Students should consult the University Transfer Guide in this Calendar. English Entrance Requirements Students who wish to enroll in English courses must, BEFORE REGISTERING IN ANY ENGLISH COURSE, write either the Language Proficiency Index (administered by EMRG) or the English Diagnostic Test (EDT) given by the English Department of Capilano College. English Diagnostic Test (EDT) EDTs are given prior to and during the registration week at Capilano College. These tests are administered by the English Department and may be used for admission to English courses offered at Capilano College only. Preregistration is required at the Office of the Registrar and a fee of $20 is charged. Schedules of English Diagnostic Tests will be available in: Registrar's Office - 984-4913 Squamish Learning Centre - 892-5322 (986-3515) Sechelt Learning Centre - 885-9310 (987-1535) Humanities Division - 984-4957 Advising Centre - 984-4990 Academic — General Information 68 A schedule is also printed on the first section of the timetable. Students who, because of exceptional circumstances, cannot attend any scheduled sittings of the test may write the test on an individual basis. Every effort must be made to attend the scheduled sittings, however, and permission to have a personal sitting will be granted only in extraordinary cases. Students wishing to write the EDT should pay in advance at the Office of the Registrar. Writing Centre (H406) All students registered at the College may visit the Writing Centre for advice on written assignments or help with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service, but aims to help students develop their writing ability. The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space, a collection of reference books, handout sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining and editing programs. The Writing Centre is located in H406, inside the Humanities Division. It is staffed by faculty members from the English, ESL, and ABE Departments. Open hours are posted. Math Learning Centre (J107) This Math Learning Centre (MLC), located in J107, provides services for all students at the College. During scheduled hours, students may obtain individual assistance with math problems from the lab supervisor or instructor on duty. The MLC has two study areas (one for silent, individual study and the other for quiet, group study), a video room, a seminar room and a library of math reference texts. The MLC video room is equipped with six video stations where students may view math video tapes on topics in calculus, precalculus, algebra and statistics. Self-Study Courses In keeping with the College's policy for the development of alternative instructional modes, it is possible for the student to pursue studies in first year chemistry and mathematics on a self-study term format. Math 103 (Intermediate Algebra and Precalculus) and Math 110 (Calculus I) are offered on a video-based format. Refresher courses in math through the grade 11 level are also available in a self-paced format. These packaged courses, prepared for home study with the aid of cassette tapes, manuals, slides, video tapes and film loops, are designed to offer students who are unable to maintain regular attendance at the Lynnmour Campus or a satellite centre the opportunity to pursue college courses. They are also available to students who are attending any Capilano College campus, providing these students with a viable alternative to the usual lecture/ tutorial instructional format. (Students should note, however, that attendance on campus for chemistry labs is necessary.) Registration Priority In some courses with high demand, registration priority will be given to students who have not attempted the course previously at Capilano College. Any student who has attempted the course within the last year may not be allowed to register without the.instructor's permission. Registration procedures for Art and Music programs are detailed in the calendar section for the particular program. Lab/Course Relationship Many courses require that students complete a lab and/or tutorial. Students should ensure that they are aware of lab/tutorial requirements and the timetable for these components. Students should note that it is necessary to pass both labs and lectures. The cost of the labs are included in the tuition fee, except for lab manuals and some field trip costs. Special Programs Women's Studies Program A Women's Studies Program, consisting of a variety of transfer credit, college credit and credit-free courses, has been developed at Capilano College. In addition to the Women's Studies College credit and transfer credit courses, there are career and academic courses in other disciplines of special interest to women. Writing Across the Curriculum Sections In the Fall Semester, a small number of English 100 (Composition) sections are paired with a section of another course. Students planning to take English 100 (Composition) should consider enrolling in one of these Writing Across the Curriculum sections as identified in the course timetable. Instruction in the two courses will be coordinated, with the writing assignments in the English course growing out of the content of the other course. Students will receive the full 3 credits for both courses, and will benefit from having two of their subjects connected with each other. Please consult the English Department for information on the paired sections for Fall 1994. Canadian Studies Specialty hold full transfer credit and transfer into the Canadian Studies Program at SFU. To qualify for a Canadian Studies Specialty, complete a College diploma with at least 24 credits from the following list. Choose these credits from courses in at least three different departments. Of the 24 credits you choose, at least six must be numbered 200 or above. For a Canadian Studies Specialty to be applied to a General Studies Diploma, an English or Communications course is required. Fall Anthropology 204 Anthropology 208 English 202 French 270 Geography 106,108 History 110, 205, 111 Labour Studies 100,110, 111, 115,117,119,142,170,181, 182,210 Political Studies 104 Sociology 200 Spring Anthropology 206 Biology 105 English 203 French 271 Geography 108 Geology 111 History 110,111,208 Labour Studies 101,110, 111, 116,131,140,181 Political Studies 104 Sociology 201 Course descriptions appear under the appropriate discipline. APPLY TO THE REGISTRAR to have the Specialty added to your Diploma at the time of graduation. Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations Program The Ethnic and Cultural Relations Program is a two-term, multidisciplinary program. It studies ethnic relations developed in the context of the multicultural and polyethnic nature of Canadian society. It also explores the crosscultural interaction among Native people, the founding English and French Canadian people, and the different immigrant groups that constitute the Canadian "mosaic." These all help to shape the national character and the culture of this country. The program also examines the international aspect of cross-cultural communication, which is of special meaning to Canada because immigrant communities here can maintain healthy contacts with their countries of origin. Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can choose courses from the list below. All courses (except some Labour Studies courses) Academic — General Information 69 The Program includes the various disciplines involved in ethnic studies: history, geography, anthropology, sociology, political studies and urban studies, religious studies, communications, language and literature. There are no special criteria for student selection, although students must formally register for the two-term Ethnic and CrossCultural Relations Certificate, which will be awarded upon completion of the program. To complete the program, a student needs to earn 30 credits. Specialized courses in ethnic relations and two English courses are required; the rest can be chosen from a variety of electives. All the program's courses (except Labour Studies) have transfer credit to the provincial universities where the student can work towards a degree in Ethnic Studies. Simon Fraser University also has recently developed a Graduate Program in this field. Capilano College Extension Programs and Services will offer additional courses during the evenings for people already working in job-related fields. First Term REQUIRED: English 100—Composition (or other English course if approved). Anthropology 204—Ethnic Relations ELECTIVES: Language: French, German, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese or Thai. Anthropology 200—Intermediate Social Anthropology or Psychology 200—Social Psychology or Geography 100—Human Geography. Geography 106: B.C.: A Regional Analysis or Sociology 200—Canadian Society or. History 111—Canada since Confederation or Political Studies 104—Canadian Government. Second Term REQUIRED: English 103—Contemporary Literature Anthropology 205—Immigration, Multiculturalism and Ethnic Conflicts. ELECTIVES: Second term of the language course taken in first term. Anthropology 206—Native Peoples of B.C. Anthropology 208—Native Peoples of North America or Geography 205—Pacific Rim LSP 119 & 131—Civil Rights and Race and Ethnic Relations at the Workplace Geography 201—Urban Studies or Sociology 211—Sociology of the Third World o r Geography 108—Canada: A Topical Geography o r History 205—B.C. Sociology 201—B.C. Society or Political Studies 202—Government and Politics of B.C. Academic — General Information 70 PURE AND APPLIED SCIENCES: GENERAL INFORMATION The following options are available from a wide range of pure and applied sciences. A. UNIVERSITY TRANSFER COURSES 1. Non-Science Students Students planning to continue studies at a university are advised to consider the following courses to fulfill their science requirement. It should be noted that transfer credit for a number of these courses is limited to nonscience students. Students should refer to individual discipline areas in this calendar. Biology 104,105,113 Chemistry 104,105 Computing Science 080,102 Geology 110, 111 Geography 112,114 Math 101,102,103,105,107,108,109 Please check the prerequisites given in the individual course descriptions. Note: Biology 104 and Chemistry 030 or Chemistry 104 fulfill biology and chemistry entrance requirements for the Nursing Program at BCIT. Completion of Biology 104 and Biology 113 permits students (upon entering Basic Health Sciences at BCIT) to receive credit for BHSC 105. 2. Science Students Capilano College Pure and Applied Sciences Division offers a first and second year university transfer program in biology, chemistry, computing science, mathematics and physics, and first year university transfer programs in engineering, geology, kinesiology and physical education. In addition, the Pure and Applied Sciences Division offers science transfer requirements in the following: pre-Medicine, pre-Dentistry, Oceanography, Forestry, Agriculture, Pharmacy, Home Economics, Rehabilitation Medicine, and Dental Hygiene. 3. Engineering Program Capilano College offers a complete first year university transfer program in engineering. Bachelor degree completion generally requires three additional years of study at UBC, SFU, or UVic. For additional information, consult the "Engineering Program" section. Anthropology 4. Kinesiology Program Instructional Faculty Capilano College offers a complete first year university transfer program in kinesiology designed for students planning on transferring to the Kinesiology Program at SFU for their second year. For additional information, consult the "Kinesiology Program" section. B. BERDICHEWSKY, B.A. (U. of Chile), Ph.D. (Madrid) K. LIND, B.A., M.A. (UBC) R. MUCKLE, B.A., M.A. (SFU) 5. Physical Education Program Capilano College offers a complete first year university transfer program in physical education for students planning on transferring to the UBC School of Human Kinetics for their second year. For additional information, consult the "Physical Education Program" section. B. POST BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAM 1. Environmental Science Program Capilano College offers a one year Post Baccalaureate Diploma program in environmental science for students who have already completed a degree in science and who are interested in further practical studies in environmental fields. For additional information, consult the "Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Diploma Program" section. General Information Anthropology is the study of humankind, offering views on the human condition from evolutionary, holistic, and comparative perspectives. By facilitating an understanding and appreciation of cultural and biological diversity, courses in anthropology should be beneficial to all students. Students who have career aspirations as anthropologists may find work in teaching, research, or museum studies. They may also work as consultants to governments, corporations, and native groups. Major branches of anthropology include Social Anthropology, Archaeology, and Physical Anthropology. Students intending to major or minor in anthropology or archaeology should take Anthropology 121 and one or both of Anthropology 123 and 124. Students interested in a Canadian Studies specialty should consider Anthropology 204, 206, and 208. The Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations Program requires Anthropology 204 and 205. University Transfer Credit All Anthropology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. Women's Studies 122 can receive Anthropology credit at SFU and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Anthropology 121 (3) Introduction to Social Anthropology (4,0,0) (F,S) A survey of social anthropology to include the study of communication, economic systems, kinship and family patterns, social control, political organization, religion, and the arts. Also includes understanding the methods and effects of culture change. Examples of different cultural practices will be drawn from societies throughout the world. Anthropology 123 (3) Introduction to Archaeology (4,0,0) (S) An introduction to the theoretical foundations and methods of Archaeology, including the techniques used to discover, reconstruct, and interpret the past. Examples will be drawn from archaeological research around the world. Academic — General Information/Anthropology 71 Anthropology 124 Human Origins (3) (4,0,0) (F) An introduction to the theoretical foundations and evidence for human origins as presented by Archaeology and Physical Anthropology. The biological and cultural evolution of humankind as indicated through a study of evolutionary theory, primate behaviour, skeletal remains, and archaeological discoveries. Anthropology 200 (3) Intermediate Social Anthropology (4,0,0) (S) A study of the social structure and organization of various cultures of the world. Emphasis on the dynamics of culture, the cross-cultural approach, the theoretical issues in Anthropology. May not be offered in 1994-95. Anthropology 202 (3) (4,0,0) (F orS) Introduction to Cultural Ecology The study of the interaction of people, culture and environments, emphasizing human adaptive strategies. Focus of the course will vary each semester, exploring such topics as subsistence patterns, health, and the environmental effects of modernization. Anthropology 204 Ethnic Relations (3) (4,0,0) (F) A study of the relations between ethnic groups and an examination of how ethnic groups come to be defined, how they are maintained, stereotyping, and how these processes interrelate with other social variables such as economics, education, violence and the family. The focus will usually be Canada. Students will be engaged in some primary research. Anthropology 205 Multiculturalism (3) (4,0,0) (S) A study of multiculturalism, particularly in Canada. Contemporary issues, government policies, immigration and cultural identity, and ethnic conflicts. Anthropology 206 (3) Native Peoples of British Columbia (4,0,0) (S) A study of the cultural history, diversity, and complexity of the Native Peoples of British Columbia. The archaeological past, traditional lifeways, and current issues are examined. Academic — Anthropology 72 Anthropology 208 (3) Native Peoples of North America (4,0,0) (F) A survey of the cultural history and social organization of native peoples of the North American continent including Canada, the United States and Mexico. An examination of traditional lifestyles including family, political, religious and ecological patterns; and current issues. Anthropology 241 (6) Archaeology Field School (6,0,0) (SU) A course in archaeological methods, techniques and theories dealing with excavation, recovery, analysis and interpretation of archaeological material. This is a practical field course, participants acquiring such skills as mapping, surveying, photography, computer applications, preparation of reports and interpretation. This course usually will be in cooperation with other colleges as a joint endeavour. May not be offered in 1994-95. Anthropology 249 (3) (4,0,0) (SU) Comparative Cultures: A Field Study in Anthropology An interdisciplinary course to consider in depth a particular geographic area and its people. Comparative institutions, cultural ecology, contemporary issues, methods of observation and study. Students and instructor study in the field. May not be offered in 1994-95. Women's Studies 122 (3) Women in Anthropology (4,0,0) The anthropological perspective applied to women in different cultures of the world; their role in economic, political, religious, kinship and expressive systems. Exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the effect of theory on understanding women. What is women's experience in cultures of the world? Anthropology or Women's Studies credit is available for this course. Please see Women's Studies for further information. Art-Graphic Design & Illustration Program The programs are a department within the Visual and Performing Arts Division. For other Art programs, see also Studio Art Program and Textile Arts Program. Instructional Faculty J. EDGE, Alberta College of Art F. FORSTER, Alberta College of Art K. HOLLAND, Dip. (Johannesburg School of Art) R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU) M. LLEWELLYN, B.A. (Manchester) J. LONG, B.P.A. Art Center (Los Angeles) D. MACLAGAN, A.O.C.A., I.D.C., F.C.A. R. MARTIN, B.A. (U. of Washington) F. MOLNAR, Dip. (Pennsylvania) D. NEAVE, B.A. HONS. (Manchester), M.A. (U.Vic) J. NEWTON-MASON, Dip. (Worthing Col., England) D. TAIT, Emily Carr, Dip. V.S.A. (ECCAD) D. YASINSKI A. ZIMMERMAN, B.P.A., Art Center (Los Angeles) For further information contact the Graphic Design & Illustration Program at 984-4911. Please note: The Graphic Design & Illustration Program office is closed from June 16 to August 16. For program information during this time, please contact the Advising Centre at 984-4990. GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION PROGRAM TWO YEAR DIPLOMA Open to full-time students only. This is a two year program for those wishing to enter into the graphic design profession as a graphic designer, advertising art director, or illustrator. Students are trained in graphic design, visual imagery, media choice, typography, advertising layout, and conceptual thinking. Instructors are practising professionals, and frequently guests from the profession are brought in to evaluate student projects; thus the program relates to the current demands of the profession. Real and simulated problems are taken from initial concept to finished art. Part-Time Evening Courses For students interested in upgrading drawing and design skills to assist in admission to a full-time program, we offer the following evening classes (subject to approved funding): GRPH 056 GRPH 057 GRPH 120 GRPH 121 Graphic Design Portfolio Studio I (F) (4,0,0) Graphic Design Portfolio Studio II (S) (4,0,0) Drawing & Painting I (F) (4,0,0) Drawing & Painting II (S) (4,0,0) Admission and Registration Procedures General Description GRAPHC I DESG IN & L I LUSTRATO IN FOUNDATO I N PROGRAM ONE YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Open to full-time students only. This is a one year program designed to provide a foundation in design, drawing, figure studies, illustration, painting, mediums and techniques, design principles and the history of art and design. The Program stresses developing the creative thought processes and skills necessary for Graphic Design & Illustration. This program provides the direction to prepare the student for further studies in many professional design and illustration fields. Both of these programs require a high level of maturity and integrity. Students with life experience following high school are usually more knowledgeable and mature in their choice of direction and better prepared; however, highly motivated high school students can succeed here, and we encourage those students to apply. Applicants to the program must supply the following documentation to the college by March 31,1994. (No late applications accepted.) • Completed Capilano College Application for Admission • Secondary and Post-secondary Transcripts • Certificate of English Language Assessment Test (ELAT) or Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), if applicable • Graphic Design and Illustration Program Information Sheet Portfolio submission dates are May 2, 3,4 and 5,1994. No portfolio will be reviewed if proper documentation has not been received at the College by March 31,1994. (No late portfolio submissions accepted.) Portfolios are reviewed by an Admissions Committee on the basis of drawing, design, colour, creativity, media variety and presentation. Applicants whose portfolios meet the standards of the Program are called for interviews and testing on May 18,19 and 20. Final decisions on the make-up of the new class are made by May 24. Academic — Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 73 Portfolio Requirements There should be a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 15 samples of original work produced, drawn, designed, or photographed by the artist and representing their current abilities. Imaginative and experimental design and drawings in any medium (watercolour, gauche, oils, etc.) are welcome additions to the portfolio. Samples must be flat, not rolled; they should not be framed or glassed. We will not accept portfolios larger than 23" x31". Photographs of larger work or 3D projects may be sent; however, photographs or slides do not replace the required minimum of 12 samples of original work. The applicant's name and address must be on the outside of the portfolio in large letters. If a portfolio is to be returned, send either stamps or cheque to cover the cost of return postage. Do not send any portfolios by bus system as they are not delivered to Capilano College. Parcel Post insured or Air Parcel Post insured is usually the best way to have portfolios sent and returned. Capilano College cannot accept responsibility for loss or damage to an applicant's work. Program Content Graphic Design and Illustration Foundation Program Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRST TERM GRPH 152 Life Drawing I GRPH 156 Principles of Visual Cmns I GRPH 158 Design I GRPH 154 General Drawing I GRPH 155 Mediums & Techniques I AHIS 104 Intro to Visual Literacy I CMNS 120 Effective Writing & Speech SECOND TERM GRPH 157 Principles of Visual Cmns II GRPH 159 Mediums & Techniques II GRPH 164 General Drawing II GRPH 178 Design II GRPH 184 Life Drawing II AHIS 105 Intro to Visual Literacy II CMNS 153 Communications & the Arts Credits 30 12 42 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 Academic — Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 74 Students who wish to substitute English courses for Communications 120 may do so with the Communications Program coordinator's approval. Graphic Design and Illustration Program Major Program Requirements FIRST TERM GRPH 162 Typography I GRPH 170 Studio Production I GRPH 177 Graphic Design I GRPH 180 Drawing for Illustration I GRPH 192 Applied Design I GRPH 195 Painting for Illustration I SECOND TERM GRPH 175 Photo, for Graphic Design GRPH 179 Graphic Design II GRPH 181 Drawing for Illustration II GRPH 193 Applied Design II GRPH 196 Painting for Illustration II GRPH 197 Typography II THIRD TERM GRPH 251 Illustration Media I GRPH 252 Applied Design III GRPH 277 3-D Graphic Design I GRPH 278 Studio Production II GRPH 295 Advertising Illustration I FOURTH TERM GRPH 253 Applied Design IV GRPH 269 Illustration Media II GRPH 279 Graphic Design III GRPH 289 Studio Production III GRPH 298 Advertising Illustration II Credits 66 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 Course Descriptions For Art History and Communications course descriptions see the appropriate department sections in this Calendar. Note: * Denotes university transfer Graphic Design 056 (3) Graphic Design Portfolio I (4,0,0)(F) This course provides structured disciplined design skills and limited drawing techniques utilizing a variety of B/W mediums. Emphasis will be on improving student skills and upgrading portfolios for art program submissions. Graphic Design 057 (3) Graphic Design Portfolio II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Graphic Design 056 with the major emphasis on controlled application of colour in design and drawing assignments. Emphasis will be on improving student skills and upgrading portfolios for art program submissions. Graphic Design 120 Drawing and Painting (3) (4,0,0) (F) Graphic Design 121 (3) Drawing and Painting II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Art 120. The concerns here will be to take students from a perceptual to a conceptual approach to drawing and painting. Acrylics will be introduced as an alternative medium for painting. (3) (4,0,0) (F) Drawing from the observation of the human figure; exercises in developing visual perception, memory and basic drawing skills. Study of the proportions of the human body. Line characteristics in pencil, pen, conte, and charcoal techniques. Contour, cross-contour, gesture and volume drawings from draped and undraped models. Graphic Design 154* General Drawing I (4,0,0) (F) An overview and understanding of the basic design process, graphic design principles and fundamental visual communications techniques as utilized by contemporary graphic designers and illustrators. Graphic Design 157 (3) Principles of Visual Communications II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 156 with at least a "C" grade. An introduction to drawing and painting from a perceptual point of view will form the basis of this course. The mediums used will be charcoal, pencil and watercolour. Still life and the figure will be the vehicle used to explore current approaches and concerns. Graphic Design 152* Life Drawing I Graphic Design 156 (3) Principles of Visual Communications I (3) (4,0,0) (F) Primary representational drawing, media and techniques. Drawing as an expression of observation and perception of visual aspects of environment and visual thinking. Study of graphic means of representing objects, structure, planes, volumes, space, and surface characteristics. Learning to perceive, isolate and select visual elements for descriptive rendering in lead and charcoal. Graphic Design 155 (3) Mediums and Techniques I (4,3,0) (F) An introduction to basic painting and illustration techniques. On location drawing and wash studies using watercolour, pencil, coloured pencil, ink and combinations of the above. Developing location studies into more controlled, finished classroom works. The basic principles of advertising as applied by a graphic designer or illustrator. Includes a study of contemporary graphic designers and illustrators and how they rely on various visual styles to complete assignments. Graphic Design 158* Design I (3) (4,2,0) (F) An introduction to the concepts and principles of visual arts with analytical and creative study of basic elements and pictorial organization. Processes and nature of visual communications, form, elements and their characteristics are investigated with reference to Fine Art, Crafts and Applied Arts. Emphasis on two-dimensional composition and graphic media, collage and assemblage. Graphic Design 159 (3) Mediums and Techniques II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 155 with at least a "C" grade. Drawing analysis techniques and the consideration and use of various mediums as they relate to specific subjects from location studies and classroom development of same. Graphic Design 162 Typography I (3) (4,3,0) (F) Historical origins of the alphabet, numerals and letter forms. Proportion and spacing. Lettering indication in pencil, brush, chalks and felt markers. Comprehensive lettering indication and reproduction art to improve craftsmanship and drawing skills. Graphic Design 164 General Drawing II (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 154 with at least a "C" grade. Exploration of drawing media and techniques with emphasis on expressive and interpretive approaches. Developing themes and drawings aimed at illustration, for both reproduction and individual expression. Stylization, distortion and caricaturization are explored in relation to the study of line, mass, value and contrast. Academic — Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 75 Various pen and ink drawing techniques are explored. Emphasis on student's initiative in researching, investigating and exploring drawing theories, schools and techniques. Graphic Design 170 Studio Production I (3) (4,3,0) (F) An introduction to traditional and computer production techniques encountered in a graphic design studio. Students will learn basic production. Students will be instructed in the preparation of finished artwork, copyfitting, type specifying and an introduction to computers. Graphic Design 175 (3) Photography for Graphic Design (4,2,0) (S) Basic photography with emphasis on fundamental camera and darkroom procedures. Instruction in 35mm camera operations as they assist in graphic design advertising and illustration. Graphic Design 177 Graphic Design I (3) (4,3,0) (F) An introduction to design elements (shape, line, value, texture, colour) to demonstrate the versatility and application of each. Exercises to develop a sound grasp of design principles and to encourage experiment and discovery as well as how these elements work in combination. Media includes pencil, paint, collage materials and mixed media. Graphic Design 178* Design II (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 158 with at least a "C" grade. Further study of basic 2-D and 3-D design principles. Basic concepts, components and principles of threedimensional arts material and techniques. Functional and aesthetic aspects of contemporary and traditional 3-D art, design and form. Graphic Design 179 Graphic Design II (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 177 with at least a "C" grade. Further study of design principles, pictorial organization and the characteristics of visual form. Combining design elements of the previous semester with the new elements of typography and photography. Media will include a wide variety of materials. An experimental, inventive approach will be stressed. Academic — Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 76 Graphic Design 180 (3) Drawing for Illustration I (4,0,0) (F) The purpose is to develop the students' awareness and capacity to perceive objects correctly and the skills necessary to draw with quality and creativity. Introduces the students to skills that must be developed if they are to visually communicate consciously and effectively. Basic drawing and wash media will be used. Graphic Design 181 (3) Drawing for Illustration II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 180 with at least a "C" grade. The students play an advanced role in the choices of reference materials, mediums and techniques used. The skillful and imaginative use of illustrative methods is stressed using lighting, negative shapes, depth, abstractions for emphasis, perspective and correct perception. Uses of drawing and wash mediums will be expanded. As well, the student will be expected to become familiar with current uses of illustration. Graphic Design 184* Life Drawing II (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Art 152 with at least a "C" grade. Further study of drawing from direct observation of the human figure. Exercises in perceiving and graphically interpreting the elements of plane, mass, rhythm and form; relating perceptual elements to drawing media. Investigation of more complex drawing techniques and materials. Perceiving graphic elements in form and action; drawing from memory and imaginative reflection upon visual experience. Graphic Deisgn 192 Applied Design I (3) (4,3,0) (F) An introduction to visual communication and the role of professional graphic designers. Design principles, layout techniques, tools, methods, materials and media. Emphasis will be on concept and on "comprehensive" finish using basic marker rendering skills. Graphic Design 193 Applied Design II (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 177 and Graphic Design 192 with at least a "C" grade. A course relating to presentation of ideas at a professional level representing real advertising agency and client situations. Making rough layouts and tight comps of ideas that will be evaluated against established criteria . ; Graphic Design 195 (3) Painting for Illustration I (4,0,0) (F) This course offers expanded skills in perception, visualization and continued practice in control of various media. It gives the student the opportunity to develop similar styles to the old masters as well as experiment with his/her own drawing. Graphic Design 196 (3) Painting for Illustration II (4,0,0) (S) Graphic Design 253 Applied Design IV (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Etesign 252 with at least a "C" grade. Advertising agency and graphic design studio oriented. The interelationship of illustration, photography and graphics into advertising, packaging and point of purchase with extensive consultation on student portfolios. Graphic Design 269 Illustration Media II (3) (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 195 with at least a "C" grade. Prerequisite: Graphic Design 251 with at least a "C" grade. The student's personal style of drawing and painting is pursued to a much finer degree. Structured tutorials in the use of various mediums and student/instructor criticisms of work-in-progress are emphasized. Experimentation of style and medium is encouraged. Developing techniques into finished illustrations for advertising, books, magazines, etc. A further expansion of the uses of mediums to include mixed media. Concept is stressed as well as an emphasis on self-expression and relevant professional solutions. Graphic Design 197 Typography II Graphic Design 277 3D Graphic Design I (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 162 with at least a "C" grade. This course expands upon the major role typography has on advertising layouts and design. Construction of various styles of letter forms in pencil, felt marker and brush will be studied. Application of typography in advertising and graphic design with computers will be investigated. Graphic Design 251 Illustration Media I (3) (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 181 & Graphic Design 196 with at least a "C" grade. To introduce the student who has achieved a competent degree of drawing skills to the mediums necessary for illustration. The course develops through stages from pencil, pen and ink, ink and wash, watercolours and eel vinyl. The use of the illustrator's tools and processes such as repellants, air brush, mixed media, etc., are reviewed. Graphic Design 252 Applied Design III (3) (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 181 & Graphic Design 179 with at least a "C" grade. This course gives insight into the procedures involved in the design of small retail structures such as boutiques and service shops in shopping centres and malls. Point of purchase design is also introduced. Model-building techniques are studied as well as the use of colour in merchandising and display. Graphic Design 278 Studio Production II (3) (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 170 with at least a "C" grade. To familiarize the student with both traditional and computer techniques and procedures as used in a Graphic Design Studio. The development of skills and disciplines necessary in the production of camera-ready mechanicals necessary for a variety of reproduction methods including the use of Macintosh computers. Emphasis is placed on computer application in graphics including layout. (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 179 & Graphic Design 193 with at least a "C" grade. The application of design and rendering skills to the development of solutions to print advertising. Explores companies, products, services, corporate identification and their relationship to print advertising layouts and tight comps prepared for class critiques. Comprehensives are developed both traditionally and with the computer. Graphic Design 279 Graphic Design III (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 179 with at least a "C" grade. Assignments demonstrate visual concept and economy of thought in advanced graphic forms, with emphasis on typography as a medium and message of design. Advanced application of the grid to facilitate the integration of typography and visuals, underscored by sound conceptual thinking. Academic — Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 77 Art - Studio Art Program Graphic Design 289 Studio Production III (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 278 with at least a "C" grade. Print production from photo-mechanical to printing procedures. Includes 4 colour process, binding, job estimating , paper specifications, and production control. Includes the use of Macintosh computers for graphic design and production. Print and advertising applications are emphasized. Graphic Design 295 (3) Advertising Illustration I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 181 and Graphic Design 196 with at least a "C" grade. A comprehensive study of contemporary advertising illustration techniques and materials with projects from original concept to final presentation. Graphic Design 298 (3) Advertising Illustration II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Graphic Design 295 with at least a "C" grade. Further exploration of advertising illustration techniques using a variety of mediums and techniques with the emphasis on actual studio and advertising agency working methods. Studio Art is a department within the Visual and Performing Arts Division. For other Art programs see also Graphic Design and Illustration Program and Textile Arts Program. Instructional Faculty M. BOWCOTT, A.O.C.A. (Ontario) M.A. (R.C.A. London) N. BOYD, B.A. (Waterloo) B. COGSWELL, N.D.D. (Hammersmith) (R.C.A.) W. EASTCOTT, Sr. Cert. (V.S.A.) (R.C.A.) J. JUNGIC, B.A., M.A. (UBC) S. KWAN (E.C.C.A.D.) D. MCLAREN, Cert. (Sheridan College), B.H.Sc. (Guelph) F. MOLNAR, Dip. (Pennsylvania) D. NEAVE, B.A. Hons. (Manchester), M.A. (U.Vic) G. RAMMELL, (E.C.C.A.D.) For further information contact the Art Department at 984-4911. Please note: The Art Department is closed from June 16 to August 16,1994. For program information during this time, please contact the Advising Centre, 984-4990. TWO YEAR DIPLOMA IN STUDIO ART General Description Studio Art offers a program of studies leading to a two year diploma. Studio Art also offers individual credit courses of study in Ceramics and Art Institute advanced studies. The Program The Studio Art Program at Capilano College provides a thorough, high quality foundation in the fundamentals of art. It enables students to make informed decisions regarding future career choices and enables them to prepare high quality portfolios to aid them in gaining acceptance to the advanced art and design programs of their choice. Graduates of the Studio Art Program usually complete their education at university, art school or in a college design program. The Studio Art Program provides studio experiences in 2D Studies, 3D Studies, Drawing, and Design, and courses in Visual Literacy, Art History, and English. Through exposure to a broad range of concepts, materials, techniques, and processes, students are assisted in developing personal interests, directions, and creative maturity. The emphasis of the program is on preparing students to function effectively within the context of current thought and practice within the fine arts, while preparing them for futher studies in art and designrelated fields. Academic —Art: Graphic Design & Illustration/Studio Art 78 Part-time Ceramic Courses Admission Requirements Although not yet incorporated into the full-time program, Studio Art offers credit courses in the Ceramic Arts from our well equipped pottery studios. These courses carry some university transferability and are suitable for students interested in part-time studies or in learning basic and advanced pottery processes. Prospective full-time students are normally admitted on the basis of an interview and portfolio presentation. The nature and scope of work presented is for the candidate to decide, but it should provide as accurate a picture of his or her past and current artistic activities as possible. The Art Institute The Art Institute, specializing in Sculpture and Printmaking, is a one year post-graduate certificate program unique in the college system. Comparable to artist-inresidence programs, the Institute offers advanced studies to artists with several years experience in sculpture or printmaking, or to recent college, university or art school graduates. Career Opportunities There are many careers related to the visual arts as the following list indicates. However, as they generally require specialized training, it is recommended that an education in these specific careers should follow a high quality broad Art foundation such as that offered by Studio Art. Some careers related to the visual arts: FINE ARTS: sculptor, painter, printmaker APPLIED ARTS: silversmith, jeweller, stained glass designer, mural designer GALLERIES: curator, art historian, restorer INDUSTRY: industrial, furniture, ceramic or carpet designer SCIENCE: scientific, botanical or medical illustrator ADVERTISING: art director, layout artist, window decorator CRAFTS: potter, weaver, glass or leather worker MUSEUMS: curator, archaeological illustrator, diorama or field expedition artist CINEMATOGRAPHY: make-up artist, set designer, animator, special effects model maker, wardrobe designer FASHION: illustrator, footwear designer, fashion editor, fabric designer EDUCATION: teacher, consultant INTERIOR DESIGN: interior or furniture designer, lighting consultant, antique restorer. Admission & Registration Procedures Due to the very high demand for Studio Art courses, students are accepted into all courses by an interview and portfolio review procedure. Students entering the Diploma program and students who wish to take Ceramics courses should contact the Visual and Performing Arts office (984-4911) before May 3 to arrange for an interview between May 4 and May 13,1994. Sketchbooks, research material and preliminary studies should be included wherever possible, in addition to completed work. Slides, photographs or any other supporting evidence may form part of the portfolio. Where appropriate and with the coordinator's permission, the portfolio requirement may be waived. Those wishing to enter courses for which they do not have the prerequisites should be prepared to present a portfolio so that faculty may assess the applicant's level of competence. Applicants to the program must supply the following documentation to the college by April 29,1994. • Completed Capilano College Application for Admission • Secondary and Post-secondary Transcripts • Certificate of English Language Assessment Test (ELAT) or Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), if applicable • Studio Art Questionnaire Special Fees and Expenses Although the Studio Art Department can supply some of the materials required for the courses, the student can expect a financial outlay for some basic supplies, as indicated in the course outlines. University Transfer All Studio Art courses carry some University transferability. Students should refer to the B. C. Transfer Guide. Program Content credits Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRST TERM SART 150-1 Drawing I SART 182-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking I SART 183-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking II SART 185-1 Design Concepts I SART 189-1 Design Concepts II AHIS 104-2 Intro, to Visual Literacy 66 6 72 Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Academic — Art: Studio Art 79 SECOND TERM SART 151-1 Drawing II SART 167-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture I SART 171-1 2-D Studies - Painting I SART 172-1 2-D Studies - Painting II SART 174-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture II AHIS 105-2 Intro, to Visual Literacy II THIRD TERM SART 250-1 2-D Studies - Painting III SART 255-1 2-D Studies - Painting IV SART 257-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture III SART 262-1 Drawing III AHIS 210-1 Modern Art (19th Century) ENG 100 Composition FOURTH TERM SART 263-1 Drawing IV SART 265-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture IV SART 282-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking III SART 283-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking IV AHIS 211-1 Modern Art (20th Century) ENG 103 or English Literature 104 or 105 or 106 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 TOTAL 72 Part-time Ceramics Courses FIRST TERM SART 163-1 Ceramic Art I 3 3 THIRD TERM SART 273-1 Functional Clay I 3 FOURTH TERM SART 274-1 Functional Clay II 3 Course Descriptions For Art History and English course descriptions see the appropriate department sections in this Calendar. Studio Art 150 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Drawing I An investigation of the conceptual, technical and perceptual aspects of the drawing process through a wide variety of methods, materials and stimuli. Experiences in current approaches and concerns, including representational, interpretive and experimental drawings in assorted media. Emphasis will be on developing the student's Academic — Art: Studio Art 80 Studio Art 151 Drawing II (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Studio Art 150 A continuation of Studio Art 150, with the inclusion of the following specifics: composition and design exploration, colour, collage, and with an emphasis placed on balance between control and expression. Studio Art 163* Ceramic Art I (3) (4,3,0) (F) An introduction to the use of clay as an expressive media. Hand construction and wheel forming will be presented as well as glazing, firing and clay body technology. Etesign, history and conceptual theory will be reviewed as it relates to the ceramic object. Studio Art 165* Ceramic Art II (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Studio Art 163 A continuation of Studio Art 163 with greater emphasis on personal development. Casting, mouldmaking, glaze preparation and application and firing technology will be reviewed. Students will be encouraged to explore the use of non-firable materials in conjunction with clay. Contemporary issues on art will create the focus for personal exploration. Studio Art 167 (3) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture I SECOND TERM SART 165-1 Ceramic Art II confidence, knowledge, graphic sensitivity and control of media. Specifics to this course will be: study of graphic elements (line, tone etc.), media investigation, perspective, structural analysis (of natural form), life study. (4,3,0) (S) An introduction to 3-dimensional work as a means of expression, communication and discovery. Some basic sculptural techniques will be explored; these will include: assemblage, clay, modelling, mouldmaking and casting. Sculptural content and subject matter will be considered in the context of the student's own work. An examination of historical sculpture developments will be a feature of the class; however, the emphasis will be upon developing an understanding of contemporary sculptural concerns. Studio Art 171 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting I (4,1.5,0) (S) Through a combination of assigned studio work, personal research projects and an introduction to recent and current trends in the Visual Arts, students will gain an understanding of how both abstract and concrete concerns may be expressed in terms of imagery and through a variety of methods and materials. Acrylics will be the preferred medium but students will be encouraged to investigate the characteristics and possibilities of other media according to their individual needs. Guest speakers, field trips and slide-lectures will be a feature of the course and both individual and group critiques will be conducted at regular intervals. Studio Art 172 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting II (4,1.5,0) (S) Prerequisite: Studio Art 171 A continuation of Studio Art 171 with added emphasis on developing personal areas of interest and research in addition to designated painting problems which will require students to express their ideas in multiple or mixed-media techniques of a more ambitious nature. There will be opportunities for students to relate their painting activities to other areas of study within the program and to become more responsible for determining their own priorities and goals. There will be further exposure to contemporary philosophies and activities in the Visual Arts. Studio Art 174 (3) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Studio Art 167 A continuation of Studio Art 167, but with the inclusion of the following materials and techniques: wood construction and jointing, steel welding, and plaster modelling. Studio Art 182 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking I (4,1.5,0) (F) A foundation course for those with little or no experience. An introduction to the basic techniques of hardground, softground, drypoint and acquatint. Discussions regarding the image-making potential of printmaking and the creative processes in general will be ongoing. Particular emphasis will be given to the relationship between printmaking and painting with the student producing a number of pieces demonstrating technical competency and creative potential. Most work will be executed in black and white. Studio Art 183 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking II (4,1.5,0) (F) Prerequisite: Studio Art 182 A continuation of Studio Art 182 with emphasis on printing procedures both in black and white and colour. The student will also be introduced to mono and relief printing methods (including lino/wood blocks and etched plates) and editioning procedures. Discussion of historical and contemporary approaches to image-making will be ongoing. Studio Art 185 (3) Design Concepts I (4,0,0) (F) An introduction to the basic elements of both two and three-dimensional design and their use according to formal and expressive needs. Using a variety of materials and processes, students will translate ideas into tangible form through the manipulation of colour, tone, shape, line, texture, volume, rhythm, proportion, etc. Sources of imagery and methods of extending the form-vocabulary will be investigated and standards of craftsmanship developed. Studio Art 189 (3) Design Concepts II (4,0,0) (F) A parallel course to Studio Art 185 with an emphasis on colour theory and 3D form. Studio Art 250 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting III (4,1.5,0) (F) Prerequisite: Studio Art 172 In addition to assigned painting problems, students will be required to define their own areas of research and visual articulation as they embark on a thematically linked series of works. As much freedom as possible will be given with regard to subject matter, content, materials, methods, scale, etc. and students will be encouraged to redefine the painting process in terms of their own needs and priorities. Emphasis will be placed on relating work in this course to other areas of the Program, especially with respect to Printmaking and to current trends in the Visual Arts. Studio Art 255 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting IV (4,1.5,0) (F) Prerequisite: Studio Art 250 A continuation of Studio Art 250 but with an increased need for students to define their own areas of interest and to extend their thinking in an innovative, self-challenging fashion. As in Studio Art 250, guest speakers, field trips, slide lectures etc. will be a feature of the course. There will be a continuing stress on relating work in this course to contemporary activities in the Visual Arts and to other areas of the Program. Experiments with images, methods and materials will be encouraged, with a view to the development of personal modes of expression. Studio Art 257 (3) (4,3,0) (F) Three Dimensional Studies: Sculpture and Design Prerequisite: Studio Art 174 Continued studies in 3-dimensional art. Students will be encouraged to pursue media and themes of their choice and to develop individual styles. Academic — Art: Studio Art 81 Studio Art 262 (3) Drawing III (F) (3,0) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Studio Art 151 Continued study of drawing as a means of discovery, expression and communication. Conceptual, perceptual and technical aspects of drawing will be examined. Specifics to this course will include: advanced graphic elements, unconventional media, objective/subjective research. Studio Art 263 Drawing IV (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Studio Art 262 Further study of drawing with an emphasis on the development of personal modes of expression. The work of the three previous courses will be reviewed, with the addition of perceptual exploration, and portfolio presentation. Studio Art 265 (3) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Studio Art 257 Further study of historical and current sculpture concerns as well as the study of the craft and design fields. Throughout the course the emphasis will be on the development of personal modes of expression through the student's choice of media and subject matter. Each student will be expected to work on two projects from a supplied list of suggested themes. Studio Art 273* (3) Functional Clay I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Studio Art 165 Further exploration of pottery techniques, particularly wheelwork and glaze materials; study of contemporary styles and creative ceramics. Studio Art 274* (3) Functional Clay II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Studio Art 273 Increased emphasis on craftsmanship and design. Exploration of dinnerware mainly made on the wheel. Development of original glazes and manipulation of glaze characteristics. Studio Art 282 (3) (4,1.5,0) (S) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking III (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Studio Art 183 A comprehensive study of intaglio and relief printing methods, this course is primarily designed for the advanced printmaking student. Other areas that come Academic — Art: Studio Art 82 under consideration will include collographs, uninked embossing and the practical application of colour theory. Discussion of current directions in printmaking and their relationship to painting and sculpture will be ongoing. Studio Art 283 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking IV (4,1.5,0) (S) Prerequisite: Studio Art 282 Designed for the advanced printmaking student, the main concern will be combined colour printing techniques based upon the individual's need. A folio of work will be produced to document this research. Technical aspects that surface will include photographic possibilities and dimensional prints. THE ART INSTITUTE The Art Institute, specializing in Sculpture and Printmaking, is a one year post-graduate certificate program unique in the college system. Comparable to artist-inresidence programs, the Institute offers advanced studies to artists with several years experience in sculpture or printmaking, or to recent college, university or art school graduates. Members of the Institute have access to well-equipped studios and specialized equipment, plus auxiliary facilities such as a darkroom, computer lab and media centre. Supplies and materials are available at cost. Lectures, seminars and tutorials feature guest artists and faculty who are professionals in their fields. With the permission of the instructor, and at no additional cost, members may also pursue individual research beyond the one-year certificate. A major component of the Institute experience is the interchange among the participants, which may include critiques, encouragement of work in progress, or exposure to new materials. Along with providing the artist with studio space, the Institute offers the expertise of special speakers and workshop experiences. The atmosphere is stimulating and supportive of the individual's aesthetic development. Admission Requirements The Institute is a graduate Fine Arts Program. Students with a B.F.A. or equivalent (art school graduation, etc.,) are given preference during registration. Exceptional students with previous fine arts training and/or work experience will be accepted at the discretion of the instructors. Note that it is not absolutely necessary to be specifically proficient in the chosen area of study. Parallel experience would be considered, i.e. painting to printmaking. Enquiries and applications are accepted at any time throughout the year, although the normal registration periods are May and December for the first and second terms, respectively. Phone 984-4911 by May 3 for an interview between May 4 -13. Submissions 1. Biography - to include pertinent travel and other life experiences. 2. Portfolio -original works where possible; however, slides, photographs or other printed material will be acceptable. Where appropriate, and with the coordinators permission, the portfolio requirement may be waived. 3. Proposal - an outline of the anticipated directions of work. This should be as specific as possible. During the academic year (September to April) submissions should be adressed to: The Art Institute Capilano College 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5 Tel. 984-4911 During the months of June to August, submissions should be made directly to: R. W. Eastcott 2607 Rogate Coquitlam, B.C. V3K 5S3 Tel. 931-6286 or George Rammell 2786 Yale Street Vancouver, B.C. V5K 1C3 Tel. 682-6799 Fees The 1993/94 tuition fees for the Art Institute were $575.00 per term. There are two terms per year. Although the normal shop supplies are provided members of the Institute can anticipate charges for materials directly involved with the production of work. Art Institute: Advanced Options Courses Art 300 (12) Art Institute I - Sculpture and Printmaking (4,0,0) (F) Designed to meet the needs of students with several years of experience in sculpture or printmaking or who have left college, art school or univeristy and may no longer have access to specialized equipment and facilities, the Art Institute will emphasize access to well-equipped studios as well as lectures, seminars and tutorials with instructors and invited professional artists. The format will be one day of class time and four or more days of studio time. The studios will be available during the evenings and weekends. Art 301 (12) Art Institute II - Sculpture and Printmaking (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Art 300. Academic — Art: Studio Art 83 Art - Textile Arts Program The Textile Arts Program is a department within the Visual and Performing Arts Division. For other Art Programs see also Graphic Design and Illustration Program and Studio Art Program. Instructional Faculty P. DEGGAN, Dip. (Worthing Co. England) K. HOLLAND, Dip. (Johannesburg School of Art) A. MALLINSON, (Westdean College, Sussex, England) L. RICHMOND, Teach. Cert. (London, GB) M.Art Ed. (W. Wash. State) R. SCHEUING, B.F.A. (Nova Scotia College of Art & Design) A. SEDKY, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Ain Shams University, Cairo, Egypt) P. SINGER, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (Concordia) For further information contact the Art Department at 984-4911. Please note: The Art Department is closed from June 16 to August 16,1994. For program information during this time, please contact the Advising Centre , 984-4990. General Description The Textile Arts Program offers a full-time two-year program leading to a Diploma. It also offers a specialized one-year Certificate Program in Craft Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs. The Program Students learn about contemporary and historical Textiles through personal explorations of a wide range of processes and the study of traditional and contemporary work through written sources, gallery and studio visits, and slides. Guest lectures by artists and other professionals working in Textiles and related areas will add distinctive voices to the program. In the first year the core content of Weaving and Textile Surface Design is complemented by courses in Drawing, Design, and Visual Literacy. During the second year Textile History and Communications courses complement advanced courses in Weaving and Surface Design. An elective, to be chosen in consultation with the Coordinator from general Art courses, will allow students to develop understandings in various other specific areas which will inform their practice. A critical and analytical approach to their own work will enable graduates to be proficient in a range of practical, experimental, or theoretical professional activities. Academic — Art: Textile Arts 84 Career Opportunities Graduates may choose to work independently as artists or crafts people, exhibiting their work, doing commissions for individuals or corporations, working in the fashion industry or in interior design. Other career options exist in textile conservation, and in combination with academic studies such as Anthropology or Art History. Textile dyers are needed by theatre and dance companies. Graduates may also choose to take the Craft Instructor Training Program Course, which will train them to teach in various institutions. Graduates of the Textile Arts Program may wish to continue their studies at degree granting institutions, focusing in areas of their choosing. The Crafts form an important aspect of the cultural life in any community and many ways exist to apply the skills learned and build a professional career. The Craft Instructor Training for Institutional and Community Needs Program teaches students who are already experienced in their chosen crafts or arts discipline. The focus is on instructional skills, human relations, and adaptation techniques for people with special needs. A two week practicum offers practical experience. This program has been developed with advice from professionals who work for various institutions or centres that teach Arts and Crafts and has had a high success rate for placing graduates in jobs. Admission Requirements Prospective students are admitted on the basis of an interview and a portfolio which contains a representative sample of the student's previous work. The portfolio can include a mixture of actual works in any textile or arts media and preparatory drawings as well as photographs or slides of actual work. With the Coordinator's permission, the portfolio requirements may be waived. Advanced Registration for Fall 1994 for all students: Contact the Art Department by April 29,1994 to arrange an interview in the second or third week of May. Applicants to the program must supply the following documentation to the College by April 29,1994. • Completed Capilano College Application for Admission • Secondary and Post-secondary Transcripts • Certificate of English Language Assessment Test (ELAT) or Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), if applicable • Textile Arts or Craft Instructor Training Questionnaire • Some additional interviews may be scheduled in the third week of August, space permitting. Evening interviews are available. Transfer Credits Courses marked with an asterisk (i.e. AHIS 105*) carry transferability to UBC, SFU, UVic and other academic degree-granting institutions. Other courses can be transferred to programs which include Textile Arts in their curriculum. Students should understand that advanced standing in any institution is usually based on interview and portfolio submission, as well as credits. See the B.C. Transfer Guide for transfers in British Columbia, and contact the Art Department for more specific information. Special Fees and Expenses Some materials needed for the courses are supplied and are covered by a supply fee. In addition, students should expect an outlay for midterm, final projects, basic supplies and textbooks. Program Content Textile Arts Diploma Program Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Electives FIRSTTERM TXTL 154 Introductory Drawing I TXTL 158 Design I TXTL 160 Textile Surface Design I TXTL168 Weaving I AHIS 104* Intro, to Visual Literacy I SECOND TERM TXTL 153 Introductory Drawing II TXTL 161 Textile Surface Design II TXTL 169 Weaving II TXTL 178 Design II AHIS 105* Intro, to Visual Literacy II Credits 36 18 6 60 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 2 15 THIRD TERM TXTL 267 Weaving III TXTL 284 Textile Surface Design III AHIS 231* History of Textiles CMNS 120 Effective Writing & Speech or ENGL 100 Composition Elective FOURTH TERM TXTL 268 Weaving IV TXTL 285 Textile Surface Design IV AHIS 232* Aspects of Textiles CMNS 153 Communications & the Arts Elective 3 3 3 3 2 15 Course Descriptions For Art History and Communications course descriptions, see the appropriate department sections in this Calendar. Textile Arts 153 Introductory Drawing II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Textile Arts 154 This is a further exploration of drawing media and techniques with an emphasis on a more individual and interpretive approach. Students will learn how to develop themes for drawing aimed at illustration and reproduction. Studies include drawing styles and modes of graphic expression, interpretive stylization and distortion; drawing with pen and ink, washes, ink and brush, felt markers and mixed media. The course will also cover the concepts of mass, light and dark, plan, depth and space, and their graphic representation through various drawing techniques. Textile Arts 154 Introductory Drawing I (4,0,0) (F) This course offers students drawing skills that will be useful in their practice. Concentation will be given to the study of primary drawing media and basic techniques, including pencil, pen and ink, brush and ink, marking pens, conte and pastel. It includes the study of perspective drawing from direct observation and representational rendering techniques of objects, structures, surfaces and textures. Students will learn how to visualize in graphic terms, to symbolize and to stylize in terms of line and line characteristics, and to develop power of observation and graphic sensibility. Textile Arts 158 Design I (4,0,0) (F) Basic design elements and principles will be studied. Sources of inspiration and imagery will be explored using a variety of materials and processes. Two dimensional repeat design will be studied for application to surface decoration and compositional elements will be investigated and adapted for textiles. Main project will be presented in textiles. 3 3 15 Academic — Art: Textile Arts 85 Textile Arts 160 Textile Surface Design I (4,3,0) (F) This is an introduction to traditional methods of printing on fabric using found objects, blocks and stamps with pigment and dyes. Wax resists and bleach discharge effects will be explored. Bound and tied resists will also be used with natural and fibre-reactive dyes. Design possiblities will be studied for each medium and traditional dye techniques from many cultures will be examined. Textile Arts 161 Textile Surface Design II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Textile Arts 160 This is an introduction to printing fabric with stencils using pigments, fibre-reactive and natural dyes. Katazome techniques with rice paste resists will be demonstrated. Applique and stitching techniques will be used for surface decoration and design possibilities for each medium will be explored. Printed fabrics from different cultures and time periods will be studied. Textile Arts 168 Weaving I (4,3,0) (F) This course is divided into two parts. One segment deals with basic fibre properties and construction techniques such as felting, yarn construction, dying and various offloom weaving techniques. Twining and coiling for basketry will be studied and historical as well as contemporary objects from various cultures will be discussed. Tapestry is the subject of the second half of the course. A sampler is woven to learn the basic vocabulary of traditional techniques. Analysis of techniques used by medieval and contemporary artists helps students to explore the application of the basic techniques. Studies in tapestry include the discussion of the great mural tapestries of medieval Europe and the rebirth of tapestry during the 20th century. One finished piece is woven. Textile Arts 169 Weaving II (4,3,0) (S) This introduction to loom weaving includes warping the loom and drafting basic weaves on four harnesses. It will include samples and finished pieces, with an emphasis on colour relationships, textures, and use of different fibres. Controlled dye techniques will be introduced and historical and contemporary weaving from different cultures will be studied. Textile Arts 178 Design II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Textile Arts 158 This study of design principles and concepts focuses on the use of themes and problem solving techniques and explores sources of imagery and inspiration. It also involves more advanced colour studies and continues Academic — Art: Textile Arts 86 designing processes within limitations. Three dimensional space and form will be introduced. Different design media with their adaptation to textiles will be used. Textile Arts 267 Weaving III (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Textile Arts 169 Students will expand their knowledge of basic weaves through drafting, designing samples and completing finished projects using loom-controlled weaves and some computer assisted designing. Hand-manipulated structures, ikat and painted warps will also be explored. The first part of the course emphasizes structure and patterns; the second part looks at graphic imagery and weaving. Both technical skills and personal expression will be developed, and traditional and contemporary textiles will be discussed in class and through research. Textile Arts 268 Weaving IV (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Textile Arts 267 This is a further exploration of techniques and ideas in weaving and/or combinations with other methods of textile constructions. Students will develop necessary techniques for individually designed projects, involving sampling, research and final projects. Topics can include rug-weaving, computer assisted designing for pattern weaving, advanced multi-harness weaving, supplementary warp/weft and others. Critical feed-back will be encouraged in class and individually. Textile Arts 284 Textile Surface Design III (4,0,0) (F) This study of screen printing techniques using paper, wax, lacquer and direct emulsion stencils involves a variety of methods for producing a repeat design with different registration possibilities. There will be an option for using photographic stencils for projects. Light sensitive dyes will be used for direct effects on fabric and hand-painting with different dyes and pigments will be combined with screening techniques. Textile Arts 285 Textile Surface Design IV (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Textile Arts 284 Direct hand-painting techniques will be introduced and different dyestuffs and pigments for natural and synthetic fabrics will be used. Relief and 3D fibre construction methods will be used with fabric embellishment techniques and direct dyeing techniques to create fibre structure. Basic paper-making techniques will be studied, exploring the possibilities of paper collage, cast paper, use of different pulps, colouring and making pulp from plants. CRAFTS INSTRUCTOR TRAINING FOR COMMUNITY AND INSTITUTIONAL NEEDS This Certificate Program trains students with good backgrounds in Arts & Crafts to teach in various situations, such as recreation and community programs, schools or institutions where Art and Craft courses are used as therapy. Students need to present a portfolio of their work to enter the course. Some students who have related experiences but who do not have a portfolio may be admitted under condition that they prepare a portfolio and/or take applied arts or crafts courses before graduating. For admission please see general information for Textile Arts Program. gain the ability to implement innovative curriculum and acquire the ability to teach in a variety of situations. Students will be required to complete a two-week practicum in a hospital, senior citizen centre, school, or community centre as well as a portfolio of their work. THE TEXTILE ARTS PROGRAM MAY OFFER SELECTED EVENING COURSES AS FUNDING BECOMES AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONTACT THE ART DEPARTMENT IN MAY FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AT 984-4911 OR CONTACT EXTENSIONS PROGRAMS FOR NON-CREDIT EVENING COURSES. Instructional Faculty T. ADLER, B. A. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC) H. AVERY, M.FA. (UBC), B.FA. (Victoria), Ph.D. (UBC) L. HANSEN, Dipl., (Capilano) L. WOOLF, D.T.A.T.I. (Toronto), B.Arch. (Toronto) FALL TERM Textile Arts 187 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs I 3 credits SPRING TERM Textile Arts 287 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs II Course Descriptions Textile Arts 187 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs I Students will learn adaptation techniques and instructional skills to teach people with various levels of physical and psychological abilities. Students will also be introduced to issues of aging and human relations processes that relate to teaching situations. Textile Arts 287 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs II Prerequisite: Art 187 More adaptation and instructional skills will be taught, as well as human relations skills. Students will also learn to design, administer and maintain a craft program, and Academic — Art: Textile Arts 87 Art History Instructional Faculty J. JUNGIC B.A., M.A. (UBC) D. NEAVE, B.A. (Manchester), M.A. (U.Vic.) P. SINGER, B.A. (George Williams), M.F.A. (Concordia) General Information Art history courses are designed to enrich and broaden the student's knowledge of culture past and present, stimulate visual awareness and provide analytical tools with which to decode visual images. A major in art history can lead to careers in: architecture, interior design, commercial art, art gallery curatorial work, museum work, art dealing, teaching, art restoration, arts administration, art criticism, etc. University Transfer Credit All Art History courses offered at Capilano College are transferable to UBC, SFU, and U.Vic. Please check the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar for further information. Course Descriptions Art History 100 (3) The History of Art I (4,0,0,) (F) This course studies the history of art beginning with the pyramids and tombs of Egypt and concluding with the Gothic Cathedrals and Italian fresco paintings of the High Middle Ages in Europe. An understanding and appreciation of art are the aims of the course and through lectures and class discussion students will develop an 'eye' for seeing, and appropriate terms to describe the works shown. Our involvement with the art of the past clearly reveals how changing styles in architecture, painting, and sculpture are influenced by the historical context and the political, social, and religious thought of each period. Art History 101 (3) The History of Art II (4,0,0) (S) Beginning with the art of the Italian Renaissance, this course studies the history of painting, sculpture, and architecture to the present day. Individual artists including Leonardo, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, Goya, Van Gogh and Picasso are studied in addition to the larger period styles. Because works of art so perfectly reflect their age, the economic, social, and religious ideas of each period will be closely considered. Art History 104 (3) Introduction to Visual Literacy I (4,0,0) (F) This course is designed to encourage students to become visually literate and confident in the analysis/interpretaAcademic — Art History 88 tion of all aspects of the visual arts. Confrontation with a wide range of ideas, images and media will stimulate discussion and provide a deeper understanding of the creative process. The purposes of art will be discussed and the relationships between art and society explored. The interdisciplinary nature of art will be examined as well as the achievements of Canadian artists. Art History 105 (3) Introduction to Visual Literacy II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Art History 104. The material will include the art of the past as well as the current art scene. Topics such as magic and ritual in art, the landscape and the nude in art, the artist as observer, art and advertising, women and art, aspects of photography and recent trends will be explored. Canadian content will be stressed. As in Art History 104 the emphasis will be on developing visual literacy. Art History 106 (3) Introduction to Non-Western Art (4,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to aspects of PreColumbian art, Northwest Coast Indian art and African art. The art, architecture and performing arts of indigenous peoples will be examined in the context of cultural, religious and social issues. Students will learn about civilizations that flourished in Mexico prior to the Spanish Conquest. A section on the art of the Northwest Coast Indian will illuminate the achievements of local indigenous cultures and their inherent relationship with the environment. In the component on African art, students will study the early history of African art and later artistic developments in a variety of regions ranging from Senegal to Zaire. Art History 107 (3) Introduction to Non-Western Art II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Art History 106. This course focuses on aspects of Indian, Chinese and Japanese art. The works of art will be examined in the light of cultural, religious, social and political issues to emphasize the close connections between art and society. Students will gain insight into the evolution of important periods, styles and artistic traditions in Far Eastern Art. Art History 109 (3) Women, Art and Art History (4,0,0) This course will present a broad historical survey of women's involvement in Western Art. It will focus on the woman artist in society and consider the social, cultural and economic background of each period in order to understand the conditions under which women artists have worked from Antiquity to the 20th century. The course will also investigate the "image of woman" in the tradition of art history. Students taking this course cannot receive duplicate credit for Women's Studies 130. Art History 210 (3) History of Modern Art (19th Century) (4,0,0) (F) This course studies the mainstreams of modern art beginning with the paintings of Jacques Louis David produced during the French Revolution and concluding with the art of Cezanne. Emphasis is given to individual artists, and works by Goya, Delacroix, Monet, Van Gogh, Gauguin and others are studied in depth. Aesthetic revolutions and counter-revolutions are explored in conjunction with the social and political upheavals of the 19th century. Art History 211 (3) History of Modern Art (20th Century) (4,0,0) (S) This history of 20th century art begins with the work of Picasso and Matisse and studies the impact of revolutionary movements of art such as Futurism, Constructivism, Dada, and Surrealism. America's post war contribution: Abstract Expressionism, Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual and Earth Art is studied as well as new directions in the art of the '80s. The aim of this course is to demystify modern art by studying the underlying concepts and theories, which will reveal how closely art expresses the ethos of contemporary life. Art History 220 (3) Early Renaissance Art in Italy Art History 231 (3) History of Textile Art (4,0,0) (F) This course studies the history of textiles in Europe, the Near East and Asia. Through illustrated lectures we will examine the tapestries of Medieval and Renaissance Europe, discuss the importance of guilds, and the conribution of artists such as Botticelli and Raphael. Coptic and Persian textiles, Turkish carpets, and the great silk tradition of China are also examined with constant reference to changing technologies and materials. The course concludes with a study of modern textiles in the industrialized age. Art History 232 (3) Aspects of Textile Art (4,0,0) (S) This course first explores the textile traditions of the indigenous peoples of Africa, and the Americas. Navaho and Pueblo weaving, Aztec and Peruvian fabrics as well as the North West Coast traditions of the Salish and Chilkat are looked at as examples of artistic expression and cross cultural interactions. Our attention then focuses on current aspects and issues relating to textile art. We will look at 20th Century tapestries and Fibre Art, discuss the relationship historically between gender and textiles, and conclude with contemporary trends and practices. (4,0,0) (F) This course traces the origins of the Early Renaissance in Italy, beginning with the art of Giotto and focusing attention on the creators of the new style, the architects, sculptors and painters of Florence, Arezzo, Mantua and Venice. The intellectual, religious and political climate of the fifteenth century, linked to the expression in this new art, will also be considered, as will be the emerging importance of private patronage. Art History 221 (3) High Renaissance and Mannerist Art in Italy (4,0,0) (S) This course studies the art of the High Renaissance and the emerging view of the artist as sovereign genius. The work of Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael is examined in depth. Focus is then given to the artists of the Mannerist School, whose highly subjective and artificial style dominates the latter part of the sixteenth century. The contributions of the Venetians as well as the architecture of Palladio will also be considered. Academic — Art History 89 Biology Instructional Faculty C. BEREZOWSKY, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Guelph) R.G. CAM FIELD, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Monash), Ph.D. (UBC) M. FITZ-EARLE, B.Sc. (Nottingham), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto), Coordinator of Biology N.A. RICKER, B.A. (Calif.), M.Sc., Ph.D. (UBC) V.M. TROUP, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (UBC) L.K. WADE, B.Sc, M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Austral. Nat. U) (on leave 1994/95) Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians M. de JONG-WESTMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (UBC) Laboratory Supervisor M. HAYES, B.Sc. (SFU), Laboratory Supervisor A. REK, Dip. Tech. (Warsaw), Laboratory Technician J. RICHARDSON, B.Sc. (U.Vic), M.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor C. SANDERSON, B.Sc. (Hons) (Durham), Laboratory Supervisor N. SEGSWORTH, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Michigan), R.T. (C.S.L.T.) Laboratory Supervisor J. THOMPSON, Laboratory Technician B. WILLIAMSON, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician the course tuition fee. Lab manuals for those courses requiring them must be purchased for a nominal fee. Students are expected to defray in part the costs associated with field trips. University Transfer Credit All biology courses transfer to SFU, UBC, and UVic. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Biological Sciences FIRST YEAR Biology 108 or 110/111 Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 Physics 110/111 or 108/111 or 114/115 Math 110/111 English (six credits) SECOND YEAR A complete selection of second year courses which are transferable to all three B.C. universities is available. Consult the Biology Department for the specific requirements to transfer into third year at the university of your choice. Course Descriptions General Information Capilano College Biology Department offers courses to meet a variety of educational needs. The Biology 104/105 and 104/113 sequences meet the laboratory science requirements for Arts students as well as general interest biology courses. Students who intend to enter the following professions should enroll in Biology 108 or 110/111: Agriculture, Dentistry, Dental Hygiene, Forestry, Home Economics, Medicine, Pharmacy, Rehabilitation Medicine. Those planning a major in biology or other life science, such as Botany, Cell Biology, Ecology, Genetics, Marine Biology, Microbiology, Physiology, Oceanography, Zoology, should also enrol in Biology 108 or 110/111. Students lacking a "B" in Biology and/or Chemistry should enrol in Biology 108 rather than Biology 110. A complete selection of second year courses is available which meet the credit transfer requirements of the three B.C. universities. Some of these courses may be included in the requirements for pre-professional programs, and for specific life science programs. Students should consult the Biology Department for details of course requirements for various programs. All biology courses except Biology 200 and Biology 206 require weekly laboratory periods and/or field trips. Some courses also have extended field trips. Students' contributions to the cost of laboratories are included in Academic - Biology 90 Biology 104 (3) Human Biology I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: None This is the first term of a course designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for non-science students not planning to take further courses in biology. The basic concepts of human biology and the position of man as an organism are examined. Major topics include: the evolution of man, the structure and function of human cells andtissues,cell division, human genetics, human reproduction, development, digestion, and nutrition. Biology 104 fulfills the entrance biology requirement for the Nursing program at BCIT. Biology 105 (3) Environmental Biology (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: None This course, designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for non-science students, examines a wide range of environmental issues from a biological perspective. Basic principles of ecology are developed and the impact of modern society on the environment is assessed. The focus is global; however, issues of particular importance to Canadians will be stressed. Major topics include: ecological concepts, conservation and endangered species, air pollution and global warming, water resources and water pollution. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit and, together with Biology 104, as a prerequisite for Biology 204 and 206. Biology 108 (4.5) Basic Introductory Biology (6,3,0) (F) This course is designed for the student who has not received a minimum of "B" standing in Biology 12 (or BBIO 042) and who has not taken Chemistry 11 (or BCHM 041). Upon successful completion of Biology 108, students are qualified to take Biology 111 in the Spring semester. The course topics are the same as for Biology 110. Biology 110 (3) Introductory Biology I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 12 (or BBIO 042) with a minimum of "B" standing, and Chemistry 11 (or BCHM 041) or with the permission of the instructor. The standard introductory biology course for students who plan to take further courses in science. Major topics will include the origin of life, cell structure and function, cell division and introductory genetics. Biology 111 (3) Introductory Biology II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 A continuation of Biology 110 which further develops the discussion of basic biological concepts including biological systems, evolution and ecology. Biology 113 (3) Human Biology II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 104 or permission of the instructor A continuation of the study of human biology commenced in Biology 104. The course focuses on the anatomy and physiology of the following organ systems: cardiovascular, respiratory, musculoskeletal, nervous, and urinary. Special emphasis will be given to health and fitness as well as discussion of disease and treatment. The laboratory sessions will provide complementary practical study of the systems, and introduce techniques used to make physiological evaluations (e.g. heart rate, EKG, blood pressure, urine analysis). Completion of Biology 104 and Biology 113 permits students (upon entering Basic Health Sciences at BCIT) to receive credit for BHSC 105. Biology 200 Genetics I (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111, and Chemistry 108 or 110 and 111. An introduction to the principles and mechanisms of heredity. Emphasis will be placed on an analytical approach to transmission genetics, genetics of humans, introductory molecular genetics, quantitative genetics and population genetics. There is no laboratory for this course. Biology 201 Genetics II (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 200. Biology 214 and/or Biology 215 are recommended. A continuation of the principles and mechanisms of heredity, with emphasis on the genetics of microorganisms, molecular genetics, genetic engineering and developmental genetics. There is no laboratory for this course. Biology 204 Ecology I (3) (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111, or Biology 104 and 105. An introduction to the principles of ecology with emphasis on ecosystem and community dynamics and structure; ecosystem concepts, components, interrelationships, energy flow and nutrient cycling. Introduction to vegetation analysis in the B.C. context. Both plants and animals will be considered but plants will be emphasized. Weekly field trips examine local biogeoclimatic zone structure and composition, while a southern B.C. field trip introduces several inland biogeoclimatic zones. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. This course not offered in 1994/95. Biology 205 Ecology II (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 204 A continuation of ecological principles, with the introduction and application of quantitative concepts. The emphasis will be on animal ecology including population dynamics, animal behaviour, competition, and other aspects of interactions of plant and animal populations. Weekly field trips and a three day field trip to the Pacific Rim National Park area will be included in the course. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. This course not offered in 1994/95. Academic — Biology 91 Biology 206 (3) Ecology of the Western Pacific (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111, or Biology 104 and 105, or Geography 112 and 114, or by permission of the Biology Coordinator. This course examines the complex ecology and biogeography of the lands bordering the western Pacific Ocean. Basic principles of biogeography and ecology will be presented with reference to the regions concerned. Selected environmental issues and biogeographic characteristics will be discussed for the following regions: the Asian Mainland, with emphasis on Japan, China; the Malay Peninsula and Indonesia; and Australasia, focusing on Australia, Papua New Guinea and New Zealand. There is no lab for this course. Biology 212 (3) Invertebrate Zoology (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111. A comparative survey of the major phyla and classes of invertebrates with emphasis upon phylogeny, adaptive biology and ecology of each group. The course is designed around the major unifying concept of evolution. Problems of contemporary interest in the field of invertebrate zoology. The laboratory complements the lecture components and the course includes a three-day field trip to the Bamfield Marine Station. Biology 213 (3) Vertebrate Zoology (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111. A comparative survey of the major classes of vertebrates, emphasizing evolutionary trends especially in development and morphology of organ systems. Adaptive features in vertebrates are considered. The laboratory complements the lecture component with representative vertebrates being examined. The lab component includes several half day field trips. Biology 214 Cell Biology (3) (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 200, if not already completed. Corequisite: Transfer to UBC requires Chemistry 200/201. An integrated study of the structure and function of cells and their components. Ultrastructure of cell organelles as determined by electron microscopy will be related to the molecular functions of cells. Emphasis will also be placed on the techniques used to study cells, the evolutionary origin of cells and their components, and on comparisons between specialized cell structure and Academic— Biology 92 function. The laboratory exercises will use modern methods of microscopy and separation techniques in a detailed study of cell structures and their functions. Biology 215 Biochemistry (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 214 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 201, if not already completed. An examination of the fundamental principles and basic facts of biochemistry starting with protein structure and enzyme functions. Cell energetics, biosyntheses and mechanisms which control cell metabolism will also be considered. The laboratory will involve detailed experimental analyses, using the current techniques of biochemistry, of the molecular functions of cells and tissues. Biology 220 (3) Microbiology I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111; Chemistry 110 and 111. Corequisite: Transfer to UBC requires Chemistry 200/201. A comprehensive treatment of introductory microbiology. The origin, basic structure, growth and metabolism of micro-organisms will be discussed. The lab provides practical experience in standard microbial techniques. Biology 221 (3) Microbiology II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 220 A continuation of Biology 220, emphasizing genetics, immunological aspects, and ecology of micro-organisms. The role of micro-organisms in agriculture, various industries, health and sanitation is considered. Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Diploma Program Capilano College has developed a one year Post Baccalaureate Diploma Program in environmental science for students who have already completed a degree in science and who are interested in further practical studies in environmental fields. For additional information, consult the "Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Diploma Program" section under Academic Studies. Chemistry Instructional Faculty Course Descriptions S. ALBON, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) M.E. EVANS, B.Sc. (South Wales), Ph.D. (London, UK) A. B. GILCHRIST, Ph.D. (SFU) P.C. LE COUTEUR, B.Sc., M.Sc. (Auckland), Ph.D. (Calif.) C. STONE, B.Sc. (Strathclyde), Ph.D. (UBC) K.G. TYERS, B.Sc. (Hons), M.Sc. (Western Ontario), Ph. D. (SFU), Coordinator of Chemistry, Geology and Physics Chemistry 030 (3) (4,2,0)(S) An Introduction to Chemistry Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians B. ADDISON-JONES, B.Sc. (Hons) (Manitoba), Laboratory Supervisor K.B. HACK, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor B.J. MOIR, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician I. SMITH, H.N.C. (Aberdeen), Laboratory Supervisor General Information All chemistry courses include weekly three-hour laboratory periods unless otherwise stated. The cost of the labs is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals and some field trip costs. Students are required to have (and wear) safety glasses in all laboratory periods. Chemistry 030 and Chemistry 104 fulfill the entrance chemistry requirement for the Nursing program at BCIT. University Transfer Credit All chemistry courses, except 030, carry transfer credit to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Chemistry FIRST YEAR Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111 Math 110/111 English (six credits) Elective (six credits) SECOND YEAR Students planning to pursue a major or honours course in chemistry should consult a faculty member as requirements differ with different universities. Chemistry 200/201 and 204/205 Transfer to UBC (consult a faculty member) Physics 200/201 and 210/211 or 218/222 and 210/211 Math 200 and 230, and 235 depending upon university (consult a faculty member) Elective Science Elective from math or physics Prerequisite: None (No university transfer credit) This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry, and who wish to go on in sciences. Two hour labs are given. Atoms, molecules, the mole, chemical formulas, ionic and covalent bonding. Balancing equations, simple stoichiometry problems, solutions, acids, bases and salts, equilibrium, gas laws. Chemistry 104 (3) Fundamentals of Chemistry I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: None, but some chemistry and mathematics recommended. A course specifically designed for the non-science students who need first-year chemistry requirements for nursing, home economics and physical education, etc. A study of chemical principles, stoichiometry, the chemical bond; atomic structure; chemical periodicity; introductory thermochemistry; gases. Chemistry 105 (3) Fundamentals of Chemistry II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 104. A study of liquids, solids, and changes of state; oxidationreduction, electrochemistry, representative inorganic chemistry; equilibrium; acids, bases and salts; organic chemistry. NOTE: Chemistry 108,109,110, and 111 students: students who lack mathematics prerequisite or corequisites should see a chemistry instructor prior to registration to discuss possible prerequisite waivers. Chemistry 108 (4.5) Basic Chemistry I (6,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or Chemistry 030. Corequisite: Math 110. Math 103 or 105 may be taken concurrently if Math 12 not already completed. Students with BCHM 041 or 042 should see Dr. Penny Le Couteur, Chemistry Coordinator, for appropriate placement. Students with Chemistry 12 are not permitted to enrol in Chemistry 108 except with Chemistry Department's permission. This course covers the material of Chemistry 110, and, in addition, provides the background necessary for a student who has not taken Chemistry 12. Academic— Chemistry 93 Chemistry 109 (4.5) Basic Chemistry II (6,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 108. Math 110 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Students with Chemistry 110 permitted to enrol in Chemistry 109 only with Chemistry Departmenf s permission. Chemistry 204 (3) Physical Chemistry (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Chemistry 109 or 111, or Chemistry 105 with a "B" standing, Math 111. This course covers the material of Chemistry 111, and, in addition, provides the background necessary for a student who has not taken Chemistry 12. This course is an introduction to chemical thermodynamics and its application to gas behaviour, chemical and phase equilibria, colligative properties and electrochemistry. The laboratory will introduce the student to physical and analytical techniques. Chemistry 110 (3) Principles and Methods of Chemistry I Chemistry 205 (3) Physical Inorganic Chemistry (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Chemistry 109 or 111, or Chemistry 105 with a "B" standing. Prerequisite: Chemistry 12. Corequisite: Math 110. Math 103 or 105 may be taken concurrently if Math 12 not already completed. Students with BCHM 042 should see Dr. Penny Le Couteur, Chemistry Coordinator, for appropriate placement. A course for students who plan careers in science. A study of stoichiometry; the gaseous state; solids; liquids; solutions; atomic structure; the periodic system; chemical bonding; thermochemistry. This course may be completed by guided self-study format in both fall and spring terms. Chemistry 111 (3) Principles and Methods of Chemistry II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 110. Math 110 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibrium, acids, bases and salts; redox equations, electrochemistry; organic chemistry. This course may be completed by guided self-study format in both fall and spring terms. Chemistry 200 (3) Organic Chemistry I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Chemistry 105,109 or 111. Any student who has attempted the course previously will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. A study of nomenclature, structure, and spectroscopy of organic molecules; alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, organometallic compounds, alcohols, ethers, alkyl halides; mechanisms and stereochemistry. Chemistry 201 (3) Organic Chemistry II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 200 Aromatic chemistry, aldehydes, ketones, acids and their derivatives, carbanions; amines; nitro, azo, diazo and related compounds; heterocyclics; carbohydrates, protein chemistry; polymers; natural products. Academic - Chemistry 94 (4,3,0) (S) An introduction to the properties, bonding, structure and reactivity of coordination complexes of the first row transition elements. Chemical kinetics and current spectroscopic methods will also be covered. The laboratory component emphasizes the synthesis of inorganic compounds and the use of modern analytical instruments. Chinese Commerce Instructional Faculty Instructional Faculty B. NG., B.A. (Intl. Christian U., Japan), M.A. (London), Teach. Cert. Grad. Master (Hong Kong) V. LIANG DU, B.A. (Hunan Normal U), BCIT (Diploma), M.A. (UBC) M. LEONARD, B.A., M.A. (SFU) J.E. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston) K.V. TOWSON, B.Sc., M.Sc. (SFU) J. WATERS, B.A. (Hons.) M.A. (SFU), Ph.D. (SFU) J. WILSON, B.Comm. (UBC), C A . Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. Course Descriptions Chinese 100 (3) First Year Chinese (4,2,1) (F) Introduction to Mandarin Chinese using the Pinyin system of pronounciation in Mainland China. For complete beginners in Chinese. This course starts with basic phonetics, tones, and pronounciation to prepare students to speak the language. Some grammar and the writing of Chinese characters are also introduced. Chinese 101 (3) First Year Chinese (4,2,1) (S) Prerequisite: Chinese 100 or permission from instructor. This course stresses conversational skills and listening comprehension using situational dialogues. More grammatical structures and Chinese characters are taught. Students will also learn how to use a Chinese dictionary and a Chinese word processor as tools for writing and for further study. Chinese 200 (3) (4,2,1) (F) Prerequisite: Chinese 101 or permission of instructor. This course is for students who know the basics of Mandarin phonetics and grammar and approximately 600 Chinese characters, or those who have completed Chinese 100 and 101. More Chinese characters are taught and the course focuses on reading and writing of simple Chinese texts. Students are introduced to Chinese literature. (not offered in 94/95) Chinese 201 (3) Second Year Chinese (4,2,1) (S) Prerequisite: Chinese 200 or permission of instructor. Continues the work of Chinese 200. (not offered 94/95) The College offers a two year transfer package to UBC consisting of Year I and Year II as follows: Year I Students do not need to apply to the Commerce Department to enter the first year. Simply apply to the College through the Registrar's Office and ensure that the following courses are taken: a) Economics 111 and 112; b) English 100 followed by ONE of English 103,104,105, 106; c) The Mathematics requirement is: • If Algebra 12 was successfully completed with a 'C+' grade or better, take Math 108 followed by Math 109 (Note: 110 and 111 can be substituted for 108/109, but this combination is more oriented towards science than business). • If Algebra 12 was successfully completed with a grade of 'P' or 'C take Math 107 followed by Math 108. Students may NOT count the Math 107 course as part of the required 30 credits needed in Year I and UBC may not grant credit for Math 107. d) Four electives: any four university transfer courses; e) Commerce students should NOT take Math 101 or 102 and should also note that credit will be granted for only one computer language - i.e. Comp 080 or Comp 102 but not both. Year II Upon completion of Year I, students must then APPLY for admission to the Commerce Program itself by completing a "Commerce Program Application" which can be obtained from the Social Sciences Division . There are only 35 seats available in Year II and preference will be given to students with the best Year I records who want to take the entire Year II Program. Applications to the Commerce Program should be made immediately in late spring once the Year I courses are complete and grades received. Students who wait until late summer may find that all spaces have been filled. In the Fall Term students admitted to Year II will take: Commerce 290, 292, 293, Economics 211 and one university transfer elective. Academic — Chinese/Commerce 95 A Fall term Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.67 with no grade below C- must be achieved to continue into the Spring term, when the following courses will be taken: Commerce 291, 294, 297,392 and one university transfer elective. Transfer to UBC The current policy of UBC is to automatically admit into Year III all students who complete Capilano College's Year II program (in one year) with a GPA in Year II of 3.0 or higher. Transfer to SFU or UVic Some courses in the UBC transfer package do not transfer to SFU or UVic. Students wishing to transfer to either of these institutions are, therefore, strongly urged to see a Counsellor or Advisor before applying for admission to Year II. Course Descriptions Commerce 290 (3) Quantitative Methods for Business (4,0,0) (F) A study of standard quantitative methods used in business and industry, including decision theory and basic probability. The study of computer software packages is included. Commerce 291 (4) Applications of Statistics in Business (6,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: C- or better in Commerce 290 The methods and applications of statistics in business; continuous random variables; sampling; estimation of parameters; hypotheses testing and regression analysis. Commerce 292 (4) Principles of Organizational Behaviour (6,0,0) (S) Behaviour in organizations as it affects people or individuals, their relationships with others, their performance in groups and their effectiveness at work. Commerce 293 (3) Financial Accounting (4,0,0) (F) An introduction to the construction and interpretation of financial statements and reports including the balance sheet, income statement, statement of retained earnings and the statement of change in financial position. Academic — Commerce 96 Commerce 294 (4) Managerial Accounting (6,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: C- or better in Commerce 293 Introduction to the development and use of accounting, information for management planning and control and the development of cost information for financial reports. Commerce 297 (3) Capital Markets and Institutions (4,0,0) (S) Introduction to the economic environment in which businesses operate including the role of the Bank of Canada. Analysis of domestic and international money markets and institutions and the basic capital asset valuation models. Commerce 392 (3) Labour Relations (4,0,0) (S) An introduction to union-management relations which includes the study of trade union history and structure, the collective bargaining process and labour legislation. • Computing Science Instructional Faculty A. BENNETT-BROWN, B.A. (SFU) J.D. BONSER, B-A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo), Coordinator of Computing Science R. BREWSTER, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UVic), Ph.D. (SFU) Y. COADY, B.Sc. (Gonzaga), M.Sc. (SFU) E. KUTTNER, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Toronto), General Information The Computing Science Department offers computing science courses at the first and second-year university level. Students enrolled in these courses have excellent access to the College's computing facilities. Students planning to major in computing science and science students fulfilling computing science elective requirements normally take Computing Science 110/111 in their first year. Other students wishing an introduction to computers and programming normally take Computing Science 080 or Computing Science 102. University Transfer Credit Most computing science courses transfer to SFU, UBC and UVIC. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar, or call the Computing Science Department. Computing Science FIRST YEAR Computing Science 110/111 Computing Science 133 (UBC) Math 110/111 Physics 108/111 or 110/111 or 114/115 (UBC) Chemistry 108/109 or 110/111 (UBC) English (6 credits) (UBC, U.Vic) English (3 credits) or Philosophy 110 (SFU) Electives (9 credits) (SFU) Electives (12 credits) (U.Vic) SECOND YEAR Computing Science 222/223 Computing Science 212 (SFU, U.Vic) Math 200 Math 205 (UBC, SFU) Math 230 (UBC) Math 235 (U.Vic) Philosophy 202 (SFU) Art Electives (6 credits) (UBC) Electives (9 credits*) (UBC) Electives (12 credits**) (SFU) Electives (15 credits***) (U.Vic) * CPSC 218 (Computer Organization) at UBC is a required course not offered at Capilano College. ** CMPT 275 (Software Engineering) at SFU is a required course not offered at Capilano College. *** CSC 230 (Computer Architecure) and CSC 275 (File Structures) at UVic are required courses not offered at Capilano College. Prerequisites The Computing Science Department requires at least a "C-" grade in a prerequisite before allowing a student to proceed with a subsequent course. Students should note that while a "C-" is the minimum required to proceed, a better grade is recommended to ensure the best chance of success in the subsequent course and a satisfactory GPA for transfer to a university. Students will not be allowed to retake a prerequisite once they have completed a subsequent course with a "C-" grade or better. Course Descriptions Computing Science 080 (3) Computers and their Applications (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: None An introduction to the basic concepts of computer hardware and software; applications of computers in business, academic and personal life; social and ethical implications of their use. Students will gain experience with a microcomputer operating system and with various software packages including word processors, spreadsheets and database managers. The course also includes an introduction to computer programming. This is an ideal first course for students with little or no computer experience and serves as a good science option for students in Arts or planning to go into Commerce. SFU does not give credit for this course if it is taken after any other computing science course. May not receive science credit for science students. Computing Science 102 (3) Introduction to Structured Programming (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: A "C+" grade or better in Math 12, otherwise Math 105 or equivalent must be taken concurrently. Students without a solid foundation in modular algorithm design in CS 12 are recommended to take Comp 102 before attempting Comp 110. An introduction to computer programming using a structured language; principles of problem solving and algorithm design, basic techniques for representing and manipulating problem data. The student will learn how to design, develop and document well-structured programs. Academic — Computing Science 97 No programming experience is necessary, but previous exposure to microcomputers is helpful. This course may be taken by non-science students wanting a more rigorous introduction to programming than is provided by COMP 080, or science students who lack CS 12 background. Computing Science 110 (4) Fundamentals of Programming (4,0,1.3) (F,S) Prerequisite: A "C-" grade or better in Comp 102 or permission of the instructor. Math 110 is a corequisite. The Computing Science Department recommends that students with only a "C" in CS 12 take Comp 102 before attempting Comp 110. A disciplined approach to modular program design. The course emphasizes the design of data structures and the development of alogrithms, with applications to areas of theoretical computing science. Compilation and execution processes and associated data structures are studied. Topics include data abstraction and abstract data types, dynamic data structures, strings, stacks and lists, recursion, searching and sorting methods. This course is designed for science students with a solid foundation in modular algorithm design using a highlevel language such as Pascal who wish to continue with computing science as a core or elective in first year. Together with COMP 111, it forms the prerequisite for the second year computing science program. Computing Science 111 (3) Fundamentals of Computing (4,2,0) (F.S) Prerequisite: A "C-" grade or better in both Comp 110 and Math 110. A theoretical and practical introduction to concepts of computing and machine organization. On the theoretical side, the course deals with the issues of computability and solvability of problems, and introduces the Turing machine as a model of an abstract computer. Practical experience with programming in a low-level language exposes the student to the fundamentals of number representation, memory organization and addressing, implementation of high level language instructions, the operations of assemblers, linkers and loaders, interrupt processing, and interfacing with the operating system. Computing Science 130 Introduction to APL (1) (1.3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: A "C-" grade or better in Comp 110 or permission of the instructor. An introduction to APL (A Programming Language) both as mathematical notation and as a computer programming language. APL primitives and their use, arrays of Academic — Computing Science 98 data and their manipulation, modular design of vector solutions to problems, practical experience in writing and using APL programs. Computing Science 131 Introduction to C (1) (1.3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: A "C-" grade or better in Comp 110 or permission of the instructor. An introduction to the C programming language for students with experience in Pascal or a similar language. Topics include comparison of C with Pascal; C program structure, data types, operators, control structures; arrays and pointers, structures and unions; libraries and separately compiled modules; C++ classes, methods, inheritance. Computing Science 132 Introduction to Prolog (1) (1.3,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: A "C-" grade or better in Comp 110 or permission of the instructor. An introduction to the logic programming language Prolog and to the basic concepts of logic programming. Topics include: using propositional and predicate logic to represent facts; relating the Prolog language to predicate logic; developing Prolog databases using predicates, lists, and recursion. Computing Science 133 (1) Scheme and Computer Programming (1,1,0) (S) Prerequisite: A "C-" grade or better in Comp 110 or permission of the instructor. An introduction to the programming language Scheme. Scheme is an ideal language for illustrating and clarifying fundamental computer programming concepts. It is a small language and easy to learn quickly, yet supports powerful facilities or abstraction and generalization. This course uses Scheme to investigate concepts such as data abstraction, procedural abstraction, recursion, functional programming and object-oriented programming. Computing Science 212 (3) Introduction to Digital Hardware (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: A "C-" grade or better in Comp 111. An introduction to the design and analysis of digital computer circuitry. Hardware storage of numeric and logic values. Introduction to arithmetic/logic digital circuitry and integrated circuits. Design and analysis of combinational and sequential logic circuits including adders, comparators, decoders, multiplexors and counters. Finite state machines and state equations. MSI and LSI components: registers, counters, RAM. Criminology Computing Science 222 Data Structures (4) (5.3,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: A "C-" grade or better in Comp 111. A study of frequently used data structures and algorithms for manipulating them. This course emphasizes abstract data types (including lists, stacks, queues, trees, sets, tables and graphs), static and dynamic implementations of these data types, recursion, analysis of the algorithms and searching and sorting. Object oriented programming is introduced. Computing Science 223 (3) Discrete Mathematics with Applications (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: A "C-" grade or better in both Comp 111 and Math 111. An introduction to the foundation of discrete mathematics and illustrations of its practical applications. Theoretical topics include logic and proof techniques, set theory, relations and functions, combinatorics and counting principles, graphs and trees. These topics are important in computing science and many other disciplines; applications include graph colouring, correctness and efficiency of computer algorithms (including recursive algorithms), digital circuits, formal languages. Instructional Faculty C. Hathaway, B.A. (S.U.N.Y.) M.A. (Wash U.), Mo.) General Information Criminology is the study of all aspects of crime from an interdisciplinary and integrative approach. The goal of Criminology is to reveal the complexities of criminal behaviour and society's reaction to crime. Criminology also offers both theoretical and practical knowledge of the Canadian criminal justice system. Criminology 101 transfers to SFU, UBC, and U.Vic. Criminology 101 (3) Introduction to Criminology (4,0,0) (F,S) This course is intended to introduce students to the analysis of the relationship between crime and society. The core concept is that "crime" is embedded in social structure and process and therefore must be understood in relation to rather than apart from "normal" social activity. A variety of classical and contemporary perspectives on the definition, causes and consequences of crime will be explored and student analysis of contemporary issues involving crime in Canadian society will be encouraged. Academic — Computing Science/Criminology 99 Economics Economics 111 (3) Principles of Microeconomic Theory Instructional Faculty N. AMON, B.A., (Hons.) (Kent), M.A. (SFU) P. KANTROWIZ, B.A., M.A. (SFU) M. LEONARD, B.A., M.A. (SFU) K.W. MOAK, B.A. (UVic), M.P.A. (UVic.) A.J. MORRB, B.A., (Honsj (Manchester), M.A. (SFU) ACTS. (UK) J.E. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston) General Information Economics is the social science concerned with the allocation of scarce resources and the production, distribution and consumption of goods and services. Economics 100 is an introductory course which raises and explores the kinds of issues that economists deal with. It therefore serves both as a survey course for those students planning to major in other areas of the social sciences and an introduction to the discipline for those who are undecided about their future plans. Economics 250 and 252 are designed both for students majoring in Economics and for other second year social science students who need economic history courses to complement their studies in e.g. Political Studies. Students who plan to major in Economics must complete Economics 111 and 112 before proceeding to second year courses at the College or the universities. Students who plan to major in economics at SFU are also advised to complete their second year Economics requirements from Economics 250, 252,290 or 291. Students who plan to enter the Commerce Program must take Economics 111 and 112 in their first year. Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all Economics courses transfer to the universities. For details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the Calendar. (4,0,0) (F,S) A course which traces the development of conflicting views of the nature of the capitalist economic system. It focuses on the historical development of capitalist society and the divergent interpretations of the operation of capitalism as found in the writings of such economists as Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Karl Marx, J.M. Keynes and Milton Friedman. It deals with contemporary issues and such basic concepts as supply and demand. 100 Economics 112 (3) Principles of Macroeconomic Theory (4,0,0) (F.S) Prerequisite: Economics 111 The formal Keynesian theory of income determination and contemporary critiques are considered. Included is the study of the possible causes and solutions to unemployment and inflation and the importance of the international economy. Government fiscal and monetary policies are examined in detail. (Students cannot receive credit for both Economics 112 and 200.) Economics 211 (3) Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Economics 111/112, Math 108 or 110. Consumer behaviour, production, exchange, equilibrium of the firm under different market structures, factor markets, and economic welfare. Not transferable to SFU. Economics 212 (3) Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (4,0,0) (S) Income and employment theory, monetary theory, the open economy, economic fluctuations and growth. Not transferable to SFU. Economics 250 (3) Economic History of the Pre-lndustrial Era Course Descriptions Academic — Economics A study of the theoretical constructs of consumer behaviour and the operation of business firms in the market economy under conditions of perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included is the analysis of the firm's equilibrium condition and the determinants of income distribution. (Students cannot receive credit for both Economics 111 and 201.) Prerequisite: Economics 111/112, Math 108 or 110 University Transfer Credit Economics 100 (3) Introduction to Economics (4,0,0) (F,S) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Economics 111/112, or permission of the instructor A broad sweep of economic history from the Old Stone Age to the Industrial Revolution. The economics of the prehistoric era, the River Civilizations, Classical Antiquity and Europe in the Middle Ages are studied, while emphasis is placed on the transition from feudalism in Europe to early forms of capitalism. (Students cannot receive credit for both Economics 250 and 120.) Economics 252 (3) Economic History of the Industrial Era Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (S) Economics 111/112, or permission of the instructor A study of the Industrial Revolution and subsequent economic growth in the context of several countries, including Canada. Contrast is made between the paths of development of today's industrial economies and those nations now attempting to industrialize. (Students cannot receive credit for both Economics 252 and 121.) Economics 290 (3) Canadian Public Policy (Micro themes) Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (S) Economics 111 An examination of current government microeconomic policies, including resource management, utility regulation and pricing, international trade, income distribution, taxation, education and health care. Economics 291 (3) Canadian Public Policy (Macro themes) Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (F) Economics 112 An examination of current government macroeconomic policies, including fiscal and monetary policies, banking practices, debt management policies, international finance and exchange rate management, federal provincial relations, etc. Academic — Economics 101 Engineering Instructional Faculty A.E.T. BENTLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.A., Ph.D. (Missouri) J.D. BONSER, BA.Sc, M.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo) Y. COADY, B.Sc. (Gonzaga), M.Sc. (UBC) M. FREEMAN, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal.Tech), Ph.D. (UBC) S. GREENSPOON, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Waterloo) R. HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC) P.C. Le COUTEUR, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Auckland), Ph.D. (Calif.) A. WATERMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (SFU), B.C. Teaching Cert. (UBC) C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Toronto) ics Engineering to allow for direct entry into semester three of the Engineering Science common core. Transfer to UVic The Faculty of Engineering at UVic offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng.) degree in Electrical, Mechanical and Computer Engineering. The B.Eng. degree consists of eight academic and six work terms. Students who complete first year engineering at Capilano College with a grade point average of at least 2.5 may be eligible for admission to second year at UVic. Admission General General Information Capilano College offers a full first year university program in engineering. Bachelor degree completion generally requires three additional years of study at UBC, SFU or UVic. Transfer to UBC The Capilano College first year engineering program is modelled after that of UBC. Students who complete first year engineering are eligible to be considered for admission to second year engineering at UBC provided they have obtained an overall grade point average of at least 2.5. The Faculty of Applied Science at UBC offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.) degree in the following areas of engineering: Bio-resource, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Geological, Mechanical, Metals and Materials, Mining and Mineral Process, Engineering Physics. Students will normally complete the B. A. Sc. degree with three additional years of study at UBC, except for Engineering Physics, which requires four additional years. Transfer to SFU The School of Engineering Science at SFU offers four-year programs leading to a Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.) degree in Electronics Engineering, Computer Engineering, Engineering Physics, Biomedical and Automation Engineering. Students who complete first year engineering at Capilano College with a grade point average of at least 3.0 may be eligible for admission to second year engineering. Eligible students must contact SFU's School of Engineering Science to arrange for a summer course in Basic Electron- Academic — Engineering 102 In addition to satisfying the general admission requirements for the College (see "Admission" section in this Calendar), students must apply for admission to the engineering program itself by submitting an "Engineering Program Application", available from the Office of the Registrar. This form should be received by the College before the end of March. Enrolment will be limited to 35 students, and student selection will be made on the basis of their academic record. Students who apply to the engineering program after March risk having their applications denied due to lack of available spaces. Admission from Secondary School Students entering the engineering program directly from secondary school must satisfy the general admission requirements of the College (see "Admission" section in this Calendar) and have B.C. Grade 12 graduation (or equivalent) with at least a "B" in Math 12 and at least a "B" average in Chemistry 12, Physics 12 and Math 12. Admission from First Year Science Students may apply for admission into engineering after successful completion of first year science. Exemptions will be given from some first year engineering courses if the student achieved a grade of at least "B" in the equivalent science course. In that case, the student would then typically take a mix for first year engineering and second year science courses. Grade Requirements Entrance requirements are higher for first year engineering than for first year science because the curriculum is more difficult. (Total scheduled hours are comparable for both programs, but engineering involves more course work with less labs.) Normally, students require a GPA of at least 2.5 in the first term of the engineering program to remain in the program for the second term. Upon completion of the first year, students require a GPA of at least 2.5 to be eligible for admission into second year engineering at UBC and UVic, and a GPA of at least 3.0 for SFU. Since admission to engineering programs is very competitive, students should realize that the above minimum GPA values do not guarantee admission, and that specific engineering options may require values well in excess of the minimum. Curriculum First Year Core (for direct entry from secondary school) FIRST TERM ApSc 120 ApSc 150 Chem 110 Comp 110 or Comp 102 Engl 100 Math 110 Phys 114 SECOND TERM ApSc 121 Chem 111 Math 111 Math 152 Phys 115 Phys 116 Elective Transfer to UBC After successful completion of the above curriculum with a GPA of at least 2.5 the student is eligible for direct admission into second year engineering. Transfer to SFU Phys 116 should be replaced by Comp 111. Engl 100 and Engl 103 may be replaced by other electives. ApSc 150 should be replaced by a complementary studies elective. Students should consult the SFU calendar for recommended electives. Transfer to UVic Phys 116 should be replaced by Comp 111. First Year for Students Transferring from First Year Science Students who have completed first year science successfully may be exempted from certain engineering courses if they have achieved a grade of "B" or better in the equivalent science courses. A typical course load may then look as follows: First Year Science Transfer Curriculum FIRST TERM ApSc 120 ApSc 150 Math 200 Math 230 Electives (6 credits) SECOND TERM ApSc 121 Math 205 Math 231 Math 235 Phys 116 Elective Notes: 1. The above science transfer curriculum assumes that the student has obtained maximum exemption for equivalent science courses. Other course mixes are possible. Maximum exemption consists of the following courses: Chem 110/111; Math 110/111; Phys 114/115 or 110/111; Comp 110. 2. The "Electives" will usually be "complementary studies" (i.e. non-science) electives. Course Descriptions APSC 120 (0) Introduction to Engineering (0,1,0) (F) This course uses guest speakers, video taped material and field trips to provide students with an orientation to a career as a professional engineer. Attendance at scheduled activities is the only course requirement. Final "grades" are reported as CR (Credit Granted) or NC (No Credit Granted). APSC 121 (1) Society and the Engineer (1,0,0)(S) This course deals with the social context within which engineering is practised. Topics will include the history of engineering, engineering ethics, professionalism, gender issues, employment equity, environmental issues, multi-culturalism. APSC 150 (3) Engineering Graphics (1,4,0) (F) An introduction to engineering graphics emphasizing the development of spatial visualization and graphical communication skills; technical sketching and engineering drawing using projection and sectioning techniques; principles, practices and conventions of engineering Academic — Engineering 103 English graphics; descriptive geometry and graphical solution methods to engineering problems; use of microcomputer based graphics tools. Other courses are described in the appropriate section in this Calendar (e.g., Mathematics, Computing Science, etc.). Instructional Faculty T. ACTON, B.A. (Victoria), M.A., Ph.D. (Calgary) J. CLIFFORD, B.A., M.A. (UBC) P.L. CONNELL, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) R. COUPE, B.A. (Tasmania), Ph.D. (UBC) P.L. COUPEY, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (UBC) M.L. FAHLMAN REID, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Toronto) G.N. FORST, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC) S.R. GILBERT, B.A. (UVic), M.A. (UBC) W. GOEDE, B.A. (Wisconsin), M.A. (Edinburgh), Ph.D. (California) G. HINDMARCH, B.A., M.A. (UBC) C. HURDLE, B.A., M.A. (UVic) D. H. JANTZEN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (York) C. MCCANDLESS, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (UBC) D. MUNTEANU, M.A. (Bucharest), M.A. (UBC) M. NICHOLS, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (SFU), Ph.D. (York University) R. NICKOLICHUK, B.A. (Carleton), M.A. (UBC) J. PENBERTHY, B.A. (Univ. of Natal, South Africa), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) M. QUARTERMAIN, B.A., L.L.B., M.A. (UBC) W.G. SCHERMBRUCKER, B.A. (Capetown), P.Grad.Cert. in Ed. (London), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) R.G. SHERRIN, B.F.A., M.F.A. (UBC) G. STANLEY, B.A., M.A., (San Francisco) S. THESEN, B.A., M.A. (SFU) A. WESTCOTT, B.A. (Alberta), M.A. (Queens), Ph.D. (Toronto) General Information For first-year English transfer credit at UBC, students must take two courses of: a) English 100,103,104,105, or 106. For second year English transfer credit to the universities, English majors should take English 200-201; all other second year students can take any two second year level English courses. University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all English courses transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide in back of the Calendar. English Placement Test Those students who wish to enrol in English courses in the Academic Division must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test or the College English Diagnostic Test (EDT). EDTs are scheduled monthly throughout the year. Please call the Humanities Division (984-4957) if you intend to write during a non-registration time. During registration Academic - Engineering/English 104 periods, EDTs are scheduled almost daily. The times for these sittings are published in the Fall and Spring timetables. Students wishing to write the EDT pay in advance at the Office of the Registrar and bring receipts to the appropriate test sitting. theme, the issue under consideration will be announced during the registration period). The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the studenf s understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses in well-developed oral and written criticism. English as a Second Language English 104 Fiction See listing in the Preparatory Programs section. Writing Centre All students registered at the College may come to the Writing Centre for advice on work in progress or help with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service, but aims to help students develop their writing ability. The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space, a collection of reference books, handout sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining, and editing programs. The Writing Centre is located in H406, outside the Humanities Division. It is staffed by faculty members from the English, ESL, and ABE Departments. Open hours are posted. Course Descriptions English 010 (3 SFU only) Language Skills (4,0,0) (F,S) An intensive course in basic language skills to enable the student to proceed without difficulty through an academic college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students. Transferable to SFU. English 100 Composition (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A course in the fundamentals of good writing, giving students intensive practice in writing for a variety of purposes, with emphasis on the essay form. Throughout the term progressively increasing emphasis is given to effective organization and development of material. Research techniques and documentation are taught. Problems in mechanics of writing are dealt with individually, in group discussion and by revision of essays. English 103 (3) Studies in Contemporary Literature (4,0,0) (F,S) A study of selected and representative 20th century literature from the major genres. Works studied will be chosen for their intrinsic literary merit and may, in certain sections, also reflect a particular theme of significance in the contemporary world. (When material is selected for (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A study of selected 20th century short stories and novels, each of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the studenf s understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. English 105 Poetry (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A study of selected major and significant minor 20th century poets whose poetry is of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. English 106 Drama (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A study of selected and representative plays primarily of the 20th century. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed criticism. English 190 (3) Creative Writing (4,0,0) (F,S) An intensive workshop course designed to help students develop expressive skill and craftsmanship in poetry, fiction, and drama. Students are required to write extensively in their chosen genre and to develop an awareness through written practice of at least one of the other genres. Students are also required to submit their writing regularly for group discussion. Students will be encouraged to develop their work to the point where it would become acceptable for publication. English 191 (3) Creative Writing (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of English 190. English 200 (3) English Literature to 1660 (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. Academic — English 105 A study of texts in all major genres by representative authors, from the medieval period to the middle 17th century. This course will provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference, and the opportunity to study selected major works in detail. English 201 (3) English Literature Since 1660 (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. A course similar to English 200, but covering the later period since 1660. English 202 (3) Canadian Literature (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. A course designed to familiarize the student with major representative authors from the colonial beginnings of Canada to WW II. This course will investigate various themes and styles which evolved through early literature and which are reflected in contemporary Canadian literature. English 203 (3) Canadian Literature (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. The continuation of English 202, becoming more intensive in the investigation of individual, major, modern authors of poetry, novels and plays in Canada since WW II. This course will study the emergence of significant contemporary themes and styles. English 205 (3) Modern American Literaure (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. A course which explores the works of major representative authors from the late 19th century to the present day. This course will closely examine the selected texts of literary and cultural events, as well as the works in terms of their significance within the history of American literature itself. English 208 (3) Studies in Fiction (The Novel) (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. A study of the novel from various perspectives which consider the evolution and diversity of the novel as a literary form. Texts and critical approaches may vary Academic — English 106 from section to section. The aims of the course are to give the student an awareness of the cultural context in which the novel came into being and into popularity, and to study selected texts closely. English 209 (3) Studies in Poetry (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. A study of individual poets or schools of poetry selected by the instructor and drawn from any era between Chaucer'stimeto the present. Prosody, poetic forms, and critical approaches will be studied, as well as the historical and cultural contexts of the poems and of poetic movements. The aims of the course are to increase the student's knowledge of the craft of poetry and to study selected texts closely. English 210 (3) Studies in Drama (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. A study of dramatic literature from various perspectives: the examination of dramatic types from various periods with reference to the history and development of dramatic forms, of sub-genres of drama, of techniques in dramatic literature and performance, and of the relationship of literary text to performance. Major plays from various periods and national theatres will be considered. The aim of the course is to increase the student's knowledge of drama as an art form which has evolved out of literary and cultural history and out of performance. English 211 (3) Studies in Short Fiction (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. A study of the development of the short story and novella form, through an exploration of the cultural and literary history in which the genre developed and through a detailed analysis of representative texts. Texts and critical approaches may vary from section to section, although examples from both the 19th and 20th centuries will be studied. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding of the development of the genre in context and of writers of major significance to the genre. English 212 (3) Readings in World Literature to 1780 (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. A course to acquaint students with a variety of major or influential works of literature in translation from the classical Greek era to the end of the 18th century, and to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference. Texts are considered both for their own literary merits and in historical context. See Women's Studies section for the following course descriptions. English 213 (3) Readings in World Literature Since 1780 Women's Studies 106 (3) Contemporary American Women Writers (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. Women's Studies 104 (3) Contemporary English-Canadian Women Writers Women's Studies 107 (3) Contemporary European Women Writers (In Translation) A course similar to English 212, but covering the period from 1780 to 1920, with emphasis on the 19th century. English 290 (3) Creative Writing - Poetry (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: English 190 or 191, or instructor's written permission. An intensive workshop in the writing of poetry, concentrating on furthering the student's knowledge of current poetic forms while at the same time increasing awareness of one's own voice, one's individual ground for writing, and the development of one's own poetic. Students will be expected to read a variety of contemporary work, both poems and statements that poets have made about their own poetics. Students will have the opportunity to try a variety of forms, for instance, the short lyric, the serial poem, narrative verse, prose poetry. English 291 (3) Creative Writing - Fiction (4,0,0) (F.S) Prerequisite: English 190 or 191, or instructor's written permission. An intensive workshop in the writing of fiction. It will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of the state of current fiction and give students the opportunity to develop an awareness of voice, word choice and rhythm, dialogue, character, and point-of-view. Students will be expected to read a variety of works of contemporary fiction and to discuss various techniques. They will have the opportunity of trying out these techniques in both short and extended forms of fictions. Academic — English 107 Environmental Science Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Diploma Coordinators V. M. TROUP, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (UBC) L. K. WADE, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (A.N.U.) (on leave-94/95) Instructional Faculty M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), PhD. (UBC) J.D. BONSER, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo) K.A.J. DAVIDSON, B.A. (Winnipeg), M.A. (Manitoba) S. GROVES, A.B. (Radcliffe), Ph.D. (UBC) L. H. NIKL, B.Sc, M.Sc. (SFU) J. H. NORIE, B.A.Sc. (UBC), M.Env.Des. (Calgary) R. K. PAISLEY, B.Sc (UBC), M.Sc (Washington), J.D. (California), LL.M. (London School of Economics) A. ROJAS, M.A. (York), Ph.D. (York) D. F. SHERATON, B.A.Sc. Ph.D. (UBC) S. YEE, B.Sc (UBC) A. WHITEHEAD, B.Sc. (U. Vic), M.Sc. (UBC) R. J. WOZNOW, B.Sc (Alberta), Ph.D. (New Brunswick) General Information The Diploma Program in Environmental Science is intended for students who have already completed a degree in science and who wish to acquire the knowledge and practical skills necessary for dealing with environmental issues and projects in the work place. This is a full year program designed to prepare students to accept leadership roles in environmental problem solving through a combination of academic studies and field assignments. Areas of emphasis include applied ecology, toxicology, project management, environmental assessment, law, and ethics. Completion of an in-depth impact assignment involving work placement or directed studies is also required. Admission Requirements The normal requirement for admission is a degree in a science or engineering discipline. Successful applicants will have strong written and inter-personal communication skills and will be selected on the basis of academic record, relevant experience and a personal interview. The maximum enrolment is 25 students per year. Inquiries for admission and further information should be directed to the Environmental Science Program, Pure and Applied Sciences Division, telephone 986-1911, extension 2453. Academic — Environmental Science 108 Program Content Fall Credits 3 3 3 3 3 15 Applied Ecology Environmental Ethics Environmental Planning & Project Management Land Use Impact and Sustainability Seminar/Selected Topics Spring Environmental Toxicology & Waste Management Environmental Law Environmental Impact Assessment Computer Applications in Environmental Science Seminar/Selected Topics 3 3 3 3 3 15 Summer Field School (May) Practicum/Co-op (June, July) 3 3 6 Course Descriptions Environmental Science 500 Applied Ecology (3) (4,4,0) (F) An examination of the impact of human activities on ecosystem structure and dynamics. Human interactions with ecosystems are emphasized as well as the principles of sustainable development and pollution ecology. Environmental Science 501 (3) (4,4,0) (S) Environmental Toxicology and Waste Management An investigation of the toxicology of exposure to environmental contaminants, in humans and other organisms, in a range of environments. Measurement, monitoring and remediation techniques are examined. Environmental Science 502 Environmental Ethics (3) (4,0,0) (F) An application of ethical concepts to environmental issues. Topics will include environmental decision making, the relationship between market economics and the ethics of environmental preservation, and the implications of environmental ethics for various sectors of society. Environmental Science 503 Environmental Law (3) (4,0,0) (S) The current status of environmental law in Canada, particularly within the province of British Columbia, will be examined. The course will include a critical analysis of important case studies and current environmental assessment guidelines. Environmental Science 504 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Environmental Planning and Project Management Environmental Science 510 Field School An introduction to basic management skills which have practical value in environmental planning and decision making. Critical thinking, risk management, project planning, budget management, and community involvement in environmental planning will be discussed. Practical experience in data collection, field techniques, and project development. Most of this course will be conducted off the main campus at strategic environmental locations. Students will be given assignments which emphasize instrumentation, environmental monitoring, data collection, and teamwork. Environmental Science 505 (3) Environmental Impact Assessment (2,4,0) (Su) (4,0,0) (S) An examination of the environmental impact assessment process (EIA) as a tool in environmental decision making. This course will review current federal and provincial procedural requirements and the relationship between EIA and other regulatory processes. Integration of EIA and social issues and the role of public hearings will also be discussed. Case studies will be used as focal points for discussion. Environmental Science 506 (3) Land Use Impact and Sustainability (3) Environmental Science 511 (3) Environmental Science Practicum (4,0,0) (Su) An opportunity to apply classroom theory through work experience. This is an in-depth assignment involving work placement or directed studies in resource-based, industrial, or public sectors. Students sponsored by a specific sector or employer may be able to fulfill this requirement under supervision in their normal work place. (4,0,0) (F) This course will investigate environmental issues arising from common land use practices and critically evaluate approaches to sustainable land use and land use conflict. Topics include linear developments such as highways and transmission lines, site contamination, land fills, erosion, and acid rock drainage. Remediation, evaluation of land use competition, and native land claims will be discussed. Case studies will be used for illustration. Environmental Science 507 Computer Applications (3) (4,0,0) (S) An introduction to the applications of microcomputer programs in project management and environmental fields. This course will examine PC hardware, software, operating systems, word processing, spreadsheets and databases. Computer modelling and information systems of use in environmental fields will also be evaluated. Environmental Science 508 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Seminar: Selected Topics in Environmental Science This seminar series is designed to provide a forum for discussion between faculty, students, and invited guests. Topics will be chosen on the basis of student interest, current environmental issues, and the availability of guest speakers. Environmental Science 509 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Seminar: Selected Topics in Environmental Science A continuation of Env Sci 508. Academic—Environmental Science 109 French Instructional Faculty L. CANTIN ORR-EWING, B.A. (Montreal), M.A. (SFU) L. GAREAU, B.A. (Laval), M.A. (SFU) O. KEMPO, B.A. (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) C. MORGAN, B.A. (Laval), M.A. (UBC) Instructional Associate C. DEMERS, B.A. (Laval) A. FIECHTER, B.A. (UBC), C.I. Certificate (Langara) H. LACOURSE, Dip. Court Interpreting (VCC), Dip. Conflict Resolution (Mediation), Justice Institute (B.C.) P. OUELLET, B.A. (York U. Toronto) French 101 (3) Beginners' French (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 100 This course, together with French 100, covers high school French Grades 8, 9,10 and 11 and prepares the student for French 130 or French 120. (See under Intensive Oral French courses and French courses below.) Recommended also for those who are considering taking French 130 and who need review work. French 120 (3) University Preparatory French I (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: French 100/101 or French 11 or permission of the instructor. Summary of Programs LEVEL COURSES Beginners' French (0 - Grade 11) French 100/101 This course, together with French 121, constitutes Grade 12 French. This is a conversational approach to the French language, including continuing instruction in basic grammar and laboratory practise. May be taken concurrently with French 130. Intensive Oral French French French 130/131 French 120/121 French 121 (3) University Preparatory French II 1st year Univ. French French 170/171 Prerequisite: French 120 (minimum Grade C-) or permission of the instructor. 2nd year Univ. French French 270/271 This course, together with French 120, constitutes Grade 12 French. A continuation of French 120, this course is designed to give a limited fluency in speaking and reading as well as writing skills. May be taken concurrently with French 131. Univ. Preparatory French (Grade 12) University Transfer Credit All French courses are transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide. FRENCH PROGRAMS The following French courses meet on a twice-a-week basis: four hours of instruction, plus one hour of conversation with a native French speaker, and 3/4 hour of language laboratory work. Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered wil be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. French 100 (3) Beginners' French (4,1.75,0) (F) For absolute beginners and those who do not have Grade 11 French or the equivalent. An intensive introduction to the French language through grammar, conversation, and laboratory practise. Academic - French 110 French 170 (3) First Year University French I (4,1.75,0) (S) (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: Grade 12 French, or French 120/121, or French 130/131 or permission of the instructor. To be taken by all students intending to proceed to a major or honours program at another institution. Continues the linguistic development of the student by means of grammar revision, written and oral exercises, weekly assignments, compositions and appreciation of francophone literary works. French 171 (3) First Year University French II (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 170 (minimum Grade C-) or permission of the instructor. A continuation of the work done in French 170. Geography French 270 (3) Second Year University French I (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: French 170/171 with a grade of "C" or better, or permission of the instructor. An advanced course with emphasis on written work, including composition, translation, stylistic exercises, dictations and comprehension passages. Literary works chosen from the francophone literature will be studied and will require some background reading. This course includes cultural enrichment through the medium of videos and music. French 271 (3) Second Year University French II (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 270 with a grade of "C" or better, or permission of the instructor. A continuation of the work of French 270. INTENSIVE ORAL FRENCH PROGRAM Intensive Oral course has the immersion approach. 5-3/4 hours of Audio/Visual class, conversation, and lab. The emphasis is on Intensive Oral work and audio/visual methods are used. Students are required to supply two new tapes onto which a lesson is recorded for practise at home during the week. French 130 (3) University Preparatory French I (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: Grade 11 French or French 100/101 The method emphasizes the spoken language. May be taken concurrently with French 120. French 131 (3) University Preparatory French II (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 130 or written permission of the instructor. A continuation of French 130 (however, the student will be expected to start writing short compositions). May be taken concurrently with French 121. Instructional Faculty K. EWING, B.A., M.Sc. (Michigan) C. GRATHAM, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) C. GREENBERG, B.A., M.A., (U. of Manitoba) B. MCGILLIVRAY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) S. MACLEOD, B.A., M.A. (UBC) S. ROSS, B.Sc, M.Sc (UBC) G. WILSON, B.SC. (NY State), M.A. (UBC) General Information Geography courses are offered for students who are interested in pursuing a career in Geography as well as for those students desiring both Arts and Science electives. The study of Geography opens the doors for men and women in a wide variety of fields including: Teaching, Urban Planning, Forestry, Resource Management, Recreation, Economic Consulting, Mining, Fisheries, Meteorology, and Map making. The focus of Geography is on the environment in which we live. These courses in Geography will give you a whole new perspective on the world. University Transfer Credit All Geography courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Geography 100 (3) Human Geography (4,0,0) (F) Different cultures in different landscapes are compared and contrasted to our own. This course examines the many issues of human population, perception of the environment, diffusion of ideas, and cultural aspects of resource use and urban growth, to give students a view into the many concerns on the human side of Geography. Geography 101 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Environmental Geography: Perception & Change There are numerous environmental issues that reach a crisis from time to time. This course examines how we perceive the environment, our lifestyles, and how our attitudes affect the environment. Such issues include our use of water, the food we eat, herbicides and pesticides, and our overall use of energy. This is an excellent course for those concerned about the world we live in. Lectures, seminars, informal discussions, and audio-visual materials are used to make students aware of, examine and analyze some of the most serious concerns in the world today. The environment is in jeopardy from our actions — what can we do about it? Academic - French/Geography 111 Geography 102 (3) Environmental Geography: Global Concerns (4,0,0) (S) The focus of this environmental course is the recognition that environmental issues are not restricted to isolated regions; rather, they have become global crises. Acid rain, the greenhouse effect, depletion of the world's resources are but a few of the examples illustrating the global scale of our environmental problems. Identifying and understanding the processes responsible for the problems are most important; however, finding solutions is also critical to this course. Geography 106 (3) British Columbia: A Regional Analysis (4,0,0) (F) Geography 114 (3) Weather and Climate (4,2,0) (F,S) A physical geography course introducing students to the study of our atmospheric environment. Principles of climatology and meteorology will be explained (using films, lectures and labs), to permit a basic understanding of the weather we experience daily and seasonally. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples and the interactions between climate and other elements of our environment, including humans (air pollution, urban climates and mountain weather for example). Note: This course fulfills the requirements for a lab science transfer credit. A body of information that is frequently missing from our education is that of the province we live in. This course informs you about B.C. — its physical environment, the risks of living in this province, the variety of peoples, and the economics involved in its resources. From an economic, political, historical, and cultural perspective one learns that contemporary problems are frequently a function of the past. For those interested in business, teaching, or wanting a basic knowledge of B.C., this is an excellent course. Note: This course also serves as Canadian Studies credit to SFU. Geography 200 (3) Technology and Economic Environments Geography 108 (3) Canada: A Topical Geography More and more of us are living in an urban world. This course is designed to examine problems and issues that arise with urban living; including psychological problems, the cost of housing, transportation issues, slums, suburban living, and the future direction of cities. While this course uses local examples, it also draws on examples from other cities in the world. This course approaches these topics through field trips into the city, slides, films, and simulated games. Urban studies leads to careers in urban planning, real estate, land management, architecture, and urban politics as well as giving general community awareness. (4,0,0) (F,S) The understanding of Canada and Canadians is becoming more and more important to our economic and social well-being. This course examines Canadian problems and issues in terms of the different regions in Canada. Topics include the changing economy, cultural diversity, urban growth, and resource management, as we focus on the Maritimes, Quebec, Ontario, the Western provinces, and the Northern frontier. Note: This course carries Canadian Studies credit to SFU and is a component of the professional development program. Geography 112 (3) Introduction to Earth Environments (4,2,0) (F,S) An introduction to Physical Geography using films, lectures, labs and field trips to explain processes in landscape development. Some of the environments to be considered are: glacial, volcanic, coastal, arid and fluvial. Maps and aerial photographs will be used to illustrate the various features. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples and the interactions between people and their physical environment, eg. the physical and cultural history of the Fraser River Delta; the Athabasca tar sands and native peoples; pipelines and permafrost. Note: This course fulfills the requirements for a lab science transfer credit. Academic — Geography 112 (4,0,0) (S) An examination of the concepts and themes of economic geography in terms of production and consumption. The traditional primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary divisions in economic geography are reviewed in terms of contemporary issues such as development versus underdevelopment, poverty, the location of industrial activities and the North-South dialogue. Geography 201 Urban Studies (3) Geography 205 (3) Geography of the Pacific Basin (4,0,0) (S) (4,0,0) (S) This course examines the Pacific Basin in terms of its social, economic and political geography. The emphasis is placed on the relationships that exist between countries of the Pacific Basin and British Columbia. This course opens up the concept of the Pacific century and recognizes British Columbia's position on the Pacific, and is an excellent course for those interested in the past, present and future of the Asia-Pacific Region. Geology Geography 214 (3) Our Atmospheric Environment (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Geography 114 or permission of the instructor This course will provide an intermediate understanding of the processes at work in our atmospheric environment. Broad topics to be covered are atmospheric energy, moisture, and winds. These concepts will be applied to phenomena such as urban climates and air pollution at the small scale, weather and forecasting at the intermediate scale, and climate change, ozone depletion, and El Nino/Southern Oscillation on a global scale. This course will involve lectures, labs, and field work. Geography 221 (3) Map and Airphoto Interpretation (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least one other Geography course This is a second year course which is essential for those considering Geography as a major and is also appropriate for those who intend to pursue careers in Geography, Forestry, Mining, Cartography, and the numerous other areas that use maps and airphotos. This course combines lectures and labs that cover the basics of map reading and interpretation, map making, aerial photography, and remote sensing of the human and physical landscape. Instructional Faculty D.J.A. ATHAIDE, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc. (UBC), Prof. Teacher's Cert. (B.C.) A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc. (UBC), Prof. Teacher's Cert. (B.C.) General Information Geology courses are designed for students planning a university degree program in the geological sciences or in the arts, humanities, social sciences or engineering. Geology 110 and 111 are especially appropriate for students in need of a laboratory science. They provide an understanding of the origin, structure, composition and history of the earth. Courses include weekly laboratory investigations and several field trips, both local and distant (overnight). Lab tuition fees are included in the course fee; however, students must purchase a lab manual and testing kit, and share some field trip costs. University Transfer Credit All geology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the B.C. Transfer Guide. Geological Sciences (including Geophysics, Geochemistry, Environmental Studies and other earth sciences) FIRST YEAR ONLY Geology 110/111 Physics 108/111 or 110/111 or 114/115 Chemistry 108/109 or 110/111 Math 110/111 English (six credits) Course Descriptions Geology 110 (3) Physical Geology (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: None. However, experience in secondary level chemistry and physics will contribute greatly to mastering physical geology. This course views the earth as a heat engine which continuously recycles air, water and solid earth materials. It examines how nature's recycling of these materials results in both the origin and the eventual transformation of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks. Next, it investigates how lithospheric plates interact with each other and with external recycling (atmospheric and hydrospheric cycles). Finally it considers ways people may best adapt to these ever-changing earth-environments and act as stewards of earth's environments and resources. Academic — Geography/Geology 113 German Geology 111 (3) Historical Geology (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Geology 110 or equivalent. First examined are methods geologists use to deduce the origin, age and evolution of earth and its life. Then, using these methods, the course investigates how earth's lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere evolved before giving rise to life, and how ever since, life has interacted with land, water and air. Then we examine the origin and growth of our "home" continent and adjacent ocean basins. Finally we study in more detail the processes and events that shaped (and are still shaping) our immediate environment. Uses and abuses of earth resources and environments since the arrival of human beings will form part of our study. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. Instructional Faculty B. HANKIN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Wash.) B. PIRES-STADLER, Teach. Dip. (Zurich) M.A. (SFU) Instructional Associate R. FREIBERG, B.Ed. (Gottingen University, West-Germany) General Information NOTE: All courses in German include five and 3/4 hours of instruction per week, made up of four hours of lectures; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. Native speakers of German who wish to take a first or second-year German course must consult with the German instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the department prior to enrollment. Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. University Transfer Credit All German courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. SFU: Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue further courses in German are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Transfer and course challenge credit in German will be given at SFU for Capilano College German courses to a total of 11 semester hours. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. UBC: In the case of UBC, present equivalent standards provide transfer credit on the following basis: Academic — Geology/German 114 Capilano College UBC German 100 and 101 (3 credits each) German 200 and 201 (3 credits each) 100 (3) 200 (3) History The student wishing to major in German fulfills department requirements with German 310, which may be taken in the second year if student has first class standing in German 200 or third year by permission of the department. Course Descriptions German 100 (3) Beginning German (4,1.75,0) (F) A comprehensive introduction to the German language: comprehension and speaking are reinforced through reading and writing. Films, tapes, games, field trips, etc. help develop an awareness of the cultures of the Germanspeaking countries. German 101 (3) Beginning German (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: German 100 (minimum Grade C) or its equivalent with written permission of the instructor. This course is a continuation of German 100 and must be taken in order to realize First Year level college/university German. German 101 should be taken whenever possible, in the term following German 100. German 200 (3) Intermediate German (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: German 101 (minimum Grade C), Grade 11 or 12 German or the equivalent with written permission of the instructor. Placement tests are available. German 200 reviews basic German grammar and usage, and introduces students to modern German short stories by such authors as Kafka, Brecht and Boll. It aims through the discussion of the cultures and concerns of the German-speaking peoples to increase the ability to communicate in the fullest sense of the term. German 201 (3) Intermediate German (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: German 200 (minimum Grade C), German 12 (or its equivalent with written permission of the instructor.) Placement tests are available. Continues the review and development of German language skills at the Intermediate level. Together with German 200 it completes the requirements for the Second Year of college/university German. Instructional Faculty R. CAMPBELL, B.A. (California), M.A. (UBC) R. FUHR, B.A. (UBC) M.A. (McGill) H. JONES, B.A., M.A. (UBC) M. LEGATES, B.A. (Washington), M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. (Yale) General Information History teaches an understanding of the past that helps people cope with the present and suggests possibilities for the future. Critical thinking and analysis form the core of this discipline and are essential skills in a rapidly changing society. Students planning to major in History should have at least four history courses at the College. These can be ANY four courses. An intended major should also have a broad sampling of courses in the Social Sciences and Humanities. Students planning to major in history at SFU should take six history courses in the first two years. For UBC the requirement is four history courses. Students planning to take honours should acquire a reading knowledge of an appropriate non-English language. University Transfer Credit All History courses at Capilano (including Women's Studies 220) transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions History 100 (3) History of the Ancient World (4,0,0) (F) The origins of civilization in Egypt and Mesopotamia, the civilizations of Ancient Greece and Rome, the origins and development of Judaism and the early Christian Church. History 102 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Europe from the Reformation to the French Revolution A survey of European history beginning with the 16th c. Protestant Reformation and including absolutism, the scientific revolution, the Enlightenment, the old regime and the French Revolution. History 103 (3) Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries (4,0,0) (S) Topics include the Industrial Revolution, the rise of political ideologies, nationalism and imperialism, the Russian Revolution, the two world wars, and the interwar period. History 108 (3) Issues and Themes in U.S. History (4,0,0) (F) American history from 1607 to 1877 including analysis of Academic — German/History 115 social and political developments from early settlement through the Civil War era. Emphasis is placed on the development of an "American" culture, with appropriate comparisons to the development of Canada. History 109 (3) Issues and Themes in U.S. History (4,0,0) (S) U.S. history from 1865 to the present. A study of the development of America as a world power after the Civil War. Special emphasis is given to "American" culture, and appropriate comparisons are made with Canada. History 110 (3) Canada Before Confederation (4,0,0) (F,S) A study of New France and British North America. Special emphasis is placed on issues and ideas which have been significant in the creation of Canada and, in particular, the making of Canadian society in pre-Confederation years. History 111 (3) Canada Since Confederation (4,0,0) (F,S) The development of Canada since 1867. In particular we discuss the issues that affect most Canadians: relations with the United States, prosperity and poverty, and the making of a Canadian "culture". By the end of the course students should have not only a better understanding of this country's past, but also what makes Canada unique. History 205 (3) British Columbia (4,0,0) (F) From the first contact between natives and whites in the 18th century to the present, this course analyses the main issues that have affected British Columbians. It also examines some aspects of the development of the North Shore. History 207 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Europe in the Middle Ages and Renaissance This course covers a colourful and creative period in European history from the 3rd to the 15th century. Topics include the late Roman Empire and rise of Christianity, monasticism and the church, feudal society and politics, the rise of towns, the crusades, the Black Death, and the art, culture and society of Renaissance Italy. History 208 (3) Canadian-American Relations (4,0,0) (S) This course examines the major events and themes that have shaped the Canadian-American relationship. From the American Revolution, the war that ultimately created both countries, to recent years, we analyse the influence that the United States has had on Canada. Academic — History 116 History 209 (3) (4,0,0) (S) History of the Native Peoples of Canada Using ethnohistorical approaches, this course examines the history of Canadian Indian, Inuit and Metis peoples. It gives particular emphasis to the attitudes, practices, policies and experiences that have shaped native-white relations and affected native peoples from 1450 to the present. Women's Studies 220 (3) Women & the Past: A Historical Survey (4,0,0) See Women's Studies section for course description. • Japanese Instructional Faculty NORIKO OMAE, BA., M.A., Teaching Certificates (Osaka University of Foreign Studies), M.Phil. (U. of Exeter) Instructional Associate M. NAKATA, B.A. (Hons.) (McGill); M.A. (UBC) University Transfer Credit For details, consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. Course Descriptions Japanese 100 (3) First Year Japanese (4,2,0) (F) A comprehensive introduction to the Japanese language through the study of vocabulary, grammar and culture. Emphasis is placed on aural comprehension in the earlier stage, in order to prepare students to speak the language. The Japanese writing system will also be introduced. Japanese 101 (3) First Year Japanese Japanese 200 (3) Second Year Japanese (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Japanese 101 or permission from instructor. A course to provide students with communicative skills at an advanced beginner's level of Japanese. Students will acquire the ability to understand and speak in various situations on a variety of everyday topics, and also to read adapted texts and write with coherency. The cultural aspect of the language is an integral part of the course. (Not offered 94/95) Japanese 201 (3) Second Year Japanese (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Japanese 200 or instructor's permission. Skills at an advanced beginner's - intermediate level. Students will acquire proficiency in situational and thematic speaking and writing, and also in understanding and reading partly adapted spoken and written Japanese. This course will prepare students to deal with unadapted Japanese in continuing courses of study. (Not offered 94/95) (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Japanese 100 or permission from instructor. Students will learn to comprehend simple discourse, simplified texts, speak in a variety of situations, write simple sentences, and understand cultural differences. Academic —Japanese 117 Jazz Studies Contact Person: Rob McKenzie, Internal Coordinator, Office H123, Mike Reveley, External Coordinator, Office C124, Phone 984-4951. Instructional Faculty F. ARDIEL, B.A. (SFU) M. BLACK R. DOYLE D. DUKE, B.Mus. (UBC), M.A. (U. of North Carolina), Ph.D. (UVic) L. FALLS, A.R.C.T. (Toronto), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) K. GALLOWAY J. GEE, B.Mus., M.A. (UBC) S. GUNN C. HANNEY, B.Mus. (UBC) A. HAWIRKO L. KAARIO, B.Mus. (UBC), M.Mus. (W.Wash.) N. KOLESNIKOV, B.A. (Gnessin's Musical College) I. KUKURUDZA R. MAROIS, B.Mus. (Laval) A. MCINTYRE, B.Mus. (UBC) R. MCKENZIE, B.Mus. (UBC), M.Mus. (UBC), Coordinator G. MCNAB, B.Mus. (UBC), M.Mus. (UBC) C. NELSON K. MOORE, B.Mus. (UBC) P. OLFREY, B.Mus. (U. Manitoba), M. Mus. (Ithaca) T. OXBOL, Dip. (Copenhagen) M. REVELEY, B.Mus. (UBC), Coordinator, Diploma (Berklee School of Music) P. SCHREIBER, B.Mus. (UBC) J.SCOTT J. STAFFORD B. TURNER, B. Mus (W. Wash.), M.Mus. (N. Texas) A. WOLD, B.Mus. (UBC), A.R.C.T. (Toronto) General Information Capilano College offers four music programs: a two year Diploma in Jazz Studies, a two year Bachelor of Music Transfer Program, and four year Degrees in Jazz Studies and Music Therapy. The degree programs are offered in co-operation with the Open Learning Agency (OLA) with degrees granted by the OLA's Open University. For more information see sections on Music Therapy Program and Bachelor of Music Transfer Program. traditional music, and general academic electives to provide an enriched education at the degree level. It is an attractive option for those who wish to pursue music as a career and for those who wish to continue their musical development as part of a liberal arts education before pursuing other careers. Majors in Vocal Performance, Instrumental Performance, Arranging/Composition, and General Studies with an education stream. Facilities As recording experience has become an essential part of today's musical training, the Jazz Studies Program has now integrated multi-track recording into the curriculum. Vocal, instrumental, and arranging/composition students all make extensive use of our multi-track facilities. Composition and arranging students will work with electronic instruments in our Midi Studio. A computer lab is available to students for supplemental help in ear training, sight reading, and other basic music skills. Faculty The Jazz Studies program prides itself in the number and quality of specialized faculty it has on staff. Most instructors are also top professional musicians who bring extensive practical experience to their classes. Admission Procedure AH applicants must: 1) Comply with General Admission Requirements of Capilano College. 2) Write a theory placement test and take an aural placement exam. 3) Play an audition on their major instrument. In the case of students transferring from other institutions, a piano proficiency exam may be required. 4) Participate in an interview with the Jazz Studies Coordinator or a Jazz Studies instructor. For admission into the Jazz Studies program at the thirdyear level or beyond or for continuation within the program into the third year, students must comply with the Specific Admission Requirements for Academic Studies. Career Opportunities Admission Requirements The two year Diploma program is intended to provide its students with the basic skills necessary to develop careers as self-employed professionals in the contemporary music industry. Entering students are expected to demonstrate knowledge of the rudiments of music and a level of performance on their major instrument that is acceptable to the faculty. The four year Degree program provides a curriculum which balances and integrates the instruction of jazz, Academic - Jazz Studies 118 Interviews, auditions and placement tests are held in February and May. Please call 984-4951 for an audition and interview appointment. competency according to our course requirements before transfer credit is approved. This applies particularly to students wishing to enter at the third year level. Auditions generally involve the presentation of two contrasting (in tempo and style) prepared pieces and the demonstration of technical (e.g. scales, arpeggios) and sight reading abilities. Since the Capilano program emphasizes Jazz Studies and most other Canadian Music degree programs provide a study of traditional music, block transfer of courses to other institutions is not available. Several individual courses have transfer status, however, and others have been accepted by institutions with similar offerings. Live audition and testing is preferred, but if you cannot attend in person it is possible to audition by cassette and write your theory placement test under local supervision. Contact the Jazz Studies Program for more details. Continuing students may pre-register during the month of April. Returning or new full-time students who have been accepted may register during May and between August 1 and 15. Part-time students may enroll during in person registration. Applicants should note the following dates: Feb. 24-25/94 Early Auditions for incoming students. May 2-6/94 Final round of auditions for incoming students. May 13/94 Letters of acceptance/rejection to incoming students. June 1/94 Fee deposit and registration deadline for incoming students. August 15/94 Deadline for final payment of all tuition and PMI fees. Audition Requirement With the exception of those continuing from the previous semester, all students - new, returning, or transfer - must audition as part of their entrance requirements. The auditioning instructor will make recommendations regarding acceptance, eligibility for basic ensembles, advanced placement, and remedial work. Students requesting transfer credit for private music instruction should bring this to the attention of the instructor so that the audition is administered at an appropriate level. Please note that all students are expected to have maintained a minimum of B- in all their concentration subjects (see Satisfactory Standing below). Further auditions are held for the College Singers, Jazz Choirs, Stage Band, Studio Vocal Performance Class, and Vocal Jazz Master Class. Acceptance into the program does not guarantee acceptance in these ensembles. It is the student's responsibility to sign up for these auditions. Transfer of Credit The Jazz Studies Program accepts credits from other postsecondary institutions if they are applicable and have suitable equivalency. Because of the wide variations that exist in approach and emphasis in various music programs, the Jazz Studies Program reserves the right to examine for Special Fees and Expenses The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) will be announced at least one month prior to the beginning of the Fall term. In 1993-94 the fees for P.M.I, were $400 for the Jazz Studies Program. Satisfactory Standing Students considered to be in "Satisfactory Standing" are entitled to pre-register in the next term of the program. A student who has not maintained a satisfactory standing in a program in any term may be denied permission to register in that program in a subsequent term, or be required to re-audition. To maintain satisfactory standing, all Jazz Studies students must be enrolled in a full-time course of study (at least 9 credit hours) that includes a reasonable number of courses specific to their major (normally 3) and must achieve a grade point average above 1.8. In addition, Jazz Studies Degree students in the following majors must achieve a minimum grade of B- in all courses specific to their major. These are: Arranging/Composition Concentration PMI (Composition) All required Theory courses Arranging I, II, III, IV Rhythm Section Writing Instrumental Performance Concentration PMI Improvisation I, II, III, IV All Small Ensembles All Large Instrumental Ensembles Vocal Performance Concentration PMI Vocal Improvisation I, II Vocal Master Class I, II Studio Vocal Performance I, II, III, IV Vocal Jazz Master Class I, II, III, IV All Vocal Ensembles Academic — Jazz Studies 119 "C" grades (C-, C, C+) in these courses can only be applied for credit toward the Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies with the permission of the Jazz Studies Grades Appeals Committee. When unusual circumstances have resulted in lower than expected grades in a student's first semester of a continuing course, instructors may recommend to the Committee that the student be given probationary acceptance into next semester of the course. If the student fails to achieve a minimum of B - in the next level of the course, no credit for either course can be applied toward the degree. The grade of D in a course, although a minimal pass, is not sufficient to fulfill prerequisite requirements. Students should refer to the section on academic performance in the college calendar for further information on "Academic Probation". THIRD TERM Jazz 203 Jazz 214 Jazz 284 Ensemble PMI Jazz 171 Jazz/Music Jazz Theory & Composition II Class Piano III Sightsinging/Ear Training III 3rd term level 300 level History of Popular Music Electives FOURTH TERM Jazz Theory & Composition III Jazz 204 Class Piano IV Jazz 215 Sightsinging/Ear TraininglV Jazz 285 Ensemble 4th term level 400 level PMI Comm. Relations Jazz 460 Electives Jazz/Music 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.0 2.0 1.5 11.5 Graduation Requirements Jazz Studies Electives Two Year Diploma: Students must complete all courses outlined under "Program Content" to receive a Diploma. These include all of the core curriculum courses plus twelve elective credits selected from the Jazz Music electives in consultation with the coordinator, for a total of 49 credits. Upon demonstration of sufficient piano skills a student may be given a course exemption from, or advanced placement in, Class Piano. Program Content Credits 3.0 1.0 1.5 1.0 2.0 1.5 3XJ 13.0 FIRSTTERM Jazz 103 Jazz 114 Jazz 184 Ensemble PMI Jazz 170 Jazz/Music The Language of Music Class Piano I Sightsinging/Ear Training I 1st term level 100 level History of Jazz Electives SECOND TERM Jazz 106 Jazz 107 Jazz 115 Jazz 185 Ensemble PMI Jazz 105 Jazz/Music Traditional Harmony & Composition Jazz Theory & Composition I Class Piano II Sightsinging/Ear training II 2nd term level 200 level Rhythm Section Writing Electives Academic—Jazz Studies 120 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.0 2.0 1.5 3XJ 11.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.0 2.0 1.5 3TJ 13.0 Instrumental Performance Improvisation Jazz 282,283, 382,383 Jazz 194,195, Small Ensemble 294, 295 Vocal Performance Jazz 136,137 Jazz 236, 237, 336, 337 Jazz 238,239, 338,339 Jazz 380,381 1.5 Vocal Master Class 1.0 Studio Vocal Performance 1.5 Vocal Jazz Master Class 1.5 Vocal Improvisation 1.5 Arranging/Composition Arranging Jazz 172, 272, 372,472 Midi Rhythm Section Jazz 205 Intro to Midi and Synthesis Jazz 209 Music Production Jazz 208 Song Writing Jazz 270 General Music Jazz 410, 411 Jazz 370 Jazz 310 Jazz 240 Jazz 241 1.5 Conducting Jazz Styles Jazz Pedagogy Form and Analysis Counterpoint *Note some courses are not available every year. 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Graduation Requirements Four Year Degree Students must complete all courses outlined in one of the following major areas of study to be eligible for the Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies degree from the B.C. Open University. These major areas of study all include Jazz or Music electives which should be chosen in consultation with the Coordinator of the program. Upon the demonstration of sufficient piano skills a student may replace up to four credit hours of class piano with other music or general education electives. Major in Vocal Performance FIRST YEAR Fall Term Credits Large Ensemble PMI 100 level Jazz 114 Class Piano I Jazz 103 The Language of Music Jazz 184 Sightsinging/Ear Training I Jazz 136 Vocal Master Class I History I MUS 120 •English 100 or 102 1.0 2.0 1.0 3.0 1.5 1.0 3.0 3J) 15.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 200 level Jazz 115 Class Piano II Jazz 106 Traditional Harmony & Composition Jazz 107 Jazz Theory & Composition I Jazz 185 Sightsinging/Ear Training II Jazz 137 Vocal Master Class II Jazz 170 History of Jazz Jazz 105 Rhythm Section Writing •English 103,104, 105 or 106 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 3,0 15.5 SECOND YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 300 level Jazz 214 Jazz 203 Jazz 240 Jazz 284 Jazz 238 Jazz 236 *GE Elective Class Piano III Jazz Theory & Composition II Form and Analysis Sightsinging/Ear Training III Vocal Jazz Master Class I Studio Vocal Performance I 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3J) Jazz 204 Jazz 241 Jazz 285 Jazz 239 Jazz 237 *GE Elective Jazz Theory & Composition III Counterpoint Sightsinging/Ear Training IV Vocal Jazz Master Class II Studio Vocal Performance II THIRD YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 500 level Jazz 338 Vocal Jazz Master Class III Jazz 336 Studio Vocal Performance III Jazz 300 Theory V Jazz 370 Jazz Styles History III **MUS 220 *GE Elective Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 600 level Jazz 339 Vocal Jazz Master Class IV Jazz 337 Studio Vocal Performance IV Jazz 310 Jazz Pedagogy "MUS 221 History IV Jazz 172 Arranging I *GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 3fi 16.0 FOURTH YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 700 level Jazz 380 Vocal Improvisation I Jazz 410 Conducting I Jazz 272 Arranging II Jazz/Music Electives *GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 3£ 14.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 800 level Jazz 381 Vocal Improvisation II Jazz 411 Conducting II Jazz 460 Commercial Relations Jazz/Music Electives *GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 3j) 14.5 Total Credits 122.5 Spring Term 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 17.5 14.5 Large Ensemble PMI 400 level Jazz 215 Class Piano IV 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3j) 14.5 * General Education Requirements "Students must complete MUS 120 plus any two of MUS 121, 220, 221 to fulfill their traditional Music History requirement. Academic—Jazz Studies 121 Major in Instrumental Performance FIRST YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 100 level Jazz 114 Class Piano I Jazz 103 The Language of Music Jazz 184 Sightsinging/Ear Training I Jazz 194 Small Ensemble I MUS 120 History I •English 100 or 102 Credits 1.0 2.0 1.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 3j) 16.0 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 200 level Jazz 115 Class Piano II Jazz 106 Traditional Harmony & Composition Jazz 107 Jazz Theory & Composition I Jazz 170 History of Jazz Jazz 185 Sightsinging/EarTraining II Jazz 195 Small Ensemble II Jazz 105 Rhythm Section Writing •English 103,104,105 or 106 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3£ 16.0 SECOND YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 300 level Jazz 214 Class Piano III Jazz 203 Jazz Theory & Composition II Jazz 240 Form and Analysis Jazz 284 Sightsinging/Ear Training III Jazz 282 Improvisation I Jazz 294 Small Ensemble III *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3J) 14.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 400 level Jazz 215 Class Piano IV Jazz 204 Jazz Theory & Composition III Jazz 241 Counterpoint Jazz 285 Sightsinging/Ear Training IV Jazz 283 Improvisation II Jazz 295 Small Ensemble IV •GE Elective Academic—Jazz 122 Studies 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3£ 14.5 THIRD YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 500 level Jazz 394 Small Ensemble V Jazz 382 Improvisation III ••MUS 220 History III Jazz 300 Theory V Jazz 370 Jazz Styles •GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 3J) 17.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 600 level Jazz 395 Small Ensemble VI Jazz 383 Improvisation IV Jazz 310 Jazz Pedagogy **MUS 221 History IV Jazz 172 Arranging I *GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 3J) 16.0 FOURTH YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 700 level Jazz 410 Conducting I Jazz 272 Arranging II Jazz/Music Electives •GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 4.5 3£ 14.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 800 level Jazz 460 Commercial Relations Jazz 411 Conducting II Jazz/Music Electives •GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 4.5 3J) 14.5 Total Credits 123.5 * General Education Requirements ••Students must complete MUS 120 plus any two of MUS 121, 220,221 to fulfill their traditional Music History requirement. Major in Arranging/Composition FIRST YEAR Fall Term Credits Large Ensemble PMI 100 level Jazz 114 Class Piano I Jazz 103 The Language of Music Jazz 184 Sightsinging/Ear Training I ***Jazz 194 Small Ensemble I MUS 120 History I Jazz 209 Intro to Midi •English 100 or 102 1.0 2.0 1.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 17.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 200 level Jazz 115 Class Piano II Jazz 106 Traditional Harmony & Composition Jazz 107 Jazz Theory & Composition I Jazz 185 Sightsinging/Ear Training II Jazz 195 Small Ensemble II Jazz 105 Rhythm Section Writing Jazz 170 History of Jazz •English 103,104,105 or 106 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3,0 16.0 SECOND YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 300 level Jazz 214 Class Piano III Jazz 203 Jazz Theory & Composition II Jazz 240 Form and Analysis Jazz 284 Sightsinging/Ear Training III Jazz 282 Improvisation I Jazz 294 Small Ensemble III Jazz 205 Midi Rhythm Section *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3XJ 16.0 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 400 level Jazz 215 Class Piano IV Jazz 204 Jazz Theory & Composition III Jazz 241 Counterpoint Jazz 285 Sightsinging/Ear Training IV Jazz 283 Improvisation II Jazz 172 Arranging I Jazz 295 Small Ensemble IV *GE Elective • 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 16.0 THIRD YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI Composition Jazz 300 Theory V Jazz 370 Jazz Styles Jazz 272 Arranging II **MUS 220 History III ****Jazz/Music Elective *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 M 16.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI Composition II Jazz 310 Jazz Pedagogy Jazz 372 Arranging III Jazz 208 Music Production **MUS 221 History IV """Jazz/Music Elective *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 M 15.0 FOURTH YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI Composition III Jazz 410 Conducting I Jazz 472 Arranging IV ****Jazz/Music Electives *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 4.5 3J) 13.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI Composition IV Jazz 460 Commercial Relations Jazz 411 Conducting II ****Jazz/Music Electives *GE Elective 1-0 2.0 1.5 1.5 4.5 M 13.5 Total Credits 124 •General Education Requirements '"Students must complete MUS 120 plus any two of MUS 121, 220, 221 to fulfill their traditional History requirement. ***Vocalists may fulfill their small ensemble requirements through enrolment in Vocal Master Class, Studio Vocal Performance, or Vocal Jazz Master Class. ****Arr/Comp students are expected to complete the equivalent of 6th term PMI on their principal instrument before graduation. This can be done either through completion of 4 terms of secondary PMI and a jury at a 600-level concentration or through completion of concentration PMI at the 500 and 600 level. Academic—Jazz Studies 123 Major in General Studies FIRST YEAR Fall Term THIRD YEAR Credits Large Ensemble PMI 100 level Jazz 103 The Language of Music Jazz 114 Class Piano I Sightsinging/Ear Training I Jazz 184 •••Jazz 194 Small Ensemble I History I Mus 120 •English 100 or 102 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 16.0 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 200 level Jazz 105 Rhythm Section Writing Jazz 106 Traditional Harmony & Composition Jazz 107 Jazz Theory & Composition I Class Piano II Jazz 115 History of Jazz Jazz 170 Jazz 185 Sightsinging/Ear Training II Jazz 195 Small Ensemble •English 103,104,105 or 106 SECOND YEAR Fall Term Credits Large Ensemble PMI 300 Level Jazz Theory & Composition II Jazz 203 Jazz 214 Class Piano III Form and Analysis Jazz 240 Jazz 282 Improvisation I Jazz 284 Sightsinging/Ear Training III Jazz 294 Small Ensemble III *GE Elective **** Music or Non-Music Electives Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 400 level Jazz Theory & Composition III Jazz 204 Jazz 215 Class Piano IV Counterpoint Jazz 241 Jazz 283 Improvisation II Sightsinging/Ear Training IV Jazz 285 Small Ensemble IV Jazz 295 •GE Elective ****Music or Non-Music Electives Academic—Jazz 124 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 10 16.0 Studies 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 3£ 17.5 Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 500 level »• Mus 220 History III Jazz 370 Jazz Styles *GE Elective ••••Jazz/Music Electives Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 600 level ** Mus 221 History IV Jazz 172 Arranging I •GE Elective Jazz/Music Electives 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 M 13.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 M 13.5 FOURTH YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 700 level Jazz 410 Conducting I Jazz 272 Arranging II Jazz 300 Theory V *GE Elective Music or Non-Music electives Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 800 level Jazz 310 Jazz Pedagogy Jazz 411 Conducting II Jazz/Music Electives *GE Elective Music or Non-Music Electives 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 3£ 15.0 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 3i) 15.0 124.0 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 3X) 17.5 Total Credits •General Education Requirements ••Students must complete MUS 120 plus any two of MUS 121,220, 221 to fulfill their traditional Music History requirements. •••Vocalists will fulfill the small ensemble and improvisation requirements through completion of Vocal Master Class, Studio Vocal Performance, and Vocal Jazz Master Class as outlined in the first two years of the Vocal Performance Program. Since the first two years of vocal requirements are one credit less than the instrumental requirements, the number of credits required for graduation is reduced by one for students with a vocal concentration. • """Music or Non-Music Electives: General program students may fulfill these requirements through any general, Jazz, Music OR Music Education elective acceptable to the program. *****Jazz/Music Electives: at least 6 credits must be numbered 300 level or above to fulfill graduation requirements. Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 800 Jazz 411 Conducting II Jazz 144 Class Brass and Percussion Jazz 310 Jazz Pedagogy Gen. Elective Major in General Studies - Education Stream Students wishing to enter a faculty of education for teacher certification upon completion of their degree should complete the first two years of the General Program in Jazz Studies with either a vocal or instrumental concentration. It is advisable to complete a minor in a secondary teaching area as this greatly increases employment opportunities. Before registering in the first term, students should consult with the appropriate education faculty about their geneneral electives. Students may have to take 18 credits of of upper level courses at another institution to acquire a teachable minor. If necessary six (6) credits of general electives may be substituted for the history survey (Music 120), Jazz 170 and Jazz 105 during the first year; these required courses may then be taken in the second year as the Music/Non Music electives. THIRD YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 500 Music 210 Class Woodwinds MUED 106* Music Curricula Jazz 370 Jazz Styles **Music220 History III Gen. Elective Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 600 Music 211 Class Woodwinds Jazz 172 Arranging I **Music220 History IV Gen. Elective 1.0 2.0 1.5 2.0 1.5 3.0 3X) 14.0 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 6.0 15.0 FOURTH YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 700 Jazz 410 Conducting I Jazz 272 Arranging II Jazz 300 Theory V Jazz 143 Class Brass and Percussion MUED*302 Instrumental/Choral Techniques Gen. Elective 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 4.0 3_TJ 17.5 Total Credits 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 6.0 13.5 127.0 *Either MUED 302 or 303 can fulfill this requirement. These courses are currently not available at Capilano College, and would have to be taken at UBC. Substitution may occur on advisement by UBC Music Education. "Students must complete MUS 120 plus any two of MUS 121, 220, 221 to fulfill their traditional Music History requirements. Secondary Music Teaching Instrumentalists in the Education Stream who wish to enter secondary music teaching should include at least one year of a Vocal Ensemble and one year of secondary Private Music Instruction (PMI) in voice in their programs. Suitable Vocal Ensembles would include the Capilano College Community Choir, Capilano Singers, Jazz Choir, and Jazz Vocal Ensemble. Students whose major is a woodwind instrument may substitute secondary voice instruction for Class Woodwinds; brass majors may similarly substitute for Class Brass, and percussion majors for Class Percussion. Pianists may substitute secondary voice PMI for the four credits of Class Piano normally required for the degree. Bass and guitar majors may substitute two required semesters of Jazz Ensemble. Elementary Teaching Students interested in elementary teaching should be sure to include 3 credits of laboratory science, 3 credits of mathematics and 3 credits of history or geography. Of all general electives completed, 6 credits should be in Canadian studies. Academic Course Requirements *GeneraI Education Requirements English 100 or 102 and 103,104,105 or 106 Humanities Social Sciences Science/Math Elective 6.0 6.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 24.0 It is expected that all English requirements will be completed before entrance into the third year of the program. Academic—Jazz Studies 125 Those interested in pursuing teaching certification after graduation should consult with their coordinator or the Education department of the university they intend to enter. This will ensure that they select the appropriate general electives. Four semesters of Jazz Vocal Ensemble. ENSJ 306 series. Ensemble Requirements Major in General Studies Ensemble Requirements All large ensembles, regardless of the actual number of weekly hours of attendance required, have a "value" of one credit hour. Four semesters of traditional ensembles: These can be met by enrolment in the Capilano College Community Choir or Capilano Singers, or by participation in another approved ensemble. A semester profile requiring two credit hours of ensemble is met by enrollment in two separate ensembles. Students enrolled in the two year diploma program may meet their ensemble requirements through the completion of any four ensemble courses. First year vocal performance students in the degree program are expected to enroll in ENSM 100 and ENSM 101, and should consult with their private music instructor before enrolling in any other vocal ensembles Four semesters of Jazz ensemble: Including Stage Band (ENSJ 135), Jazz Choir (ENSJ 105) and Guitar/Bass Ensemble (ENSJ 220) at the 200 level or above. Course Descriptions Students enrolled in the four year Jazz Studies Degree Program are required to complete a combination of traditional and jazz ensembles to complete their requirements. For Music and Music Ensemble course descriptions, see the Music Transfer section of this Calendar. Arranging/Composition Ensemble Requirements ENSJ 105, 205, 305, 405 (1) Jazz Choir (by audition only) Four semesters of traditional ensembles and four semesters of jazz ensembles. Instrumental Performance Ensemble Requirements Four semesters of traditional ensembles: These can be met by enrolment in the Capilano College Community Choir or Capilano Singers, or by participation in another approved community ensemble. Eight semesters of jazz ensemble: Including: Stage Band (ENSJ 135), Jazz Choir (ENSJ 105) and second year Guitar/Bass Ensemble (ENSJ 220) at the 200 level and above. (Note the Guitar/Bass Ensemble 1/II, while a prerequisite,, is not acceptable for large ensemble credit in the degree program). Piano, guitar and bass performance majors can sometimes substitute other courses to complete their ensemble requirements. This is done through special arrangement with the co-ordinator of the program. Percussion students are expected to complete four semesters of traditional ensemble, four semesters of jazz ensemble, and eight semesters of percussion ensemble. Vocal Performance Ensemble Requirements Four semesters of concert choir: Capilano College Community Choir or the Capilano Singers. ENSM. 100 series section 1 or 2. Four semesters of jazz choir: Nite Cap or Capital Jazz. ENSJ 105 series section 1 or 2. Rehearsal and performance in one of Capilano College's Jazz Choirs. Students will be auditioned during the first week of classes. The intent of the class is to build group singing abilities in such areas as phrasing, blending and intonation. *Performances are a mandatory part of the course. ENSJ 120 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble I (3,0,0) (F) Performance in guitar/bass ensemble for the development of sight reading and phrasing skills. Emphasis will be on single-note reading in all areas of the neck. This course is not available for credit in the Degree program. ENSJ 135, 235, 335, 435 (1) Jazz Ensemble (by audition only) 126 Studies (3,0,*) (F) Participation in the Capilano College large Jazz/Rock Ensemble for development of phrasing and sight reading skills. *Performances are a mandatory part of the course. ENSJ 140, 240, 340, 440 Percussion Ensemble (1) (4,0,*) (F) An ensemble comprised exclusively of percussion instruments of both definite and indefinite pitch. Students will develop their sight reading and interpretive skills. *Performances are a mandatory part of the course. ENSJ 155, 255, 355, 455 Jazz Choir (1) A continuation of Jazz Choir. Academic—Jazz (3,0,*) (F) (3,0,0) (S) ENSJ 170 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble II (3,0,0) (S) Jazz Studies 106 (1.5) Traditional Harmony and Composition (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENSJ 120, with more emphasis on complex rhythms. Prerequisite: Jazz 103 or equivalent Corequisite: Jazz 107 ENSJ 185, 285, 385, 485 Jazz Ensemble A study of traditional principles of voice leading with harmonic vocabulary extending to the secondary dominant, and bll aug. 6th and including tonicization, simple modulation and pivot chords. Binary and ternary forms will be introduced. (1) (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz Ensemble. ENSJ 190, 290, 390, 490 Percussion Ensemble (1) (4,0,0) (S) Jazz Studies 107 (1.5) Jazz Theory and Composition I A continuation of Percussion Ensemble. ENSJ 220, 320 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble lll/V (3,0,0) (F) (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 103 or equivalent Corequisite: Jazz 106 A performance ensemble comprised primarily of bassists and guitarists. Students will develop their sight reading and interpretive skills. An introduction to jazz theory including: chord scales, extended chords, functional analysis of chord progression, primary and secondary root motion, and analysis and composition of music in the style of jazz standards and the blues. ENSJ 270, 370 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble IV/VI Jazz Studies 114 Class Piano I Prerequisite: ENSJ 170 or audition (3,0,0) (S) (2,0,0)(F,S) This course includes performance of various styles of a cappella and accompanied vocal ensemble repertoire with an emphasis on jazz literature and small group performance i.e. one singer per part. Jazz Studies 103 (3) The Language of Music (4,0,0) (F) Corequisites: Jazz 184 (or MUS 112) and Jazz 114 An examination of the basics of tonal music including the study of the overtone series, intervals, scales, modes, chord symbols, figured bass, roman numeral analysis, melodic inharmonics, phrase structure, diatonic triads and voice leading. Jazz Studies 105 (1.5) Rhythm Section Writing (2,2,0) (F) Corequisite: Jazz 103 A continuation of ENSJ 220/320. ENSJ 306, 356, 406, 456 (1) Jazz Vocal Ensemble by audition only (1) (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: jazz 103 Students will undertake the study of score preparation, notation, basic musical terms and articulations, and writing for the rhythm section instruments. This course is designed for students who wish to learn basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practice on the department's pianos. Jazz Studies 115 Class Piano II (1) (2,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 114 Corequisite: Jazz 106 and 107 A continuation of Jazz 114. In addition, keyboard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. Jazz Studies 136 (1) Vocal Master Class I by audition only (2,0,0) (F) An introductory course intended to develop the student's solo vocal performance capabilities through exploration of various popular and jazz musical styles. Material is prepared for performance with a keyboard accompanist. This class is open to students not majoring in Voice. Vocalists who are judged to be at a sufficiently advanced level at their audition may substitute music electives for this course. Successful completion does not guarantee acceptance into higher level vocal courses. Academic—Jazz Studies 127 Jazz Studies 137 (1) Vocal Master Class II (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz 136. (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots in Africa to the present. Jazz Studies 171 (1.5) History of Popular Music (2,0,0) (F) (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 103, to be taken with or after Jazz 107 and Jazz 105. A study of four-part block harmonization arranging techniques. Jazz Studies 184 (1.5) Sightsinging/Ear Training I (2,2,0) (F) Corequisite: Jazz 103 Aural and sight training concentrating on melodic, rhythmic dictation and sightsinging. Jazz Studies 185 (1.5) Sightsinging/Ear Training II Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of popular chord progression, modal harmony, mixed mode chord progression, augmented 6th chords, tonicization, chord scales/harmonic extensions. Jazz Studies 204 (1.5) Jazz Theory & Composition III (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 203 A survey of popular and rock music styles of the 20th century. Jazz Studies 172 Arranging I (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Jazz 106 and 107 or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Jazz 136 Jazz Studies 170 History of Jazz Jazz Studies 203 (1.5) Jazz Theory & Composition II (2,2,0) (S) Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of modern jazz chord progression, organpoint, parallel harmony, 70s jazz theory of modal areas, modern voicing techniques, reharmonization. Jazz Studies 205 (1.5) Midi Rhythm Section Prerequisites: Jazz 105, Jazz 209, Jazz 107 Writing for modern synthesized rhythm section (drum machine, synthesizers, samplers) and an exploration of percussion instruments and their use in various musical styles. Jazz Studies 208 Music Production (1.5) A continuation of Jazz 184. (2,0,0) (S) A course designed to acquaint students with the role of the music producer and some of the technology used in music production. Jazz Studies 209 (1.5) Introduction to MIDI and Music Synthesis Corequisite: Jazz 106 and 107 (2,0,0) (F) (2,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: jazz 106,107, and 115 Jazz Studies 194 Small Ensemble I (1.5) (0,3,0) (F) For all instruments, requirements include several hours of rehearsal a week plus a number of performances. The styles studied are varied. Students are expected to develop individual and ensemble performance abilities and a professional attitude to both performance and rehearsal. Jazz Studies 195 Small Ensemble II (1.5) A continuation of Jazz 194. Academic - Jazz Studies 128 (0,3,0) (S) This course is designed to acquaint students with the basic principles of MIDI, synthesis, and computerized sequencing; students will learn the operation of drum machines, 4 track recorder, computer programs and synthesizers. Jazz Studies 214 Class Piano III (1) (2,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Jazz 115 For students who have taken Jazz 115 or have had previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced to common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as well as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight transfer and their musical application in simple repertoire. The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at the keyboard. Emphasis will be on developing the skills necessary to use the piano as a tool in writing and arranging. Jazz Studies 215 Class Piano IV (1) (2,2,0) (S) Jazz Studies 241 Counterpoint (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 240 and Jazz 203 A study of tonal counterpoint emphasizing its use from late Baroque through the common practise period. Prerequisite: Jazz 214 Jazz Studies 270 Song Writing A continuation of Jazz 214 with increased complexity of repertoire and technique. Prerequisite: Jazz 103 or permission of the instructor. Jazz Studies 236 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance! (2,0,0) (F) A course designed to develop the students studio performance ability through preparation and performance of selected solo and ensemble material in the college's recording studio. Jazz Studies 237 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance II (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 236 (2,0,0) (S) By audition only Prerequisite: Jazz 137 (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz 238. (1.5) Arranging projects for various combinations of instruments, plus a study of two and three-part writing. Jazz Studies 282 Improvisation I (1.5) (1,2,0) (F) A course to teach the basics of improvisation on chord changes. The first term will be devoted to rhythmic concepts, basic chord-scale relationships and development of technical exercises for basic chord progressions. (1.5) (1,2,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz 282. This term will be devoted to analysis of chord progressions and more advanced chordscale analysis. At the end of this term, students should have the basic theoretical knowledge necessary to analyze and learn to improvise on any "standard" jazz tune. Jazz Studies 284 (1.5) Sightsinging/Ear Training III Prerequisite: Jazz 238 Jazz Studies 240 Form and Analysis (2,0,0)(F) Prerequisite: Jazz 172 and Jazz 105 Corequisites: Jazz 203 Jazz Studies 283 Improvisation II This course is intended to develop the live performance abilities of the student through the study of jazz repertoire. Students will study style and interpretation and perform with some of Vancouver's top jazz musicians. Jazz Studies 239 Vocal Jazz Master Class II (1.5) Prerequisites: Jazz 107,115 and 185 A continuation of Jazz 236. Jazz Studies 238 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class I (2,2,0) (S) An investigation of the techniques and roles of lyrics and lyric writing for popular song styles. Jazz Studies 272 Arranging II By audition only (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Jazz 106 or MUS. 101 A study of complete works exhibiting the most significant formal designs of the 18th and 19th centuries, using a variety of visual means to clarify the roles of harmonic, melodic, and rhythmic structure in the articulation of musical form. (2,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Jazz 185 Corequisites: Jazz 203 A continuation of Jazz 185. Jazz Studies 285 (1.5) Sightsinging/Ear Training IV (2,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: jazz 284 Corequisites: jazz 204 A continuation of Jazz 284. Academic—Jan Studies 129 Jazz Studies 294 (1.5) Small Ensemble III by audition Prerequisite: Jazz 195 (0,3,0) (F) (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 338 A variety of jazz styles/eras will be studied, advancing chronologically from "bebop" and "mainstream" standards, through contemporary jazz of the 60s and 70s and jazz-rock fusion, to current jazz styles. Course operation is on two levels of study; instructional and lab performance. Jazz Studies 295 (1.5) Small Ensemble IV Jazz Studies 339 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class IV (0,3,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz 338. Jazz Studies 370 Jazz Styles (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Jazz 170 A follow up to Jazz 170. Detailed study of the major figures in jazz from 1940 to the present, such as Charlie Parker, John Coltrane, Bill Evans. Prerequisite: Jazz 294 Jazz Studies 372 Arranging III A continuation of Jazz 294. Jazz Studies 300 (3) 20th Century Theory (4,0,0) (F) A survey of compositional techniques and theoretical principles utilized from 1890 to present coupled with an examination of various major composers and masterpieces of their music. (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 204 Concepts, methods, and resources; examination and comparison of textbooks, recordings, tapes, and materials related to the study of jazz. Jazz Studies 336 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance III (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisites: Jazz 204, Jazz 272 A study of vocal writing styles and techniques. Prerequisites: Jazz 240, Jazz 204 Jazz Studies 310 Jazz Pedagogy (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Jazz Studies 380 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Vocal Improvisation I by audition Prerequisites: Jazz 204, 215, 284 A course intended to develop the soloistic abilities of the jazz singer through the study of improvisation. The linear, harmonic and rhythmic aspects of jazz improvisation are studied through analysis and performance of materials appropriate for vocalists. Jazz Studies 381 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Vocal Improvisation II Prerequisite: Jazz 380 A continuation of Vocal Improvisation I. Prerequisite: Jazz 237 Jazz Studies 382 Improvisation III A continuation of Jazz 237. Jazz Studies 337 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Studio Vocal Performance IV This course contains both a lecture and lab component. Content will include: substitution of chord scales, tonicization, diminished chord scales, riff blues melodies, analysis and composition of solos in various styles. A continuation of Jazz 336. (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Jazz 239 A continuation of Vocal Jazz Master Class II instruction with more emphasis on individual contribution and responsibility. Academic — Jazz Studies 130 (1,2,0)(F) Prerequisite: Jazz 283 Prerequisite: Jazz 336 Jazz Studies 338 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class III (1.5) Jazz Studies 383 Improvisation IV (1.5) d,2,0)(S) Prerequisite: Jazz 382 A continuation of Jazz 382. Content will include; altered and symmetrical scales, exploration of the harmonic resources of scales, pentatonic and altered pentatonic scales, 4th chord stacks, polychordal triad relationships, outside playing, the philosophy of free jazz. Jazz Studies 394 Small Ensemble V (1.5) (0,3,1) (F) Prerequisite: Jazz 295 At this level the student will receive instruction in ensemble performance for the recording studio. Students will perform and produce under supervision. Jazz Studies 395 (1.5) Small Ensemble VI (0,3,1) (S) A continuation of Jazz 394. (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) A course designed to permit the student to pursue indepth study of his/her own music specialty. The course consists of a series of one-hour lessons. PMI (Various Numbers) (1) Secondary Private Music Instruction (.5,0,0) (F,S) Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must receive written permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. PMI Lab Prerequisites: Jazz 204,215,240,285 A study of basic conducting techniques. Jazz Studies 411 Conducting II (1,0,0) (F,S) This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on the student's secondary instrument. Prerequisite: Jazz 394 Jazz Studies 410 Conducting I PMI (Various Numbers) (2) Concentration Private Music Instruction (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Jazz 410 A continuation of Conducting I with emphasis on vocal and instrumental approaches. Jazz Studies 460 (1.5) Commercial Relations in Music This lab involves attendance at a number of concerts and is intended to broaden the musical experience of students by exposing them to performances in a variety of jazz and popular styles. Attendance is mandatory for graduation in the Jazz Studies Program. Grades are based on attendance and may influence the PMI mark. Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must receive written permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. (2,0,0) (S) A course involving aspects of the music industry including copyright, contracts, performing rights organizations and the recording industry. Jazz Studies 472 Arranging IV (1.5) (2,0,0) Prerequisites: Jazz 272 Corequisite: Jazz 204 Course content includes: writing techniques for large jazz ensemble. Jazz Studies 494 (1.5) Small Ensemble VII (by audition only) (0,3,0) (F) A jazz performance ensemble for more advanced players. Students will be required to perform in public several times during the semester. Jazz Studies 495 (1.5) Small Ensemble VIII (0,3,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz 494. Academic—Jazz Studies 131 Kinesiology Kinesiology 143 (3) Exercise Management Instructional Faculty R. LANGILL, B.Sc., M. P.E. (UBC) An introduction to exercise management and exercise physiology; conditioning methods, exercise techniques and fitness appraisal. General Information The Capilano College Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education offers a complete first year university program in kinesiology, designed for students planning on transferring to Simon Fraser University for second year for completion of a major or a degree in the subject. For more information regarding the Kinesiology Program please contact Rob Langill, Pure and Applied Sciences Division, 986-1911, Local 2494. Admission In addition to satisfying the general admission requirements for the College (see "Admission" section in this calendar), students must apply for admission to the Kinesiology and Physical Education Program through the Office of the Registrar. This form should be received by the College before March 31. Enrollment will be limited to 35 students, and student selection will be made on the basis of academic record. Students who apply after March 31 risk having their admission denied due to lack of available spaces. First Year Program Biology 108 or 110 and 111 Chemistry 104/105 or 108/109 or 110/111 Kinesiology 142 Math 110/111 Physics 108 or 110 Suggested electives: Kinesiology 143 Physics 111 (required at SFU as part of the first two year's requirements) Course Descriptions Kinesiology 142 (3) Introduction to Kinesiology (4,2,0) (S) An introduction to the range of subject areas encompassed in the discipline of kinesiology,with basic assessment procedures for individual status and performance according to functional anatomy, biomechanics, exercise physiology, and motor learning principles. Academic — Kinesiology 132 (2,2,0) (F) For information on the Physical Education Program see Physical Education section. Labour Studies Contact: 984-4954 Instructional Faculty C. ASKEW, BA. (W. Ontario), LL.B. (UBC), Member of the B.C. Bar N. AMON, B.A. (Kent), M.A. (SFU) E. BEADLE Cert. (Ins. Ccl of B.C., Ins. Ccl of Wash) M. BOLTON, B.A., LL.B. (UBC), Member of the B.C. Bar P. BURTON, LL.B. (UBC), Member of the B.C. Bar V. COCHRAN, LL.B. (UBC), Member of the B.C. Bar S. DAVIS, B.A., LL.B. (Queen's), Member of the B.C. Bar E. DECKER, B.A. (McMaster) S. DIAMOND G. FIORILLO, LL.B . (UVic), Member of the B.C. Bar G. JAMIESON, B.A. (U. Winnipeg), LL.B. (U. Manitoba), LL.M. (UBC), Member of the B.C. Bar F. KENNEDY L. KUEHN, B.A., M.A. (Reed College) E. LAVALLE, B.Comm., LL.B. (UBC), M.A. (Duke) L. MCGRADY, B.A. (Toronto), LL.B. (Man.), Member of the B.C. Bar S. CDONNELL, B.A., M.A. (UBC) J. PATERSON, B.A. (UBC) J. PATTERSON, B.A., M.A., (York) LL.B. (UBC), Member of the B.C. Bar J. PRICE, B.A., M.A. (UBC) D. ROGERS, Diploma (BCIT) S. RUSH, Q.C., B.A. (W. Ontario), LL.B. (UBC), Member of the B.C. Bar S. SAUNDERS, B.A. (Windsor) J. SAYRE, B.A. (U. of Chicago), LL.B . (Toronto), Member of the B.C. Bar L. SPERLING, B.A. (Wisconsin) B. STRINGER, B.A. (SFU), R.N. (Regina), M.Sc. (McMaster) G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist (Faculty on leave) A. N. MACLEAN, B. A (Alta), LL.B. (UBC) B. MERRALL, (Diploma) Labour College of Canada General Information The Labour Studies Program is committed to meeting the special education needs of B.C. workers, their organizations and the labour movement in general. Close relations with the labour movement are maintained through the Users' Advisory Committee which is open to representatives of unions who use the program. This hard-working group of representatives actively engage in promoting and developing the program. Courses in Labour Studies are offered on both a credit and credit-free basis. The Fall program is offered in October and November and the Spring program in March through May. Each Fall and Spring special brochures describing the courses to be offered are issued. The brochures are available by contacting the Labour Studies Programme at 984-4954. Courses are scheduled in the evening and on selected Fridays, Saturdays and Sundays. Bursary The George North Chair was established by friends in memory of this outstanding member of the trade union movement. The award is available to assist with registration costs for union members or their family members who wish to attend courses in the Labour Studies Programme. Union members are first expected to seek sponsorship from their union if they are eligible, before seeking a Bursary. Course Descriptions LSP 100 (1.5) (F) Introduction to Economics for Trade Unionists An economics course emphasizing both the simplicity of most economic ideas, and the relevance of economics to an understanding of the way Canadian society operates. It focuses on the reasons why economists disagree about free trade, the role of government in the economy and the role of unions, and isolates the political nature of most economic arguments. Topics discussed include the workings of the market system, the idea of competition and the reality of monopoly power, the potential benefits and costs of "free trade", and the causes and consequences of inflation and employment. LSP 101 Labour Economics: Alternatives & Options (1.5) (S) This course builds on the material from LSP 100 to provide information on alternative economic models including Marxist economic theory. Discussion focuses on the development and nature of capitalist economics and the causes of short and long term economic crises. LSP 105 Corporate Financial Statement Analysis (1.5) (F,S) A general introduction to reading and understanding financial statements focusing on corporate income statements and balance sheets. There is discussion of concepts such as the definition of profit and investment return and how to determine the cost of employee benefits. LSP 109 Legal Research Skills (1.0) (F,S) This course provides students with a general understanding of the fundamental principles of legal research. Academic - Labour Studies 133 Students learn the basics of legal research by doing a series of specific research problems. The Labour Relations Board library is used by the participants to undertake hands-on research assignments. LSP 110 B.C. Labour Law (1.5)(F,S) A basic but comprehensive course designed to acquaint union members as well as officers and staff with the essentials of the provincial labour law. The course covers organizing, unfair labour practices, arbitration, strikes, lockouts and picketing, amongst other topics. The sessions include detailed examination of the Labour Relations Code, important Labour Relations Board decisions, as well as court decisions dealing with labour law issues. LSP 111 The Canada Labour Code (1-5) (F,S) A broad examination of the Code and decisions which affect unions under federal labour jurisdiction. Introduction of labour law research methods and their application. Emphasis is placed on the policy underlying the code and the creation and effect of the collective agreement. LSP 113 Public Service Staff Relations Act (PSSRA) (1-5) (F,S) A wide examination of the federal labour laws dealing specifically with the public sector worker and their impact. Emphasis on labour law research methods and their application, collective agreements, grievances and back-to-work legislation for "essential" service workers. LSP 115 Issues in Occupational Health and Safety (1-0) (F,S) A general background to and overview of the main social, medical, economic, technical and legal issues facing B.C. workers in the field of health and safety. Special attention is given to the Workers' Compensation Board. LSP 116 Workers' Compensation Act and the WCB (1-0) (F,S) The course provides a general understanding of the Workers' Compensation Act by the W.C.B. The statutory and administrative framework of the Workers' Compensation Board and all phases of claims handling are examined. Students are provided with information required to represent workers with compensation appeals with special emphasis on reviewing W.C.B. claim files, securing evidence, presenting the evidence by written submissions and at oral hearings. Academic - Labour Studies 134 LSP 117 Introduction to UIC Procedures (1.0) (F,S) The Unemployment Insurance Act is a basic part of Canada's "social safety net". High unemployment makes unemployment insurance more important than ever to working people. This course is intended to help union officers and ordinary workers understand how unemployment insurance works. Many topics are covered, from the determination of insurable employments to types of benefits, avoiding trouble with a claim, and termination. The complex appeal system is thoroughly discussed, and students are offered a chance to take part in a simulated Board of Referees hearing at the final session. Students become familiar with the Unemployment Insurance Act and Regulations, policy manual, umpire's decisions, and other research tools. LSP 118 Human Rights Law (1.0) (F,S) An examination of the essential practices and procedures in human rights law focusing on sexual harassment. This course offers up-to-date legal information from the provincial and federal jurisdictions. It provides an assessment of legal protection under the Human Rights Act of British Columbia, the Canadian Human Rights Act, and the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, as well as collective agreements and institutional policies. The course provides the participant with a thorough understanding of liability, the process of filing a complaint, and appropriate remedies in human rights law. LSP 119 Civil Rights and the Work Place (1.0) (F,S) Specific civil rights problems arising in the work place, including issues of political, economic and legal rights of the worker; examination of legal remedies available to trade unions and the employee to prevent infringement of civil rights in the work place; protection of civil rights under the provincial and federal legislation through contracting and in collective agreements. A problemsolving format with discussions of current civil rights issues, "right-to-work" legislation, race and sex discrimination. LSP 120 (1-5)(F,S) Politics: Understanding Government Bureaucracy A course which outlines how government operates in various spheres, the impact it makes on the citizen, how to utilize procedures for redressing grievances that result from bureaucracy, and what channels are open for citizen participation. In addition, the course looks at the civil servant and his/her relationship to other workers. LSP 122 Politics: Labour Policy in Canada (1.5)(F,S) Provides a basic understanding of the structures and processes of policy making in Canada with a direct focus on the formation of Labour Policy. The participant gains a specific knowledge of the structures of government in Canada, learns the impact federalism has on policy formation, and becomes familiarized with channels of policital input. LSP 130 Sociology of Work (1.5) (F,S) This course assists in the understanding of the social context in which work occurs. An attempt to develop tools to understand the various social settings in which work has been placed is undertaken. The different ways in which working people have been manipulated by the new social engineers is also studied. LSP 131 Race and Ethnic Relations (1.5)(F,S) LSP 142 History of the Labour Movement in B.C. (1.5) (F) The birth and growth of trade unionism in B.C. Through a wide collection of printed and visual materials participants analyze the raw and vital struggles between B.C.'s working people and the industrialists who opposed them. The major economic and political issues of the movement are traced; the right to organize, the right to bargain, the demand for the nine and eight-hour day, the problems of racism and immigration, the struggle to organize the industrial, public and clerical sectors, the fight for women's rights, political expression. LSP 150 Women in the Work Force (1.0) (F,S) This course focuses on what women want to do in their union. It encompasses the political realities of the labour movement as it is today, as well as personal and emotional politics within the trade union movement as they exist in our sexist society. LSP 151 (1.0) (F,S) Leadership Skills, Assertiveness and Advocacy The issue of racism has been used in the past to weaken and divide unions. This course will help unionists become sensitive to complexities of race and ethnic relations; give practical advice on integrating minority workers into the union and develop techniques to deal with biases and prejudice at the work place and in the community. Approaches to combatting the disruptive effects of racism will be discussed. Attempts not only to provide women with the skills they need to take a leadership role in their trade union, but also takes a careful look at the way sex role stereotyping inhibits us from developing these skills. This course covers the following areas: Women and Power, Assertiveness, Advocacy, Organizing and Group Dynamics. LSP 140 History of the Labour Movement in Canada (1.5) (S) LSP 155 (1.0) (F,S) Indian Land Claims and the Trade Union Movement A survey of the history of the labour movement in Canada from the formation of the working class in the 19th century through to mass industrial unionism. By looking at specific conflicts a good overview is obtained of the struggles of the labour movement to gain the right to organize, obtain union recognition, bargain collectively and provide decent wages and working conditions. This course acquaints the participant with the position of native people on the issue of land claims. An understanding of the implications of native land claims for the trade union movement and the history of native people in Canada and British Columbia is gained. This history is studied in relation to the whole question of land. LSP 141 (1.0) (F,S) Telling Your Union's Story: A Course in Practical History This is a companion course for the larger course in Labour History, but it can be taken separately. It is designed to give some basic research skills, skills that can be applied toward learning the history of your union - its development, policies, past struggles and victories. It is meant to be a practical course: the participants learn how to use resources, how to apply them, and how to present the results to others. LSP 160 (3.0) (F,S) Media for Trade Union Education and Organization The objective of this course is to become familiar with simple media production skills for use in the labour movement. The participant learns how to record and dub audio material, use an instamatic or 35 mm still camera for slides, produce a simple slide-audio show, use portable video equipment for basic recording, write news releases, pamphlets, and internal newsletters and edit audio and video tape. Academic - Labour Studies 135 LSP 161 Working with Mass Media (1.5) (F,S) This course is designed to acquaint trade unionists with the native of print and electronic mass media with a view to improving techniques for relating to the media. Specific topics which emerge from the classes will be dealt with, typical of which might be media ownership and the process of "newsmaking". LSP 162 Working Culture and History of Labour Arts (1-5)(F,S) Since its beginning, Canadian labour has worked to build a cultural life supportive of the concerns of working people. At the same time, visual artists, film makers, dramatists, musicians, writers and other cultural workers have identified with the movement for social change embodied in organized labour. This course explores the history of Canadian labour culture, the influence of various ethnic and international currents in creating a rich cultural identity and the limits and possibilities opened by the advent of mass media. Examples of film, video, television, song, literature and visual art are used as focal points for discussion. LSP 163 Media Workshops (1.5) (F,S) The aim of this workshop is to gain the skills for singletray slide-tape production. On completion of the course, the learner will be able to script a slide-tape programme; prepare and shoot graphics; record, edit and mix an elementary audio tape; shoot the slides for a slide-tape programme; and pulse and playback a slide-tape. LSP 170 Communications: Public Speaking and Parliamentary Procedures (1-5)(F,S) All the skills and techniques necessary for effective communications in active union involvement. Designed to meet the needs of active unionists and officers, this course combines principles and practice in a "learn while doing" format. Training in the following skills areas: LSP 180 Stewards' Training (1.5) (F,S) This course is intended to assist stewards and union members in developing confidence in their ability to adequately represent their fellow workers at the office or job-site as well as provide the minimum technical skills in advocacy and contract interpretation. In addition, the course provides a brief overview of the history of the North American Labour Movement and its institutions as they have developed. LSP 181 Collective Bargaining (1.5) (F,S) Technical and practical information for the union negotiator. Includes instruction on the bargaining process including preparation and development of proposals; contract language and costing. Bargaining table advocacy skills are explored. Material is available for the specific needs of public and private sector bargaining. A bargaining simulation is held as an integral part of the course. LSP 182 Union Local Adminstration d-5)(F,S) This course is designed to provide union activists and local officers with basic skills in parliamentary procedures as well as the administrative duties of officers and committee members in local unions. The course requires considerable student participation to develop debating and advocacy skills. LSP 190 Contract Costing (1.0) (F,S) This course evaluates the "numbers game" played at the bargaining table and in the media around bargaining issues. It deals with union and employer approaches to costing the different elements of bargaining proposals and settlements. Topics discussed include: • wages and benefits and the concept of total compensation; • the effects of inflation and design of COLA clauses; 1. effective public speaking: including methods of oral communication, effective listening and response, confidence building, and style development. Role plays aid the participant in overcoming fears and speech anxiety while maximizing organization, objectives and analysis of impact. Participants also consider issues such as strategy, the public relations aspects of costing, and the relationship of costing to pay equity. 2. effective meetings: effective chairing, preparation of agendas, and building a good "process" with the assistance of rules of order. LSP 191 Introduction to Pension Plans • sources of information for monetary negotiations and the uses and limitations of external comparisons. (1.0) (F,S) This course, useful for Pension Trustees, potential Trustees, union officers and pension plan administrative staff, Academic - Labour Studies 136 Mathematics is a thorough examination of pension plans and pension issues. Topices developed and discussed include defined benefit and money purchase plans; regulation of pensions; the law of trusts; investment principles and practices; the design, financing, administration and communication of pension plans; strategic planning for pensions. LSP 192 Introduction to Health & Welfare Benefits (1.0) (F,S) This course has been developed to provide a working understanding of the various aspects of Health & Welfare/ Benefit Plans. The following topics are incorporated: what is contained in a Health & Welfare Plan; government involvement; designing a benefit plan, costing components; methods of financing a benefit plan; benefit plan administration. LSP 210 Arbitration (1.5)(F,S) This course, which is open to students who have previously completed LSP 110, 111, 113 or any other Labour Law course, is an advanced course dealing with matters such as rules of evidence, procedures, selection of arbitrators, arbitration powers and a brief history of arbitration. It deals with grievance arbitration arising out of the collective agreement. LSP 216 (F,S)(1) Workers' Compensation Appeals - Intermediate Level This course is open to students who have previously completed LSP 116 or have experience in representing workers with compensation appeals. The course provides an understanding of the Workers' Compensation appeals process with special emphasis on policies, procedures and practice by preparing and presenting appeals at the Workers' Compensation Review Board. Students are provided with practical skills for reviewing medical evidence and requesting medical legal opinions. A key part of the course is a case study that involves preparation of an appeal and the presentation of the appeal to a panel of the Workers' Compensation Review Board. LSP 226 (F,S) (1) Advanced Workers' Compensation - Appeal Preparation & Presentation The course is open to students who have previously completed LSP 116, LSP 216 or have experience in representing workers with compensation at the appeal level. This course provides detailed review of Advanced Workers' Compensation Appeals to the Appeals Tribunal (Commissioners) and to the Medical Review Panel. Students review appeals procedures and policies for advanced appeals and completed practical skills exercises. Instructional Faculty A.E.T. BENTLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.A., Ph.D. (Missouri) R.C. BREWSTER, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (UVic), Ph.D. (SFU) L.F. HARRIS, B.A., M.A., (UBC), Ph.D. (Austral. Nat. U) R. HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC) R.B. INSLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC,) M.Sc. (UBC) J. JOHNSTON, B.Math (Waterloo), B.Ed. (Toronto), M.Math (Waterloo) C. MORGAN, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc,Ph.D (Memorial), Coordinator of Mathematics R.R. RENNIE, B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brigham Young), Ph.D. (UBC) K.V. TOWSON, B.Sc, M.Sc. (SFU) R.H. VERNER, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (EWSU), B.C. Teaching Cert. (UBC) A. WATERMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (SFU), B.C. Teaching Cert. (UBC) C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Toronto) Laboratory Supervisor LYNN, W., B.Sc. (Carleton), M.A.Sc. (Waterloo) General Information The Mathematics Department offers courses in mathematics, primarily at the first and second year university level. In addition, refresher courses or skill upgrading courses are available. I) Options for Mathematics 11 Equivalency A. Classroom Format: Math 099 B. Self Paced Format: Math 009/010 II) Options for Mathematics 12 Equivalency A. Classroom Format: 1. Math 103 or 2. Math 105 or 3. Math 107 Math 107 is a specialized Math 12 equivalent designed for business, commerce and some non-science programs. Math 103 and 105 are general Math 12 equivalents. Math 103 is an expanded version of Math 105 meeting 6 hours per week and includes some of the Math 099 content. B. Self Study Format: Math 103 Video instruction All of these Math 12 equivalent options receive individual transfer credit at SFU. If combined with a calculus course (Math 108 or Math 110) all receive transfer at UBC to UBC Math 111. UBC faculties that require Math 12 for admission to first year grant 3 credits only towards a degree for UBC Math 111. Academic - Labour Studies/Mathematics 137 Ill) Options for University Level Entering students should use the following three sections, Parts A, B, and C as guidelines for selecting math courses at the first year level. Due to the specialized needs of some programs at the universities, the Mathematics Department advises students to consult the university calendar and to seek guidance from a college counsellor, advisor, or math instructor for the appropriate course selection. A. Students Planning to proceed in Science, Computing Science, Mathematics, Architecture and Forestry. These students normally take Math 110/111 during their first year. completed) and Math 108. In addition, Math 101 is advised. For Honours in Business Administration Math 109 is required. 4. Students planning to study economics at UBC must take Math 108 and 109. C. Students planning to proceed in the Engineering Program. See Calendar section entitled Engineering. University Transfer Credit For details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the Calendar. Comments': Course Descriptions 1. Students planning to pursue mathematics or statistics at UBC should take in their first year: Math 110/111; Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111; Chemistry 110/ 111 or 108/109; Computing Science 110/111; English (six credits). Note: Students are strongly cautioned that normally they need at least a "B-" grade in a prerequisite course (preferably within the past year) to have a reasonable chance of success at the next course level. 2. Math 101/102 are recommended by some science departments at SFU. Mathematics 009 Arithmetic 3. The Mathematics Department encourages those students with only a "C+" grade in Math 12 to take Math 105 before attempting Math 110. A review of the basic arithmetic operations. Applications to percentage, ratio, proportions, areas and volumes. This is a self-paced course primarily intended for returning students who require a basic math refresher. B. Students Planning to proceed in Arts or Commerce Programs. * Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled hours per week for this course. 1. Students planning to pursue a program in the Faculty of Arts, who wish to satisfy a one year science course elective, normally take one of the following two course combinations: Math 101/102; 103/108; 105/108 or 110; 107/108; 108/109 or 110/111. (1) Mathematics 010 (1) Elementary Algebra (0,3*,0) (SU,F,S) (0,3*,0) (SU.F.S) Prerequisite: Math 009 or permission of the instructor. a) Math 108 & 109 (or Math 110 & 111). (For students having completed Math 12 with a "C" grade or better). Reviews and develops basic algebraic skills necessary in the solution of algebraic equations and the factorization of polynomials. Introduction to analytic geometry with emphasis on straight lines. This course is offered on a self-paced format. b) Math 107 & 108 (or Math 105 & 110). (For students having completed Math 11 with a "C" grade or better). * Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled hours per week for this course. Note: Mathematics 099 (3) Intermediate Algebra 2. Students planning to enter second year Commerce at Capilano College take: (i) Students planning to enter the Commerce Program at UBC must not take Math 101. (ii) Students planning to enter second year Commerce at UBC must first complete Math 108 and 109. For a detailed description of the commerce courses and programs at Capilano College see the Calendar section titled Commerce. 3. For transfer to Business Administration SFU, the following are required: Math 107, (if B.C. Math 12 not Academic — Mathematics 138 (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Math 11 with a "P" or permission (signature) of a Mathematics instructor. Math 099 begins with introductory algebra and continues with the development of intermediate algebra. Students will be introduced to linear and quadratic functions, logarithms and trigonometry. This course is primarily for students who require a Math 11 equivalent and who anticipate taking precalculus (Math 105 or 107). Mathematics 101 (3) Introduction to Statistics (4,0,0) (F,S) Mathematics 107 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Precalculus for Business and Social Sciences Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or Math 099 or BMTH 045 NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC unless combined with Math 108. An introduction to the language of statistics and some statistical methods, including random variables and their distribution; random sampling, normal distribution, estimation of parameters and testing hypotheses. Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" or Math 099 with at least a "C-". Mathematics 102 (3) Statistical Methods (4,0,0) (S) The mathematical models/applications in this course will be mainly business/finance oriented. A study of important statistical methods commonly used in the analysis of research data, including t-tests and their non-parametric competitors, one and two-way analysis of variance, chi-square tests and regression analysis. Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities, absolute value, systems of linear equations, functions and graphs, inverse functions, mathematical modelling, exponential and logarithm functions, circular and trigonometic functions, right-triangle trigonometry, arithmetic and geometric progressions, compound interest and annuities, summation notation, binomial theorem. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 101 Mathematics 103 (4.5) Intermediate Algebra and Precalculus (6,0,0) (SU,F,S) A precalculus course designed for business/commerce students. NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC except if combined with Math 110 or Math 108. Mathematics 108 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Calculus for Business and Social Sciences I Prerequisite: Math 11 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 099 with at least a "C-" grade. Prerequisite: At least a "C" grade in Math 12 or BMTH 046, or at least a "C-" grade in Math 103 or Math 105, or Math 107. A brief review of introductory algebra, plus intermediate algebra and precalculus, with a focus on functions, mathematical models, graphs, trigonometry, logarithms, and exponential functions. (Students will be brought to the same level as those completing Math 105 by the end of the term). Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses or who require a Math 12 equivalent course. A brief review of algebra, functions, and analytic geometry. The derivative with applications to curve sketching, optimization, growth and decay. The integral with applications. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 108/110. Mathematics 109 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Calculus for Business and Social Sciences II No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 108 or Math This course may be completed by guided self-study format using 110. video instruction. Functions of several independent variables, partial derivatives, extrema, Lagrange multipliers, integration Mathematics 105 (3) (4,0,0) (SU,F,S) techniques, multiple integrals, some techniques for Precalculus Mathematics solving differential equations, systems of linear equations NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC except if and matrix algebra. combined with Math 110 or 108. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111. Prerequisite: Math 099 with at least a "B-" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 or Math 11 at least with a "B" grade. Mathematics 110 (4.5) (6,0,0) (SU,F,S) Calculus I A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs, mathematical models, trigonometry, logarithms and Prerequisite: At least a "C+" grade in Math 12 or BMTH exponential functions. Primarily for students who antici046, or at least a "C" grade in both Math 12 and Calculus pate taking calculus courses or who require a Math 12 12, or at least a "C-" grade in Math 103 or Math 105. equivalent course. The Mathematics Department encourages those students No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. with only a "C+" grade in Math 12 to take Math 105 before attempting Math 110. Academic — Mathematics 139 Limits, continuity, the derivative, rules of differentiation, implicit differentiation, related rates, curve sketching, optimization, differentials; definite integrals and antidifferentiation; logarithmic and exponential functions. *Math 204 to be offered in either Fall or Spring term. Mathematics 205 (3) Introduction to Probability and Statistics (4,0,0) (S) No duplicate credit will be given for Math 108/110. Prerequisite: Math 111 with at least a "C-" grade or Math 110 and permission of instructor. This course may be completed by guided self-study format using video instruction. A calculus based study of probability, discrete and continuous random variables, mathematical expectation, Mathematics 111 (4.5) (6,0,0) (F,S) moment generating functions, Central Limit Theorem, sampling from normal populations, confidence intervals, Calculus II hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 110. A study of the anti-derivative; the integral, techniques of integration, applications of the integral; polar coordinates, parametric curves; sequences, infinite series and Taylor's Theorem. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111. Mathematics 152 (3) Linear Algebra with Differential Equations (4,0,1) (S) NOTE: This course is intended for students in the Engineering Program. Corequisite: Math 111 Introduction to linear algebra, vectors, dot and cross products; complex numbers; matrix algebra and applications; determinants; eigenvalues; introduction to first order linear differential equations and first order linear systems; engineering applications. The Math Department offers a full second year university transfer program in math. Students planning to take 200 level math should seek advice from math instructors. Mathematics 200 Linear Algebra (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 111. A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues, quadratic forms. Mathematics 204 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S)* Probability and Statistics for Applications Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 108 or Math 110 or permission of the instructor. A calculus based introduction to classical and nonparametric techniques for inferences about means, variances and analysis of variance. The emphasis will be on problem formulation, models, assumptions and interpretation. Regularly scheduled "labs" will introduce course participants to appropriate supporting statistical software. Academic — Mathematics 140 Mathematics 215 (3) Introduction to Analysis (4,0,0) (F,S) NOTE: This course will be offered in the Fall or Spring when sufficient student demand is evident. Prerequisite: At least a "B-" average in Math 110 and 111. A course for students who plan to proceed in mathematics. Logic, sets, functions, limits of sequences and series; introduction to continuity, the derivative, Riemann Integral. Mathematics 230 Calculus III (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 111. Corequisite: Math 200 (if not already completed) or permission of instructor. Analytical geometry of three dimensions; partial differentiation, applications; double and triple integrals; transformations to various coordinate systems. Mathematics 231 Calculus IV (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 230. Vector calculus; line and surface integrals; Green's Theorem; vector fields; divergence theorem; Stokes's Theorem; applications. Mathematics 235 (3) Introduction to Differential Equations (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in each of Math 200 and Math 230. An introduction to ordinary differential equations; first order equations; higher order linear differential equations; linear systems; power series techniques; Laplace transform method; the phase plane, applications. • Music Transfer BACHELOR OF MUSIC TRANSFER PROGRAM Contact: Lars Kaario, Coordinator, Office H119, Phone 984-4951. Instructional Faculty M. ARMANINI, A.R.C.T. (Toronto), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) G. ALCOCK, A.R.C.T. (Toronto) D. ASTOR, B.A. (UBC) J. BERARDUCCI, B.Mus. (UBC), M.A. (W. Wash.) N. BOHNA, B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) S. BOSWELL, A.R.C.M. (Royal College of Music, London) K. CERNAUSKAS, Dip. (Salzburg), B.Mus. (Toronto) N. DINOVO, B.Mus., M.Mus. (UT) L. FALLS, A.R.C.T. (Toronto), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) J. GEE, B.Mus., M.A. (UBC) P. HOY, B.Mus. (U.Texas), M.Mus., D.Mus. (USC) L. KAARIO, B.Mus. (UBC), MMus. (W.Wash.),Q»rdinator K. KOBYLANSKY, Dip. (Ryerson), Dip. (Tchaikovsky Conservatory, Kiev), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) D. MCCOY, M.Mus. (UBC) A. MCINTYRE, B.Mus. (UBC) G. MCNAB, B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) K. MOORE, B.Mus. (UBC) T. NICKELS, B.A. (U.C.L.A.) A. NODWELL, B .Mus. (UBC), M. Mus. (UVic) G. RAMSBOTTOM C. ROGERS, M.A. (West. Ont.) P. SHAW, B.Mus. (Ohio) D. VANDEREYK, B. Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) V. WATERS, Dip. (Philadelphia), 0ulliard) S. WOODYARD, B.Mus. (Victoria) General Information Capilano College offers four music programs: a two-year Diploma of Music from the Bachelor of Music Transfer Program, a two-year Diploma in Jazz Studies, a four-year Degree in Jazz Studies and a four-year Degree in Music Therapy. For information on Jazz Studies see section on Jazz Studies. For information on the Music Therapy Program see section on Music Therapy. TWO YEAR DIPLOMA AND TRANSFERABILITY TO THIRD YEAR UNIVERSITY Career Opportunities • Private Music Teacher - with the completion of the two year diploma program • first two years toward a Music degree leading to a career in Music Educadon or Performance University Transfer Capilano College offers the first two years of a Bachelor of Music Degree. All courses in the Bachelor of Music Transfer Program are transferable to School of Music at the University of British Columbia and to the Faculty of Music at the University of Victoria. Students wishing to transfer to the Faculty of Arts at UBC, SFU, or UVic with a major in Music should take Music 100/101/102,112/113, 120/121 in their first year, and Music 200/201, 212/213, 220/221 in their second year. Our students have also received transfer credit to the following universities: Alberta, Calgary, Dalhousie, Regina, Brandon, York, Western Ontario, McGill and Western Washington. Admission Requirements Entering students should have a basic knowledge of music rudiments (approximately at the level of Toronto Conservatory Rudiments II). Students entering on piano must be at a grade ten level (Toronto Conservatory). Piano students who require a qualifying term may enroll in other courses. Students entering in composition must have a working knowledge of diatonic harmony. Students entering in voice or instruments other than piano must have a performance level acceptable to the faculty. Admissions Procedure All applicants must: 1. Comply with the general admission requirements of Capilano College and the specific admission requirements for Academic Studies. 2. Participate in a private interview with the music coordinator or a program instructor. 3. Write a theory placement test and take an ear test. 4. Play an audition on their major instrument: this will consist of two contrasting pieces, technique, and sight reading. 5. Take an English Placement Test. Auditions will involve the presentation of two contrasting prepared pieces and a demonstration of the student's instrumental technique and sightreading ability. Returning students may pre-register during the month of April. New students demonstrating sufficient instrumental and/or theoretical accomplishment in their placement test may preregister during May and August to ensure their enrolment. Students may register during in-person registration. Academic - Music Transfer 141 All interviews, auditions, and placement tests are held in May and August. Early application is advised. Graduation Requirements The complete program requirements must be successfully completed to receive an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. Scholarships and Bursaries The program offers several substantial scholarships and bursaries which vary in amount from year to year. Among those offered are the Canadian Daughters' League Bursaries and the Nan McLean Goodwin Scholarships as well as several First and Second Year Scholarships. For further information ask the Co-ordinator of the program. Special Fees and Expenses The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) will be announced at least one month prior to the beginning of the Fall term. Maximum tuition for full-time study for the 1993/94 academic year was $1,040.00 per semester. Included in this maximum tuition are the costs of all required Private Music Instruction. A deposit of $40.00 of the P.M.I, fees must be paid by the end of the Registration period in order to take P.M.I. No late registration is allowed. Program Content FIRST TERM ENSM 100 or 110 PMI 100 Level Music 100 Music 112 •Music 114 Music 120 "Music 360 or ENSJ 135 or ENSJ 140, or Music 122 or Arts Elective English 100 or 102 SECOND TERM ENSM 150 or 160 PMI 200 level Music 101 Music 102 Music 113 •Music 115 Music 121 "Music 361 or ENSJ 185 or ENSJ 190, or Music 123 or Arts elective English 103 or 104 or 105 or 106 Academic - Music Transfer 142 credits 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 1.0 3.0 1.0-3.0 3£ 15.5-17.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.0 3.0 1.0-3.0 3J) 15.5-17.5 THIRD TERM ENSM 200 or 210 1.0 PMI 300 Level 2.0 Music 200 3.0 Music 212 1.5 *Music214 1.0 "Music 110 or 210 or ENSJ 235 or ENSJ 240, or Music 122 or Arts elective 1.0-3.0 Music 220 3.0 English 200 or 212 3J) 15.5-17.5 FOURTH TERM ENSM 250 or 260 1 PMI 400 Level 2 Music 201 3 Music 213 1.5 *Music 215 1 "Music 111 or 211 or ENS 285 or ENS 290 or Music 123 or Arts elective 1.0-3.0 Music 221 3 English 201 or 213 3 15.5-17.5 *If a student is a piano major, then he/she may take a secondary PMI. "Students may graduate with 62 to 64 credits depending on which options they choose. Guitar students must take Guitar Ensemble through Extension Services. Such students may graduate with 60 credits by excluding the optional courses from their program. BACHELOR OF MUSIC THERAPY COURSE STREAM Students planning on going into the Bachelor of Music Therapy program in the third year will take the following program of courses for the first two years. The student that completes this series of courses will receive a Diploma in Music. At this time they may choose to transfer to a university to finish a Bachelor of Music or they may apply to the Music Therapy Progam to stay at Capilano College and complete a Bachelor of Music Therapy. FIRSTTERM ENSM 100 PMI 100 MUS 100 MUS 112 »MUS 114 MUS 120 MUS 360 ENGL 100 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 1.0 3.0 1.5 3J) 16.0 SECOND TERM ENSM 150 PMI 200 MUS 101 MUS 120 MUS 113 *MUS 115 MUS 121 ENGL 103,104,105, or 106 •PSYC 100 or PSYC 101 THIRD TERM ENSM 200 PMI 300 MUS 200 MUS 212 *MUS 214 MUS 220 PSYC 204 (Devel. Psyc) BIOL 104 ( Human Biology) FOURTH TERM ENSM 250 PMI 400 MUS 201 MUS 213 *MUS 215 MUS 221 PSYC 205 (Psyc or Aging) MUS 361 1.0 2.0 Z.O 1.0 1.5 1.0 3.0 3.0 10 17.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 1.0 3.0 3.0 10 17.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 1.0 3.0 3.0 L5 16.5 * If student is a Piano Major, then he/she may take a secondary PMI. ** It is recommended that students take PSYC 101 during the summer between 2nd and 3rd term through the Open Learning Institute. For a description of the Music Therapy Program, see the Music Therapy Program section of the Calendar. ENSM110 Orchestra I (4,0,0) (F) (D Rehearsal and performance of concert repertoire. Prospective students must contact the Music Department at least one week before classes commence to arrange for an audition. Persons winning a position through audition will be allowed to register. ENSM150 Choir II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENSM 100. ENSM 160 (1) Orchestra II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENSM 110. ENSM 200 Choir III (1) (4,0,0) (F) A continuation of ENSM 150. ENSM 210 (1) Orchestra III (4,0,0) (F) A continuation of ENSM 110. ENSM 250 Choir IV (1) (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENSM 200. ENSM 260 (1) Orchestra IV (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENSM 210. Music 100 Theory I (3) (4,0,0) (F) Corequisite: Music 112 For Jazz and Jazz Ensemble (ENSJ) course descriptions, see the Jazz Studies section of this Calendar. A study of music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. The student will learn control of chord progression and voice leading. ENSM100 Choir I Music 101 (2) Theory II: Harmony Course Descriptions (D (4,0,0) (F) An exploration of choral music from the Renaissance to the present. Emphasis will be placed on ensemble, tuning, tone quality, musical phrasing, balance, diction and professional presentation. A varied concert program will be learned and several performances will be given each semester. (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 100 Corequisites: Music 102 and 113 A continuation of the core component of Music 100. Harmonic vocabulary will include simple modulation and secondary dominants and sevenths displayed in a variety of styles and textures. Binary and ternary forms will be introduced, but analysis of repertoire will not be emphasized. This course must be taken in conjunction with Academic - Music Transfer 143 Music 102 to fulfill the objectives of second year theory. Music 102 (1) Theory II: Repertoire Analysis (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 100 Corequisites: Music 101 and 113 This course is the traditional supplement to Music 101. It explores the'links between harmonic writing in works drawn from the 17th and 18th centuries. Students will gain a sense of the importance of harmonic and linear details to compositions as a whole. Music 110 (1.5) Class Strings (2,0,0) (F) (2,0,0) (S) (3,0,0) (F) Corequisite: Music 100 Study of the aural recognition of intervals, chords, and harmonic movement. The student will learn to: transcribe melodies and rhythms; sight sing using Solfege and scale degrees; read rhythms. Music 113 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing II (3) (3,0,*) (F) A survey of music history from thetimeof ancient Greece to the present. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 121 History II (3) (3,0,*) (S) Prerequisite: Music 120 * Some concert attendance will be required. A continuation of Music 110. Music 112 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing I Music 120 History I A study of music history of the Medieval and Renaissance periods. A practical study of the violin family. Music 111 (1.5) Class Strings sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. (3,0,0) (S) Music 122 (1.5) Lyric Diction: English and German (2,0,0) An exploration of the application of the principles of diction for singers in English and German through the medium of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Music 123 (1.5) Lyric Diction: French and Italian (2,0,0) An exploration of the application of the principles of diction for singers in French and Italian through the medium of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Music 200 Theory III (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Music 112 Corequisites: Music 101 and 102 Prerequisites: Music 101 and Music 102 Corequisite: Music 212 A continuation of Music 112 A study of advanced tonal procedures: review of nonchord tones, mixture, seventh chords, applied V and VII, diatonic modulation, seventh chords with added dissonance. A detailed study of compound ternary and rondo forms. Investigation of the fugue. Music 114 Piano Class (1) (2,2,0) (F) This course is designed for students who wish to learn basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practice on the department's pianos. Music 115 (1) Piano Class (2,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 114 A continuation of Music 114. In addition, keyboard Music 201 Theory IV (3) Prerequisite: Music 200 Corequisite: Music 213 A study of chromaticism: the phrygian II, augmented sixth chords, other chromatic chords, chromatic voiceleading techniques, chromaticism in larger contexts. A detailed study of sonata, sonata-rondo, and variation forms. Music 210 (1.5) Class Woodwinds A practical study of the woodwind family. Academic - Music Transfer 144 (4,0,0) (S) (2,0,0) (F) Music 211 (1.5) Class Woodwinds (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of Music 210. Music 212 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing III (3,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Music 113 Corequisite: Music 200 (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 212 Corequisite: Music 201 Music 214 Piano Class (1) (2,2,0) (F) For students who have taken Music 115 or have had previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced to common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as well as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight transfer and their musical application in simple repertoire. The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at the keyboard. Music 215 Piano Class (1) (1.5,0,0) (S) This will provide a knowledge of Orff methodology and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom. PMI (Various Numbers) (2) Concentration Private Music Instruction A continuation of Music 212. (1.5,0,0) (F) This will provide a knowledge of Kodaly methodology and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom. Music 361 (1.5) Method Studies in Music Education: Orff Methodology A continuation of Music 113. Music 213 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing IV Music 360 (1.5) Method Studies in Music Education: Kodaly Methodology (1,0,0) (F,S) A course designed to permit the student to pursue indepth study of his/her own music specialty. The course consists of a series of one-hour lessons. PMI (Various Numbers) (1) Secondary Private Music Instruction (.5,0,0) (F,S) This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on the studenf s secondary instrument. Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. (2,2,0) (S) A continuation of Music 214 with increased complexity of repertoire and technique. Music 220 History III (3) (3,0,*) (F) Prerequisite: Music 120 or Music 121 A survey of music history of the Baroque period and Classical period. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 221 History IV (3) (3,0,*) (S) Prerequisite: Music 120 or Music 121 or Music 220 A survey of music history of the Romantic period and the 20th century. * Some concert attendance will be required. Academic - Music Transfer 145 Philosophy Instructional Faculty M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), Ph.D. (UBC) J. BAUGH, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UBC), LL.B. (UBC) A. CHERNAVSKA, B.A. (Chicago), B.Sc., Ph.D. (UBC) J. DIXON, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC) S. ENGLER, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UT) S. GARDNER, B.A. (McGILL), B.Phil. (Oxford), Ph.D. (Concordia) L. MARINOFF, B.Sc. (Montreal), Ph.D. (London) S. PERSKY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) Y. WESTWELL-ROPER, M.A., Ed.D. (UBC), D.Phil (Oxford) Philosophy 120 (3) Understanding Scientific Reasoning (4,0,0) This course will provide students with an introduction to modern formal logic, and then utilize that skill to explore such topics as the nature and testing of scientific theories in both the natural and social sciences, the difference between causal relations and correlations, and rational decision making. Attention will be given to both the problem-solving and philosophical aspects of scientific reasoning. University Transfer Credit There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural continuation of Philosophy 110, and will appeal especially to students who have an interest in either the natural or social sciences. All Philosophy courses offered at Capilano College have transfer credit at every university in British Columbia. Critical thinking is taught in all philosophy courses. Philosophy 140 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Philosophy and Law: Introduction to Canadian Law Course Descriptions Philosophy 101 (3) Introductory Philosophy: Ethics (4,0,0) (F,S) An introduction to the part of philosophy concerned with questions of value. These include such issues as: "What is morality?", "Why be moral?", "What is the relationship between law and morality?", "Are there any objective moral values?", as well as such issues as abortion, suicide, civil disobedience, capital punishment, and the environment. The emphasis of the course varies from instructor to instructor. Philosophy 102 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Introductory Philosophy: Knowledge and Reality An introduction to the part of philosophy concerned with questions about the ultimate nature of the world we live in and our knowledge of it (traditionally called Metaphysics and Epistemology). The issues discussed include: the existence and nature of God, the place of human beings in the universe, the nature of reality, human nature, human knowledge and skepticism, freedom and determinism, the relationship between mind and body, and others. The emphasis of the course varies from instructor to instructor. Philosophy 110 (3) Logical Self-Defense (4,0,0) (F.S) An introduction to the basic rules of clear and rational thought. The student will be taught through extensive examples how to detect false reasoning, illegitimate appeals to emotions, inconsistencies and contradictions. The goal is to develop our logical awareness to the point that we can no longer be victimized by the rhetoric of everyday life, and can develop our own arguments with clarity and confidence. Academic — Philosophy 146 A general introduction to the fundamental principles of jurisprudence and to the basic legal institutions of Canada. In addition to addressing such philosophical questions as, "What is a law?", "Is it the case that law is what legislatures say it is, or what courts say it is?", and "How do you tell whether a law is good or bad?", the course also examines the history and theory of Canadian law (including the development of the Canadian Constitution), the system of Canadian courts, and the roles of members of the legal profession. As well, consideration is given to the nature of legal reasoning, the doctrine of precedent, and principles of statutory interpretation, and an introduction is provided to the fields of contract, torts, administrative and family law, as well as to the process of law reform. Philosophy 141 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Philosophy and Law: Introduction to the Criminal Justice System An introduction to an analysis of theories of punishment and rehabilitation through an examination of the operational practices of the Canadian criminal justice system. In the course of studying the structure and operations of the criminal justice system in its various stages from the moment of initial police involvement to the correctional disposition of convicted offenders, the course focuses on both theoretical and practical decision making. Theoretical concerns include: individual civil liberties in relation to police procedures, notions of evidence, sentencing theory, and current correctional strategies. The above two courses are modelled on SFU's Criminology 131/135 and are intended for both philosophy students and those interested in pursuing further studies in the field of criminology. Philosophy 200 (3) Political Philosophy (4,0,0) (F) This course provides an analysis of the rationale for political institutions and action. Some of the questions considered: Are we really obliged to obey the law? Can the law be justifiably represented as authoritative, or is the real foundation of law in the policeman's holster? Does the state have good reason for involving itself in compulsory programs of education? This is not a study in the history of political thought and every effort is made to view problems from a contemporary perspective. Philosophy 201 (3) Political Philosophy (4,0,0) (S) This course examines the values and assumptions behind the ideologies of liberalism, communism, meritocracy, conservatism, democratic socialism and anarchism. Topics include liberty and equality, power and authority, private rights and the public good, sovereignty, democracy and justice. Philosophy 207 Business Ethics (3) (4,0,0) This course is an introduction to contemporary philosophical thinking on ethical issues in business. It covers such topics as the power of multinational corporations, bribery and extortion in international business, the ethics of hiring practices, advertising and behaviour control, the conflict between employee loyalty and moral independence, and the responsibilities of corporations and business professionals. The course will also introduce students to a number of classical ethical theories and theories of economic justice. Philosophy 208 (3) Environmental Ethics (4,0,0) (F) This course deals with contemporary ethical issues arising from the relationship between human beings and their natural surroundings. Topics include general questions about rights and moral standing (e.g. do trees, animals and future generations have moral claims on us?), issues concerning the preservation of the wilderness, the depletion of natural resources, and the global effects of pollution, as well as problems affecting the formation of social policy. Open to anyone in first or second year. No prerequisites. Philosophy 209 (3) Biomedical Ethics (4,0,0) This course will focus on ethical issues that arise in the health sciences, especially in medicine, but also in biology, psychology and other professions. Among the topics to be considered are abortion and reproductive technology; euthanasia; paternalism and autonomy; resource allocation; involuntary hospitalization and behaviour control. All moral problems will be examined from both an applied and theoretical point of view. Philosophy 210 (3) Metaphysics and Epistemology (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least one Philosophy course or permission of the instructor. A n introduction to some of the traditional problems of metaphysics and epistemology. Some of the questions considered are: Does God exist? What is the relationship between faith and reason? Does free will exist? Is sense perception a reliable source of knowledge? What is the nature of causality? Is materialism true? What is the nature of mind? What is the relationship between mind and body? What is the scientific method? While this is not a course in the history of Philosophy, it will cover many of the classical attempts to answer these questions. Philosophy 211 (3) Metaphysics and Epistemology (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Philosophy 210 or permission of instructor A continuation of Philosophy 210. Philosophy 220 (3) Philosophy in Literature (4,0,0) A n examination of the lively relationship between Philosophy and Literature. Philosophical theories will be approached and discussed via literary work which either embodies the theories or grounds them in human experience. Textual sources will range from the classical Greek plays to last month's best seller. (4,0,0) Philosophy 221 (3) Existentialism in Literature This course is, in spirit, a continuation of Philosophy 220, but it is centred on the Philosophy of Existentialism in literature. There will be an introductory set of lectures on Existentialism as a philosophy. Textual sources will range from Dostoyevsky's "Notes from the Underground" to Sartre's "Nausea." Philosophy 222 (3) Philosophy of Culture (Aesthetics) (4,0,0) An introduction to philosophical analysis of cultural works. The course will provide an exploration of aesthetic theory, examining both traditional works of art as well as contemporary cultural productions in a variety of media. One of the objectives of the course is to make sense of what a society is "saying" through its popular culture. Academic — Philosophy 147 Physical Education Instructional Faculty R.H. LANGILL, B.Sc., M.P.E. (UBC) General Information The Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education offers a complete first year university program in physical education, which enables students to meet the first year requirements for any of the four physical education options offered at the University of British Columbia. A student may thus choose from any of these four options and transfer to The School of Physical Education and Recreation at UBC for second year. For more information regarding the Physical Education Program, please contact the Pure and Applied Sciences Division, 986-1911, Local 2494. Admission In addition to satisfying the general admission requirements for the College (see "Admission" section in this calendar), students must apply for admission to the Kinesiology and Physical Education Program through the Office of the Registrar. This form should be received by the College before March 31. Enrollment will be limited to 35 students, and student selection will be made on the basis of academic record. Students who apply to the program after March 31 risk having their admission denied due to lack of available spaces. FIRST YEAR PROGRAM Exercise Science Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* 12 units from: Biology 108 or 110 and 111 Chemistry 104/105 or 108/109 or 110/111 Math 110/111 Physics 108 or 110 and 111 or 114/115 Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 161,164 Health and Fitness Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* Arts/Sciences: 6 credits Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 110,161,164 Physical Education Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* Arts/Sciences: 6 credits Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 110,161,164 Academic — Physical Education 148 Leisure and Sport Management Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* Economics 200/201 Arts/Sciences: 3 credits Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 110,161,164 •Note: English 100 and 102 DO NOT transfer together as first year English. Course Descriptions Kinesiology 142 (3) Introduction to Kinesiology (4,2,0) (S) An introduction to the range of subject areas encompassed in the discipline of kinesiology,with basic assessment procedures for individual status and performance according to functional anatomy, biomechanics, exercise physiology, and motor learning principles. Kinesiology 143 (3) Exercise Management (2,2,0) (F) An introduction to exercise management and exercise physiology; conditioning methods, exercise techniques and fitness appraisal. Physical Education 110 (3) (3,2,0) (S) Analysis of Individual Sport and Dance Performance Pre or corequisite: Kinesiology 142 An examination of the specific sport science principles which are used to analyze sports and dance skills, detect errors, and provide methods for correction. The basis for understanding relationships between aesthetics and movement in performance, and for understanding the role of form in evaluating individual performances in sport and dance are also emphasized. Physical Education 161 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Introduction to Social Aspects of Leisure and Sports An introduction to and examination of the relationships between leisure, sports activities, and society. The political, economic and social basis of the development of sports and leisure in the west are emphasized. Physical Education 164 (3) Dynamics of Motor Skill Acquisition (4,0,0) (F) An introductory examination of motor skill acquisition, and the variables which influence the learning and performance of motor skills. Investigation of the relationship between skill acquisition, growth and development. Physics Instructional Faculty M. FREEMAN, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal. Tech.), PhD. (UBC) S. GREENSPOON, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Waterloo), Convenor of Physics F. PARVAZ, B.Sc. (Tehran), M.S. Dip. (San Diego State) Laboratory Supervisors and Technician D. CIARNIELLO, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor M. MAGUIRE, C & G Dip. (London), M.M.S. Dip. (Ireland), Laboratory Technician V. MOEN, B.Sc. (SFU), Laboratory Supervisor B. SIMSON, B.Sc. (SFU), Laboratory Supervisor General Information All first year physics courses except Physics 116 include a weekly two hour laboratory period. The cost of the labs is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals. All physics courses at Capilano carry transfer credit to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details please refer to the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Physics FIRST YEAR Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111 Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 Math 110/111 English (six credits) Non-science Elective or Geology, Biology or Computing Science (six credits) SECOND YEAR Physics 200/201,210/211,218/222 Math 200, 230, 231,235 Elective (six credits) Students interested in honours physics should consult physics instructors. Course Descriptions (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: No physics prerequisite. Math 12 or BMTH 046 or Math 103 or Math 105 is required. Physics 104 is accepted at BCrT as equivalent to Physics 12. This course serves as an introduction to physics for students with little or no background in the subject. It is intended for students not taking further studies in science. Topics include mechanics, energy, ray optics and heat. (6,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Math 12 or BMTH 046 or Math 103 or Math 105. Math 110 is a pre- or corequisite. The course covers the material of Physics 110, together with those topics from high school physics needed by a student with no previous background in physics. A student passing this course should be able to enter Physics 111 in the Spring. Physics 110 (3) General Physics I (4,2,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Physics 12 or Physics 11 or BPHY 042 or Physics 104; and Math 110 is a pre- or corequisite. A survey of mechanics covering vectors, statics, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation, vibration, and special relativity. Physics 111 (3) General Physics II University Transfer Credit Physics 104 (3) Principles of Physics Physics 108 (4.5) Basic Physics (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in either Physics 110 or 108 or 114; and Math 110. Math 111 is a pre- or corequisite. Any student who has attempted the course within the last year will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Electricity and magnetism, waves, physical optics, sound, and atomic and nuclear physics. Physics 114 (3) Fundamental Physics I (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Physics 12 or BPHY 042 or Physics 104; Math 110 is a pre- or corequisite. A survey of mechanics covering vectors, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation, vibration, waves and special relativity. This course, together with Physics 115, is particularly suitable for students going into the physical sciences or engineering. Physics 115 (3) Fundamental Physics II (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 114 or at least a "B" in Physics 108 or 110. Math 111 is a pre- or corequisite. Electricity and magnetism, AC circuits, physical optics, sound, and atomic and nuclear physics. Note: Physics 114/115 are at a more advanced level than Physics 108/110/111, and are particularly suitable for students going into the physical sciences or engineering. This course is not offered every year. Academic - Physics 149 Physics 116 (3) Fundamental Physics III (4,0,0) (S) Physics 211 (1) Physics Laboratory II (0,3,0) (S) Note: This course is intended for Engineering Program students transferring to UBC. Prerequisite: As for Physics 201, which must be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 114, or with permission of instructor, Physics 108 or 110; Math 111 and Physics 115 are corequisites. A weekly three hour lab in electricity and magnetism, electronics and mechanics. Statics of particles, equilibrium of rigid bodies, rigid body statics and internal forces. Extension of principles from Physics 114 and application to practical problems. Thermometry, thermal properties of matter, heat. Geometrical optics. The Physics Department offers a full second-year university transfer program i n physics. Students planning to continue i n a physics program at university may wish to consult with a physics instructor. Physics 200 (3) Thermal Physics and Waves (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in either Physics 111 or 115; and Math 111. Math 230 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Temperature, heat, the zeroth, first, second and third laws of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and waves. This course, together with Physics 201, 210 and 211, is required for students majoring in physics and recommended for students majoring in chemistry. Physics 201 (3) Electricity and Magnetism (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C -" in Physics 200; Math 230. Math 231 is a pre- or corequisite. Math 235 is a recommended corequisite. Physics 211 must be taken concurrently. The study of electric and magnetic fields; dc and ac circuits; LR, RC, LRC circuits; resonance; Maxwell's Equations, Fourier Analysis and electromagnetic waves. Physics 210 (1) Physics Laboratory (0,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: As for Physics 218 which must be taken concurrently. A weekly three hour lab in mathematical methods, thermodynamics, electrical measurements and mechanics. Academic - Physics 150 Physics 218 (3) Methods of Measurement and Analysis (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least a C- in either Physics 111 or 115; and Math 111. Math 200 and 230 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Physics 210 must be taken concurrently. Use of computer software to solve numerical problems in Physics, including simulations. Applications include drag forces and the driven, damped oscillator. Physics 222 Mechanics (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a C- in Physics 218; and Math 200, 230. Math 235 is a recommended corequisite. Newtonian mechanics of particles and rigid bodies. Topics include rocket propulsion, collisions, central forces, rotating frames of reference, and rotation of rigid bodies. Political Studies Instructional Faculty E.M. LAVALLE, B.Comm., LL.B. (UBC), M.A. (Duke) P. MIER, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (Toronto) C. SYLVESTER, B.A. (Gonzaga), M.A. (Notre Dame) D. WINCHESTER, B.A. (Concordia), M.A. (UBC) University Transfer Credit All Political Studies courses at Capilano are transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Political Studies 100 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) An Introduction to Western Political Thought - Plato to Machiavelli The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the tradition of Western political inquiry from the Ancient Greeks to the emergence of the Nation State. Elements within this tradition will be approached from an historical and philosophical perspective. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the critical reading of original texts and background material will be presented in lectures and additional reading. Major topics include ancient and medieval political thought, and the rise of the national state. Political Studies 101 (3) Contemporary Ideologies (4,0,0) (F,S) Political Studies 103 (3) Introduction to Politics and Government (4,0,0) (F,S) This survey course will introduce students to the five major subfields of Political Studies—Political Theory, Comparative Politics, International Relations, Public Policy, and Canadian Government—and provide students with the fundamental concepts for political analysis and debate. Political Studies majors will find here a firm foundation in the concepts, methods, approaches and issues discussed in other courses in the discipline. Nonmajors will find the course provides them with the tools for analyzing and understanding the political events which shape our world. (This course is a pre-requisite for students planning to continue studying Political Studies at SFU) Political Studies 104 Canadian Government (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) This course introduces students to the structures and processes of Canadian government and politics. Topics to be explored will include the constitution, federalism, the status of Quebec, political culture and an examination of the role of the PMO, the bureaucracy, political parties and their impact on the quality of Canada's parliamentary democracy. Political Studies 201 (3) International Relations (4,0,0) (F,S) An introduction to the underlying ideas and historical development of the major ideologies of the modern era. The course includes reading and discussion of core historical works which shaped the progress of Liberalism, Conservatism, Anarchism, Social Democracy, Fascism and Marxism. It also includes critical evaluations of subideologies such as Feminism, Environmentalism, Racism and Nationalism. In order to provide students with the background to understand the nature of international relations, this course will examine both the events that have been occurring on the world stage, as well as the possible explanations for those events. To that end, the course will focus on such topics as underdevelopment, local and global wars, the environmental crisis, third world debt, militarism, disarmament, and regional conflict. Students will also critique theories offered to explain these events. Political Studies 102 (3) Comparative Government (4,0,0) (F,S) Political Studies 202 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Government and Politics of British Columbia When Aristotle set out to understand the hows and whys of government he started by collecting the constitutions of some 150 political systems. Students in Political Studies 102 will collect cases as well, although the number of systems studied will be limited to a handful of states at most, and the elements of government explored will go far beyond merely the constitutions of those countries. By analysing in some detail the formal and informal political structures of these systems, it is hoped students will gain a critical understanding of the range of political systems and political cultures existing world wide, as well as a greater appreciation for their own. This course will provide an understanding of the political institutions, dynamics, and socio-economic processes of the provincial, regional, and municipal governments in B.C. Specifically, it is intended to familiarize students with the activities of political parties and government institutions in B.C. It is designed to develop students' skills in critically analyzing the B.C. political process from several methodological perspectives within the discipline of political studies. Academic — Political Studies 151 Psychology Political Studies 203 (3) International Organizations (4,0,0) (F,S) Since the collapse of the Cold War, International Organizations in general and the United Nations in particular appear to be playing increasingly important roles on the world stage. But are they really? By using the tools of both the historical and theoretical perspectives, this course attempts to answer this question by examining the growth of International Organizations - governmental and non-governmental, regional and global - since the emergence of the Concert of Europe in 1815, paying particular attention to the League of Nations, The United Nations, and the European Community. Political Studies 206 (3) Scope and Methods of Political Analysis (4,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to the variety of approaches and tools available to those studying politics. Students will become familiar with the nature of and debates inherent to contemporary political studies, as well as the strengths and weaknesses of the various methods employed by students of politics. By developing their own research project, students will struggle first-hand with the issues central to all types of social science research: selecting from alternative models of explanation, attempting to isolate variables, and dealing with questions of cause and effect to name but a few. Students may have the opportunity to devleop and work on a proto-type political studies journal as well. Political Studies 207 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Selected Issues in Contemporary Social and Political Theory Prerequisites: Political Studies 101. Thiscourse transfers as a 300 level course at SFU. This course will examine some of the major contributions to social and political thought beginning with the rise of the Welfare State to issues associated with contemporary societies. Topics will include a discussion of the role of the state, the contributions of The Frankfurt School, NeoMarxism, Cultural Theory, the current interest in Democratic Theory, the role and place of "new" social movements in contemporary society, the meaning of liberty, the renewal of nationalism; and how particular theorists have responded to these developments, (for example, Keynes, Arendt, Gramsci, Althusser, Poulantzas, Bahro, Foucault, Habermas, Offe, Friedman, Marcuse, Williams, Bauman, Keane, Held and Melucci). Academic — Political Studies/Psychology 152 Instructional Faculty P. AVERY, B.A. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto) E. ECCLES, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (UBC) R. HAWRYLKO, B.A. (Hunter), M.A: (SFU) P. KARN, B.A. (Carleton), M.A., Ph. D. (York) M. MACNEILL, B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Manitoba), Ph.D. (Calgary) S. MOE, B.A., M.A. (Mexico) L. MOREY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) Ph.D. (U. of Sussex) J. WATERS, B.A. M.A. (SFU), Ph.D. (SFU) C. ZASKOW, BA. (UBC), M.A. (SFU) University Transfer Credit All Psychology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC, and UVic. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Description Psychology 100 (3) Introduction to Psychology (4,0,0) (F,S) A course designed to introduce the beginning psychology student to some of the major concepts and approaches necessary to an understanding of human behaviour from a psychological perspective. Topics covered include learning, development, sexuality, personality theory, and other selected issues. Psychology 101 (3) Theories of Behaviour (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A course for those students who desire a complete survey of the basic areas of Psychology (when combined with Psychology 100), before proceeding to an in-depth study of particular areas. The course covers such topics as research methodology, stress, physiological psychology, altered states of consciousness, behaviour disorders, the therapeutic process, and other selected issues. Psychology 200 (3) Social Psychology (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100; Psychology 101 is recommended. A study of the dynamics and effects of social influences on individual human behaviour. The course looks at such topics as attitudes and attitude changes, social beliefs, roles, conformity, group processes, prejudice, interpersonal attraction and psychological effects of the physical environment. Psychology 201 Group Dynamics (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Psychology 212 (3) Research Methods in Psychology (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 101 Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 101 A study of the behaviour of people in family and friendship groups. This course provides an intellectual and experiential approach to small group theory and allows the student to practice constructive interpersonal skills in a supportive, small group setting. A course for students who intend to major in one of the social sciences; psychology majors should take this course and its sequel, Psychology 213. This course will introduce the student to current research methods in major areas of psychology. Students should understand the principles of research methodology, and be able to evaluate, design and conduct research in psychology. Psychology 203 (3) History of Psychology (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100; Psychology 101 recommended. This course will examine the development of psychological thought to gain a critical understanding of contemporary psychology. Issues will range from the mind-body problem, and the nature of science, to an analysis of historical and contemporary schools in psychology. Psychology 204 (3) Developmental Psychology A study of the child's development from infancy to adolescence, including the development of social behaviour, personality, language and cognitive processes. Students will be encouraged to do research projects and observations. (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 101 A course dealing with the psychological development of the individual from early adulthood to death, with emphasis on intellectual and personality changes, and the social context of aging. As well as being exposed to basic research in the area, students will be encouraged to develop an empathic understanding of the aging process through such means as community projects. Psychology 206 (3) Adolescent Psychology (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Math 12 or equivalent, Psychology 100 and 212. A continuation of Psychology 212 for psychology majors. This course deals with descriptive and inferential statistics as applied in psychology. These will be considered as they are used in psychological research. (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Psychology 100; Psychology 101 recommended. Psychology 205 (3) The Psychology of Aging Psychology 213 (3) Statistical Methods in Psychology (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 101 Examines the research findings and theories pertaining to the development and behaviour of adolescents. Topics covered will include biological and sexual maturation, personality, intelligence, motivation and social issues such as delinquency and family relationships. Psychology 220 (3) Theory of Personality (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100; Psychology 101 recommended. A study of the various theories of personality from psychoanalytic theory to learning theory. Included will be the ideas of Freud, Rogers, Maslow and others. Concepts to be considered will include the development of personality, and the structure and dynamics of personality. The course will include consideration of theoretical problems, and students will become familiar with empirical research in these areas. Psychology 222 (3) Abnormal Psychology (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100; Psychology 101 recommended. A study of the various models and perspectives for viewing patterns and treatment of abnormal behaviour. Included will be an examination of the research as to how the medical model, behaviouristic school, humanistic school, psychoanalytic school, cognitive school and interpersonal school view normal and abnormal behaviour. This course will also focus on the historical and contemporary approaches to treatment. Psychology 230 (3) Cognitive Psychology (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100; Psychology 101 recommended. This course will address many of the issues relating to the thinking processes. Research into memory, problem Academic — Psychology 153 Sociology solving, creativity and artificial intelligence will be examined, as well as experiments in social cognition and cognition across the lifespan. Women's Studies 110 (3) Women and Psychology (4,0,0) A psychological examination of the origins of sex-roles, their development in childhood and maintenance in adult life. The course will examine current research in biology and behaviour, socialization, personality and will include issues of current interest such as sexuality, aging, and violence against women. Instructional Faculty G. BAILEY, B. SC. (McGill), Ph.D. (Oregon) N. GAYLE, B.A. (York), M.A. (Western), Ph.D. (UBC) C. HATHAWAY, B.A. (S.U.N.Y.), M.A. (Wash U., Mo.) M. SPEIER, B.A. (New York), M.A., Ph.D. (Berkeley) General Information All courses in Sociology are geared to help the student comprehend personal and global events in a relevant and meaningful way. Sociology should thus help the student in his/her endeavour to cope with our increasingly complex society. A major in Sociology leads to work in the following areas: social work, teaching, probation work, criminology, industrial Sociology, communications, media, government research and related areas. University Transfer Credit All Sociology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. All 200 level courses will provide the Simon Fraser transfer student with assigned credit toward second-year courses. The UBC transfer student will be provided with unassigned credit towards a major. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Sociology 100 (3) Social Structures (4,0,0) (F,S) The course systematically covers major topics and issues of concern to anyone who wishes to begin to understand and come to terms with, the modern world in a personally and sociologically relevant way. The basic theme of the course is that we are, to a greater extent than generally imagined, produced, structured and run by the "social machine". This "social machine" comprises institutions such as the family, religion, class system, mass media, education as well as rules, customs, laws, etc. This course looks at how we are influenced by this "machine" and in turn how we react to that influence. Both Sociology 100 and 101 are required for students intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC. Sociology 101 (3) Concepts of Theories of Society (4,0,0) (F,S) With current social conditions in mind, this course analyses the general development of sociological thought in the 19th and 20th centuries. We will look at three major approaches to understanding society (structural functionalism, conflict theory and symbolic interactionism) and employ these approaches to analyse events of current interest. Academic - Psychology/Sociology 154 Both Sociology 100 and 101 are required for students intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC. Sociology 200 (3) Canadian Society (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. An introduction to the study of Canadian society and culture, including an analysis of the major Canadian institutions studied on a national basis, with special emphasis on the dynamics of change in a multicultural, complex society. Sociology 201 (3) British Columbia Society (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. A continued sociological approach to the dynamics of Canadian society with special emphasis on British Columbia. Close attention will be given to social movements and economics, historical and cultural developments which have shaped British Columbia from a frontier into a modern industrial society. Sociology 210 (3) Current Social Issues (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. A study of social concerns and cultural problems common to current conditions in the 20th century in our society and in global perspectives. Classical sociological concepts will be used to examine current social issues in a global framework of political, economic, and cultural analysis, such as mass violence, the economics of the arms race, the sociology of war and peace, social inequality, etc. Current issues are placed in the context of the student's daily world, as it is happening now — this should develop the student s sociological imagination. This course can be taken by itself, or as a complement to Sociology of the Third World. Both sociological and "non-sociological" literature on the meaning and effects of "under development" will be considered. This course may be taken by itself or as a complement to Sociology 210, Current Social Issues. Sociology 222 (3) Sociology of the Arts (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. A sociological study of art and artists in western and nonwestern societies. The course will relate the various art forms (painting, music, literature) to the social context in which they exist and to their social production; hence it will develop an understanding of the interrelationships between ideas (aesthetic codes), social institutions, cultural politics and political economy. This course is particularly recommended as a complement to Sociology 101 or 223. Sociology 223 (3) Media and Society (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. An intensive study of the relationship between a society's communication systems as media and its technological, economic and political base, its ideology, its behaviour patterns and its cultural life. This will encompass current forms of television, radio, magazines, all forms of advertisement, news production and the movies. This course is particularly recommended as a complement to Sociology 222 or 100. 7 Sociology 211 (3) Sociology of the Third World (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. A study of the major theories of development and under development, social and cultural responses to under development, and the inter-relationship of social institutions in and between the "developed" and "under developed" societies. This course will provide students with an opportunity to better understand the social, economic and political causes and effects of under development. Academic — Sociology 155 Spanish Instructional Faculty Course Descriptions C. FURSTENWALD, B.A. (U.N.A.M. Mexico), M.B.A. (City Univ., Seattle) Spanish 100 (3) First Year Spanish Instructional Associate This is a beginners' course which offers a comprehensive introduction to the Spanish language. Emphasis is placed on grammar and the development of the students' speaking, understanding and writing skills. J. GACINA, B.A. (SFU), P.D.P. (SFU) K. MATTSON, B.A. (SFU), Licenciatura (Barcelona) E. UNDERHILL, B.A., B.Ed. (UBC), M.A. (U. of Western Ontario) General Information Spanish 100/101 courses include 5-3/4 hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lecture, one hour of Hispanic culture studies; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice and one hour of conversational practice. Spanish 200/201 courses include six hours of instruction per week, made up of four hours of lecture and two hours of conversational practice. Native speakers of Spanish are not allowed in first year courses. If they wish to take second year courses in Spanish, they must consult with the Spanish instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any misunderstandings, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Department prior to enrollment. Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. Spanish 101 (3) First Year Spanish (S) (3,1.75) All Spanish courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. SFU: Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue further courses in Spanish are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at SFU for all Capilano College Spanish courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in Spanish. Courses which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. UBC: At UBC, present equivalent standards equate Spanish 100 and 101 with Spanish 100; Spanish 200 and 201 with Spanish 200. The student who plans to major in Spanish may enter UBC's Spanish when s/he completes the Capilano courses. Academic — Spanish 156 (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: Spanish 100, Grade 10 Spanish completed, or permission from instructor. A continuation of the work of Spanish 100, this course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following Spanish 100. Recommended also for those who are considering taking Spanish 200 at a later date and need review work. Spanish 200 (3) Second Year Spanish (4,2,0) (F) Spanish 100/101, Grade 12 Spanish completed with a minimum of a "C" grade, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: A review of Spanish grammar with special emphasis on problematic areas normally encountered by students of the language. The reading, writing and oral fluency of the student will be improved through translations, compositions and a high degree of conversation. Also, the student will be introduced to Hispanic Literature. Classes will be conducted in the Spanish language only. Spanish 201 (3) Second Year Spanish University Transfer Credit (4,1.75,0) (F) (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Spanish 200 with a minimum of a "C" grade, or permission from the instructor. A continuation of the work of Spanish 200. This course should be taken, wherever possible, in the term following Spanish 200. Instructional Faculty Instructional Faculty J. PLACZEK, B.A. (Windsor), M.A. Linguistics (UBC), Ph.D. South East Asian Studies (UBC) P. PLACZEK, Language Associate, B.A. (Thammasat University) Bangkok D. MOORE, B.F.A. (UVic.) W. MURDOCH, B.F.A. (UVic), M.F.A. (UBC) T. FORREST, B.F.A. (B.C. Open University) S. ATKINS, B.A. (SFU) D. PRICE, B.A. (SFU) Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. Course Descriptions Thai 100 (3) (4,2,0) (F) This course provides instruction and practice both in beginning language and in the cultural background which is so necessary to place the examples into meaningful contexts. The international phonetic alphabet is used to avoid confusion of sounds. The basic vocabulary and sentence structures are covered, and social routines and common idioms are stressed as well. Students have time to practice all structures introduced, and are encouraged to initiate their own conversations. At the end of the course students have better than survival-level fluency, and use only Thai for basic classroom routines. They are ready to learn to write. Thai 101 (3) (4,2,0) (S) General Information The Theatre Program runs courses in the Fall and Spring terms through the College's Academic Division. These are available to both full-time and part-time students who wish the opportunity to continue their interest in Theatre at a post-secondary level. The aim of the program is to provide a professional approach to Theatre through inclass instruction and performance experience, both on campus and on tour. Auditions are not required for entry to Theatre 100 or 101. Theatre 210,216,200 and 201 courses require an audition for entry or to waive a prerequisite. Check with the department for audition dates. This program prepares students who are professionally inclined, for specialized training at other Colleges, Universities and Theatre schools while providing academic transfer credit to students with a casual interest in Theatre. Also, for those who wish to pursue theatre for the sheer joy of it, these courses provide an excellent introduction to the discipline and develop skills which are easily utilized in non-theatre situations. Prerequisite: Thai 100 or equivalent This course reviews the basic material of Thai 100, and introduces the script. Students learn how to write the words they already know. More complex structures are introduced, along with more idioms, common expressions, and exceptions to basic rules. Classes are conducted almost all in Thai, except for occasional detailed historical or technical explanations. At the end of the course students know how to respond to typical situations in Thai and to elicit basic everyday information from Thais. They can read simple Thai passages and the basic road signs and are at a level of reading and writing equivalent to Thai grade four students. University Transfer Credit Theatre courses at Capilano have transfer credit or elective credit at SFU, UBC and UVic. Please consult Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar and instructor for the most recent transfer information. Course Descriptions Theatre 100 Acting I (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A workshop course in the art of the actor, focusing on voice, movement, and scene work to develop the student's awareness of the actor's resources and his/her own strengths and weaknesses as a performer. In addition to readings and a written analysis of a professional production, the student will rehearse and perform a monologue and a short scene, applying approaches and techniques taught in class to the final presentation of these scenes for an invited audience. Video and audio tapings of student work will be used to augment individual comment and coaching provided by the instructor. Academic — Thai/Theatre 157 Theatre 101 Acting II (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A continuation of Theatre 100, exploring performance improvisation and non-scripted theatre. A workshop course focusing on improvisation as an essential tool in developing the actor's imaginative resources and providing the confidence necessary to any form of "thinking on one's feet." Improvisation will be taught as a performance skill in its own right through the use of theatre games such as seen at Theatre Sports, but it will also be explored as a means to develop and amplify scripted works. Theatre 105 Bodywork I (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Bodywork is a studio course designed for students both experienced and inexperienced with movement techniques. These workshop classes focus on body awareness and alignment, strength, flexibility, and coordination. Class work will develop personal confidence, coordination, imagination, and discipline. Ensemble work will emphasize collaboration, support and communication skills essential for group dynamics. Studio presentations will form a component of the term's work. Theatre 107 (3) Vocal Communication I (4,0,0) (F,S) This is a workshop course for students interested in developing the voice and oral presentation. The course deals with talking: developing a clear, pleasant, animated and well-projected voice. Improved vocal technique is linked to good vocal communication with an emphasis on speaking before groups. Skill and confidence is built through presentation of vocal exercises using poetry and drama. Two or three professionals will give guest workshops and introduce the student to specific applications of using the voice in the working world. Potential guest lecturers: actors, radio and television announcers, public speakers, singers, and others. Theatre 120 (3) The Elements of Theatre I (4,0,0) (F) The Elements of Theatre I look at the evolution of theatrical performance from its ritualistic beginnings to the spectacular melodramas of the 19th Century. Lectures and play readings will be augmented with slide and video presentations of class works from the great ages of Theatre and Drama. The Elements of Theatre I also provide background insights into the historical contributions of the Actor, Academic — Theatre 158 Playwright and Theatre Critic. The work of these collaborators is studied in the context of performances which the class will attend and discuss, writing papers and preparing presentations on the work of the playwright and the director, with the student's critical insights being shared in class. The shows attended will be chosen from the seasons of companies performing in Vancouver. Theatre 121 (3) The Elements of Theatre II (4,0,0) (S) Theatre 121 is a continuation of Theatre 120, and examines the contribution of the Director and the Scenic artists in creating a specific interpretation of the plays selected. The focus of this examination will again be performances chosen from the spring season in Vancouver, with the student writing papers and preparing designs for a work chosen from the modern period. This examination will be set in the context of the modern theatre as slide lectures, video presentations and discussions will attempt to clarify for the student some of the major trends in modern theatre from its beginnings in the Naturalistic and Realistic movements at the turn of the century through the Epic Theatre of Bertold Brecht and the experimentors of the Sixties and Seventies to present eclectic Post Modernist. Theatre 150 (3) Introduction to Production and Design I (4,0,0) (F) An intermediate introduction to the basic elements of theatrical production and design. It gives a practical look at modern theatrical design of sets, lighting, costume, properties, and promotional materials. Examines the roles of the people involved in producing a show— designers, publicist, lighting and sound technicians, stage manager, and construction crews—with students having the opportunity to try out one or more of these roles in production situations. Using a lecture and workshop format the student is familiarized with the theory and practice of technical theatre, shop organization, and the use of hand and power tools, basic construction, electricity and lighting, publicity, and backstage organization. Students will build, tech, and crew final presentations of first and second year acting courses. Theatre 151 (3) Introduction to Production and Design II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Theatre 150. Students will participate in the design and construction of the spring presentation and become the production team responsible for the planning and execution of the design concept through all its phases - from pre-production meetings through shop drawings and construction to opening night and beyond. Women's Studies The focus of the course shifts to specific production and design skills required to mount and publicize the show chosen. Assignments w i l l vary depending on the student's aptitude, desire and time commitment, as department standards aim at professionally produced and r u n productions for a paying public audience. Theatre 200 (3) Script and Stage (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Theatre 100 or 101, or by audition This acting course focuses on scripted material and the means that the actor uses to bring about a full rendering of the work chosen. Students are introduced to the discipline of acting within the context of production, so such topics as w o r k i n g with a director, w o r k i n g w i t h i n a rehearsal schedule, using props, set and costumes, are approached i n a practical studio workshop format. This course is project oriented and students w i l l have the opportunity to perform work i n a short run before a public audience. Theatre 201 (3) Rehearsal and Performance (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Theatre 200, or b y audition This course takes the lessons learned i n Theatre 200 and applies them on a larger scale. This term's topic is: What is the job of the actor in the context of a fully produced play? A professionally mounted performance marketed to the community is the format for this course. Students w i l l learn the process of rehearsal from the actor's perspective from casting through to production post mortem. A u d i t i o n i n g and the preparation of finished audition pieces w i l l form a portion of both terms work. Instructional Faculty W o m e n ' s Studies offerings are taught by fully-qualified instructors who have experience i n the field relevant to their courses. These faculty are seconded from relevant disciplines to Women's Studies. University Transfer Credit For information on transferability refer to the Transfer G u i d e at the back of the Calendar. Students w h o wish to pursue further courses i n Women's Studies are advised that both U B C and S F U have programs i n Women's Studies. Course Descriptions Note: courses marked w i t h an asterisk (*) may not be offered i n 94/95. Check the current timetable. Women's Studies 100 (3) Introduction to Women's Studies (4,0,0) This course w i l l examine the status and role of w o m e n i n Canadian Society. Topics w i l l include the impact of Women's Studies on traditional academic disciplines; the nature and origins of patriarchy; women and work; and issues centering around reproduction and sexuality. It w i l l trace the development of sex role divisions i n the family and other social institutions; examine the influence of education, media and art on the development of female role models. Differences i n women's roles due to class, status, race, and religion w i l l be discussed. Women's Studies 104 (3) Contemporary Women Writers (4,0,0) A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden the students' awareness of, and appreciation for, literature being produced by contemporary w o m e n writers. It w i l l also introduce students to current feminist literary theory. Women's Studies 106 (3) Contemporary American Women Writers* (4,0,0) A discussion-oriented literature course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation of contemporary and recent important American w o m e n authors. There w i l l be brief consideration of 19th and early 20th century works, but the focus w i l l be on works published since WWII, including works of the 1980s. A l t h o u g h the focus w i l l be on plays, stories, novels, and poetry, there w i l l be some exploration of those biographical matters and issues of critical status that mark the rise of women's writings from a sub-genre to full status acceptance by the best critics today. Academic — Theatre/Women's Studies 159 Women's Studies 110 (3) Women and Psychology (4,0,0) A psychological examination of the origins of sex-roles, their development in childhood and maintenance in adult life. The course will examine current research in biology and behaviour, socialization, personality and will include issues of current interest such as sexuality, aging, and violence against women. Women's Studies 113 Women in Politics (3) (4,0,0) This introductory course in Women's Studies will examine women's political participation in the political process from a multidisciplinary feminist format. The course will focus on Canadian examples and encourage students to examine the difficulties that affect women in particular. Students will be encouraged to research possible solutions to increasing women's political participation. Women's Studies 122 (3) Women in Anthropology (4,0,0) The anthropological perspective applied to women in different cultures of the world: their role in economic, political, religious, kinship, and expressive systems; exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the effect of theory on understanding women; women's experience in cultures of the world. Women's Studies 130 Women and Art (3) (4,0,0) This course surveys the history of women's involvement in Western art. The position of women in the visual arts and art history will be discussed and the methodological issues involved in reclaiming the history of women artists explored. Women's role as producers of art will be considered from Antiquity to the 20th Century and the social, cultural and economic background of each period will be examined in order to understand the conditions under which these artists worked. The image of women in art will be looked at to reveal the underlying ideologies of each period. Students taking WMST 130 will not receive duplicate credit for AHIS 109. Women's Studies 140 (3) Women, Science and Technology* (4,0,0) This course will provide an insight into the role that science and technology play in our society and their impact on the lives of women. Topics will include an historical review of the role women have played in the development of science, investigation of the reasons for the traditionally low participation of women in scientific and technical fields, the relationship between science and Academic — Women's Studies 160 gender and discussion sessions on a varioty of topics such as ecofeminism, ecology and the environment, reproductive technologies, sociobiology, information technology. Women's Studies 220 (3) Women and the Past: An Historical Survey (4,0,0) A survey of the lives of women from the Ancient World to 20th century North America. An uncovering of women's participation in and contribution to the making of history. Private lives as well as public and political activities will be studied. The course will examine reasons behind the extent to which women have been "hidden from history." Capilano College offers a variety of employment-related programs. The programs offered are under constant review to make certain that students are taught the latest techniques and skills. Advisory committees, composed of employers, review and recommend content of all programs. Admission is limited and applicants are considered on the criteria established for each program area. In general, Grade 12 standing is required for two year Diploma Programs although others may be admitted on the basis of their experience and abilities. Due to the timely nature of these programs, requirements and profiles may change. Contact the individual departments for current information. Student Course and Work Load Full-time programs are designed so that successful completion is a full-time task. Students are advised not to undertake other activities that require large time commitments, including employment, while undertaking fulltime studies. Graduate Employment Employment opportunities for graduates have been good, however the College does not guarantee jobs for its graduates. Exemption Standing Students may be exempted from certain courses upon the successful demonstration of acquired skills and knowledge. Such exemption standings will be noted on the Permanent Student Record. are required at Capilano College for the certificate or diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. Full information on transfer of specific courses is available from the Admissions Advisor, Counsellors and in the Division. Admission Dates Enrolment in some Programs may be curtailed due to space and equipment limitations. Consequently, those students who contemplate entrance are encouraged to apply early. Applicants are required to have an interview with the Program Coordinator prior to admission. Unsuccessful applicants who wish to be considered for the next year must re-apply. Canadian Studies Specialty Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can apply for a Canadian Studies Specialty to be applied to their diploma. See section on General Information. Practicums For some practicums students may be required to have a Criminal Records check. Course Description Code On therighthand side of each course description there is a series of code letters and numbers, for example: INF0143 (3.0) Research Methods in the Electronic Age (3,0,1) (S) Students granted such exemptions will have their total course load reduced by the number of exempted credits to the maximum of two courses or six credits per academic year without effect upon the status of the certificate or diploma in the particular program. Such exempted credits are not necessarily transferable to other institutions. Each course is designated by the department name and course number (INFO 143). The number in brackets following the course designation (3.0) indicates the number of credits for the course. Exemption in excess of two courses, or six credits may be awarded a student only upon the recommendation of the appropriate Program Coordinator and the Dean. The second set of parentheses includes the lecture, lab and other hours for the course. For INFO 143 there will be 3 lecture hours, no lab hours, and one other hour per week. Transfer to and from Other Institutions There is agreement among all public B.C. Colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given at the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credits. Transfer credits are granted to students ON ADMISSION for acceptable work done at other institutions: the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which The third set of parentheses indicates the term in which the class is usually offered. Example: F-Fall, S-Spring, SUSummer. INFO 143 is offered in the Spring term. Please check the timetable to confirm the term offered as this may change after the calendar is printed. The course title (Research Methods in the Electronic Age) is indicated on the line below the department name and course number. The nominal length of a term is 16 weeks. Please see the Academic schedule on page 10 for the first and last days of classes and for the dates of the examination period. Career/Vocational — General Information 163 Applied Information Technology Contact: 984-1727 Instructional Faculty NOTE: In addition students need to meet the College's general admission requirements. R. BAILEY M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), PH.D. (UBC) G. BLITSTEIN, A.S.P. (BROOKS INSTITUTE) V. BUSCH S. R. GILBERT, B.A. (UVic), M.A. (UBC) C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) A. LOREK, B.A., M.L.S. G. McARTHUR, M.Ed. (UBC) D. PORTER, B.A. (UToronto), M.Ed. (SFU) D. STETAR D. TAIT L. WU Special Fees and Expenses Coordinator: Gerald Blitstein/Lawrence Wu The Applied Information Technology Department offers credit courses for part-time studies in the evening. Students may enrol in any number of courses. Some courses may be applied toward a Certificate in Applied Telecomputing. Please contact the Department for current information. Lab Supervisor Lawrence Wu/Doug Tait Staff: Cathy Cole, 984-1727 General Information During the last decade, society and the economy have rapidly changed, increasingly becoming information- and communication-based. Within business and industry, and between governments, the capability to deal with information and its processing has become an important factor in maintaining a competitive edge. Until the beginning of the 1980s, there was a confidence that the private and public sectors could either rely on information created internally, or access commercially available information. As we move into the 1990s and beyond to the 21st century, it becomes increasingly obvious in these sectors that individuals will need to control their own access to information. They will use the microcomputer, both alone and connected to other microcomputers and mainframe systems. The interaction with this information will become an integral part of the new wave of western development. The Applied Information Technology program will identify issues facing the new communicators and will train students in the skills to acquire, select, organize and communicate that information using the latest in interactive computer technology and telecommunications. Through an intensive hands-on immersion into the world of electronic communications, students will become capable handlers of the technology, with advanced research and critical thinking skills, and increased sophistication in interactive computer presentation. Admission Requirements • College entrance level English • Computer literacy and a modest keyboarding rate • Students will be required to attend an interview prior to acceptance Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 164 • The Macintosh computer with an 80 megabyte hard drive and 8 megs of RAM is considered the minimum machine capable of performing tasks required in this program. • Texts, software, disks • Modem 2400 baud (minimum) • Bulletin Board / E mail /conferencing fees/data bank research time Evening Program DIPLOMA PROGRAM (10 MONTH FULL-TIME) 51 CREDITS (9 credits awarded for previous or post-graduate work or experience) FIRST TERM - FOUNDATION SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER CMNS 140-01 Introduction to Interactive Writing I INFO 150-01 Contemporary Issues I INFO 153-01 Research Methods INFO 166-01 Applied Telecommunications INFO 167-01 Systems, Tools, Utilities MDIA 140-01 Communication Planning & Management PHIL 170-01 Critical Thinking I NOVEMBER/DECEMBER CMNS 141-01 Interactive Writing II GRPH 140-01 Graphics I INFO 151-01 Interactive Communications I INFO 154-01 Electronic Information Research & Management INFO 156-01 Technical Support: Foundation INFO 180-01 Computer Mediated Communications PHIL 171-01 Critical Thinking II SECOND TERM - EXPLORATION JANUARY/FEBRUARY GRPH 141-01 Graphics II INFO 155-01 Interactive Communications II INFO 162-01 Contemporary Issues II Credits 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 13 22.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 INFO 170-01 Project Administration & Management INFO 188-01 Technical Support: Exploration I MDIA 142-01 Computer Managed Learning & Training I MUS 090-01 Digitized Sound I 2.25 .75 1.5 1.5 MARCH/APRIL CMNS 142-01 Interactive Writing III GRPH 142-01 Graphics III INFO 158-01 Interactive Communications III INFO 182-01 Cross Platform Development INFO 183-01 Time-based Data Integration INFO 189-01 Technical Support: Exploration II 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 .75 75 18.0 T H I R D T E R M - PROFESSIONAL D E V E L O P M E N T MAY/JUNE INFO 164-01 Major Project 6.0 INFO 190-01 Self-Directed Studies: 4.5 • Advanced Graphics • Self-Marketing & Career Management • Presentation • Technical Support: Advanced I • Technical Support: Advanced II 10.5 Course Descriptions Communications 140 (1.5) Introduction to Interactive Writing I (3,0,0) (F) This course will equip students with a clear, concise writing style, will make students aware of various genres and the styles they require, will enable students to "translate" from technical jargon into English, will equip students with basic editing and rewriting skills, will familiarize students with a word processing application and will enable students to use electronic means of communication. Communications 141 Interactive Writing II (1.5) (3,0,0) (F) This course will equip students with an understanding of the structure of expository, narrative, analytical and argumentative writing, will enable students to write and revise extensive documents for both technical and nontechnical readers and will equip students with the skills needed to produce an electronic journal. Communications 142 Interactive Writing III (1.5) (3,0,0) (S) This course will equip students with the skills to "scriptwrite" for the computer, including the ability to plan, outline and write extensive documents; design clear, simple instructions for reader response; apply interactive writing skills to specific projects such as an electronic journal, computer-assisted instruction package, computer conference or the like. GRPH 140 Graphics I (1.5) (3,0,0) (F) This course aims to enhance visual literacy through the development of generic skills and abilities. Students will develop a critical awareness of different presentation formats, will learn to make an effective visual analysis, and will develop a facility in resolving graphic problems within the computer environment. Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to pre-plan for a graphic layout using storyboards and thumbnails, to choose the appropriate graphic tools for a given presentation format, to compose a visual theme for a computer monitor application and to prepare documents within a page layout application. GRPH 141 Graphics II (1.5) (3,0,0) (S) This course continues with the investigation of basic graphic skills introduced in Graphics I. Students will be equipped to work within computer drawing applications. GRPH 142 (1.5) Graphics III (3,0,0) (SU) In the third graphics course, we extend graphic exploration to include "time" as a design element. Sequential presentations are coupled with the basic rules learned from Graphics I. INF0150 (1.5) Contemporary Issues I (3,0,0) (F) This course presents expert opinions on a variety of issues in the ethics of communication, in human perception and learning in a computer environment, and in the impact of new information systems on human understanding and human society. As communications enters the twentyfirst century, those engaged in processing information will have new ways to think and new questions of responsibility to answer; the course asks students to consider the moral and cognitive demands of the new age. INF0151 (1.5) Interactive Communications I (3,0,0) (F) This course first examines the concept of interactive communications — the active involvement of a human mind with a computer — and the history of developments in the field to date. It then moves to more practical skills, Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 165 moving from planning and flow charting to basic programming skills and the creation of a simple interactive information base. INF0153 (1.5) Research Methods (3,0,0) (F) This course will introduce students to a variety of information sources, methods of organizing information and techniques for searching information. Skills necessary for efficient research will be developed. Students will learn to identify, locate and cite information from standard reference sources such as encyclopedias, directories and gazetteers, from government and statistical publications, from journals and newspapers, and from audio-visual sources. The hierarchical organization of information in library classification systems via subject and key word descriptors in catalogues, indexes and abstracting services will be examined. Through practical exercises, students will acquire the basic research skills essential to survival in an information-based environment. INF0154 (1.5) (3,0,0) (S) Electronic Information Research and Management This course will extend the concepts and skills developed in basic research to include their application in computerized databases. Students will explore the rapidly expanding world of electronic information by using remote, online public access library catalogues, CD-ROM full-text and index products, statistical computer packages and a variety of commercially available on-line databases. Methodical search strategies using boolean logic and other organizational techniques will be developed. Students will learn how to select appropriate databases, and how to define the scope of a search to result in successful enduser research. INF0155 (1.5) Interactive Communications II (3,0,0) (S) This project-based course expands earlier concepts, introducing larger scale journal publishing. Students will learn to assimilate previously published material (located through the research techniques taught elsewhere in the program), and to reprocess it. They will round out their earlier journal project, filling in the framework to produce a finished product. INF0156 (1.5) Technical Support I (3,0,0) (S, SU) In this course students will learn to work with expanded memory, learn yet more interactive programming skills, and learn to design the hardware access configurations necessary to drive their projects. Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 166 INF0158 (1.5) Interactive Communications III (3,0,0) (S) Following on from the journal work of the previous two courses, students in this project-based course will create a second and much more complex interactive product. Students will conceive the goal of the product, find necessary resources, design the project (incorporating ancillary input devices such as laser disk, commercial databases, and the like), and create a finished communications package. INF0162 (1.5) Contemporary Issues II (3,0,0) (S) This course explores further issues of concern to those working with computers in the next decades: the role of computers in a democratic society, the invasion of privacy, the structure of a society of technologists, the effect of artificial intelligence on society. INF0164 (6) Major Project (3,0,0) (SU) In the final term of the program, students will undertake to develop an interactive computer project in conjunction with a client. The project may involve CAI or CAT, marketing, cooperative or governmental communication or social advocacy, depending on the interests of the student and the client chosen. Following consultation with the instructor, students may, instead, opt to work on a major portfolio project. This project must demonstrate a knowledge of the skills taught throughout the program. INF0166 (1.5) Applied Telecommunications (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to the design and use of E-mail, bulletin boards and computer conferencing systems. INF0167 (1.5) Systems, Tools, Utilities I (3,0,0) (F) This course familiarizes students, in depth, with the computer systems they will be using. The network used for course work, its operation, its hardware and its printing operations will be explained. Various programs will be examined and an introduction to word processing will be given. INF0170 (2.25) Project Administration & Management (3,0,0) (S) This course teaches skills necessary to successfully manage and produce an interactive multimedia project. Management issues such as administration, pre-production and production planning, copyright clearance, collaboration and team building will be considered. INF0180 (3.0) Computer Mediated Communications (3,0,0) (S,SU) This course is designed to introduce the student to the various aspects and issues of computer mediated communications. It will enable the student to understand collaborative work in the world of telecomputing, experience a variety of planned computer mediated systems and link to other computer networks (via Internet and Telnet). INF0182 (1.5) Cross-Platform Development (3,0,0) (S) This course addresses the issues of transferring multimedia projects from one computer platform to another. Design and production consideration for cross-platform media integration will be explored and comparisons will be made between the Macintosh and IBM-PC compatibles. The Microsoft Windows user interface, Windows based multimedia and file translation methods will be evaluated. Each student will translate one of their existing projects from the Macintosh environment to the Windows environment. INF0 183 (.75) Time-based Data Integration (3,0,0) (S) This course introduces the student to the QuickTime system extension and to the tools used for integrating multimedia data into the QuickTime file format. Data capture, compression, assembly and editing techniques and the issue of synchronization will be addressed. INF0188 (.75) Technical Support: Exploration I (3,0,0) (S) Authorware's basic authoring environment will be introduced and students will build on the structured programming concepts learned in INFO 156. Students will learn to author and support their Authorware project from INFO 155 and INFO 146. INF0189 (.75) Technical Support: Exploration II (3,0,0) (S) Macromind Director's development environment will be introduced and students will learn to apply concepts in structured programming developed in INFO 156 and INFO 188 to Director's environment. Students will learn to script and support their project from INFO 158 using Director. INF0190 (4.5) Self-Directed Studies (3,0,0) (SU) During the month of May a series of self-directed studies options are offered to the students. The options are: Computer Presentation, Self-Marketing and Career Management, Advanced Graphics, Advanced Authorware, and Advanced Director. Presentation This course explores the related planning, design and implementation skills needed for effective desktop presentation. Students will learn to design and build an outline, determine what hardware and software applications will best realize the design, interrelate graphics with support text, structure and deliver the final presentation. Self-Marketing and Career Management This course will examine the basic principles of marketing yourself and your ideas to the business community. It will include an overview of marketing theory, application of the theory into job market evaluation, preparation of a personal marketing plan, and a selling skills workshop. Advanced Graphics This course is for students wishing advanced instruction in computer based graphics and design. Technical Support: Advanced I This course is for students wishing to acquire advanced programming skills in Authorware Professional. There will be four formal lectures in May. In June the instructor will be available for consultations, if necessary. Technical Support: Advanced II This course is for students wishing to acquire advanced programming skills in Macromind Director. There will be four formal lectures in May. In June the instructor will be available for consultations, if necessary. MDIA 140 (1.5) Communication Planning & Management (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces the design, development and management processes required to create successful events and products intended to communicate. Students will develop concepts, provide audience and market demographics, and create a design plan for a model communication project. Issues of roles with a design team, timelines and available resources will be examined. Project management systems will be introduced and students will explore how microcomputers can assist both the planning and execution of projects. MDIA 142 (1.5) Computer Managed Learning & Training (3,0,0) (F) This course examines the concept of teaching with computer assisted methodologies and of learning in an environment managed by computer. A historical survey of systems will lead to a discussion of current learning systems. Traditional approaches such as drill and practice, simulation and linear programming will be contrasted with emerging hypermedia techniques. Various Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 167 design approaches — systematic behavioral, market driven, learner controlled — will be described. Students will consider how learning is defined and evaluated. Students will complete a design project and develop a prototype learning product using a computer-based authoring system. MUS 090 (1.5) Digitized Sound I (3,0,0) (F) This course examines the use of sound in computer presentations, including the use of sound effects (SFX), music and voice. Students will learn about overtones, timbre, waveforms, analog synthesis and analog to digital conversions. The skills learned will be used to enhance projects in other courses through the addition of sound. PHIL 170 (1.5) Critical Thinking I (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces students to the basic concepts of critical thinking and argumentation. Students will come to understand the concepts of argument, premise, conclusion, and argument structure and develop facility in using these concepts. They will come to understand and develop facility with the standards of good arguments (including acceptability, sufficiency, irrelevancy, fallacy, and biased language, with some of the basic concepts of deductive reasoning, and with causal and analogical reasoning. PHIL 171 (1.5) Critical Thinking II (3,0,0) (S) This course continues the work of Critical Thinking I. In this term, students will develop an understanding and facility with causal and scientific reasoning, will develop an understanding and facility with the proper use of expert appeals, and will develop an understanding of the role that moral reasoning, values and fundamental Commitments play in argumentation. Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 168 Department of Business Administration Contact: 984-4960, Fax: 984-1734 General Information Instructional Faculty For 20 years, the Department of Business Administration at Capilano College has stressed a balanced combination of classroom learning and hands-on business education. All of our faculty have firsthand business experience and remain active in their specialties. M. ARNOLD, D. BROWNE, B.A., M.A. (UBC) B. CAMPBELL, (Seneca) A. W. CARTER, B.Sc., M.B.A. (U of A, City U) J. DAWSON-NOWACK, B.A. (Edmonton), M.Ed. (UofT) G. FANE, Dip. Tech., B.Sc., M.B.A., C.M.A. (BCIT, City U., UBC) G.H. FARRELL, M.B.A., C.M.A., F.C.M.A. (SFU) S. GARDNER, B.A. (McGill), B.Phil. (Oxford), Ph.D. Concordia F. GRUEN, B.Mgt.Eng., M.A.Sc. M. GUTTERIDGE, B.A. (York), M.A. (SFU) E. HALL, B.A. (Hons.) A T . C C. HILL, B.A. (Santa Clara) P. HOLDEN, B.A., LL.B., M.B.A. (UBC, U. of Ottawa,UBC) G. HUGHES, B.A.Sc. (U of T), CGA S. JBARAKI, Dip. Physics (Okanagan College), I.S.P. W. INGLIS, B.A., Dip. Mktg.- (UBC, U. Montreal) W. INKSTER, C.G.A., (Canada) C. KILIAN, B.A., M.A. (SFU) J.D. LOBLAW, B.A. (U of T) R. LONGWORTH, B.Sc., M.Ed. (Concordia, St. Michaels) I.S.P. E. A. LOWE, B.Sc, M.B.A. (UBC), C.G.A. C. MCKIE, B.Comm., M.B.A., P.T.C. (UBC, City Univ.) L. MICHAELS, B.Sc., B.Ed., M.Ed. (U of A) K.W. MOAK, B.A., M.P.A. (UVic) F. MORRIS, B.A., LL.B., LL.M. (McGill, U.W. Ont.) B. MOSELEY, B.A., M.B.A. (Univ. of Cal) R.C. NICHOLS, B.Comm., C.M.A. (U of A) R. O'CONNOR, B.Admin. (Ryerson), I.S.P. F. PARVAZ, B.Sc. (Tehran) M.S. Dip. (San Diego State) J. PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc, Teacher's Cert. (N.Dakota) P. PODOLAK, Cert. Display (Aus.) B. REID, B.A. (U of A) D. SAUER, B.A., M.B.A. (SFU, UBC) J. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston) A. SEDKY, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Ain Shams, Cairo) M. TAYLOR, B.Sc. (U of A) L. TEETZEL, B. Com. (UBC), MPA (Queens) M. VAN HORN, B.Ed. (U of A), ACSM (Capilano) A.H. VICK, B.Comm. (UBC) K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lie Acct. (UBC), C.G.A. A. WATSON, B.A. (U of C), AIBC G. WAUGH, B.A., M.A. - Reading, (UBC) H. WILKINS, B.A. (U of T), M.B.A. (Dalhousie) J. WILSON, B. Comm., C A . (UBC) H.B. YACKNESS, B.Comm., M.B.A., C A . (SFU) Support Staff Sharon Miletic, Student Employer Assistant/Receptionist Dorothy Webb, Div. Assistant We continually review and update our programs according to market needs so that our graduates have the skills employers demand. A recent review of our programs by our Advisory Board, graduates, students and faculty led us to accentuate our training in problem-solving, written and verbal business presentations, and team work. This makes our graduates even more employable in today's highly competitive job market, and gives them the expertise to succeed in the workplace of the future. Our graduates proceed to occupations such as: •Operations Manager •Accountant •Production Manager •Store Manager •Promotion Manager •Systems Analyst •Sales Representative •Lending Officer •Research Coordinator • Financial Analyst In the past, many of our graduates have developed careers with large corporations such as General Foods, I.C.B.C, McKim, Baker-Lovick, BBDO Advertising, The Future Shop, Labatt's, Brights Wines, B.C Tel, and B.C Hydro. The entrepreneurial skills gained in the program have also led many graduates to administrative jobs in smaller firms. These include Minerva Technologies, Umberto's Kitchens, Western System Controls, and many other small businesses. Admission Requirements All first-time students must complete an Application for Admission form, available from the Registrar's office or from our Department. Persons interested in any of our programs should apply for admission early in the calendar year. Entry is based on business experience, previous high school or post-secondary grades, and where necessary, a personal interview. Program Flexibility Whether you choose part-time or full-time studies in Business Administration, you will always accumulate credits toward a certificate, diploma or degree. We have designed our programs to suit your needs as well as the needs of employers. The flexibility of our programs Career/Vocational - Business Administration 169 allows you to start with Capilano, build your Own educational package today and continue to learn with us in the future. Entrance Requirements Students seeking admission to the Department of Business Administration will be required to: 1. Have Completed These Academic Requirements: •English: (English 12 with a C+ grade or better) •Math: (Academic Math 11 with a C grade or better) •Business Administration Entrance Exams: Applicants who do not meet the English and Math requirements can take entrance exams. Call us for the Entrance Exams Fact Sheet. 2. Provide an Official High School Transcript or Equivalent Interim grades will be considered for students currently enrolled in Grade 12. Address your correspondence to: The Department of Business Administration Capilano College 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5 Fax: (604)984-1734 Program Information We offer the following choices of business programs, which are described in detail in this order: A. Diploma (2 yr.) B. Advanced Diploma (3 yr.) C. Degree (4 yr.) D. Accelerated Diploma (10 mo.) E. Business Computing Co-op Diploma (3 yr.) F. Professional Accounting Transfer Package G. Retail Marketing Co-op Program H. Evening Certificate Program I. Other Programs 3. Complete An Application Form • Capilano College Application for Admission Form • $15 Application Fee Transferability Students who have already completed degrees or taken other university or college courses may apply to have those credits transferred towards the Business Administration programs at Capilano College. To ensure a smooth transition, please provide the Department of Business Administration with transcripts and course outlines when you apply. A student must complete at least 50 percent of the program requirements at Capilano College. Accounting/Finance Designations Many of the courses offered in the Diploma and Degree programs are transferable to Chartered Accountant (CA), Certified General Accountant (CGA), and Certified Management Accountant (CMA) accreditation programs. See information included with specific course descriptions and the Transfer Guide section of this calendar. Currently Enrolled Students Students who are currently enrolled in a Certificate Diploma or Degree program must adhere to the requirements of the program at the time of entrance. The Department will make every effort to see that the courses required for completion are made available. Professionalism at Capilano Our graduates have achieved an excellent reputation based on professional performance and positive attitude. Our classes stress the importance of maintaining that reputation. As future leaders and business administrators, students must be prepared to model appropriate professional behavior while engaged in College and Collegerelated activities. This is the type of behavior expected from a paid, professional manager or leader. Students will be asked to sign a "Professional Standards" document acknowledging their commitment to such standards. Contact System For additional information please call the Department of Business Administration: (604) 984-4960. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 170 A. DIPLOMA PROGRAMS - TWO YEAR FULL-TIME STUDIES (60 CREDITS) Students graduating with a Capilano College Diploma will have the skills and knowledge required to be effective managers. All students must complete the courses listed below, which will teach them to apply progressive business practices to their jobs. Courses are taught by instructors with practical, up-to-date business knowledge. Many of the faculty hold full or part-time positions in their area of specialty. Class sizes are approximately 35 students, and the faculty are in direct contact with all their students. A full-time course load provides a minimum of 20 instructional hours weekly. We suggest at least 40 hours weekly of outside studies and preparation time. The first year of the diploma program will provide students with general business knowledge in Accounting, Communications, Marketing, Computing and Organizational Behaviour. In the second year, students may concentrate on a particular area of specialization that will allow them to continue their studies beyond the two-year diploma. This includes the option to obtain a Baccalaureate degree (Bachelor of Administrative Studies, [B.A.S.]) through the British Columbia Open University/Open Learning Agency. BFIN 141 BADM 106 BCPT 121 BADM 101 ENG 100 -FALL Accounting Organizational Behaviour Business Computing I Management English 100 FIRST YEAR - SPRING BADM 102 Quantitative Methods BADM 107 Business Law I* BMKT 161 Marketing BCPT 122 Business Computing II CMNS 220 Business Writing & Editing Credits 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 *Note: Students planning to concentrate in accounting must take BFIN 142 Financial Accounting I in place of BADM 107 Business Law I in the spring term. SECOND YEAR - FALL BADM 201 Business Systems BADM 210 Business Statistics Business Elective Business Elective General Elective SECOND YEAR - SPRING BFIN 241 Finance For Managers ECON 201 Micro Economics Business Elective Business Elective General Elective Total Diploma Credits Credits 3 3 3 3 3 15 Credits 3 3 3 3 3 15 60 Concentrate Your Studies With Electives The Capilano College Business Diploma allows you to choose courses that interest you. Six of the 10 second-year courses are electives, which you select at the end of your first year. You can use the electives to concentrate your studies, focus on career goals or broaden your education. No other two-year business diploma program gives you so much flexibility in designing your education. You can use the electives to specialize in any of these management areas: •Accounting • Computing •General Management "Finance •Retail Marketing 'Marketing The following is a partial list of elective courses. Students planning to continue their studies beyond a Diploma should consult a coordinator to ensure they choose the appropriate electives. BADM 302 BFIN 142 BMKT 366 BADM 301 BFIN 341 BMKT 361 IBUS 321 BADM 303 BADM 304 BFIN 351 BMKT 360 GEOG 106 Human Resource Management Financial Accounting I Salesmanship Operations Management Cost Accounting I Advertising International Business Industrial Relations Business Policy Taxation Marketing Research B.C. Geography We strongly recommend that the two general elective courses be University Transfer. Concentration in the second year of a program is based on first-year grades. Students with the highest grades have the first choice of electives. Whether a student may be able to continue in a particular area of specialization may depend on student demand for the program. Students must maintain a minimum 2.0 GPA to continue their studies from term to term. Those who fail to meet the minimum level may be required to withdraw for at least one term before reapplying to the department. B . A D V A N C E D D I P L O M A - THIRD Y E A R SPECIALIZATION P R O G R A M (30 CREDITS) FOLLOWING A T W O - Y E A R D I P L O M A Students wanting more concentrated business knowledge may complete the Advanced Business Diploma. You will continue in your area of specialization and gain specific training pertinent to management practices in General Management, Accounting, Finance or Marketing. An advanced Diploma requires 30 credits in addition to a Business Administration Diploma. To obtain an Advanced Diploma you must complete the courses identified below and an appropriate number of electives for a total of 30 credits. Electives offered in this program can be any business course or any course required to complete the Baccalaureate Degree (B.A.S.) If you plan to earn a Business Degree at Capilano, you should carefully choose your electives to fit the Degree requirements. See your coordinator for more information. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 171 Third Year (Advanced Diploma) Courses Required for All Advanced Diplomas BADM 308 BADM 309 BADM 304 Management Practicum Cross-cultural Perspectives* Business Policy Credits 1.5 1.5 3.0 This course is still under development General Management Advanced Diploma BFIN 343 BADM 302 BADM 301 Managerial Accounting Human Relations Operations Management Advanced Accounting Diploma BFIN 142 BFIN 341 BFIN 342 BFIN 346 BFIN 347 BFIN 349 BFIN 350 BFIN 351 Credits Financial Accounting I Cost Accounting I Cost Accounting II Financial Accounting II Financial Accounting III Accounting Microcomputer Applications Advanced Financial Management Taxation 3.0 3.0 3.0 Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Advanced Finance Diploma BFIN 142 BFIN 350 new new Financial Accounting I Advanced Financial Management Money and Banking Investments Additional requirements: any four of the BFIN 300 courses required for the Advanced Accounting Diploma in addition to BFIN 350. Advanced Marketing Diploma BMKT 360 BMKT 361 BMKT 362 BMKT 363 BMKT 364 BMKT 365 BMKT 366 BMKT 367 BMKT 368 BMKT 369 Marketing Research Advertising Special Event Management Salesmanship Consumer Behaviour Advanced Marketing Professional Sales and Management Promotion Strategy & Analysis Entrepreneurship / Small Business Management Brand Management Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Double Diploma (Advanced) After completing an Advanced Diploma in one of the Business Administration programs at Capilano, a graduate may earn a second Advanced Diploma in another of Career/Vocational - Business Administration 172 the Department's programs. To obtain an Advanced Diploma, students must complete all requirements for that second program. Students should obtain written permission from the Department Chairperson before pursuing a Double Diploma. Notes: 1. A student who receives a diploma from the Business Administration Department cannot request a certificate for the same program. 2. A student can apply only four courses from a diploma or certificate to a new or different certificate. Required courses must still be taken. C. THE BACCALAUREATE DEGREE (B.A.S.) Bachelor of Administrative Studies (Business Management) Capilano College business diploma graduates have the option of pursuing the Open Learning Agency's Bachelor of Administrative Studies. Capilano College students who complete a business diploma in Administative Management, Financial Management, Marketing Management or the Business Diploma may be eligible for a block transfer of up to 60 credits toward the OLA degree. The transferability of Capilano College's three-year Advanced Business Diplomas is curently under review. The block transfer is available to recent graduates. Students who graduated prior to 1987 will have their programs individually reviewed and may need to take additional courses to make up for any deficiencies in the block transfer. Students may also have to make up some courses if they received exemptions in the Capilano College program. To be eligible for the full block transfer of 60 credits toward the Bachelor of Administrative Studies degree program, graduates must meet the following requirements: • an appropriate Capilano College business diploma • a minimum GPA of 2.67 (70%) • a minimum gTade of 60% for courses in introductory economics and statistics • completion of specific course requirements within the diploma program • completion of the diploma program within the last seven years. Diploma holders with an overall GPA of less than 2.67 or who have graduated seven or more years ago may also apply to OLA for entry into the degree completion program. These students may receive a reduced block transfer. Degree completion requirements may be met by taking approved business courses at Capilano College, university transfer courses at Capilano College, and /or courses offered by the Open Leaning Agency. Degrees are granted by the Agency's Open University. All transfer credit is subject to to OLA's transfer credit guidelines as outlined in OLA's calendar. For more information on this program, contact the Open Learning Agency's Education Access Services at (604) 4313300 or 1-800-663-9711. D. ACCELERATED BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DIPLOMA PROGRAMS others in the Second and Third Term. The Coordinator's approval must be obtained. The accelerated programs normally begin in May each year. The Computer Systems Management begins in January. Please check with the program convenor to ensure when the new courses will be offered. 1. ACCELERATED GENERAL MANAGEMENT These 12-month programs are designed to offer business training for mature students. The students have the opportunity to gain a clear understanding of business principles and to refine and add to the on-the-job experience they have previously acquired. SUMMER (Classes start May 9) BFIN 141 Accounting BCPT 121 Business Computing I BADM 101 Management BADM 102 Quantitative Methods BMKT 161 Marketing A unique feature of the Accelerated Diploma Program is the credit given for work experience. For a Diploma, students must obtain 60 credits, of which nine advance credits are assigned for a minimum work experience of seven years. The remaining 51 credits are earned from satisfactory completion of regular Business Administration courses. FALL BCPT 122 BSMG 240 IBUS 321 BFIN 241 BMKT 360 Elective Admission Requirements Admitted students should have a minimum of seven years business experience in industry, government, education, private business or the military. In addition, acceptance to the program is based on the nature of the applicant's work experience, maturity, aptitude and ability to manage a program of concentrated studies. Since enrolment is limited, interested students should call the Department as soon as possible to arrange an interview. SPRING BSMG 141 BADM 304 BADM 301 BADM 308 BFIN 343 BADM 302 Business Computing II Business Law I International Business Finance for Managers Salesmanship Business Law II Business Policy Operations Management Management Practicum Management Accounting Human Resource Mgt. 2 . ACCELERATED ACCOUNTING MANAGEMENT Transcripts from secondary school as well as from all post-secondary institutions you have attended are required with your application as well as a resume. New students to Capilano College must complete a College application form. These are available from the Registrar's Office or the Business Administration Department. To obtain an accelerated accounting management diploma students must take 6.0 credits of business electives in addition to those required as part of the Professional Accounting Transfer Package (see F). The additional courses to be taken by the student should be agreed with the convener of the financial management option. Current programs are under review, but at present are available in four areas of study: General Business Administration, Finance, Marketing and Computer Systems. Interested students are encouraged to inquire about offerings. 3. ACCELERATED MARKETING MANAGEMENT Each diploma program consists of three terms of study. The FIRST TERM begins in May, the SECOND TERM begins in September, and the THIRD TERM begins in January; each consisting of 15 weeks of instruction and encompassing 21 to 28 class hours a week. SUMMER (Classes start M a y 9) BFIN 141 Accounting BCPT 121 Business Computing I BADM 101 Management BADM 102 Quantitative Methods BMKT 161 Marketing To allow for the particular educational needs of students who may have diverse working backgrounds, certain courses offered by the Department may be substituted for Career/Vocational - Business Administration 173 FALL BCPT 122 BMKT 360 BSMG 240 BFIN 241 BMKT 361 BMKT 360 SPRING BSMG 141 BADM 304 BSMG 277 BADM 308 BSMG 279 Elective TERM V - Sept./Oct. CMPT 276 Projects in Industry New Micro Applications III New Systems Implementation New Networking Business Computing II Salesmanship Business Law I Finance for Managers Advertising I Marketing Research Total Program Credits Business Law II Business Policy International Marketing Management Practicum Advertising II 4. ACCELERATED COMPUTER SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT Capilano College offers a 10-month program leading to a Diploma in Computer Systems Management. Thirty-two seats will be available for qualified students who are prepared to devote 10 months to this intense daytime program. The program is offered in two-month segments to enable you to concentrate intensely over a shorter period of time. Credits TERM 1 - Jan./Feb. CMPT 152 Structured Programming 3.0 CMPT 155 Quantitative Methods for Managers 3.0 CMPT 180 Intro, to Data Processing 3.0 BSMG 160 Marketing/Sales 3.0 12.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 L5 10.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 12.0 TERM IV - July/Aug. CMPT 172 Employment Preparation CMPT 230 Operating Systems New Data Systems & 4 GL New Data Communications 1.5 3.0 3.0 10 10.5 Career/Vocational - Business Administration 174 This unique, three-year program combines cooperative workplace practicums with an innovative curriculum that follows the first year of the regular Business Diploma program. Job placements for qualifying students are fulltime for a four-month term and are made through arrangements between the College and employers. Students, in their second and third years, work closely with an advisor to gain the best possible placement. Upon completion of their four academic terms and two work terms, graduates receive a Business Diploma with Co-op designation. Advanced standing may be granted to qualifying students. Career Opportunities With the comprehensive training provided, graduates will secure positions as business analysts, programmers, sales representatives, and computer user support. Program Content TERM III - May/June CMPT 184 Visual Basic CMPT 223 Microcomputer Applications II CMPT 293 Systems Design BFIN 141 Accounting 54 E. BUSINESS COMPUTING CO-OPERATIVE DIPLOMA PROGRAM (BCOP) These course offerings are subject to change. TERM II - Mar./April CMPT 142 Intro, to C++ CMPT 222 Microcomputer Applications I CMPT 182 Intro, to Systems BCOP 260 Intro to Macintosh 1.5 1.5 3.0 10 9.0 Program Content Prerequisite : First Year Business Admin. DiplomaProgram or equivalent FIRST YEAR-FALL Credits Intro, to Programming & BCOP 131 Programming Logic 3.0 BCOP 161 Intro, to Business: Concepts, Ethics & Practice 3.0 Developmental Tools of Info. Systems 3.0 BCOP 171 General Business & Personal Skills 3.0 BCOP 191 10 CMPT 291 Accounting for Managers II 15.0 *Plus a series of non-credit seminars on employment orientation FIRST YEAR - SPRING BCOP 122 Microcomputer Applications for Development CMPT 189 COBOL 1: Intro, to a Third Generation Language BCOP 232 Intro, to Telecommunications 3.0 3.0 3.0 B C O P 250 B C O P 260 B C O P 272 Accounting: C o n t r o l / T r a c k Info. U s i n g the Computer as a Design Tool (Macintosh) Info. Systems & Project Management: Case Study Part 1 FIRST Y E A R - S U M M E R C O - O P P L A C E M E N T B C O P 301 C o - o p Placement 1 SECOND Y E A R - F A L L C M P T 205 C O B O L II: A T h i r d Generation Language for Development C M P T 230 Operating Systems Concepts: UNIX, DOS, Windows B C O P 231 Database Systems B S M G 200 Business Policy B C O P 289 "C" and M a c h i n e Level P r o g r a m m i n g S E C O N D Y E A R - SPRING CO-OP P L A C E M E N T B C O P 302 Co-op Placement II SECOND YEAR - SUMMER B C O P new Intro, to Object Oriented Programming U s i n g C ++ B C O P new Intro, to N e t w o r k i n g B C O P 212 Training Users of C o m p u t e r Hardware/Software Systems B C O P 273 Info. Systems & Software Project M g m t : Case Study Part II B C O P 280 Effective Interpersonal Skills i n Organizations C M P T 296 U s i n g 4 G L s (Fourth Generation Languages): P O W E R H O U S E T o t a l Program Credits 1.5 1.5 10 15.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 15.0 6.0 Financial A c c o u n t i n g II Cost A c c o u n t i n g I Business L a w I Principles of Microeconomics Quantitative Methods II 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 SPRING B H N 347 B H N 342 E C O N 200 B F I N 350 B F I N 351 Financial A c c o u n t i n g III Cost A c c o u n t i n g II Principles of Microeconomics A d v a n c e d Financial Management Taxation 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 These offerings are subject to change. G. RETAIL MARKETING CO-OP PROGRAM (formerly Merchandising Management) Contact Persons: Charlene H i l l , 984-4960, local 2313, D o u g Loblaw, 984-4960, local 2342, E v a H a l l , 984-4960, local 2357 General Information 3.0 3.0 1. After one year of successfully completing the course requirements of this program a student can obtain a Retail M a r k e t i n g Co-op Certificate. 1.5 2. U p o n successful completion of the 1 year Co-op Certificate program at least 6 courses w i l l be transferable to the Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n D i p l o m a Program. A student could then go on to complete the D i p l o m a requirements w i t h i n a two and a half year time period. That D i p l o m a may carry a C o - o p designation. 1.5 3.0 10 15.0 72.0 F. PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING TRANSFER PACKAGE This package of courses is designed to maximize transfer credit to professional accounting associations, Certified General Accountants ( C G A ) , Certified Management Accountants ( C M A ) , and Chartered Accountants ( C A ) . Student's w a n t i n g to maximize their transfer credit i n the shortest possible time w o u l d take the courses recommended below: S U M M E R (Classes start M a y 9) B F I N 143 Financial A c c o u n t i n g I B A D M 102 Quantitative Methods C M N S 250 Business W r i t i n g B F I N 153 C o m p u t i n g for Accountants FALL B F I N 346 B F I N 341 B A D M 107 E C O N 201 B A D M new 4.5 3.0 3.0 4.5 3. A student w h o completes a Business Administration D i p l o m a w i t h a m i n i m u m G P A of 2.67 (70%) may be eligible for a "block" transfer of u p to 60 credits toward the O p e n Learning Agency's Bachelor of A d m i n i s t r a tive Studies Degree (BAS). Students w i s h i n g to complete their degree requirements may do so through Capilano College and the O L A . F o r more information on the O L A degree program please refer to the complete description of the Baccalaureate Degree (B. A d m i n . ) i n this section. This exciting n e w C o - o p program offers something for everyone i n c l u d i n g the opportunity to earn your tuition and more w h i l e y o u study the practical w o r l d of Retail Marketing. Career Opportunities M a n a g i n g your o w n business Store Manager - independent or chain Department Manager Wholesale Sales Representative Manufacturer's Sales Representative Manufacturer's Agent Career/Vocational - Business Administration 175 after successful completion of the two required courses and Fashion Promotion Sales Manager Advertising Manager Buyer and Central Buyer Visual Presentation Specialist Sales Promotion Manager Sales Representative Consumer Products Marketing Assistant Marketing Research - Field Operator a choice of any four additional Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the evening program coordinator. REQUIRED BMKT 161 Marketing BADM 108 Intro, to Business Program Content FIRST YEAR - FALL BCPT 121 Business Computing I RMCP 172 Retail Technology/ Store Management I BADM 101 Management RMCP 164' Creative Retail Strategies CMNS 152 Report Writing RCMP 190 RMCP 191 Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3J) 15.0 Fall Co-op Placement (Dec., Jan.) FIRST YEAR - SPRING BMKT 161 Marketing RCMP 181 Strategic Retail Buying RMCP 173 Retail Finance/ Store Management II BMKT 363 Salesmanship RMCP 153 Advertising Production RMCP 156 Special Event Management RMCP 165 Career Readiness 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 L5 16.5 Spring Internship (May, June Co-op Placement) RMCP Certificate Program Total Instructional Credits Total Co-op Credits 3.0 31.5 6.0 H. EVENING CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS OPTIONAL BADM 103 Supervisory Skills BFIN 144 Accounting I BFIN 145 Accounting II BCPT 121 Business Computing I BCPT 122 Business Computing II BMKT 368 Entreprenuership/Small Bus. Management BADM 107 Business Law I BADM 307 Businesss Law II BFIN 102 Quantitative Methods I BADM 210 Business Statistics BADM 106 Organizational Behaviour BADM 201 Business Systems CMNS 152 Report Writing Other regular course offerings from the Business Admini- stration Department. 2. ADVANCED BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE A second or Advanced certificate will be awarded following successful completion of an additional four threecredit courses. These must be chosen from the Business Administration evening or daytime offerings. Note: A student must attain a 2.0 GPA or better to qualify for either certificate. 3. BUSINESS COMPUTING CERTIFICATE A Certificate in Business Computing will be awarded after successful completion of the two required courses and a choice of any four additional The courses in these programs, beginning in September and January each year, will teach the student basic managerial skills that are of practical value in a wide variety of jobs. Classes are conducted by Department faculty and offered Monday to Thursday evenings during the term. Those enrolled in the programs may take the courses at their chosen pace. A number of credit courses from both the full-time Diploma Programs and the parttime Certificate Programs are offered evenings during the Spring and Fall terms. I. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE A Certificate in Business Administration will be awarded Career/Vocational - Business Administration 176 three-credit courses chosen from the Business Administration evening or daytime offerings. three-credit courses chosen from the Business Administration evening or daytime offerings. REQUIRED BCPT 121 Business Computing I BCPT 122 Business Computing II OPTIONAL BMKT 161 Marketing BADM 103 Supervisory Skills BADM 106 Organizational Behaviour BFIN 144 Accounting I BFIN 145 Accounting II BADM 108 Intro, to Business BADM 107 BADM 307 Business Law I Business Law II the following professional bodies currently recognize courses taken at Capilano College: Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the evening program coordinator. Institute of Chartered Acountants (CA.) I. OTHER PROGRAMS UNDER CONSIDERATION Society of Management Accountants (CM. A.) 1. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION INTERMEDIATE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Business Administration Course Descriptions The Department of Business Administration plans to offer arflntermediate Certificate Program in Public Administration. The program will enhance the skills of municipal employees and provide a valuable certificate for mature students seeking administrative jobs in municipal government. The Intermediate Certificate Program will consist of four core courses in municipal administration and 10 other courses in Business Administration, Accounting and Economics. Contact the Department for more information. 2. EVENT MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE In response to the ever changing needs of Canadian business, the College's Department of Business Administration is developing a program offering courses leading to certification in Event Management. Students will study under professionals in a unique environment and at a time that suits their commitments. Courses will be planned in both seminar format and the traditional lecture model. Subjects include Event Marketing, Law, Media Relations, Proposal Writing, Advertising, Merchandising, Financial Management, and Sales and Event Management. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS REQUIRED DURING THE PERIOD COVERED BY THIS CALENDAR Note: These course descriptions are here as a reference for students enrolled in programs requiring completion of these courses. Some descriptions refer to courses offered by the B.C. Open University and other departments of Capilano College. You may wish to consult other areas of this calendar when seeking further data on specific courses. Previous course numbers are shown in brackets for reference only. Note: CA, CGA, and CMA Transfer Courses The Department offers a number of courses that provide transfer credit to other college and university programs. Refer to the B. C. Transfer Guide for details. In addition, Certified General Accountants Association (C.G.A.) BADM 101 (3) Management (3,0,1) (F) Students will take 4 modules from a list of mandatory and optional subjects which include Current Events, Oral Presentation, Modern Management, Ethics, Problem Solving and Creative Thinking. The course instructors will facilitate discussion and integrate topics through the use of contemporary business issues. BADM 102 (BSMG 170) Quantitative Methods (3) (3,0,1) (S) This course provides a strong foundation in the mathematics of finance and business. The student will utilize standard financial models in analysis, problem solving, and decision-making. Computer spreadsheet applications are utilized. Requirements: 1. Acceptance into a Business Administration full-time program or a minimum C+ in Math 11 or equivalent. 2. A working knowledge of computer spreadsheets. BADM 103 (BSMG 163) Supervisory Skills (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Study of human elements in organizations, with emphasis on group behaviour. Concepts in persuasion, guidance and understanding of the individual within the group. Applications of human relations management, i.e. leadership, power, authority, group dynamics, formal and informal organization, communications, conflict and the introduction of change. BADM 106 (BSMG 175) Organizational Behaviour (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) The objective of this course is to allow the student to develop the necessary skills and conceptual tools to both understand and deal effectively with human behaviour in organizations. These skills are of at least two kinds: 1. interpersonal, that is, relating more effectively with other individuals and groups, and Career/Vocational - Business Administration 177 2. analytical, to be able to perceive and understand situations accurately, and make effective decisions based on this understanding. BADM 107 (BSMG 240) Business Law i (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Students will be introduced to the components of the Canadian legal system, and will examine the effect of both common and statute law on business relationships. A study of the basic principles of commercial law will provide the foundation for a detailed examination of Contract Law, including the sale of goods, consumer protection legislation, and employment and labour law, as well as an examination of tort law, company and partnerhsip law, and creditor remedies. BADM 108 (BSMG 187) Introduction to Business (3) (3,0,1)(F,S,Su) This course will explain the five key tasks in managing an enterprise: Planning, Acquisition of Resources, Organization, Activation and Control. In addition, the key organizational functions of Marketing, Production, Finance and Personnel are covered. The course is essentially an overview of the theoretical framework of the task of management. BADM 109 (BSMG 164) Retail Mathematics (3) (3,0,1) (S) This course provides a practical knowledge of the mathematical methods utilized in retail operations. Students will develop the ability to efficiently solve various types of problems relevant to retailing. BCPT 121 (BSMG 180) Business Computing I (3,0,1) (F,S) An introduction to the use of microcomputers in business. This course provides hands-on experience with word processing and data management software. Also, it looks at the operating system and its functions. Students will examine the uses of computers today and the selection process for acquiring hardware and software. BCPT 122 (BSMG 222) Business Computing II (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: BCPT 121 with a minimum C- grade, or by permission of the instructor. This course is a continuation of BCPT 121, providing further uses of microcomputers in business. Students will receive hands-on experience with spreadsheet software, including graphs, macros and presentation graphics and Windows software. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 178 BFIN 141 Accounting (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) This course is an introduction to financial concepts and business principles. Students will record business transactions and create financial statements. Also they will be exposed to a broad range of topics including budgeting, legal compliance, asset management and financial statement analysis. (When combined with Financial Accounting I, this course will exempt students from professional accounting association courses e.g. C.A., C.G.A., C.M.A.) This course is designed to prepare the student for courses in Managerial Accounting and Financial Management. BFIN 142 (3) Financial Accounting I (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BSMG 178 with at least a C- grade, BFIN 141 with at least a C- grade or OTEC 217 with at least a C+ grade. This course is an introduction to the application of accounting principles and concepts. It includes a detailed study of source documents, the maintaining of books and records, internal control procedures, and preparing financial statements. (When combined with BFIN 141 this course will exempt students from professional accounting association courses e.g. C.A., C.G.A., C.M.A.) BSMG 178 (3) Accounting I (3,0,1) (F,S,Su) An introduction to basic accounting principles and procedures including the recording of transactions, and adjustments in basic accounting records. Students will prepare financial statements for the proprietorship and will study, in detail, the accounting and reporting of cash, accounts receivable, merchandise inventory and longlived assets. Transferable to SFU, UBC, and UVic Note: when both BSMG 178 and 179 are completed they receive credits at SFU, UBC, and UVic. BSMG 179 (3) Accounting II (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: BFIN 144 with at least a C- grade. A continuation of BFIN 144. Analysis of funds flows, both cash and working capital. Management uses of accounting: cash budgeting, forecasting, profit planning and responsibility accounting. Accounting for manufacturing operations. Transferable to SFU, UBC, and UVic Note: when both BFIN 144 and 145 are completed they receive credits at SFU, UBC, and UVic. BMKT 161 (BSMG 160) Marketing (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) This cqurse covers the full spectrum of Canadian marketing of consumer products and services including: Market segmentation, consumer behaviour, products, packaging, distribution and promotion. Students will analyze case problems and prepare a report about "real-life" product or service from a consumer point of view. Videos, guest speakers and in-class discussion about marketing topics will assist in the learning experi- BAOM 201 (BSMG 192) Business Systems (3,0,1) (F) Students will be required to apply the concepts and theories learned in their first year courses to solve integrated business problems in a logical and literate manner. The importance of accurate, dependable, management information for problem solving will be illustrated through case study analysis and a major group project. (3,0,1) (F) BADM 210 (BSMG 171) Business Statistics This course provides a strong foundation in basic business statistics emphasizing analysis and decision-making in the face of certainty and uncertainty. Spreadsheet applications of descriptive, inferential, and bivariate models are utilized. BFIN 241 (BSMG 267) Finance for Managers (3) (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BFIN 141 and BADM 102 wth at least Cgrade. In this practical financial management course students study the Canadian financial system and financial management techniques. They apply this knowledge to business decisions. Topics in this course include: evaluating business performance, financial planning, financial institutions and markets, obtaining financing, managing assets and international finance. Contemporary financial issues are discussed throughout this course. BADM 301 (BSMG 262) Operations Management (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Of special interest to generalist managers and operators of small businesses, this one term course familiarizes the student with the principles, practices and functions of production-operations management, using modern decision-making aids. Foundation skills in production and control (inventory, quality and cost control) are examined using computing devices and procedures. BADM 302 (BSMG 268) (3) Human Resource Management (3,0,1) (F,S) This course provides the student with a basic, functional understanding of current personnel/human resourcemanagement concepts and applications in developing small and larger business. Special emphasis will be placed on the concept of personnel management being the responsibility of ALL management, not just the Personnel Department. BADM 303 Industrial Relations (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) This course deals with the management of employment relations as conducted through collective bargaining. Practical problems are examined in the light of public policy negotiating processes and dispute resolution. BADM 304 (BSMG 200) Business Policy (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) The student gains a basic understanding of the concepts, purposes, and procedures of business policy, and an integrated view of the strategic management of business enterprise. Participating in a practical business simulation game is a major component of the course. BADM 307 (BSMG 241) Business Law II (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: Preferably Business Law I, or an introductory college or university course in commercial or contract law, or by permission of the instructor. A second law course will examine the effect of both common and statute law on business relationships. A review of the basic principles of commercial law will lead to the examination of more complex contractual relationships such as agency, insurance, bailment, real property, commercial tenancy, legal devices for securing credit including mortgages, and bankruptcy. Other topics include competition law, management and operation of a corporation and intellectual property. BADM 308 Management Practicum (1.5) (1.5,0,.5) (S) Prerequisite: Completion of Business Administration Diploma. Students will spend two weeks gaining practical experience in the workplace. While placements are the primary responsibility of each student, assistance will be provided where possible by the faculty and program convenor. In some cases, a directed studies project may be undertaken in lieu of the practicum placement. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 179 BFIN 341 (BSMG 264) Cost Accounting I (3) (3,0,2) (F) Prerequisite: BFIN 142 or 143 with a minimum C- grade. A study of organizational decision making and planning using accounting tools. Topics include the nature of accounting controls, common control methods, measures of management performance, and the role of the management cost accountant. BFIN 342 (BSMG 274) Cost Accounting II (3) (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BFIN 341 with a minimum C- grade. A more in-depth study of subjects covered in Cost Accounting I. Cost determination for manufacturing operations, planning and cost control systems, performance evaluation methods, and strategic decision-making methods. BFIN 343 (BSMG 291) Management Accounting (3) (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BFIN 142 or 143 with a minimum C- grade. This course introduces students to the specialized area of Management Accounting. It provides an overview of controls affected internally by management using the tools of budgets, costing and analysis. Planning for an organization will be examined from both the capital and operations perspectives. BFIN 346 (BSMG 255) Financial Accounting II (3) (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BFIN 142 or 143 with a minimum C- grade. This course studies the theories underlying financial statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and reinforcement of the material covered in BFIN 142. The course encompasses the study of Financial Accounting at the intermediate level. Transferable to SFU. BFIN 347 (BSMG 256) Financial Accounting III (3) (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BFIN 346 with a minimum C- grade. A sequel to BFIN 346 which examines current developments in financial accounting and their effects on financial statement presentation. Transferable to SFU. BFIN 349 (BSMG 252) (3) Accounting Microcomputer Applications (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BFIN 142 with a minimum C- grade. Student will complete microcomputer accounting implementation projects using ACCPAC accounting software Career/Vocational - Business Administration 180 and will be expected to understand the practical constraints of internal control in the ACCPAC environment. Systems covered will include general ledger. BFIN 350 (BSMG 260/261) (3) Advanced Financial Management (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BFIN 142 and BADM 102 with a minimum Cgrade. The content of this course concentrates on the development of analytical and conceptual skills for financial decision-making. The course places emphasis on capital asset pricing models, capital budgeting and capital structures. BFIN 351 (BSMG 286) Taxation (3) (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BFIN 142 or 143 with a minimum C- grade. This course familiarizes the student with the Canadian income tax system as it applies to corporations, shareholders, and unincorporated businesses, so that the student can identify potential tax problem areas, complete the basic compliance forms, and appreciate its impact on some business decisions. BMKT 360 (BSMG 275) Marketing Research (3) (3,0,1) (F) An introductory course indicating how to make the most out of marketing research. Through practical applications of a research project, students will learn the elements of research design, basic methods of collecting data, analysis and reporting. Applications of Canadian and American research will be studied. BMKT 361 (BSMG 273) Advertising (3) (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BMKT 161. This course will examine the Canadian and American advertising industry from both micro and macro perspectives. It will enable the student to grasp the basic theoretical and practical approaches to advertising and provide an insight into the various aspects of advertising history, creativity, communication systems, media choice, and other functions. This is not a course on designing, creating, and preparing specific types of advertising, but is meant to serve as an overview of what advertising is and how it relates to other marketing concepts and operations. BMKT 362 (3) Special Event Management (3,0,1) (S) The trend in business is to extend marketing dollars and obvious methods in creating special events. This course will introduce the student to the strategy in creating special events or attractions including product choice, community fit, community resources, market analysis sponsor identification and benefits, administrative structure, volunteer management, public relations, media relations and management commitment. B.C. case studies will be used. class and on a real-life sales project. The tools and systems of sales management will also be explored to prepare the individual for the human resource factor related to that type of position. BMKT 363 (BSMG 230) Salesmanship Prerequisite: BMKT 360 and BMKT 361. (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: BMKT 161. An introduction to professional selling. Communication basics; including effective listening, probing, problem finding and solving, and creativity will be covered. Specific techniques of professional selling including prospecting, qualifying and contracting prospects. The course will also explore, in depth, the organization and management of sales activities. BMKT 364 (3) Consumer Behaviour (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: BMKT 161. Today, as never before, studying the behaviour of consumers is paramount for anyone pursuing a business career, especially in the marketing area. A blend of both concepts and applications from the field of consumer behaviour will form the basis of this course. Students should find this subject very interesting and motivational when applied to several aspects of business management including marketing research, creative advertising, team building and environmental marketing. Research projects, case discussions and problem solving will be stressed in both individual and team activities. BMKT 365 (3) Advanced Marketing (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BMKT 161. This course will explore in greater depth the concepts of values and lifestyles, product development, service marketing, positioning, strategic planning, tactical promotion, international marketing and marketing notfor-profit organizations. The focus will be on analyzing marketing problems, developing strategic decisionmaking skills and applying "hands-on" tactical solutions for results. Guest lecturers, projects and special field trips will be used to enhance the classroom components. BMKT 366 (3) Professional Sales & Management BMKT 367 (BSMG 279) (3) Promotion Strategy and Analysis (3,0,1) (S) This is a course dealing with the development of an advertising campaign. Students will study campaign strategy including how it is planned and organized in cooperation with the production, marketing, sales and finance departments as well as the use of outside agencies. Some time will be spent with advertising research as a pre and post control factor. BMKT 368 (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Entreprenuership/Small Business Management Skills needed in problem solving and researching the small business environment will be learned and applied. Business owners, managers and would be decision makers are encouraged to take this course. The instructor and guest lecturers from the business community will lead students through detailed aspects of business from finance to human relations. The production of the business plan will be discussed and part of a plan will be written. BMKT 369 Brand Management Prerequisite: Advanced Marketing BMKT 365 This course will focus on the tasks performed by a brand or product manager as an integral part of a marketing department. Topics such as market analysis, forecasting, product development, financial strategies, co-ordination with the advertising agency, consumer promotions, and building the marketing plan will be discussed in depth. Projects will include writing a marketing and communications plan for a real business product or service. IBUS 321 (3) International Business (3,0,1) (F,S) This course will be a blend of lectures, case studies and discussions of current events affecting business. Students will learn the terminology of international business and the process managers go through in "internationalizing" their businesses, including how uncontrollable elements of international markets can impact businesses. (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: BMKT 363 This course will cover two main topics, advanced professional selling techniques and sales force management. Students will develop and practise their selling skills in BCOP Course Descriptions BCOP 111 (3) An Overview of Computers and Computing (3,0,1) (F) The fundamental concepts for hardware, software, data Career/Vocational - Business Administration 181 organization and the development of Information Systems. Historical perspective included with each area. BCOP 232 (3) Data Communications BCOP 131 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Introduction to Programming and Programming Logic Provides an introduction into the field of Data Communications and Networking; covering aspects of LANS, Protocols, and PC Links. This is the foundation course for all programming skills developed by the program. This course will use a computer language to demonstrate the structured programming skills necessary for good programming. BCOP 250 (1.5) Accounting: to Control/Track Information BCOP 141 (3) Math and Statistics in the Business World The review of basic quantitative analytical tools used by business and business-like organizations and an insight into the fundamentals of statistical/descriptive analysis. BCOP 161 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Introduction to Business: Concepts, Ethics and Practice An introduction to the functions and processes of business. Planning, organizing, staffing, directing and controlling will be emphasized. The student will be introduced to production management, financial management and human resource management. An examination of business practices with respect to Canadian Society, the environment and business ethics will be undertaken. BCOP 171 (3) (3,0,1) (S) The Developmental Tools of Information Systems A traditional look at the systems of development process. Modelling and charting will be included. The tools and methodology applied by the systems analyst will be studied. The course covers the system life cycle, system flow charting, Data Flow Diagrams, PERT/CPM Networks. BCOP 191 (3) General Business and Personal Skills (3,0,1) (F) This modular format course covers keyboarding, reading/speed reading, time management, study, and interview skills. Students will learn effective resume and cover-letter writing. BCOP 212 (1.5) (1.5,0,-5) (Su) Training Users of Computer Hardware/Software Systems There are many training jobs in the computer field. This course will develop and refine the student's instructional skills. BCOP 231 (3) The Management of Data (3,0,1) (F) Data diagram modelling, database design, enterprise modelling—a top-down view of the organization and data control. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 182 (3,0,1) (F) (1.5,0,.5)(F) This course will provide hands-on experience using both Simply Accounting and ACCPAC. Some emphasis will be given to the theory of audit controls and the way they are implemented. BCOP 260 (1.5) Using the Computer as a Design Tool (1.5,0,-5) (Su) A thorough grounding in the Mac operating system, Mac networking, Mac applications with emphasis on desktop publishing and document design. BCOP 272 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Info Systems & Project Management: Case Study Part I A traditional life-cycle project using the EXCELERATOR CASE TOOL. BCOP 273 (3) (3,0,1) (Su) Info Systems & Project Management: Case Study Part II Use of system design and implementation methodologies in a software engineering project. BCOP 280 (3) (3,0,1) (Su) Effective Interpersonal Skills in Organizations This course looks at the effects of individual and group behaviour in organizations. Core topics include motivation, leader behaviour and power, attitude development, perception, work stress and conflict. Students will also learn how to apply communication, problem-solving and conflict resolution skills toward an organization's overall effectiveness. BCOP 289 (3) "C" and Machine Level Programming (3,0,1) (Su) Transfers skills from COBOL and dBASE programming. Students will use basic system programming commands and write application programs using most features of the language. BCOP 291 (3) Finance for Managers (3,0,1) (Su) The student will learn financial management techniques used by businesses to make decisions regarding financing, asset management and profitability, with an emphasis on budgeting and forecasting. BCOP 301 (6) Co-op Placement I (Su) BCOP 302 (6) Co-op Placement II (S) CMPT 189 (3) (3,0,1) (S) COBOL I Intro to a Third Generation Language Computer Management Course Descriptions Organization and writing of programs, program structure and language, test editing and compilation. Further, students will leam how to handle I/O for disk, console and reports. Emphasis will be placed on developing a system of programs over the two COBOL courses. CMPT 152 (1.5) Structured Programming CMPT 191 (3) Accounting for Managers I (1.5,0,.5) (S) (3,0,1) (S) Introduction to standard programming structure, standard techniques and programming aids in relation to business applications. Develops an understanding of the elements of the accounting cycle. Introduces basic accounting concepts and procedures as a basis for financial decisions. CMPT 155 (3) Quantitative Methods for Managers CMPT 205 (3) (3,0,1) (Su, F) COBOL IIA Third Generation Language for Development (3,0,1) (S) A survey of the basic quantitative tools used to aid decision making. Financial and statistical concepts, methods and applications will be examined. CMPT 172 (1.5) Employment Preparation (1.5,0,.5) (Su) Table handling, master file updates, file maintenance, disk file handling techniques, etc. Students will learn how to program for multiple input files, array processing, indexed file processing, copy libraries and external program calls. Emphasis will be placed on developing a system of programs over the two COBOL courses. Job search skills, career preparation, resume writing, interview techniques and personal development. CMPT 208 (3) "C" and Machine Level Programming CMPT 180 (3) Introduction to Data Processing Transfers skills from COBOL and dBASE programming. Students will use basic system programming commands and most features of the language. (3,0,1) (S) Provides an orientation to microcomputers in business; including word processing (MSWord for Windows), communicating with the computer (DOS) and data management (DBase IV). CMPT 182 (3) Introduction to Systems (3,0,1) (S) Provides a basic understanding of systems concepts and development of specific skills: form design, coding, flow charting, life-cycle phases and related written communication. CMPT 184 (3) Visual Basic (3,0,1) (Su) An introductory course in software development in the WINDOWS environment. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply object-oriented visual development techniques to produce Windows applications. The student will also gain a foundation in understanding the Windows programming tools: APIs, DLLs, DDE and OLE. CMPT 222 (3) Microcomputer Applications I (3,0,1) (F) (3,0,1) (Su) Prerequisite: CMPT 180 with a minimum C- grade. Provides experience working with microcomputers including spreadsheets (Lotus 1-2-3), communicating with the computer (Windows) and presentation graphics. CMPT 223 (3) Microcomputer Applications II (3,0,1) (Su) Advanced instruction in disk structure, disk recovery, batch file menu systems and dBASE programming. CMPT 230 (3) Operating Systems (3,0,1) (F) Comprehensive knowledge of three widely used operating systems: UNIX, MS-DOS, and OS/2. Some emphasis on file structures and recovery from hardware/software errors as well as the operating system's Job Control Language (JCL). Career/Vocational - Business Administration 183 CMPT 276 (1.5) Projects in Industry - Practicum (1.5,0,.5) (F) Work experience with host companies for the purpose of applying knowledge to complete an industry-oriented project. CMPT 291 (3) Accounting for Managers II RMCP156 (3.0) Special Event Management (1.5,0,1) (S) The emphasis in this course will be to learn how to promote a major event such as a trade or fashion show. Special Event Management will involve the planning and promotion and the actual execution of the event. (3,0,1) (Su) Prerequisite: BFIN 141 with a minimum C grade. The study of financial information requirements and controls necessary to support specific decisions, with an emphasis on budgeting, forecasting and decision making. CMPT 293 (3) Systems Design (3,0,1) (Su) RMCP164 (3) Creative Retail Strategies (3,0,1) (F) This course is the creative component in the Retail Marketing Program. Students will learn visual presentation, colour and design, retail store design, and a full range of merchandising skills. They will relate product and placement within a store environment and learn to develop comprehensive display strategies. Practical experience in logical design of on-line systems for businesses, use of structured systems analysis and design, data dictionary, structured charts. RMCP165 (1.5) Career Readiness CMPT 296 (3) (3,0,1) (F,Su) Fourth Generation Languages (4GL) POWERHOUSE This course provides the student with strategies for a successful job search and emphasizes resume preparation, interviewing techniques and to assemble an effective employment package. A hands-on course with a focus on using a data dictionary to drive data entry screens and report writers. Students will prototype the same application as in the COBOL CMPT 297 (1.5) Introduction to Telecommunications (1.5,0,.5)(F) Introduction to data communications: industry standards, networking protocols, PC links, LANs and WANs, etc. Principles and concepts of data/voice/video telecommunications with emphasis on systems for business data. The practical components will include work with functioning LAN and WAN systems. CMPT 298 (3) Database Design (3,0,1) (Su) Data modeling, Bachman Diagrams, design tools, data structures and management techniques, data security, query facilities, etc. Retail Marketing Co-op Program Course Descriptions (formerly Merchandising Management) RMCP153 (1.5) Advertising Production (1.5,0,1) (S) This course will give the students an understanding of retail advertising production as applied to business cards, newspapers, magazines and related promotion media from the standpoint of the creator, buyer, and the printer. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 184 RMCP172 (3) Retail Technology/Store Management I (1.5,0,1) (S) (3,0,1) (F) Retail Technology is the introductory segment to Store Management I. This course provides the student with a working knowledge of cash register systems and point of sale terminals as well as the latest in Interac Technology. Store Management I is a practical application to Retail Management. Students will be entirely responsible for operating the student store. The students act as Store Managers. They will do Buying, Display, Promotion, Accounting, Scheduling and all those managerial skills involved in operating a successful retail store. RMCP173 (3) Retail Finance/Store Management II (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: R M C P 272 A continuation of Store Management I. This extension of the Store Management course exposes the student to daily systems analyses, banking procedures, monthly accounting practices and money management in a practical setting. The students will be responsible for making financial decisions as well as Buying and Promotional decisions for the student store. RMCP181 (3) Strategic Retail Buying (3,0,1) (S) This course teaches the students to access their target and primary markets and to develop a strategy to enable them to be successful Retail Buyers. The Retail Buying component involves teaching the student to buy for Department Stores, Chain Stores, Regional Chain Operations, and Independent Retail Stores. What to Buy, When to Buy, From Whom to Buy, and How Much to Buy will all be covered in this course. RMCP 190 (3) Fall Co-op Placement (Dec, Jan.) (F) RMCP 191 Spring Internship (May, June Co-op Placement) (S) Career/Vocational - Business Administration 185 Communications Contact Person: Crawford Kilian, Coordinator, Office G102. Phone: 986-1911, local 2585. Students qualify for the Basic Certificate by completing four required courses and one optional course. Required courses will be: Instructional Faculty CMNS 145: Computer Writing CMNS 170: Public Speaking CMNS 220: Advanced Business Writing and Editing CMNS 250: Technical Writing C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) B. REID, B.A. (Alberta) L. SAVAGE B.A., Dip.Ed. (McGill), M. Ed. (Alberta) A. SEDKY, B.A., M.A., PhD. (Ain Shams, Cairo) G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist M. WITTMAN, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (UBC) The Communications (CMNS) Department provides training in writing and speech for students in Career/ Vocational programs as well as those wishing to apply specific skills to the world of work. In addition to courses in English basics, CMNS also offers courses in business and technical writing, public speaking, and freelance writing. Career Opportunities In an information-based economy, good communication skills are a vital asset in any career. Many career-program CMNS courses offer components on effective job search techniques, including resume writing and interviewing. Courses for freelance writers equip students with the basic skills needed to market their work to magazines, newspapers and book publishers. Admission Requirements Students wishing to enrol in a specialized career-program CMNS course must meet the admission standards of that particular program. In some cases students may wish to take the CMNS component before enrolling in the rest of the program. Such students will require permission of the coordinators of both CMNS and the career program in question. Students wishing to enrol in "open" sections of CMNS, such as those offered in the evening, must meet general College admission standards. Business Communications Certificate Programs (BCCP) The CMNS Department offers Basic and Advanced Certificates in Business Communications. While the program is open to all persons, many BCCP students are likely to be working in the business world and therefore free only for part-time study. Accordingly, courses will normally run in the evenings. Students may take them in any order and may take as long as they require (within reason) to complete a certificate. Career/Vocational — Communications 186 For the Advanced Certificate, students must also take INFO 166 (Computer Systems/Telecommunications), plus any two optional courses. Optional courses will include the following: CMNS 110: Standard English Usage (usually offered as a daytime course) CMNS 171: Interviewing (in development) CMNS 175: Speech Writing (in development) CMNS 190: Freelance Article Writing Students wishing to enrol in the Certificate Program should submit a portfolio of written work in an interview with CMNS faculty. Persons who have already taken some courses in the BCCP program, or closely similar courses at other institutions, may apply their previous credits to the program. Where circumstances warrant, students may negotiate with the CMNS Department to apply credit from other College courses to the Certificate program. For example, a student who has completed the CMNS component of a College career program may request application of credit for that course or courses towards the Certificate. Special Fees and Expenses Most CMNS classes require no special fees; consult the coordinator if you have questions about such fees in your course. Awards and Scholarships The Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually to an outstanding student (or students) enrolled in a fall term credit writing course. The award is granted as early as possible in the spring term of the same academic year. Course Descriptions Communications 110 (3) Standard English Usage (3,1,0) (F,S) A course in grammar, spelling, punctuation, and diction. Students also gain experience in proofreading, correcting and revising short written assignments. Communications 120 (3) Effective Writing and Speech (3,1,0) (F,S) A course emphasizing structure and style in spoken and written communication, with some review of English basics as well. By writing and editing short essays, students develop a writing style both concise and precise. Communications 130 (3) Introductory Media Communications (3,1,0) (F) An introduction to writing and speaking for Media Resources students. Communications 140 (1.5) Introduction to Interactive Writing (3,1,0) (F) A course in writing for computer media. Students learn to apply a clear, concise writing style in various genres; to "translate" from jargon into plain English; and to develop basic editing and rewriting skills. Communications 141 Interactive Writing (1.5) (3,1,0) (F) Communications 154 (3) Communications in Recreation (3,1,0)(S) Prerequisite: CMNS 120 or proven English skills. Writing and speech related to Outdoor Recreation Management: reports, memorandums, press releases, article briefs and proposals. A spoken presentation may be required. Communications 155 (3) (3,1,0) (F) Communications in Early Childhood Education Effective verbal and nonverbal communication and the writing of letters, reports and briefs. Spoken presentations may be required. Communications 156 (3) Advanced Media Communications (3,1,0) (S) A continuation of CMNS 130 with emphasis on interviewing techniques in applied situations. The course also deals with public speaking and group leadership techniques. Writing proposals and extensive documents for use in print and electronic media. Communications 159 (3) Communications for the Legal Secretary Communications 142 (1.5) Advanced Interactive Writing Strong emphasis on English basics (grammar, spelling, punctuation, correct usage), proofreading skills, and business writing. (3,1,0) (S) Designing and producing electronic magazines or portfolios which use text as a crucial element in multimedia documents. Communications 145 Computer Writing (3) (3,1,0) (F) Writing, editing and revising technical and non-technical information for the computer medium. Attention to concise style, logical organization and the limitations of the computer screen. Communications 153 (3) Communications and the Arts (3,1,0) (S) Communications 170 Public Speaking (3) (3,1,0) (F,S) (3,1,0) (F,S) Researching, organizing and presenting different kinds of speeches. Attention to voice training, nonverbal communication, and public speaking in various contexts. Communications 179 (3) Legal Communications (3,1,0) (F) Intended primarily for students in the Legal Assistant Program, CMNS 179 emphasizes clear legal usage and style, as well as business writing formats in law. Some attention as well to the fine points of English basics. Prerequisite: CMNS 120 or proven English skills. The use of language in combination with graphic and other arts. Attention to job-search strategies suitable for artists and craftspersons. Writing assignments include an article on some aspect of art which the student will submit for publication. A spoken presentation may be required. Communications 190 (3) Magazine Article Writing (3,1,0) (F,S) Researching and writing articles for publication in news media and magazines. Analysis of magazine readership, techniques of researching and interviewing, the current market for articles and development of an effective prose style. Students will write three articles in suitable format and submit themforpublication in established periodicals. Career/Vocational — Communications 187 Early Childhood Education Communications 220 (3) Advanced Business Writing and Editing (3,1,0) (S) Researching, organizing, writing and editing extensive business documents: reports, proposals, memorandums, press releases. Particular attention to clear style and logical organization. Communications 250 Technical Writing (3) (3,1,0) (F,S) The basic techniques of technical writing for students from business or technical backgrounds: extended definition, process, procedure, description and summary. Intensive work in descriptive writing and vocabulary usage; examination of actual technical reports; study of the role of technical writers in corporate settings. Communications 280 (3) Marketing Commerical Fiction (3,1,0) (F,S) Preparing short stories and novels in commercial genres such as mysteries, romances, thrillers and science fiction. Discussion of the market for such fiction in Canada and the U.S. Students will submit three assignments (such as three short stories or a novel synopsis and two chapters) in marketable form. Students should discuss their plans with the instructor before registering. Communications 290 (3) Marketing a Non-Fiction Book (3,1,0) (F,S) Planning, organizing, researching and writing a publishable non-fiction book. Survey of potential markets, development of a detailed outline, and production of a proposal including a query letter, outline, and sample chapters for submission to an appropriate publisher. Students should discuss their plans with the instructor before registering. Contact Person: Lois Rennie, Coordinator, 984-4960 TEN MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty R. ANNE, Dip. E.C.E. (Ryerson), Art Therapy (Toronto) A. CARR, M.A. (SFU), Dip. Ed. (London) J. CLARK, R.N. (Regina General Hospital), Teaching Dip. (Sask.) S. LOW, B.A. (Alta), E.C.E. (Langara) M. RAWSTHORNE, B.H.E., M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. L.J. RENNIE B.Sc., Dip. E.C.E. (Brigham Young) Our society is recognizing the importance of the early years in children's development. There is an increasing need in communities for child care services, and for trained staff who can ensure that the children's needs are met in a variety of programs. The Early Childhood Education program prepares students to work in a variety of settings, including preschools and daycare centres. Career Opportunities Graduates of the 10 month program certify, upon completion of the 500 hours of work experience required by the Community Care Facilities Branch (CCFB), as an Early Childhood Educator in the Province of B.C. Early Childhood Educators are qualified to provide care for children between the ages of three years and school age. Additional courses are needed to certify as an Infant & Toddler Educator and/or a Special Needs Educator. The positions obtained by graduates demand a high degree of maturity and interpersonal skill in addition to the ability to plan and implement program activities for young children. The Program Early Childhood Education is a full-time, 10 month program beginning in late August. Based on the "Competencies in Early Childhood Education", developed by the Ministry of Education, Science and Technology the foundation of the E.C.E. program is the study of development from birth to adulthood. The history and current philosophies of early childhood education are examined. An interrelated series of courses focus on the care and guidance of the young child, program planning, and curriculum content. Other areas of study include health and nutrition, interpersonal skills, parent-teacher relationships, and community resources. Theory and practice are closely related throughout the program. Students have practical experience in three practicum centres under the guidance of qualified supervisors. Career/Vocational — Communications/Early Childhood Education 188 Courses are presented in a manner which promotes active participation through labs, practical demonstrations, reports, group projects, role play, and discussions. All E.C.E. students are expected to maintain the program's standards of academic achievement and professional behaviour. In practicum centres students will adhere to E.C.E.B.C.'s Code of Ethics. Admission Requirements Enquiries to the department may be made at any time. An information meeting for potential applicants is held in March. Following this meeting, applicants are required to attend a group interview with the E.C.E. Instructors. Further interviews may be held in early August, if spaces are available. Candidates must be 19 years of age or older, with secondary school graduation. A year or more of life experience following high school usually contributes to the development of the maturity and personal characteristics which are necessary for success in the program and in working with young children and their families. Successful applicants will show evidence of development of interpersonal and life skills, emotional health, and a commitment to young children and their families. Related past work experience and education will be considered. College-level writing and academic skills are essential. Three references are required. Applicants are required to be functional in the English language, and the department reserves the right to assess their competence prior to admission into the program. Applicants are required to present a medical report on a form supplied by the College, plus evidence of the absence of active tuberculosis. Practicum centres require a Criminal Records check. Special Fees and Expenses The student can expect to spend approximately $700 on books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for a First Aid course and transportation for practicums. Graduation Requirements Attendance: Early Childhood Education courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Provincial certification requires the graduate to hold a valid First Aid Certificate. The student is responsible for obtaining this and for presenting it to the coordinator before the end of September. The St. John Emergency First Aid Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. Continuation into the second term of the program is dependent on the demonstration of an adequate level of interpersonal, academic and teaching/guiding skills. C- is the minimum acceptable grade in all courses. Practicum course grades must be C or higher. Graduation from the program requires completion of all courses in the program with a 2.0 GPA after the first term. Program Content FIRST TERM CMNS 155 Education 155 Education 170 Education 171 Education 172 Education 173 Education 174 Education 175 Education 176 Credits/Lab Basic Communications 3 Human Growth and Dev. I 4.5 Interpersonal Skills 1.5 Introduction to E.C.E. 1.5 Guiding Young Children I 1.5 Curriculum Development I 1.5 4 Health 1.5 Observing and Recording 1.5 Applied Theory—Practicum 1 3 6 19.5 10 SECOND TERM Education 254 Theoretical Perspectives 3 Education 270 Intro, to Working with Families 1.5 Education 271 Intro, to Centre Organization 1.5 Education 272 Guiding Young Children II 1.5 Education 273 Curriculum Development II 1.5 4 Education 274 Nutrition 1.5 Education 275 Human Growth and Dev. 1.5 Education 276 Applied Theory—Practicum II 4 6 Education 277 Applied Theory—Practicum III 4 6 20.0 16 E.C.E. POST BASIC PROGRAMS The Early Childhood Education Infant & Toddler Program and the Special Needs Program are two evening part-time programs for persons who have already completed a certificate program in Early Childhood Education. Candidates must either be certified as an Early Childhood Educator or be in the process of completing the required 500 hours work experience. Completion of the Infant & Toddler Program qualifies a student to be an Infant & Toddler Educator. Completion of the Special Needs Program qualifies a student to be a Special Needs Educator. Each of the two programs consists of seven courses including two practicums. Courses are scheduled in the late afternoon and evening to accommodate persons who are working full-time. Some flexibility is possible in scheduling the daytime practicum in order to meet the needs of individual students. Courses in these two programs are scheduled on a twoyear rotation. Students may begin at any time in the sequence. A schedule is available on request from the department. Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education 189 There are three core courses which are part of both programs. Credit for these courses taken as part of one program means that the student has credit for part of the second program as well. Course Descriptions Graduates of the Capilano College 10 month Early Childhood Education Program who complete the two Post Basic Programs are eligible for the Capilano College Diploma in Early Childhood Education. The first of a two-part sequence. Course material spans the period from conception through the preschool years and examines physical and motor development, cognitive, language, and affective growth and development. An introductory study of theories, principles of development, and child study techniques is included. Contact the E.C.E. Coordinator for further information. Infant & Toddler Program Education 170 (1.5) Interpersonal Skills Program Content FIRSTTERM Education 350* Advanced Child Development (Fall '94) Education 351* Family, School & Community (Fall '95) Education 355 Physical Care & Safety (Fall '94) Education 356 Infant/Toddler Practicum A Education 357 Infant/Toddler Practicum B Credits 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 15 8.5 SECOND TERM Education 352* Centre Operations (Spring '95) Education 353 Program Planning (Spring '95) Education 356 Infant/Toddler Practicum A Education 357 Infant/Toddler Practicum B 2.0 1.5 1.5 15 6.5 Program Content Credits 2.0 SECOND TERM •Education 352 Centre Operations (Spring '95) Education 354 Program Planning for Special Needs (Spring '94) Education 358 Special Needs Practicum A Education 359 Special Needs Practicum B 2.0 2.0 1.5 L5 9.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 L5 6.5 *These courses apply to both the Infant/Toddler & Special Needs Programs (6,0,0) (F) (15,0,0) (F) An introductory two-week course in which students gain an understanding of basic communication principles and techniques. Practice in the application of these skills is included. Education 171 (1.5) Introduction to Early Childhood Education (15,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to many programs for young children and the role of the Early Childhood Educator. Course content includes discussion of philosophy and goals, scheduling, arranging play spaces, the important role of play, and knowing children as individuals. Basic play activities are examined with respect to learning values, equipment, preparation, and teacher guidance. Education 172 (1.5) Guiding Young Children I Special Needs Program FIRSTTERM Education 262 Special Education (Fall '95) *Education 350 Advanced Child Development (Fall '94) *Education 351 Family, School & Community (Fall '95) Education 358 Special Needs Practicum A Education 359 Special Needs Practicum B Education 155 (4.5) Human Growth and Development I (2,0,0) (F) This course develops a theoretical framework of guidance principles and techniques and examines their application. It also discusses the significance of routines in the child care centres, and describes procedures and teacher guidance in these situations. Education 173 (1.5) Curriculum Development I (2,4,0) (F) The first of a two part sequence in which curriculum areas are explored. This course is based on the philosophy that play provides the foundation for children's growth and development The course is closely coordinated with the concurrent practicum course so that students have particular children in mind as they plan goals, developmentally appropriate activities and materials, and teaching strategies. Building a curriculum resource file is a significant component of this course. Education 174 Health (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) The course is designed to familiarize students with some of the common childhood illnesses. Particular emphasis Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education 190 is placed on the management of the young child with a health problem in a preschool setting. The course also includes preventive health measures, and the symptoms of common childhood illnesses and communicable diseases. Education 175 (1.5) Observing and Recording (2,0,0) (F) A course which develops skill in objectively observing and recording the behaviour of young children. Weekly supervised observations form the major part of the course. Different kinds of observational techniques are explored. The uses of teacher observations are examined. Education 176 (3) Applied Theory-Practicum I (2,0,6) (F) The first of three practicum courses. In this course the student spends two mornings per week in a practicum centre, arranged by the College, working under the supervision of a qualified supervisor. An instructor also observes the student in the practicum centre. Assignments are integrated with the course work in Education 173. Students plan, implement, and evaluate activities. Seminar discussions help students integrate theory and practice. Education 254 (3) Theoretical Perspectives (4,0,0) (S) This course provides an introduction to educational philosophy recognizing historical, sociological and psychological influences. Major contemporary issues will be examined. Cross cultural approaches to Early Childhood Education will be discussed. Education 270 (1.5) Introduction to Working with Families (2,0,0) (S) This course is designed to develop a beginning understanding of the significance and complexity of an effective relationship between the Early Childhood Educator and the child's family. The student is helped to identify needs, feelings, values, and expectations of parents, to plan for the introduction of new families to the centre, to clarify roles of family and staff, to further develop communication skills, to examine similarities and differences in customs and values in various ethnic and religious groups, to recognize personal values, and to identify the essence of a professional relationship with parents. Education 271 (1.5) Introduction to Centre Organization (2,0,0) (S) An introductory look at some of the administrative aspects of operating a centre for young children. This course assumes a knowledge of curriculum and daily program planning, and identifies necessary functions relating indirectly to children, e.g. handling finances, hiring staff, leadership and management, cleaning and maintenance, policies and procedures, etc. Provincial legislation regulating child care is examined. Steps to opening a centre will also be discussed. Education 272 (1.5) Guiding Young Children II (2,0,0) (S) This is a follow up to Education 172 and will extend the student's repertoire of guidance/teaching techniques. The focus is on responding to the needs of the individual child and on fostering prosocial behaviour and a positive self concept. The student will develop skill in writing behavioural goals, and planning for their achievement. Planning effectively for the new child in the group is also included. Education 273 (1.5) Curriculum Development II (2,4,0) (S) A continuation of Education 173. The student will acquire further knowledge, experience and skill in planning, implementing and evaluating curriculum activities to enhance the development of the whole child. It is recognized that each child's cultural heritage must be valued and, therefore, visible throughout the curriculum. This course is closely coordinated with Education 276/277. Education 274 (1.5) Food and Nutrition (2,0,0) (S) This course enables students to plan and prepare appropriate snacks and meals for the preschool child. The student is introduced to basic nutrients and their role in human physiology, and the special requirements of the child for optimum health. Students are encouraged to work cooperatively with families and health professionals. Topics covered include menu planning and healthy eating habits, physical, social, religious and cultural differences, food purchase and storage, and food safety. Education 275 (1.5) Human Growth and Development II (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of Education 155 following the preschooler through the middle years of childhood, adolescence, and into adulthood. Education 276 Applied Theory-Practicum II This is a full-time block practicum of five weeks duration. The student works under the guidance of a qualified Early Childhood Educator in a centre selected by the Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education 191 Education 358 Special Needs Practicum A College. An instructor also observes the student. Seminar discussion is focused on integrating theory and practice. Assignments are designed to extend the developing skills of activity planning and teaching/guiding young children. Education 277 Applied Theory - Practicum III This is the final course of the E.C.E. Certificate program, taken after completion of all other courses in the program. The student consolidates and extends the skills developed earlier. It is a full day block practicum of five weeks duration. Weekly seminars again link theory to its practical application. Sechelt Certificate Program The following courses will be offered at the Sechelt campus as part of our 3 year part-time certificate program. Theoretical Perspectives Nutrition 3.0 1.5 Intro, to Working with Families Intro, to Centre Organization Applied Theory - Practicum III 1.5 1.5 4J3 11.5 Spring 1995 EDUC 270 EDUC 271 EDUC 277 6 6 Post Basic Program Course Descriptions FIRSTTERM Education 356 Infant & Toddler Practicum A This is the first of a two part sequence in which the student will work with Infant/Toddlers in a group setting. Previously developed skills will be extended and adapted to infants and toddlers. Emphasis will be placed on the development of strategies to promote self-esteem, language, social behaviour and self-help skills. Education 357 Infant & Toddler Practicum A This is the second of a two part Infant/Toddler practicum sequence. The student will "fine tune" her/his ability to work with both children and adults in a day care program for children under three years of age. Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education 192 Education 359 Special Needs Practicum B This is the second of a two part Special Needs Practicum sequence. The student will extend her/his ability to plan a program for an individual child and the group in an integrated or specialized setting. Communication with parents, staff and children will be emphasized. SECOND TERM Education 356, 357, 358, 359 See First Term Courses offered in 1994/1995 will complete the two year rotation enabling students to qualify as an Infant & Toddler Educator and/or Special Needs Educator. Fall 1994 EDUC 254 EDUC274 This is the first of a two part sequence in which the student will work with children with special needs in an integrated or specialized setting. Emphasis will be placed on the development of strategies to promote the child's self-esteem, developing communications, self-help and cognitive skills. Fisheries Science Sechelt Campus Only Contact Person: Dave Bates 987-1535 or 885-9310 FSCI 120 AQUA 131 FSCI 140 FSCI 141 Basics of Microcomputers Aquaculture Business Work Practicum Work Practicum FISH CULTURE TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE - DISTANCE LEARNING FORMAT Instructional Faculty D.J. BATES, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), B.Sc, M.Sc. (SFU), R.P.Bio. Career Opportunities Graduates of the program may find challenging careers with either the private or public fish culture sector. This includes the commercial aquaculture industry, government contracts with fisheries agencies and consulting firms. A Fish Culture Technician, while working under the supervision of a manager, will be responsible for the well •.being of intensively reared salmonids. The Program The Fish Culture Technician Program is available in distance learning format only. Students may register in one or more courses. Upon completion the student is awarded the Fish Culture Technician Certificate. The distance learning program has been designed for individuals that are currently working or seeking employment in the fish culture field who wish to upgrade their academic credentials. Individualized programs may be available. Admission Requirements Prospective applicants should inquire by telephone or by writing to the Sechelt campus. An information package and application will then be forwarded. Graduation Requirements Students must successfully complete all Fish Culture Technician courses (30 credits). Program Content FSCI 100 FSCI 101 FSCI 102 FSCI 103 FSCI 105 FSCI 106 Credits Introduction to Salmonid Biology 3 Fish Culture I 3 Fish Culture II 3 Water Quality 3 Salmonid Nutrition, Feeding & Growth 3 Fish Health 3 3 3 3 3 30 Course Descriptions Fisheries Science 100 (3) Introduction to Salmonid Biology An introductory course in the basic biology of the salmonid. Course content examines the life histories, habitat and biology of these animals. Fisheries Science 101 Fish Culture I (3) An introduction to the theory and techniques used in the fresh water culture of salmon and trout. Course content covers collection, incubation and rearing of salmonids. The major emphasis is on hatchery production of salmonids for commercial aquaculture and enhancement purposes. Fisheries Science 102 Fish Culture II (3) A continuation of Fisheries Science 100. This course examines the intensive culture of salmonids reared in the marine environment. Content includes an introduction to the marine environment, smolt transport, salt water adaptation, cage culture and harvesting and processing. Fisheries Science 103 Water Quality (3) An introduction to water quality with respect to intensive salmonid culture. Course content examines water quality parameters that impact on fish production and methods for measuring these parameters. Fisheries Science 105 (3) Salmonid Nutrition, Feeding and Growth An introductory course in the applied aspects of salmonid nutrition. Course content includes nutritional requirements of cultured salmonids, feed formulation and manufacture, feeding methods and strategies, biology of growth and growth estimation. Fisheries Science 106 Fish Health (3) An introduction to the science of fish health. This course examines the pathogens that frequently infect cultured salmonids. Course content examines the various groups Career/Vocational — Fisheries Science 193 of pathogens and methods used to prevent, minimize the impact or treat these pathogens. involved in the daily activities of these facilities working with fish culture staff. Fisheries Science 120 (3) Basics of Microcomputers An introduction to the personal computer and associated software. Course content inroduces the student to word processing, spreadsheets and databases using the integrated software program Microsoft Works. Aquaculture 131 (3) Aquaculture Business FSCI 200 FSCI 210 An introduction to basic business writing and record keeping. Fisheries Science 140 Field Practicum I (3) Practicums involve the student working for two 10-day periods at a fish culture facility. The student will be involved in the daily activities of these facilities working with fish culture staff. Fisheries Science 141 Field Practicum II (3) Practicums involve the student working for two 10-day periods at a fish culture facility. The student will be Career/Vocational — Fisheries Science 194 Salmonid Biology Intensive Salmonid Culture 3 3 Health and Human Services The LTCA program is no longer offered by Capilano College and has been replaced by the Resident Care Attendant Program. Admission Requirements 1. All prospective students are required to attend an information meeting and have a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. RESD I ENT CARE ATTENDANT PROGRAM 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and have a Contact: 984-4947 Support Staff: Sharon Miletic, Arlene Miller, Diane Mills, Receptionists Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant FIVE MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty T. ADLER, B.A. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC) S. ENGELBERT, B.A., R.N. B. MILLER, R.N. M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N., Coordinator K. TAYLOR, R.N. Career Opportunities The number of elderly people in our community is increasing, and there is an ever-growing demand for qualified men and women to work full-time or part-time in this field of health care. Graduates of this full-time RCA program are qualified to work with residents in various long term care settings, including extended care facilities, intermediate care facilities and personal care residences. The potential for employment is excellent. The Program Capilano College offers full-time certificate program recognized throughout British Columbia. This program is designed to provide students with the opportunity to qualify to work with long term care clients in many different settings. The program integrates health care theory with practice, teaching students the basics in physical care with a focus on the spiritual and emotional well-being of the resident. Practicum experiences take place in a variety of intermediate care and extended care facilities. All students who are interested in the RCA prgram must attend an information meeting and have an interview with an RCA instructor. Two programs are offered each year from September to January, and January to June. Applications are considered in October for the January program, and in March for the September program. genuine desire to work with elderly people in the health field. Two references are required. 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is a grade 10 or equivalent. Students may be asked to complete a reading comprehension test. 4. Applicants need good physical and mental health, and are required to complete a medical report on a form provided by the College, plus evidence of absence of active tuberculosis. Graduation Requirements Attendance: The Resident Care Attendant courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Graduation requires a valid First Aid Certificate which includes C.P.R. The student is responsible for obtaining this and presenting it to the coordinator before the first day of classes. The St. John's Emergency Level Safety Oriented First Aid Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. Students must obtain a B- (2.67 GPA), with completion of all courses in the program. Fees and Expenses The fees are in accordance with the College Calendar. The student can expect to spend approximately $200 on books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for a First Aid course and transportation for practicums. Financial Aid is available to eligible students. Awards and Scholarships The RCA program offers the Rosalind Brossard Scholarship. Program Content FIRST TERM Credits RCAP100 Health: Lifestyle and Choices 1.5 RCAP 101 Health & healing: Concepts for practice 3.0 RCAP102 Human Relations 1.5 RCAP 110 Workrole Concepts 1.0 RCAP 111 Applied theory: Lab, and Clinical practicum 7.0 RCAP 112 Special needs in Resident care 3.0 17.0 SECOND TERM RCAP 113 Applied theory: clinical practice Total program credits 4TJ 21.0 Career/Vocational — Health and Human Sen/Ices 195 Course Descriptions RCAP100 (1.5) Health: Lifestyle and Choices (2,0,1) (F) This course provides an introduction to the concept of health and the concepts of a health enhancing lifestyle. Students will reflect on their own experience of health, challenges and resources that may effect their lifestyle choices, and consequently, their health. RCAP101 (3.0) Health and Healings: Concepts for practice (4,0,2) (F) This course provides the opportunity to develop a theoretical framework for practice. Students will examine the significant philosophical beliefs and theoretical understandings of competent practice. RCAP 102 (1.5) Human Relations (2,0,1) (F) This course focuses on the development of self awareness and increased understanding of others. Students will explore basic communication concepts and practical skills, which contribute to effective interpersonal relationships. RCAP 110 (1.0) Workrole concepts (2,0,1) (F) This course introduces students to the health care system and the role and responsibilities of the resident care attendant within the health care system. RCAP 111 (7.0) Applied theory: lab practicum and clinical (2,4,14) (F) This practical course offers students the opportunity to acquire the basic personal and clinical skills required by the resident care attendant in intermediate and extended care facilities. Students spend one day a week in the College health lab learning the practical skills needed to work with long term care residents. The first part of the course is a series of field trips designed to increase students' awareness of community facilities. In the second part of the course the students spend two weeks in an intermediate care facility. In the last part of the course the students spend two days a week in an extended care unit placement, supervised by a clinical instructor. Assignments are integrated with the lab instruction and course work. All practicum and clinical placements are arranged by the college. to help students to explore concepts approaches which apply to the care of residents experiencing changes in mental functioning. RCAP 113 (4.0) Applied theory: clinical practice (0,35,0) (S) This four week practical course provides an opportunity to apply the caring philosophy with older adults in an intermediate and/or extended care facility. Select, supervised experiences will emphasize the application and integration of knowledge and skills learned in other courses. The final two weeks of the course provide an opportunity for the student to become better prepared to take on the role of the Resident Care Attendant. Opportunities will be provided for the learner to gain increased self confidence in the work setting and to become socialized as a member of the health care team. PERSONAL ASSISTANT FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES Contact: 984-4947 Support Staff Arlene Miller, Diane Mills, Receptionists Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant EIGHT MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty T. ADLER, B.C. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC) L. CUTHBERTSON, B.H.Sc..(O.T.) (McMaster), M.Ed. (Brock) Reg. O.T. (BC) M. DAY AN, B.S.R. (UBC), Chartered Physiotherapist J. GIBBS, R.P.N., R.S.W., Coordinator M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed.(UBC), R.D.N. Career Opportunities In response to the trend for people with physical disabilities to live in the community rather than in an institution, the Personal Assistant program prepares students to work with clients of all ages in a variety of community settings. Students are trained to give client-directed personal assistance in order that the individual may achieve the fullest possible participation in society. Services offered by the graduate Personal Assistant differ from the traditional medically modeled services in many ways: (2,0,1) (F) • service goals are defined by the service user, not the sevice provider or medical personnel This course builds upon content in the other RCA courses, • services are oriented towards promoting maximum independence for the client in all aspect of life RCAP 112 (3.0) Special Needs in Resident Care Career/Vocational — Health and Human Services 196 • services are directed towards enhancing an individual's present strengths and enabling the development of further strengths • services may be provided in a variety of settings Because graduates must be prepared to work efffectively within the full continuum of available settings, the Personal Assistant program prepares students to assist persons with disabilities in a broad range of activities of daily living. The Personal Assistant program ensures that students acquire knowledge and master skills necessary to deal with the functional, emotional, social and medical implications of physical disabilities. Graduates of the program find employment in many areas of the health field including: group homes, private homes, recreation programs and health care centres. Program The objective of the program is to provide the basic skills and knowledge required for a career in the Health and 'Human Services field. This full-time, eight month certificate program integrates health care theory with practice. Practicum experiences take place in a variety of community health care settings. All students who are interested in the Personal Assistant program must attend an information meeting and have an interview with a program instructor. Graduates will have completed WHMIS, Food Safe, fire safety and core courses in the Resident Care Attendant program (formerly Long Term Care) Admission Requirements 1. All prospective students are required to attend an information meeting and have a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. Interviews are held in mid-May. Further interviews may be held in mid-August, if spaces in the program are available. 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and have a genuine desire to work with physically disabled people in the Health & Human Services field. Two references are required. 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is grade 10 or equivalent, with grade 12 preferred. Students may be asked to complete a reading comprehension test. 4. Applicants need good physical and mental health, and are required to complete a medical report on a form provided by the College, plus evidence of the absence of active tuberculosis. Some practicum placements require a Criminal Record Check. 5. Students need a valid First Aid Certificate which includes C.P.R. throughout the course. The student is responsible for obtaining this and presenting it to the coordinator before the first day of classes. The St. John's Emergency Level Safety Oriented First Aid Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. Graduation Requirements Attendance: The Personal Assistant Program courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Students must obtain a minimum C+ average (2 1/3 G.P.A.) with completion of all courses in the program. Fees and Expenses The fees are in accordance with the College Calendar for a 30 credit program. The student can expect to spend approximately $200 on books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for a First Aid course, transportation for practicums, and for a Criminal Record Check. Financial Aid is available to eligible students. Course Descriptions RCAP 100 (1.5) Health: Lifestyle and Choices (2,0,1) (F) This course provides an introduction to the concept of health and the concepts of a health enhancing lifestyle. Students will reflect on their own experience of health, challenges and resources that may effect their lifestyle choices, and consequently, their health. RCAP 101 (3.0) Health and Healings: Concepts for practice (4,0,2) (F) This course provides the opportunity to develop a theoretical framework for practice. Students will examine the significant philosophical beliefs and theoretical understandings of competent practice. RCAP 102 (1.5) Human Relations (2,0,1) (F) This course focuses on the development of self awareness and increased understanding of others. Students will explore basic communication concepts and practical skills, which contribute to effective interpersonal relationships. PCAD 013 (3.0) Introduction to Physical Disabilities (4,0,2) (F) This course enables students to understand the theoretical basis for the procedures needed by the Personal Assistant working with physically disabled clients of all ages. The procedures include the principles of body mechanics, medical asepsis, disabling conditions and their functional Career/Vocational—Health and Human Services 197 limitations. Both course content and assignments are integrated with lab and practicum placements in PCAD 019 and PCAD 039. healthy eating habits; physical, social, religious and cultural differences; food purchase and storage; texture modification and food safety. PCAD 014 (1.5) Ethics and Values in Health Care PCAD 027 (2.0) Protection and Safety (2,0,1)(F) (2,0,1) (S) In this course the student will develop the knowledge and skills required to fill the role of a Personal Assistant in a professional,-ethical and caring manner to ensure that people with disabilities are valued. This course enables students to provide a safe home environment for people with disabilities. Topics include: sanitation, accident prevention, fire prevention and safe working procedures. PCAD 019 (1.5) Applied Theory - Practicum I PCAD 049 (1.5) Applied Theory - Practicum II (0,4,11) (F) The first part of the practicum course is a series of field trips designed to increase the student's awareness of community resources. In the second part of the course students spend two days a week in a practicum placement arranged by the College. A clinical instructor visits and observes the student working in the practicum setting. Assignments are integrated with the lab instruction and course work in PCAD 013. PCAD 022 (1.5) Human Relations li (2,0,1) (F) This is the second course in human relations, in which the student continues to develop knowledge and skills related to the needs of clients with physical disabilities. PCAD 023 (1.5) Growth and Development (2,0,1) (S) This course is designed to introduce students to the major changes which occur in normal and abnormal development. The learner will identify basic human needs, assess how these needs are met and will establish how they fit into a continuum of care to meet the needs of people with disabilities. PCAD 024 (3.0) Advanced Physical Disabilities (4,0,2) (S) This is a continuation of PCAD 013. Students learn the theoretical basis of advanced procedures essential to the role of the Personal Assistant. The course content is also integrated with lab and practicum placements in PCAD 029 and PCAD 039. PCAD 026 (2.0) Food, Nutrition and Food Safety (2,0,1) (S) This course enables students to plan and prepare appropriate snacks and meals for people with physical disabilities. Students are encouraged to work cooperatively with clients, their families and health professionals as members of the health team. Topics include: menu planning and Career/Vocational — Health and Human Services 198 (0,4,2) (F) This is the first part of the practicum course covering three practicums of varying lengths, ranging between two, three, and four weeks each. Practicums take place in group homes, private homes, health centres, recreation programs, day cares and classrooms. Each practicum is under the guidance of a College instructor and a qualified supervisor from the practicum setting. PCAD 059 (1.5) Applied Theory - Practicum II (0,4,15) (S) This is the second part of the practicum course covering three practicums of varying lengths, ranging between two, three, and four weeks each. Practicums take place in group homes, private homes, health centres, recreation programs, day cares and classrooms. Each practicum is under the guidance of a College instructor and a qualified supervisor from the practicum setting. •Some PCAD courses will be open to part-time students working in the health care field, with a recommendation from their employer. Landscape Horticulture Contact: 984-4947 ONE YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty L. KOSKITALO, Coordinator, B.Sc. (U. of M.), Ph.D.(UBC) R. WELSH, Dip. Landscape Tech. (B.C.l.T.) S. WILKINSON, B.A., N.D.H. Support Staff: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant Career Opportunities Graduates of the Applied Landscape Horticulture program find employment in many areas of horticulture including: municipal parks, golf courses, residential and commercial landscape installation and/or maintenance; garden centre sales, nursery and greenhouse operations. The Program 'The objective of the Landscape Horticulture program is to provide individuals with the basic skills and knowledge prerequisite to beginning a career in landscape gardening and landscape-related industries. This full-time 8 month certificate program integrates horticultural theory with practice; the first term emphasizing theory and the second term practical applications. Due to the popular nature of the program, and its limited enrollment, prospective students are advised to contact the Horticulture department by late April to arrange to attend early-May INFORMATION MEETING. Student/ instructor interviews can be arranged at the conclusion of this meeting. Admission Requirements 1. All prospective students are required to attend a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. Interviews are held in mid-May. Further interviews may be held in mid-August, if spaces in the program are available. Students who are unable to attend the interview should contact the program coordinator to make alternative arangements. 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and should have a genuine interest in and desire for commencing or continuing a career in horticulture. 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is grade 10, with grade 12 preferred. Students not proficient in basic mathematics and English may be required to take an upgrading course. 4. Applicants should be in reasonable health and physical condition. 5. Successful applicants will show evidence of development of interpersonal skills and emotional health. Special Fees and Expenses In addition to the program tuition, students will incur further expenses of approximately $1100 for books, personal work gear and equipment, certification fees, field trip, conference and membership fees. Graduation Requirements Due to the intense nature of the program, regular fulltime attendance is crucial. Students are expected to attend and participate in all classes and program activities. Students with poor attendance may be required to withdraw. Participation in all field trips, including the 3day orientation field trip, is compulsory. Students must attain a minimum aggregate G.P.A. of 2.0, pass all courses, must possess a valid B.C. pesticide dispenser or acceptable applicator certificate, and attain a minimum 60% standing in plant materials to successfully complete the program. Awards and Scholarships The Applied Horticulture Bursary for $500 is presented at the beginning of the second term. Applications for this award will be received in mid-December, the award being based upon: • first term marks • program participation • financial need The B.C. Council of Garden Clubs Scholarship for $450 is presented at the beginning of the second term. This scholarship is awarded to the student who has demonstrated excellence in terms of scholastics and programs involvement. The Lynn Valley Garden Club Bursary for $250 is awarded to a B.C. resident horticulture student who has demonstrated satisfactory performance in terms of scholastics and program participation. Program Content FIRST TERM HORT 101 Introductory Horticulture HORT 102 Plant Materials I HORT 103 Growing Media & Fertilizers HORT 105 Plant Production HORT 107 P & T Gardens Practicum HORT 115 Basic Landscape Drafting Credits Labs 5.0 6 0 5.0 2.0 1 2.0 1 0.0 0 L5 3 15.5 11 SECOND TERM HORT 106 Landscape Irrigation & Drainage 2.0 HORT 108 Landscape Design 1.5 HORT 109 Plant Materials II 4.0 HORT 110 Turfgrass Management 3.0 1 3 0 1 Career/Vocational — Landscape Horticulture 199 HORT 111 HORT 112 HORT 114 Business Practices Landscape Installation & Maintenance P & T Gardens Practicum master basic gardening skills and to learn to complete tasks effectively and in a timely manner. 1.0 5.0 ao 16.5 6 0 12 Course Descriptions Horticulture 101 (5) Introductory Horticulture (6,6,0) (F) This course details commercial horticulture in B.C., covers basic plant science theory, deals with work site safety and develops basic horticultural skills including the use and proper care of hand tools, power equipment, day to day greenhouse operations, planting and watering techniques. Students participate in a 3-day orientation field trip near the beginning of this course. Students also participate in a WCB certified survival first aid practicum. Horticulture 102 Plant Materials I (5) (6,0,0) (F) An introduction to woody and herbaceous ornamentals including deciduous trees and shrubs, conifers, broadleaf evergreens, bulbs, and ground covers. This course emphasizes identification, landscape values and requirements of the plant materials studied. Horticulture 103 (2) Growing Media & Fertilizers (3,1,0) (F) This course is designed to provide students with the media science knowledge necessary for the production and maintenance of plants in the greenhouse, nursery and landscape. Horticulture 105 Plant Production (2) (3,1,0) (F) To acquaint students with greenhouse and nursery production systems and methods. Topics will include: plant propagation, greenhouse production and nursery stock production. Students will successfully produce a number of specific greenhouse and nursery crops. Horticulture 106 (2) Landscape Irrigation and Drainage (3,1,0) (F) Horticulture 108 (1.5) Landscape Design A highly practical introductory course in design theory and practices; plan reading and revisions; and basic design skills. Course materials are presented by means of lectures, visuals, projects and specific practicum labs. Horticulture 109 Plant Materials II (4) Horticulture 110 (3) Turfgrass Management Horticulture 111 (1) Business Practices Horticulture 112 (5.0) Landscape Installation & Maintenance (5,6,0) (S) A largely applied course covering plant installation and common landscape maintenance practices. Landscape installation topics include: site preparation, use of aggregates, and construction of walks, steps, retaining walls, fences, trellises, and use of paving materials. Maintenance topics include: pruning, planting and transplanting, pest management, mulches, and methods of fertilization. Students write the B.C. Ministry of Environment General Dispenser and Landscape Applicator pesticide certification examinations.The majority of the coursetimeis spent on field installation and maintenance work. Horticulture 115 (1.5) Basic Landscape Drafting 200 (1.0,1,0)(S) Deals with business establishment, business organizations, business operations, landscape estimating, quotations and contracts. Job search, job applications, resumes and interviews are also discussed. (0,0,2) (F) Career/Vocational — Landscape Horticulture (4.5,1,0) (S) An introductory turfgrass course dealing with the selection of grasses for turfs, turfgrass installation, and maintenance (includes fertilization, irrigation, moving, cultivation, pest control practices) for residential and large area turfs. Horticulture 114 (0) P & T Gardens Practicum This is an optional landscape maintenance work experience at Park and Tilford Gardens. The objectives of the practicum are to develop a professional work ethic, to (4.5,0,0) (S) A continuation of HORT 102 with the emphasis on conifers, broadleaf evergreens, annuals and perennials. This course is designed to familiarize the student with the basics of turf and drip irrigation systems as well as basic landscape drainage systems. Students learn how to install, operate and maintain landscape irrigation systems. Horticulture 107 (0) P & T Gardens Practicum (1.5,3,0) (S) (0,0,2) (S) A continuation of HORT 107. (1.5,3,0) (F) Course topics include: drafting skills and equipment, site measurement and evaluation, plan reading, graphic presentation and introductory quantity take-offs. Legal Assistant Contact: 984-4959 Instructional Faculty L. BAKER, BA. (UBC), LL.B. (UBC) Teaching Cert. (SFU) M. BRADSHAW, B.A. (U. of Colorado), LL.B. (UBC) D. COCHRAN, B.A. LL.B. (UBC), Cert. Ed., M.A. Ed. (SFU) V. COCHRAN, LL.B. (UBC), Co-ordinator M. CRAGG, B.A. Law (Durham), Teaching Cert. (UBC) A. DUMOULIN, B.A. LL.B. (UBC) W. ENWRIGHT, B.F.A. M.F.A. (UBC), LL.B. (McGill) J. FAIRLIE, B. Mus. LL.B. (UBC) N. HALL M. KERFOOT, B.A. (Carleton U), B.Ed. (U of Regina), LL.B. (UBC) D. PHILLIPS, LGAS Certificate M. SPENCE, B.Sc. LL.B. (UBC) D. STUART, LL.B. (Univ. of Manitoba) D. THOMSON, B.So, LL.B. (Queens) G.'WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist 1. TWO YEAR LEGAL ASSISTANT DIPLOMA Upon completion of the two year program, students must complete a six month practicum under the supervision of a lawyer. Students are paid during this practicum by their employer. At the end of a successful practicum, the student is eligible for graduation. Faculty work closely with students and with the legal community to ensure successful practicum placements. Faculty maintain close contacts with the legal community, and several faculty members are practising lawyers. As well, support is provided by an external Advisory Committee, which provides information on recent developments in the legal community, and offers advice on topics ranging from curriculum changes to grad placements. Members of the Advisory Committee include representatives from the Law Society of British Columbia, the Canadian Bar Association, private law firms, a government agency, and crown corporations. Support Staff M. MACKAY, Divisional Assistant K. WATTS, Receptionist Career Opportunities A legal assistant, while working under the supervision of a lawyer, is capable of originating work and making decisions. This person has knowledge of both procedural and substantive law. Some examples of work functions are: interviewing clients; drafting pleadings, wills, probate, conveyancing and corporate documents; legal research; file management; assisting in trial preparation. Graduates of the program will find challenging careers working as legal assistants in law offices, government agencies, and corporate legal departments. The program has been in operation since 1976 and has a 90% placement rate. (This figure may fluctuate for any one graduating class depending on the economy.) Programs There are two legal assisant programs offered at Capilano College. 1. The Legal Assistant Diploma Program. This is a two year full-time program designed for people without current legal experience. 2. The Legal Assistant Certificate Program. This evening program is designed for people who are presently working in a law office with at least two years' legal secretarial or paralegal experience. Admissions Requirements The successful applicant to the Legal Assistant Program typically has two years of post secondary university transfer education, an interest in law, maturity and work experience. Prospective applicants may apply by telephoning 984-4959. Names will be recorded and applicants will receive the formal admission procedure outline. Information meetings may also be held. Coordinators will then review all applications for the 35 seats available in the program. Applicants who meet the program requirements will be invited to have a personal interview. Academic Standards The Legal Assistant program requires students to maintain a cummulative 3.0 grade point average over the four terms. In addition, any student whose grade point average falls below 2.0 will not be permitted to continue in the program. Special Fees and Expenses The student can expect to spend approximately $1000.00 per year on books and photocopying expenses. Since regular use of a law library is necessary for research purposes, students should include necessary transportation expenses. Financial assistance may be available in the form of student loans and bursaries. Information on these is available at the Financial Aid Office. Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant 201 Graduation Requirements Regular attendance is necessary. Students must successfully complete all Legal Assistant courses offered (67.5 credits). Students must also complete 3 credits of University Transfer 100 level courses and 3 credits of computer training equivalent to BSMG 180. These courses may be completed at any accredited post-secondary institution. In addition all students must complete a 6 month practicum, and receive a "Pass" grade prior to graduation. To be eligible to go out on a practicum students must maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA. SECOND TERM LGAS 152 Litigation Procedures II LGAS 156 Intro, to Evidence LGAS 176 Legal Office Procedures LGAS 180 Contracts I LGAS 254 Torts II LGAS 256 Family Law THIRD TERM LGAS 155 Conveyancing Procedures LGAS 172 Legal Drafting I LGAS 179 Legal Interviewing LGAS 181 Contracts II LGAS 255 Real Property LGAS 264 Insurance Law I FOURTH TERM LGAS 153 Basic Corporate Proocedures LGAS 157 Wills & Probate LGAS 174 Legal Drafting II LGAS 253 Company Law LGAS 262 Litigation Procedures III LGAS 265 Insurance Law II LGAS 199 Career Practicum Total Credits: Academic Transfer: Computer Course: Diploma Requirement: Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant 202 This is a part-time evening program designed for students with at least two years legal secretarial or paralegal experience who are presently working in a law office. Those without a legal background or the two years experience may be admitted to a particular course only after consultation with the Coordinator. It is the student's responsibility to initiate the contact with the Coordinator prior to registration. Acceptance into a particular course does not mean a student has been accepted into the program as a whole. Two Year Legal Assistant Diploma Program Content FIRST TERM LGAS 150 Intro, to Study of Law LGAS 162 Litigation Procedures I LGAS 170 Legal Research LGAS 252 Torts I CMNS 179 Legal Communications 2. LEGAL ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 15.0 The Legal Assistant Certificate Program courses normally start in September, although occasionally they may also start in January. Contact the Legal Assistant Program area at 984-4959 for registration deadline information. The requirements for the certificate must be completed within five years of commencing the courses. The fiveyear period may be extended for one year in exceptional circumstances. Certificate Requirements 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 16.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 i.0 3.0 10 16.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 16.5 3.0 67.5 3.0 10 73.5 In order to attain the Legal Assistant Certificate students must successfully complete 39 credits. Thirty-three of these credits must be chosen from substantive Legal Assistant Courses. Students must also complete six credits of university transfer courses at a 100 level or one three credit 100 level university transfer course and 3 credits of computer training equivalent to BSMG 180. A 2.66 cumulative GPA must be maintained. Legal Assistant Certificate Program Content * Courses marked with an asterisk are required courses and must be taken before a student is eligible to receive a certificate. + Students wishing to enter the program must first take LGAS 150 and then LGAS 170 before they will be admitted to any course except LGAS 151. *+ LGAS 150 »+ LGAS 151 *+ LGAS 170 LGAS 172/174 LGAS 179 * LGAS 180/181 LGAS 182 LGAS 252/254 LGAS 253 LGAS 255 Introduction to the Study of Law Evidence Legal Research Legal Drafting I & II Legal Interviewing Contracts I & II Creditors' Remedies Torts I & II Company Law Real Property LGAS 256 LGAS 264/265 LGAS 268 LGAS 271 structure of a real estate sale, the system of registration in B.C., and basic procedures when acting for a purchaser and/or vendor. Family Law Insurance I & II Criminal Law Administrative Law LGAS 156 (1.5) Introduction to Evidence Transfer Credits Transfer credits will not automatically be given for courses taken at other institutions. Students will be required to demonstrate current knowledge before course exemption will be granted. Course Descriptions Please see program content to determine which courses apply to the program in which you are interested. LGAS 150 (3) Introduction to the Study of Law (4,0,0) (F) Introduction to legal concepts and legal reasoning. The course will cover the historical development of legal institutions and the principles of common law and equity, the interpretation of statutes, and an analysis of the system; its strengths and weaknesses. Transferable to SFU. LGAS 151 Evidence (3) (4,0,0) (S) An introduction to the law of evidence. Although some statutes will be considered, emphasis will be on case law and current developments in the law. Transferable to SFU. LGAS 152 (1.5) Litigation Procedures II (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: LGAS 162 This course is designed for legal assistants assisting in a litigation practice. The rules of court will be studied in detail from the beginning of a process to trial. LGAS 153 (1.5) Basic Corporate Procedures (2,0,0) (S) An examination of the B.C. Company Act and the C.B.C.A. and the various documents required to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Differences between reporting and non-reporting companies will be studied. LGAS 155 (1.5) Conveyancing Procedures (2,0,0) (S) Introduce students to basic conveyancing procedures in B.C., including the role of the conveyancing assistant, the (2,0,0) (S) This course is an introduction to the law of evidence including relevancy, materiality, admissibility, opinion evidence, etc. LGAS 157 (3) Wills & Probate Procedures (4,0,0) (S) An examination of the Wills Act, the Estate Administration Act, and Wills Variation Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate and Letters of Administration. Students will also learn how to deal with assets after Letters Probate or Administration have been obtained. LGAS 162 (3) Litigation Procedures I (4,00) (F) Introduction to procedures in the courts of B.C. The course will cover basic procedures in pre-trial preparation of documents, and the use of precedents in litigation. LGAS 170 (3) Legal Research (4,0,0) (F,S,Su) Provides the student with the techniques and methodology of legal research and will include functions such as reading briefs and legal documents; using encyclopedia, annotated reports, law reviews, case comments; locating decisions. LGAS 172 (3) Legal Drafting I (4,0,0) (F) Course work includes drafting of agreements, statements of claim and defences, letters and memos, and a study of the rules of statutory interpretation. Emphasis will be placed on developing different writing styles, rather than obtaining a detailed knowledge of specific areas of law. LGAS 174 (3) Legal Drafting II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: LGAS 172 A continuation of the work begun in LGAS 172; students will draft more complex documentation. LGAS 176 (3) Legal Office Procedures (4,0,0) (F) Practical information about the organization of legal offices. Instruction intimekeeping,filing and communications systems, use of data processing equipment in law Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant 203 offices, ethical responsibility of legal assistants and legal terminology will be covered. LGAS 253 (3) Company Law LGAS 179 (3) Legal Interviewing The law relating to business associations. An examination of rights and duties of officers, directors, and shareholders, as well as an analysis of provincial securities practice. (4,0,0) (F) This course will give an understanding of the role of the legal assistant and of the process of legal interviewing. Students will acquire skills in conducting various types of interviews. LGAS 180 (3) Contracts I (4,0,0) (F,S) The objective of this course is to give the students a general understanding of the fundamental principles of contract law, including offer and acceptance, certainty, intention, consideration, and privity. LGAS 181 (3) Contracts II (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: LGAS 180 This course is a continuation of LGAS 180. Topics include misrepresentation, interpretation, mistake, duress, and remedies. LGAS 182 (3) Creditors' Remedies (4,0,0) (F) Discussion of the principles, practice and information gathering procedures necessary to realize on judgments. The case method will be used and students are expected to be familiar with the documentation used in the above process. LGAS 199 (3) Career Practicum (2,0,0) (F,S,Su) Prerequisite: 3.0 Cumulative GPA (3) (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: LGAS 252 This is a continuation of LGAS 252. Recovery of pure economic loss, nuisance, liability of statutory authorities, intentional torts and other areas are studied. LGAS 255 (3) Real Property (4,0,0) (S) A review of the common law relating to real property as modified by legislation will be studied in this course using the case analysis method. LGAS 256 (3) Family Law (4,0,0) (S) Law and the family: marriage and its dissolution; rights and duties of spouses and parents; custody; access, guardianship, and adoption. LGAS 257 (3) Wills and Estates (4,0,0) (F,S,Su) This course will cover substative law issues that arise in a wills and estates practice. Important practice issues will also be covered, as well as a review of applicable legislation. LGAS 262 (3) Litigation Procedures III (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisites: LGAS 152 and 162 This includes the work portion of the Career Practicum which consists of six months in a law firm. It also includes classroom seminars and instructor/student consultations. Students will be assisted by the instructor in finding a practicum, but it is the student's responsibility to obtain a practicum position. This practicum must be commenced within two years of completing the Legal Assistant course requirements. LGAS 252 Torts I LGAS 254 Torts II (4,0,0) (F) (4,0,0) (F) An introductory study of torts. Principal topic to be studied is the law of negligence. This course covers divorce, Family Relations Act, and small claims procedures. LGAS 264 (3) Insurance Law I (4,0,0) (F,S) An overview of Canadian Insurance law including structure of the industry, insurable interest, valuation, subrogation, contribution and indemnity and duty to disclose. LGAS 265 (3) Insurance Law II (4,0,0) (S) Continuation of LGAS 264 covering agents' duties and responsibilities; form and formation of the insurance Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant 204 Media Resources contract; cover, including exceptions to cover; the claims process; I.C.B.C. insurance issues. LGAS 268 (3) Criminal Law (4,0,0) (F,S) Substantive elements of selected criminal offences and consideration of various defences. The effect of the Charter of Rights on rights of the accused will be also studied. Transferable to SFU. LGAS 271 (3) Administrative Law (4,0,0) (F,S) The law relating to administrative tribunals in Canada. The rules of natural justice and fairness will be examined as well as judicial review of decisions and administrative tribunals. Emphasis will be on provincial administative tribunals and the effect of the Charter in this area. Contact: 984-4940 TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA Instructional Faculty J.V. BIZZOCCHI, B.A. (Michigan), Teaching Cert. (Sec.) (Michigan), Video Production (Banff Centre) R. CARVER MORRIE EAMAN M. FEARON, B.A. (Mount Allison), M.A. (UBC) G. McARTHUR, M. Ed. (UBC) P. KELLINGTON, Film Studies (UBC), A.A.S. Media Spec. Cert. (Capilano) B. REID, B.A. (Alta.) S. ROGERS, B.A. (Ryerson) P. THOMPSON, B.A. (Stanford), M.Ed., Teaching Cert. (Minnesota) K. WATT J. WESTENDORP, B.F.A. (UBC) In recent years there has been an increasing awareness of the importance of the media in communications, industry and education. Consequently there is a growing market for personnel with the appropriate training and attitude for work in these fields. Career Opportunities In 20 years of operation, approximately 80% of the Media Resources graduates have become employed in related fields within six months of graduation. Our graduates are currently working in a variety of settings as media producers and A / V directors for a variety of educational institutions, private companies, and other organizations; production and administration staff; news and film editors; and freelance producers. The Program FILM, PHOTOGRAPHY, VIDEO, AUDIO and COMPUTERS are vital components of the media mix used in all levels of educational and instructional communication. The Media Resources Program is a two-year program training students for current and developing applications of media technologies. In areas of education, commercial and community media, there is an increasing readiness to use new techniques to foster learning, growth, and social interaction. Capilano College's Media Resources Program prepares students for work and leadership in this growing media resources field. Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant/Media Resources 205 The core of the program is production training. Students are taught standards of excellence and effectiveness in all forms of educational production work. Basic technical skills are taught in all media areas, and a large number of projects are completed by students during their training. In this way students are prepared for a wide range of practical work possibilities, rather than simply a proficiency in theory. The program involves more than technical skills. Courses also develop knowledge and skills in communication, learning theory, instructional design, the uses of media in education, the maintenance and purchasing of equipment, and resources distribution. The program's instructional design reflects its practical goals. Workshop methods, hands-on training and field trips are used throughout the program. The College's training facilities are equipped with a broad variety of standard audiovisual equipment. This ensures that students are ready to do quality work with the types of equipment presently used in educational instruction, training, and community facilities. Admission Requirements The Media Resources Program consists of four terms of study. New students are admitted each September in a class of 28. Persons over 18 years of age or with secondary school graduation are eligible for admission to the College and this program. Application forms are available from the department and at Information Meetings held between November and April. Applicants will be contacted for an interview in the January-May period and, if there are places available, in August. Interviews are conducted until the class is filled. Admission is based on general ability, interest in media, noteworthy experience, previous work, education, and commitment to the Media Resources Program. It is highly recommended that applicants to the Media Resources Program take Media 065 (Media Studies) and a media production course (such as filmmaking, photography, slide-tape, or video production) prior to applying to the Program. Everyone admitted to Media Resources must take Media 065 during the first year in the program (unless Media 065 or an equivalent university-level film history course has been taken). Special Fees and Expenses Students may expect to pay approximately $6000.00 for tuition, fees, materials and textbooks during the two-year program. Career/Vocational — Media Resources 206 Graduation Requirements In order to graduate from the Media Resources Program, the student must successfully complete all the component courses. Professional Standards All Media Resources students are required to adhere to high standards of academic performance and professional behaviour (as described in the booklet Media Resources Department Guidelines). Lab Program Content Credits Hours Major Program Requirements FIRST TERM Media 100 Intro, to Video CMNS 130 Basic Communications Media 156 Computers in Media: Intro Media 181 Basic Audio Production Media 183 Photographic Production Media 189 Research Methods Media 190 Instructional Design Media 195 Applications of Photography SECOND TERM Media 150 Intro, to Animation Media 172 Video Technology I Media 173 Ed. Media Applications: Audio Media 182 Advanced Audio Production Media 185 Advanced Photography Media 186 Computers in Media Prod. Media 200 Intermediate Video I Media 202 Intermediate Video II THIRD TERM Media 260 Slide/Tape Production Media 271 Educational T.V. Systems Media 272 Video Tech II Media 256 Computers and Video I Media 294 A / V Production Media 250 Documentary Scriptwriting Media 300 Advanced Video Production 73.5 60 3 3 3 3 3 1.5 3 3 22.5 3 3 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 6 19.5 6 6 3 0 18 6 3 6 2 18 3 6 3 12 • FOURTH TERM CMNS 156 Communications for the Media Resources Student Media 263 Production Resources Media 303 Media Specialist in Education and Training Media 304 Educational Media Applications: Computers Media 299 Major Projects TOTAL Media 172 (1.5) Video Technology I 3 1.5 6 1.5 6 3 L5 10.5 0 12 73.5 60 Lab PART-TIME COURSES Credits Hours Media 055 Basic T.V. Studio Operation 1.5 Media 061 Basic Slide/Tape Production 3 Media 065 Media Studies 3 Media 071 Basic Photography - Open Lab 3 Media 073 Advanced Photography 3 3 Media 074 Basic Filmmaking - Open Lab 3 Media 090 Independent Production and Portfolio Presentation 1.5 Media 092 Computers in Media - Desktop Publishing Media 093 Computers in Media - Desktop Presentation 1.5 Media 094 Computers in Media - HyperCard Applications 1.5 Media 095 Introduction to Computer Animation 1.5 (1.5,0,0) (S) An introduction to video systems, including a history of video technology, components of a complete video system, and a comparison of different formats. Media 173 (3) Educational Media Applications: Audio (3,0,0) (S) An introduction to the fundamental principles of sound generation and reproduction, and to the terminology, hardware, and systems related to audio components. Applications of audio technology, equipment maintenance, and critical analysis of product specifications are given special emphasis. Media 181 (3) Basic Audio Production (3,6,0) (F) An introduction to basic production techniques; components include interviewing, scripting, dubbing, editing, mixing, and packaging. The course also covers the operation of microphones, tape recorders and dub/mix facilities. Media 182 (3) Advanced Audio Production (3,0,0) (S) The application of production techniques in a variety of situations, including multi-track recording and mixing, documentaries, location recording, radio plays, film and video soundtracks and music recording, often using the department's sound production studio. Course Descriptions Media 100 (3) Introduction to Video Production (3,0,0) (F) This course concentrates on the basic skills involved in video production with an emphasis on camera techniques and visual sequencing. Media 150 (3) Introduction to Animation (3,0,0) (S) An introduction to the theory and application of animation techniques. While film is the primary medium in this course, computer animation concepts are also taught. Media 156 (3) Computers in Media: Introduction (3,0,0) (F) Basic computer skills in word processing and introductory training in graphics and desktop publishing applications as they relate to media production. Media 183 (3) (3,6,0) (F) Theory and Applications of Photographic Production An introduction to the photographic base relative to audiovisual production, including the camera and its controls, darkroom techniques, photosensitive materials and their control, and visual reproduction. Media 185 (3) Advanced Photography (3,6,0) (S) The application of photographic techniques, with emphasis on combining shot sequences to tell a story, as well as editing, layout, presentation, and basic studio operation. Media 186 (3) Computers in Media Production (3,3,0) (S) An introduction to the use of computers in pre-production to increase productivity. Emphasis is placed on computer application in graphics, budgeting, storyboarding and planning for the media. Career/Vocational — Media Resources 207 Media 189 (1.5) Research Methods (1.5,0,0) (F) Methods for planning, organization, and presentation of research for educational media productions. Sources considered w i l l include print, non-print, and people. Media 190 (3) Instructional Design (3,3,0) (F) A n introduction to the fundamentals of instructional design as applied i n the production of educational media packages. Topics w i l l include systems theory, objectives, audience analysis, evaluation, c u r r i c u l u m , learning activities, and resources. Media 195 (3) Special Applications: Photography (3,0,0) (F) A n introduction to the areas of d a r k r o o m maintenance, photographic chemistry, print finishing, small and m e d i u m format copy camera, and relevant copying materials used i n a variety of media applications. Media 200 (3) Intermediate Video I (3,6,0) (S) This course is designed to b u i l d on the basics of video recording and sequencing taught i n M D I A 100. Students w i l l focus on lighting, audio recording and editing for single camera productions. Workshops and exercises w i l l form a major part of this course as w e l l as a final production w h i c h students w i l l produce i n production groups. Media 202 (3) Intermediate Video II (3,3,0) (S) In this course students w i l l learn the fundamentals of developing, writing, and presenting material suitable for basic video documentary productions. Media 250 (1.5) Documentary Scriptwriting (1.5,0,0) (S) Media 260 (3) Slide/Tape Production (3,3,0) (F) A n introduction to the production of instructional s l i d e / tape programs. Includes operation of slide/tape equipment, production of transparencies, sound track and design considerations, and the integration of sound and visuals. Media 263 (1.5) Production Resources (1.5,6,0) (S) The comparative study of media technical systems and their operation; evaluation of various resources available in the L o w e r M a i n l a n d ; design a n d / o r modification of systems for media production and delivery; and interface of different types of systems. Media 271 (3) Educational Television Systems (3,6,0) (F) This course assumes background i n basic portable video tape equipment and operations covered i n M e d i a 171 and is designed to develop the students' ability to effectively use multi-camera studio setups for the production of educational programs. These programs are of a quality suitable for cablecast or broadcast on the K n o w l e d g e Network. Media 272 (1.5) Video Technology II (1.5,0,0) (F) This course assumes the background i n M D I A 172. It is an advanced technical course concerned w i t h those technical aspects of studio and field video production that are important to the video producer. Media 294 (1.5) A/V Production (1.5,0,0) (F) This course considers the design, planning, costing, utilization and evaluation of audio-visual and multiimage production. G i v e n i n conjunction w i t h M D I A 260. A n overview of the production planning process w i t h an emphasis on the roles of scripts, concepts, treatments and storyboards i n documentary production. Media 299 (1.5) Major Projects Media 256 (1.5) Computers and Video I Students w i l l w o r k i n production groups to produce programs for outside clients. Students are responsible for all aspects of these productions from contact to completion. (1.5,0,0) (F) Students w i l l b u i l d on existing computer skills but within a video framework. Students w i l l be introduced to video titling, colour scanning, digital video effects and other computer media functions. Media 300 (6) Advanced Video Production (1.5,0,0) (S) (6,3,0) (F) This advanced production course develops students' basic production skills (taught i n M D I A 100, 200 & 202) to a level suitable to produce for cablecast, broadcast and instructional and corporate setttings. Career/Vocational — Media Resources 208 Media 303 (1.5) (1.5,6,0) (S) The Media Specialist in Education and Training Media 073 (3) Advanced Photography A course concerned with the uses of media for motivation, information transmission, emotive learning, and selfawareness. A field practicum course exploring the relationship of the media specialist to education in general and the role of the media generalist in educational and instructional communication. A practical and lecture course in advanced photography. Similar to Media 185, this course is not for students enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. Media 304 (3) (3,0,0) (S) Educational Media Applications: Computers A practical and theoretical course in cinematography similar to Media 253, but more limited in scope and depth of coverage. This course will provide access to production facilities rather than structured laboratory instruction. Not for students enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. A theoretical and hands-on introduction to the use of computers in education. Includes producing and evaluating computer-assisted instruction packages and computer-assisted video instruction. Each term the department will offer a limited number of courses that are open to college students and community members not enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. These courses carry college credit and may be applied towards a Capilano College Diploma. Check the timetable to see which ones will be offered in a given time. (1.5,0,0) (S) An introduction to video and television techniques for studio production. Students will design, shoot and edit several short subjects using the College's television studio (Dynamics Lab). Media 061 (3) Basic Slide/Tape Production (3,0,0) (S) A basic introductory course in slide-tape production. Similar to Media 260, but more limited in scope and depth of coverage. This course is not for students enrolled fulltime in the Media Resources Program. Media 065 (3) Media Studies (3,0,0) (F) An introductory analysis and historical overview of media, especially film, combining aesthetic concepts, production techniques, and theoretical foundations. See discussion on Media Resources admission requirements. Media 071 (3) Basic Photography - Open Lab (3,0,0) (S) (1.5,0,0) (S) (Open) Media 090 (1.5) Independent Production and Portfolio Optional Courses Media 055 (1.5) Basic Television Studio Operation Media 074 (3) Basic Film Making - Open Lab (3,3,0) (F,S) (3,0,0) (S) An introductory course including both practical and theoretical aspects of 35 mm photography. Topics include: the camera and its controls, darkroom techniques, visual reproduction, photo-sensitive materials, filtration, and composition. A survival guide to the world of freelancing, with an emphasis on the various fields of audiovisual production. Topics include: portfolio preparation, developing clientele, budgeting, legal concerns, and developing new opportunities. Media 092 (3) Computers in Media - Desktop Publishing (3,0,0) (F) A practical introduction to the computer as a tool for desktop publishing. The computer will be used to assist in development of skills for layout and design for print materials. Media 093 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (S) Computers in Media Desktop Presentation An introduction to the computer as a tool for desktop presentation. The computer will be used to plan, design and deliver presentations for education, training, or industry. Media 094 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (S) HyperCard Applications in Media and Training An introduction to the use of hypercard to create tutorials, promotional material, and presentations. The applications will be appropriate for educational, training, or business situations. Media 095 (1.5) Introduction to Computer Animation (1.5,0,0) (S) This course is an introduction to the field of computer animation. Students will be given an overview of the animation process from storyboarding a concept through to rendering the images and final output. Emphasis will be on hardware and software required to create computer animation as well as the terminology used by professionals in the field. Career/Vocational — Media Resources 209 Music Therapy Contact: 984-4951 The Program Instructional Faculty The Music Therapy Program at Capilano offers the 3rd and 4th years leading to the Bachelor of Music Therapy granted by the British Columbia Open University. This degree program is designed so that students may enter third year with a variety of backgrounds: music, general arts, education, or nursing etc. All four years may be completed at Capilano College. P. AVERY, BA. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto) J. BECKOW, B. Mus. (UCLA), Dip. Music Therapy J. BRODEUR, B.Mus. (Vincent d'Indy) M.A., Ph.D. (C.P.U.). M.T.A. K. BURKE, B.A. (Antioch), Dip. M.T. (Capilano), M.T.A. K. CARWANA, B.S.R. (UBC) R. GURR M. HOWARD, Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano) N. MCMASTER, B.A. (UBC), Dip. M.T. (Nordoff & Robbins), M.T.A. E. MOFFITT, B.Mus. (McGill) M.A. (CPU), Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano), M.T.A.Coordinator J. RABINOVITCH, B. Fine Arts (Concordia), Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano) M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. J. WATERS, B.A., M.A. (SFU), Ph.D. (SFU) S. WILLIAMS, B.Mus. Ed. (Toronto) M.C.A.T. (Hahnemann) M.T.A. MUSIC THERAPY PROGRAM Contact Person: Elizabeth Moffitt, Coordinator, Office No. H118, Phone: (604) 984-4951. • BACHELOR OF MUSIC THERAPY BRITISH COLUMBIA OPEN UNIVERSITY Graduates of the Capilano College Music Therapy program receive a Bachelor of Music Therapy from the British Columbia Open University of the Open Learning Agency. Music therapists use the creative process inherent in musical participation to assist individuals and groups to improve their mental, physical and emotional functioning. Music therapists work with deep emotions in special therapeutic programs, run exercise and dance programs, lead choirs, instrumental ensembles and music appreciation groups as they contribute to therapeutic goals. Music therapy is increasingly identified by health care professionals as an effective catalyst for client motivation, stimulation and communication. Career Opportunities Graduates of the program work with all age groups, with a wide range of physiological, cognitive and emotional disorders, in a variety of clinical settings or in private practice. They are trained to work as part of a health care team. Career/Vocational - Music Therapy 210 This program provides students with the opportunity to gain knowledge and develop competencies in such areas as music therapy and practice; clinical disorders; assessment, planning and intervention; improvisation and music of many eras and cultures; interpersonal skills and group dynamics; basic research, and documentation. The program blends academic and experiential course work. Students deepen their experience of music, creative expression and the role of the arts. They are encouraged to explore their values, beliefs, feelings and communication patterns, to increase their effectiveness in the field. They have field work in a different setting for each of the four terms, in which they are given increasing responsibility to design, implement and evaluate their own treatment programs, under clinical supervision. This course work fulfills the educational requirements for professional accreditation by the Canadian Association for Music Therapy. A supervised internship is also required before graduation, to fulfill the accreditation requirement for clinical work. The Music Therapy Program has a policy regarding continuation in the program. Admission Requirements to the Third Year N.B. For Admission Requirements to the first year, consult the entrance requirements to the Music Department. An interview will also be required with the Music Therapy faculty, however acceptance to the first year does not guarantee acceptance to the third year. All students entering the third year of the Music Therapy Program must: 1. Comply with the general College entrance requirements. 2. Participate in an interview with the Music Therapy Coordinator. Interviews are held in May and August. 3. Play an audition on his/her concentration instrument, demonstrating technique, repertoire, and musical sensitivity in two contrasting pieces at least at a Grade 9 Toronto Conservatory level, or equivalent. 4. Have completed one full year at the university level of Music Theory, Ear Training and Sight singing. 5. Have successfully completed at least two years at the university level, including at least six credits of English, six credits of Music History, twelve credits of psychology *, (including Introductory Psychology, Developmental Psychology and Psychology of Aging), three credits of Human Biology, three credits of Orff and Kodaly Methodology. 6. Have completed 9 elective credits. 7. Have some experience with people with special needs. 8. Be able to demonstrate a high level of maturity, integrity, and natural interpersonal ease. 9. Have basic guitar and keyboard skills at the level of University Class Piano. Note: In addition, students must meet the College's general admission requirements. See pg. 11 of this Calendar. THIRD TERM Group Dynamics PSYC 201 Improvisation II - Guitar Improvisation MT420 The Influence of Music II MT450 Music Therapy III MT 460 3.0 1.5 6.0 2.0 1.0 18.0 9.0 North Vancouver School Board Children's Hospital UBC Bob Berwick Preschool credits SECOND TERM Music Therapy II MT361 Practicum I MT391 Abnormal Psychology PSYC 222 Disabling Conditions of Childhood MT 370 Concentration Instrument PMI 200 Secondary Instrument PMI 1.5 3.0 CHILDREN Continuation in the program and granting of the Bachelor of Music Therapy degree will be contingent upon demonstration of an adequate level of personal, academic and clinical skills as jointly evaluated each term by music therapy faculty and field supervisors. FIRSTTERM Improvisation I MT 320 MT 330 Basic Clinical Skills The Influence of Music MT350 Music Therapy I MT360 MT 364 Disabling Conditions of Adulthood Interpersonal Skills MT 380 Concentration Instrument PMI 300 Secondary Instrument PMI Internship (compulsory upon completion of all above courses) 6.0 2.0 LQ 17.5 Some Music Therapy Practicum Placements Graduation Requirements Major Program Requirements Practicum II Concentration Instrument Secondary Instrument FOURTH TERM MT451 Music & the Creative Arts MT461 Music Therapy IV MT 462 Introduction to Research Methods for Music Therapists MT 480 Improvisation III MT 491 Practicum III PMI 400 Concentration Instrument PMI Secondary Instrument MT 510 * Abnormal Psychology is offered within the Music Therapy Program. Program Content MT 490 PMI 300 PMI 80.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 2.0 L0 18.0 3.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 L0 18.0 PSYCHIATRY Riverview Hospital Westside Community Care Team GERIATRICS UBC Extended Care Yaletown House PALLIATIVE C A R E Lion's Gate Hospital St. Paul's Hospital Course Descriptions Music 100 Theory I (3) (4,0,0) (F) A study of music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. Related concepts of form will be explored. The student will learn control of chord progression and voice leading. He/she will be familiarized with figured bass. Music 101 Theory II Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (S) Music 100 or equivalent. A continuation of Music 100 with the introduction of tonicization, modulation, diatonic sequence, and melodic and rhythmic figuration. 3.0 1.0 1.5 3.0 Career/Vocational — Music Therapy 211 Music 112 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing I (3,0,0) (F) Study of the aural recognition of intervals and chords. The student will learn to transcribe melodies and rhythms appropriate to their level, and to sight sing melodies using Solfege harmonic dictation. Music 113 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing II (1) (3) (2,2,0) (F) (2,2,0) (S) (3,0,*) (F) A survey of musical history from the time of ancient Greece to the present. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 121 History II (3) (3,0,*) (S) A study of music history from Dufay to Monteverdi. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 220 History III (3) (3,0,*) (F) This course is designed as a complementary study both for Music and General Arts students. The music from Cavalli to Mozart will be examined emphasizing aural recognition of the evolution of musical style. * Some concert attendance will be required. Career/Vocational — Music Therapy 212 A course designed as a complementary study both for Music and General Arts students. This course will examine music from Beethoven to the present day. The emphasis will be on aural recognition of the evolution of musical style and its relationship to its historical context. Music 360 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (F) Method Studies in Music Education: Kodaly Methodology A continuation of Music 114. In addition, keyboard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. Music 120 History I (3,0,*) (S) * Some concert attendance will be required. This course is designed for students who wish to learn basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practice on the department's pianos. Music 115 (1) Piano Class (3) (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of Music 112. Music 114 Piano Class Music 221 History IV This will provide a knowledge of Kodaly methodology and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom. Music 361 (1.5) Method Studies in Music Education: Orff Methodology (1.5,0,0) (S) This will provide a knowledge of Orff methodology and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom. PMI (Various Numbers) (2) Concentration Private Music Instruction (1,0,0) (F,S) A course designed to permit the student to pursue indepth study of his/her own music specialty. The course consists of a series of one-hour lessons. PMI (Various Numbers) (1) Secondary Private Music Instruction (.5,0,0) (F,S) This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on the studenf s secondary instrument. Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. Music Therapy Courses Music Therapy 320 Improvisation I (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) An experiential study of free and structured improvisation forms for groups and solo work. Music Therapy 330 Basic Clinical Skills (3) (3,0,3) (F) An introduction to the basic concepts of observation, assessment and goal setting, including six weeks of introductory field work and in-class observations. Music Therapy 350 (3) The Influence of Music (3,0,0) (F) Music Therapy 451 (1.5) Music and the Creative Arts (2,0,0) (S) A study of the physical and psychological impact of music, and its components for music therapy. A study of healing and music in various cultures. An experiential exposure to leading creative arts activities which can be used in conjunction with music: eg. dance, visual arts, poetry. Music Therapy 360 Music Therapy I Music Therapy 460 Music Therapy III (3) (4,0,0) (F) This course presents the development of music as therapy, the clientele groups and their needs, and the potential of music as a therapeutic medium. Music Therapy 361 Music Therapy II (3) (4,0,0) (S) This course presents three music therapy styles with a focus on theory, analysis, and practice. Included are Developmental Music Therapy, Nordoff/Robbins improvisational style, and the use of Music Therapy in inpatient psychotherapy. Music Therapy 364 (3) Disabling Conditions of Adulthood (3,0,0) (F) An introduction to anatomy and physiology, normal and abnormal, and practical elements of standard treatment. Music Therapy 370 (3) Disabling Conditions of Childhood (4,0,0) (S) (3) A continuation of the presentation of music therapy styles, for psychiatry, palliative care, music education and in healing, including the work of Helen Bonny and Mary Priestley. Assessment and treatment planning will be covered in depth. Music Therapy 461 Music Therapy IV (3) Music Therapy 462 (3) Principles of Research Music Therapy 480 Improvisation III (1.5) Music Therapy 380 (1.5) Interpersonal Skills for Music Therapists Music Therapy 490 Practicum III Music Therapy 391 Practicum II (6) (2,0,6) (S) Field work, in which students design, lead and document music therapy sessions, in consultation with staff supervision. Weekly seminars examine practicum issues. Music Therapy 420 (1.0) Improvisation II - Guitar Improvisation (1.5,0,0) (F) Group leading using guitar improvisation, plus exploring current popular styles and idioms. Music Therapy 450 (1.5) The Influence of Music II (3,0,0) (S) An introduction to elementary research designs and basic statistical procedures. A continuation of Improvisation II. Communication and observation exercises to increase awareness of ingrained skills and habits, and to introduce new alternatives. (3,0,0) (S) This course focuses on professional attitudes, skills, and awareness. Students learn job hunting skills, and practise leading workshops. A basic introduction to abnormal child development and some major intervention approaches. (1.5,0,0) (F) (4,0,0) (F) (6) (1,0,0)(S) (2,0,6) (F) Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy 391.) Music Therapy 491 Practicum IV (6) (2,0,6) (S) Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy 391.). Music Therapy 510 Internship (9) 1,000 hours of clinical field work, including monthly seminars. (2,0,0) (F) A continuation of lecture and experiencial exposure to the influence of music in conjunction with the expressive arts. Career/Vocational — Music Therapy 213 Office Administration Contact: 984-4959 Instructional Faculty D. BLANEY, I.D. (UBC), C.P.S.; Coordinator, Legal Secretarial Program & Office Technology Program N. BURY, B.A. (UBC), ACI, (U. of T.) D. CLARK, Lab Supervisor J. CLARK, R.N. (Regina Gen. Hosp.), Teaching Dip. (Univ. of Sask.) V. COCHRAN, LL.B. (UBC) C. CRAM, B.A., M.A., Prof. Teaching Certificate, (U. of T.) L. CROWE, B.Sc. (U of Conn.) M.B.A. (N. Eastern Univ.) S. FREUND, I.D. (UBC), Legal Assistant Certificate, C. GRIEVES, B.Ed., Sec. (UBC) S. HORN, I.D. (UBC) L. JANSON, R.N. (Van. Gen. Hospital) L. JEST, I.D. (UBC) D. PHILLIPS M. SEWARD, B.S.A. (St. Francis Xavier), B.Ed. (Mt. St. Vincent) B. SMITH, B.A., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC), Coordinator MOA Program & Office Technology Program B. SPICER, B. Comm, Standard Teaching Cert. (UBC) L. SPICER, B.Comm., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC) M.B.A. W. TILLEY, B.Ed. (UBC), M.A. (SFU) K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lic.Acct. (UBC), C.G.A. G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist A. WHITE, Instructor/Lab Supervisor Support Staff Martha Mackay, Divisional Assistant Katrina Watts, Receptionist General Information The Office Administration Division offers business training through the following programs: • Office Technology Programs - Secretarial, Financial and Administrative Assistant Programs • General Office Assistant Program • Accelerated Office Technology Programs - Financial and Secretarial Programs • Legal Secretarial Program • Medical Office Assistant Program Why Office Administration at Capilano College? • Quality Education: small classes, personalized instruction, and professional instructors • Career Training: secretary, clerk typist, accounting clerk, medical office assistant, legal secretary and word information processing Career/Vocational — Office Administration 214 • Hexibility: day or evening, part-time or full-time • Low Cost: our professional training courses are competitive with other institutions on the Lower Mainland • New Technology: electronic typewriters, microcomputer training in fully equipped microcomputer labs. The Office Administration department coordinates and delivers six different programs to students with varying levels of skills. These programs/courses provide you with a comprehensive education in preparation for employment in business. OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM Contact: 984-4959 The Office Technology Programs prepare graduates for responsible positions in the office administrative field. All Office Technology Programs offer extensive training in written communications, administrative procedures, accounting, and computer applications—word processing, spreadsheets and database. Each program includes a two-week supervised work practicum. Specialized training is provided for secretarial, accounting and administrative assistant positions. Note: These programs are currently under review and the detailed listing of courses and course contents may be changed by the time the programs are offered in September, 1994. Graduation Requirements In order to receive a certificate for any of the Office Technology programs you must successfully complete the courses, accumulate the required credits for graduation, and maintain a grade point average of 2.0. Special Fees and Expenses Costs of tuition, textbooks and supplies change regularly. Contact the office at 984-4959 for up-to-date information. Awards and Scholarships Gerry Turner Memorial Award - Office Technology Programs Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She was Secretary to the Principal, and also worked in the Deans' offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to promote excellence, and to improve the image of the college in the community. This award is maintained by Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor, and always even disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in an Office Technology Program in the Spring term. - 1. Secretarial Program 2. Financial Program Career Opportunities Career Opportunities The graduates of this program are employed in any area of business requiring well developed office skills. Successful students find employment as secretaries, machine transcriptionists and information processing clerks. Individuals are increasingly being confronted with information presented in financial terms. This program provides students with an understanding of both manual and electronic accounting procedures and the ability to apply this knowledge to business situations. The Program Graduates are finding employment in positions such as: accounting clerks, data information processors, accounting assistants, junior bookkeepers, full-charge bookkeepers for small and medium-sized firms. The Secretarial Program is a full-time, nine-month program offered each year from September to May. This program provides training in general office and computer skills. The Program Admission Requirements Students should be able to touch type at approximately 25 words per minute. Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator prior to program admission. The purpose of the interview is to answer any questions concerning the program and to ascertain whether this type of training is suited to the career goals of the student. Program Content FIRSTTERM OTEC 111 Business English OTEC 112 Language Skill Development OTEC 115 Business Records OTEC 117 Accounting Procedures I OTEC 122 Word Processing I OTEC 130 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development I OTEC 140 Administrative Procedures OTEC 145 Procedures and Systems SECOND TERM OTEC 211 Business Writing OTEC 222 Document Processing OTEC 230 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development II OTEC 235 Machine Transcription OTEC 246 Microcomputer Business Applications OTEC 252 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology I OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience I (March to May) THIRD TERM OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience I (Continued) Credits 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 15 18.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 15 15.0 The Financial Program is a full time, ten-month program, offered from September to June. This program provides students with training in accounting, general office applications, and computer applications. Admission Requirements Students should be able to touch type at approximately 25 words per minute. Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator prior to program admission to assess their suitability for the program. Program Content FIRST TERM OTEC 111 Business English OTEC 112 Language Skill Development OTEC 115 Business Records OTEC 117 Accounting Procedures I OTEC 122 Word Processing I OTEC 130 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development I OTEC 140 Administrative Procedures OTEC 145 Procedures and Systems Credits 3.0 15 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 15 18.0 SECOND TERM OTEC 212 Business English II or OTEC 211 Business Writing OTEC 217 Accounting Procedures II OTEC 222 Document Processing OTEC 246 Microcomputer Business Applications OTEC 252 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology I OTEC 253 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology II 3.0 4.5 15 3.0 15 L5 15.0 Certificate Requirements: 33 credits Career/Vocational—Office Administration 215 THIRD TERM (May/June) OTEC 219 Microcomputer Accounting OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience I 3.0 13 4.5 Certificate Requirements: 37.5 credits THIRD TERM OTEC 225 Word Processing II OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience 3.0 13 4.5 Certificate Requirements: 36.0 credits 3. Administrative Assistant Program GENERAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM Career Opportunities The Administrative Assistant Program provides students with a high level of computer skills. Graduates from this program are finding employment in a wide range of positions, including administrative, correspondence and executive secretary, office assistant and word processing specialist. The Program The Administrative Assistant Program is a full-time program offered from September to June. This program provides students with training in secretarial, word processing, and computer applications. Admission Requirements Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator to determine their suitability for the program. A minimum typing speed of 45 words per minute is required. Program Content FIRST TERM OTEC 111 Business English OTEC 115 Business Records OTEC 117 Acounting Procedures I OTEC 122 Word Processing I OTEC 130 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Envelopment I OTEC 140 Administrative Procedures OTEC 145 Procedures and Systems Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 SECOND TERM OTEC 211 Business Writing OTEC 222 Document Processing OTEC 230 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development II OTEC 235 Machine Transcription OTEC 246 Microcomputer Business Applications OTEC 252 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology I OTEC 253 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology II 1.5 1.5 L5 16.5 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 L5 15.0 Career/Vocational — Office Administration 216 The General Office Assistant Program has been designed to meet the needs of individuals whose first language is not English. Through an arrangement with the ESL Department at Capilano College, students will be enrolled in English language courses while training for an office career with the Office Technology Program. The General Office Assistant Program is a full-time program running from September to May. Students will study business communications; general office procedures; and computer applications, including word processing and spreadsheets. At the end of the program, students will complete two-weeks of directed work experience. Admisions Requirements Students should be able to touch type at approximately 25 words per minute and have an intermediate level of ESL. Applicants are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator to determine if the curriculm will meet the individual's career goals. All applicants will be assessed by the ESL department to determine the level of English at which they are functioning. Graduation Requirements All courses must be satisfactorily completed and a grade point average of 2.0 maintained in order to qualify for graduation. Program Content FIRST TERM OTEC 111 Business English OTEC 112 Language Skill Development OTEC 115 Business Records OTEC 122 Word Processing I OTEC 130 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development I OTEC 140 Administrative Procedures ESL 098 Advanced Reading & Writing SECOND TERM OTEC 212 Business English II OTEC 222 Document Processing OTEC 230 Keyboarding Skills & Speed Development II Credits 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3XJ 16.5 3.0 1.5 1.5 • • OTEC 245 Introductory Microcomputer Applications 1.5 OTEC 252 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology I 1.5 OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience I (March to May) 1.5 ESL 051 Conversation 3J) 13.5 THIRD TERM OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience I (continued) Program Content Financial Program FIRST TERM (January - April) OTEC 113 Business English & Communications OTEC 115 Business Records OTEC 117 Accounting Procdures I OTEC 122 Word Processing I OTEC 140 Administrative Procedures OTEC 217 Accounting Procedures II (March to June) Credits 4.5 3.0 3.0 30 1.5 45 195 Certificate Requirements: 30.0 credits ACCELERATED OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM Career Opportunities The Accelerated Office Technology Program is a full-time, six-month program which provides training in written communications, administrative procedures, accounting, and computer applications including word processing, spreadsheets, and database. The program also includes a two-week supervised work practicum. The program offers specialized training in accounting or secretarial skills. Graduates of the Financial program will have the necessary skills for an entry level position in the accounting field. Graduates of the Secretarial option will be trained for entry level secretarial positions. Admission Requirements Students should be able to touch type at approximately 25 words per minute. Applicants are required to meet with the program coordinator prior to acceptance. The purpose of this interview is to familiarize the student with program curriculum and ensure that this program meets with the individual's career goals. Graduate Requirements In order to receive a certificate for any of the Office Technology Programs you must successfully complete the courses, accumulate the required credits for graduation and maintain a grade point average of 2.0. Special Fees and Expenses Cost of tuition, textbooks and supplies change regularly. Contact the office at 984-4959 for up to date information. SECOND TERM (May -& June) OTEC 215 Computerized Accounting 1.5 OTEC 217 Accounting Procedures II (continued) OTEC 245 Introductory Microcomputer Applications 1.5 OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience I 15 4.5 Certificate Requirements: 24.0 Credits Secretarial Program FIRST TERM (January - April) Credits OTEC 113 Business English & Communications 45 3.0 OTEC 115 Business Records OTEC 117 Accounting Procedures I 3.0 3.0 OTEC 122 Word Processing I OTEC 140 Administrative Procedures 15 15.0 SECOND TERM (May & June) OTEC 235 Machine Transcription 3.0 OTEC 245 Introductory Microcomputer Applications 1.5 OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience I 15 6.0 Certificate Requirements: 21.0 Credits Office Clerk Program This four-month certificate program is designed to train students in fundamental office skills including word processing. The program is offered at the Sechelt and Squamish campus. Telephone the College office in these areas for scheduling information. Admission Requirements Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator to determine suitability for the program. A minimum typing speed of 25 words per minute is required. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 217 Program Content OTEC 111 OTEC 115 OTEC 122 OTEC 140 Business English Business Records Keyboarding Administrative Procedures 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 Office Technology 122 Word Processing I (3) (4,2,0) (F.S) This course will instruct students in the theories and practical applications of WordPerfect Certificate Requirements: 10.5 credits Office Technology 130 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Keyboarding Skills and Speed Development I Course Descriptions This course will build keyboarding speed and accuracy by taking the student by planned progression from the point at which each is currently performing to appreciably higher stroking levels. Office Technology 111 Business English I (3) (4,0,0) (F) The course will familiarize students with business communications with emphasis on spelling, punctuation, and grammar. Memo writing will be covered. Office Technology 112 (1.5) Language Skill Development (2,0,0) (F) This course will train students in language arts skills. Students will learn to apply correct techniques of written communications in their proofreading, verifying and editing. Office Technology 113 (4.5) Business English and Communications (6,0,0) (S) This course is designed to train students in all aspects of business communications necessary for office workers. Emphasis will be placed on spelling, punctuation and grammar and techniques for preparing memorandums and business letters. Office Technology 115 Business Records (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) This course will provide the student with an introduction to business and the skills to correctly compute and accurately maintain basic business records. The student will also learn to operate a ten-key electronic calculator by touch. Office Technology 117 Accounting Procedures I (3) (4,2,0) (F.S) This course introduces students to the theory of accounting and to tasks performed in the basic accounting cycle. Emphasis is placed on correct analysis, accuracy, and thoroughness as well as on attitudes of professionalism and independent decision making. Office Technology 120 (1.5) Keyboarding for College Students (2,0,0) (S) Students will learn to use the basic features of word processing. Emphasis will be placed on the use of correct keyboarding, techniques, the theory and practice of word processing, and proofreading. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 218 Office Technology 140 (1.5) Administrative Procedures (2,0,0) (F,S) This course will introduce the student to basic office administrative procedure techniques associated with the modern business office; define records and records management; and present the student with the principles and practices used in records control in a modern business office. Office Technology 145 (1.5) Procedures and Systems (2,0,0) (F) This course will introduce students to vocabulary, developments and advances in office technology so that they are aware of the skills and knowledge needed to function in the electronic office. Office Technology 211 Business Writing (3) (4,0,0) (S) This course utilizes the computer to improve the student's quality of grammar, spelling and word usage, and to develop and/or improve his/her composition skills. Office Technology 212 Business English II (3) (4,0,0) (S) This course utilizes the computer to assist students in developing/improving their letter and memo writing ability. Emphasis will be placed on sentence and paragraph structure, composition skills. Office Technology 215 (1.5) Comuterized Accounting (2,0,0) (Su) This course is designed to instruct the student in the use of accounting application programs for entering, storing and retrieving records, and producing standard financial reports. • Office Technology 217 (4.5) Accounting Procedures II (6,4,0) (S.Su) • • Office Technology 246 (3) Microcomputer Business Applications (4,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation of OTEC 117 with emphasis placed on accounting systems and procedures. Business simulations are used extensively throughout the course. Introduction to a number of widely-used microcomputer application programs for business including, DOS, Spreadsheets and database. Office Technology 219 (3) Microcomputer Accounting Office Technology 247 (1.5) Computers in the Financial Office (4,0,0) (S) A hands-on course to develop proficiency in the use of the computer for completing accounting procedures, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll, general ledger, and inventory records. Office Technology 222 Document Processing (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) A hands-on word processing course that will require students to apply correct document formating principles to the preparation of forms, reports, tables, and correspondence. Office Technology 225 Word Processing II Prerequisite: (3) (4,2,0) (S) OTEC 122 or equivalent A reinforcement of work procedures used in word processing by producing complex documents which require format, machine operation, and language skill decisions. Advanced features of WordPerfect will be used, including desktop publishing. Office Technology 230 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Keyboarding Skills and Speed Development II A continuation of the speed and accuracy training begun in OTEC 130. Office Technology 231 (1.5) (2,0,0) (Su) Keyboarding Skills and Speed Development III A continuation of OTEC 230. Maintenance or further development of keyboarding skills. Office Technology 235 Machine Transcription (3) (2,0,0) (Su) In this course, students will use ACCPAC accounting software to create and update records and produce financial reports. The graphics capabilities of desk top publishing software will be used to enhance the appearance of these and other presentations of financial information. Office Technology 252 (3) (2,0,0) (S) Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology I This course will provide students with an understanding of interpersonal communication techniques that can positively influence performance on the job. This skill demonstration approach allows the student to practice inperson and telephone responding, customer service and issue resolution skills in a supportive setting. Office Technology 253 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Interpersonal Skills & Organizational Psychology II This course identifies the positive administrative and supervisory skills that program graduates will need as they wish to assume additional career responsibility in the future. Topics include personality, motivation and handling conflict. The focus will continue in developing feedback and group leader skills. Office Technology 300 (1.5) Directed Work Experience I (2,0,70) (S,Su) This course involves both lectures on job search techniques and resume preparation and at least thirty hours of office experience in an industry placement in a field related to the student's program. (4,0,0) (S) The development of transcription skills including special reviews of spelling, punctuation, and grammar, to produce mailable correspondence using microcomputers. Office Technology 245 (1.5) Introductory Microcomputer Applications (2,0,0) (Su) In this course, students will learn to use spreadsheets and database software for specialized office procedures including data entry, electronic filing, creation of forms, reports, and spreadsheets. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 219 LEGAL SECRETARIAL PROGRAM Contact 984-4959 at this time. The objective of the personal interview is to assist in selecting applicants who will be most suited to the career of Legal Secretary. Career Opportunities The exacting field of law offers excellent career opportunities for students graduating as legal secretaries. This very specialized program provides intense training in traditional secretarial skills as well as legal procedural courses including: Civil litigation, wills and probate, corporate law, conveyancing and mortgaging, family and legal office procedures.. Upon completion of the program, students find employment in specialized, as well as general, law offices. Many graduates of the Legal Secretarial Program proceed to the Part Time Legal Assistant Certificate Program. Admission Requirements 1. High school diploma or equivalent 2. English language proficiency 3. Keyboarding of 45 wpm Please submit the following material prior to or during the pre-admission interview: 1 (a) A resume describing your education, skills, and work experience. (b) Transcripts from all educational institutions you have attended (c) A letter of recommendation from a former employer or teacher. The Legal Assistant Program requires Option students to have two-years' work experience as a legal secretary prior to enrolling in the first course. Legal Secretarial Program graduates are required to have one year of work experience as a legal secretary. This allows them to further their education in the evening while earning a salary and gaining valuable experience in the legal support field. Special Fees and Expenses The Program Graduation Requirements This nine-month vocational program covers five main areas of law providing a fundamental understanding of the legal system in B.C. Students are trained in legal terminology and procedural rules. They will review relevant legislation, and acquire necessary skills in the formatting and handling of legal documents. Shorthand, typing, legal office procedures, hands-on computer technology and a two-week legal office work practicum are included in the curriculum. A program completion certificate is awarded to students who have successfully completed 35.25 credits. In addition to registration and tuition fees, students can expect to spend approximately $900.00 on textbooks and supplies. Awards The following law firms have established scholarships in this program: Davis and Company, Campney and Murphy, Russell and DuMoulin A Capilano College certificate is granted upon successful completion of the program. Candidates for scholarships must rank in the top grade point averages during first term and must demonstrate potential as professional, career-minded legal secretaries. Admission Procedures Program Content Students are admitted to the Program twice a year, in September and January. FIRST TERM Credits LGST 108 Family Law Procedures 1.5 LGST 109 Basic Litigation 3.0 LGST 116 Introduction to the Legal System 1.5 LGST 123 Legal Document Processing on the Microcomputer 4.5 LGST 124 Organizational Behaviour 3.0 CMNS 159 Communications for Legal Secretaries 3.0 16.5 SECOND TERM LGST 105 Keyboarding Skill & Speed Development 1.5 LGST 107 Legal Machine Transcription 3.75 LGST 110 Corporate Procedures 3.0 Applications may be made at any time. To ensure your name is on the list for the Information Meetings held twice a year, call the Office Administration Department at 984-4959. Interested applicants are invited to attend an information meeting. An evaluation of keyboarding speed and English language proficiency will be conducted at this time. During the meeting, an appointment for a personal interview will be arranged. During your interview, you will have an opportunity to ask further questions, and discuss your qualifications and career goals. Your test results will be reviewed with you Career/Vocational—Office Administration 220 LGST 112 LGST 114 LGST 117 LGST 119 LGST 122 Basic Conveyancing & Mortgage Procedures Wills & Probate Procedures Legal Office Procedures Practicum Computer Applications in the Legal Office 3.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3J) 18.75 THIRD TERM LGST 119 Practicum (continued) Total Program Credits: 35.25 Course Descriptions Legal Secretary 105 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S,Su) Keyboarding Skill and Speed Development Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed writings to increase speed and accuracy in keyboarding. Legal Secretary 107 (3.75) Legal Machine Transcription (5,2,0) (S.Su) After a review of basic transcription skills, students will develop skills in transcribing legal materials including: correspondence, accounts, legal forms, and documents in specialized areas of law. Mandatory two hour lab per week. search procedures, preparation of primary and secondary documents and forms involved in conveying title and registering charges. Emphasis will be on preparing documents acceptable to the Land Title Office, such as transfers, mortgages, and related forms for a residential conveyance. Legal Secretary 114 (1.5) Wills and Probate Procedures (2,0,0) (F,S) An examination of the Wills Act, and Estate Administration Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate in the Supreme Court of B.C. and be familiar with documentation required for issuance of Letters of Administration. Legal Secretary 116 (1.5) Introduction to the Legal System (2,0,0) (F,S) This course acquaints students with a working knowledge of the Canadian and B.C. Court System, ethics of the legal profession and the rules of the Law Society relating to trust accounts, with added emphasis on legal vocabulary. Legal Secretary 117 (1.5) Legal Office Procedures (2,0,0) (S.Su) Introduction to the procedures, rules and legislation applicable to divorce and family law litigation. A course to prepare legal secretarial students for positions in law offices. Instruction in time keeping, diary systems, use of law library, ethical responsibilities, filing, and other procedures particular to the profession. Emphasis will be placed on the structure of a law office, the differences between large and small offices, and the office procedures unique to the practice of law. Legal Secretary 109 Basic Litigation Legal Secretary 119 Practicum Legal Secretary 108 (1.5) Family Law Procedures (3) (2,0,0) (F.S) (4,0,0) (F,S) Introduction to court procedures in the Supreme Court of B.C. The course will cover procedures in pre-trial preparation, the preparation of documents, the use of precedents in the Supreme Court. (1.5) (2,0,60) (S.SU) Work experience involving 24 lecture hours and at least 60 hours of related office experience in the legal field. Also covered is the resume, job application, cover letter and interview. (4,0,0) (F,S) Legal Secretary 122 (3) (4,2,0) (S.SU) Computer Applications in the Legal Office An examination of the B.C. Companies Act and the various documents that a legal secretary must be familiar with in order to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Records Office requirements, annual proceedings, preparing share certificates and registration, etc., will also be covered. The student will learn to identify the components of office automation. The student will also require a practical knowledge and an understanding of basic spreadsheet and data base concepts. Legal Secretary 110 (3) Corporate Procedures Legal Secretary 112 (3) (4,0,0) (S,Su) Basic Conveyance & Mortgage Procedures This course covers the contract of purchase and sale, Land Title Act requirements for registration of title in B.C., Legal Secretary 123 (4.5) (6,2,0) (F,S) Legal Document Processing on the Microcomputer Using WordPerfect software on an IBM compatible microcomputer, the student will be introduced to basic through advanced word processing concepts. Proficiency working with the program will be acquired through the production of various legal documents. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 221 Legal Secretary 124 Organizational Behaviour (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) This course looks at the effects of individual and group behaviour in organizations. Topics include leader behaviour and power, motivation, attitude development, perception, work stress and conflict. Students will also learn how to apply communication, problem solving and conflict resolution skills toward an organization's overall effectiveness. MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM Contact: 984-4959 Career Opportunities The health care industry is one of the largest industries in Canada, and the Medical Office Assistant is a recognized member of the modern medical team. Graduates of this program have the specialized training required to work in a number of medical settings: receptionist or medical assistant in an office or clinic, or in a hospital as an admitting clerk or department stenographer. The Program This Medical Office Assistant program offers pre-service, specialized education for prospective students which includes: • Medical terminology and anatomy and physiology • Medical ethics • Medical transcription • Medical records management • Aseptic techniques • Preparation, assisting and follow up of patient for medical examinations • Specimen collection and basic office diagnostic procedures • Financial record keeping and computer medical billing • A two-week work practicum in industry Admission Requirements All applicants must meet with the Program Coordinator prior to registration to assess whether or not they have the personal qualities and clerical skills necessary to be a successful Medical Office Assistant. Prior to admission students must complete a St. John's Standard First Aid Certificate and achieve a 40 wpm keyboarding speed. Graduation Requirements Students completing 36 credits, as outlined in the above profile, will be awarded a Capilano College Program Completion Certificate. Special Fees and Expenses In addition to tuition and registration fees, students can expect to spend approximately $700.00 on textbooks and supplies. Awards and Scholarships The Maureen Piekaar Bursary was established in memory of Maureen Piekaar, an instructor in the Medical Office Assistant Program. A bursary of $250 to $300 will be awarded to a second-term MOA student based on a financial need and a satisfactory standing of 70% or better. Program Content Credits FIRST TERM 3.0 CMNS 110 Communications 3.0 Medical Document Processing I MOA 100 3.0 Medical Administrative Procedures I MOA 105 MOA 107 Introduction to Health Care 1.5 MOA 109 Anatomy & Related Physiology and Pathology I 3.0 MOA 111 Medical Terminology I 3.0 15 Medical Document Processing II MOA 121 18.0 SECOND TERM Keyboarding Skill & MOA 102 Speed Development 1.5 Medical Machine Transcription 3.0 MOA 103 Medical Administrative Procedures II 1.5 MOA 106 Introduction to Health Care II 3.0 MOA 108 Anatomy & Related Physiology MOA 110 and Pathology II 3.0 MOA 112 Medical Terminology II 3.0 Directed Work Experience 1.5 MOA 115 Computers in Health Care 15 MOA 122 18.0 Total Program Credits: 36 Course Descriptions Medical Office Assistant 100 (3) Medical Document Processing I Prerequisite: (4,2,0) (F) Keyboarding speed of 40 wpm Keyboarding skill development and introduction to WordPerfect 5.1; basic to advanced applications. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 222 • Medical Office Assistant 102 (1.5) Keyboarding Skill and Speed Development (2,0,0) (S) Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed writings to increase speed and accuracy in medical keyboarding. Medical Office Assistant 103 (3) Medical Machine Transcription Prerequisite: (4,2,0) (S) Medical Office Assistant 105 (3) Medical Administrative Procedures I (4,0,0) (F) Medical Office Assistant 106 (1.5) Medical Administrative Procedures II (2,0,0) (S) 105 Continuation of MOA 105. Students will be able to perform financial recordkeeping for the medical office. Medical Office Assistant 107 Introduction to Health Care I Prerequisite: (1.5) (2,4,0) (F) St. John's Standard First Aid Certificate Students will learn about clinical procedures pertinent to the doctor's office and the hospital setting. The course includes general information about physical and mental health; medications and health products. Students will learn how to use and maintain medical office equipment. Medical Office Assistant 108 Introduction to Health Care II Prerequisite: MOA MOA 109 A continuation of MOA 109. Medical Office Assistant 111 Medical Terminology I (3) (4,0,0) (F) (3) Medical Office Assistant 112 Medical Terminology II Prerequisite: MOA (3) (4,0,0) (3) 111 Continuation, reinforcement of terminology in MOA 111. Students will learn office procedures common to medical offices and hospitals. The students will gain expertise in meeting the patient, making patient appointments, keeping patient records, maintaining a filing system, and processing patient accounts for submission to licensed MOA Prerequisite: Introduction to Greek and Latin prefixes, suffixes, roots, and combining forms common to medical terminology. MOA 100 & 111 Practice in transcribing medical consultation letters and hospital reports from dictation equipment. This course entails a mandatory two-hour lab. Prerequisite: Medical Office Assistant 110 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology II Medical Office Assistant 115 Directed Work Experience (1.5) (2,0,54) (S) Following successful completion of term two, a medical office/clinic or hospital work practicum is arranged for the student. Before the work placement, the student will be required to attend career preparation lectures which will include practice sessions for the employment interview. Medical Office Assistant 121 (1.5) Medical Document Processing II Prerequisite: MOA (2,2,0) (F) 100 Advanced word processing applications are used in a medical environment. Medical Office Assistant 122 Computers in Health Care (1.5) (2,1,0) (S) The student will acquire skills to use the microcomputer to accumulate patient demographic data, disease data, and accounts receivable data for claims submission and research purposes. (4,.4,0) (S) 107 Continuation of MOA 107. Medical Office Assistant 109 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology A study of structure, function and interrelationships of the organic systems of the body. Common medical disorders, operative procedures and related terminology will be studied in conjunction with the systems. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 223 Outdoor Recreation Management Contact: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant; Brian White or Don Basham, Coordinators, phone 984-4960 Outdoor Recreation Management and a part-time certificate program in Wilderness Leadership. Instructional Faculty Career Opportunities D. BASHAM, Coordinator C. BONIFACE, B.Sc., P.G.C.E. (Birmingham), M.Sc.(SFU) T. BRAAKSMA, Coordinator, Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Cap. Col.), CANSI Level II Inst., Master Inst. CRCA & RCABC, CSA Tour Leader C. HSHER, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgmt. (Cap. Col.), IFA "A" ticket, WCB Survival First Aid Instructor, CPR Instructor, Red Cross WFA Instructor S. HSHER, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgmt. (Cap. Col.), IFA "AA" ticket, CPR Instructor, WCB Industrial First Aid Instructor, Canadian Institute of Safety, Search & Rescue Emerg. Response Instructor D. FREEZE, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgt. (Cap. Col.) J. HATCHARD, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Capilano), CANSI Level II Inst., Master Inst. CRCA & BCRCA, CSA Tour Leader C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) D. LOBLAW, B.A. (U. of Toronto) J. ROUSE, B.Sc. (Mt. Allison U.), Tourism Mgt. (Cert. Cap. Col.) D. STEVENS, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Cap), St. John's Ambulance Instructors Cert., CANSI, CSA Tour Leaders Cert., RCABC Master Instructor B. WHITE, B.A., M.A. (SFU), Coordinator B. YOST, B.Sc, P.E. (U. of Minnesota) Teacher's Cert., MPE/Rec. Therapy (U. of Oregon) The well-established Outdoor Recreation Management program provides excellent training for a wide range of careers in federal and provincial parks, resorts, social service agencies, adventure tourism, and environmental education. Careful practicum placements and an increasing variety of career opportunities ensure that graduates readily find employment in the field. OUTDOOR RECREATION MANAGEMENT TWO YEAR OUTDOOR RECREATION MANAGEMENT DIPLOMA B.C.'s "super natural" environment is ideal for outdoor recreation, and with the growing tourism business and increase in leisure time for most people, the demand for qualified, well-trained managers in the field of recreation management is expanding rapidly. Nestled on the forested slope of the North Shore mountains, close to Whitewater rivers, wilderness lakes, ocean shoreline, and mountain back country, the College is ideally suited for the challenging two-year program. The Outdoor Recreation Department is relaxed and informal; however, we set and maintain high academic and wilderness leadership performance standards. Students will appreciate the individual attention College faculty are able to provide. The College offers two programs: a two year diploma in Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 224 The Program The curriculum includes several trips into B.C.'s wilderness areas, including backpacking experiences in the interior mountains, canoeing on coastal waterways, and Nordic skiing in the Cariboo. Our program has earned an excellent reputation for its top-quality management and technical skills, wilderness leadership training, and employment contacts. Over the past two decades, we have expanded our network of practicum placements, keeping us in touch with the latest developments and providing access to career prospects. Admission Requirements Information meetings and interviews are scheduled in the spring. Phone the department for dates and times. In order to be considered, applicants must be at least 19 years of age at the date of entry into the program, should have good reading and writing skills, have previous relevant outdoor experience, and must be physically and psychologically fit. Previous post-secondary education is an asset in this program. Note: Prior to admission, a doctor's certificate of health will be required. All students need to be well equipped with outdoor gear and must be prepared to pay additional costs for field trips. Admission Procedure Please bring the following documentation to your interview: • At least two letters of reference • High school or post secondary education transcripts • A letter of application, including a resume of past experiences Program Content Credits/Lab hours Major Program Requirements Genera] Education Requirements FIRST TERM C M N S 120 Basic Communications REC 143 Recreation Delivery Systems REC 152 Intro, to Outdoor Recreation REC 156 Intro, to Environmental Studies REC 157 Skills Development REC 163 Wilderness First Aid I REC 169 Landscape Interpretation SECOND TERM CMNS 154 Communications in Recreation REC 142 Skills Development REC 144 Outdoor Rec Programming REC 151 The Outdoor Environment REC 153 Leisure Issues REC 164 Nordic Leadership I BMKT 163 Small Bus. Mgmt. I TOUR 111 Tourism: A n Industry Perspective 58.5 6,0 64.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0. 30 21.0 FOURTH TERM REC 255 Outdoor Recreation Practicum 3.0 2.0 10 7.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 2.0 L5 21.0 0 2.0 Note: REC 162 Canoe Leadership I is offered as an option at the end of the second term. THIRD TERM REC 178 Human Relations in Recreation REC 242 Outdoor Rec. Resource Mgmt. & Nature Interpretation REC 241 Integration of Special Needs in Recreation TOUR 120 Adventure & Eco-Tourism BMKT 163 Small Bus. Mgmt. II 12 0 12 WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP PROGRAM PART-TIME CERTIFICATE PROGRAM The Program This is a program for the adventurous! Students will learn the skills necessary to become accomplished leaders in the outdoors. Canoeing, Nordic skiing and mountain travel are the major activities, and safety is the emphasis. Emergency management, first aid, and wilderness contingency planning are stressed. Also, ethical behaviour in natural environments and the responsibility to pass these attitudes on to others is accentuated. Students learn through practical experience and are trained to certifiable skill levels. Level One, the Capilano College Skills Acquisition Certificate, is designed to provide the student with a basic level of activity skills. Level Two, the Wilderness Leadership Certificate, combines intermediate skills with leadership training. - Admission Requirements Students must be 19 years of age or older, have some outdoor experience, and possess personal outdoor equipment and clothing. Graduation Requirements 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 30 13.5 3.0 90 9.0 Note: REC 263, Wilderness First Aid II is offered as an option in the third term. Students will enroll in one course per term, and must obtain a B grade in each course in order to continue in the program. Because outdoor leaders are responsible for people's lives a student receiving a C grade must repeat the course or show proficiency in that activity during the following term before continuing in the program. This must be arranged with the consent of the Program Coordinator and the course instructor. Program Content Canoeing Leadership I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE FIRST YEAR REC 162 Canoe Leadership I REC 163 Wilderness First Aid I Credits 3.0 3.0 SECOND YEAR REC 262 Canoe Leadership II 3.0 II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE First Year REC 162,163 REC 165 Intro to Wilderness Leadership 6.0 1.5 Second Year REC 262 REC 263 Wilderness First Aid II 3.0 3.0 Career/Vocational—Outdoor Recreation 225 Backpacking Leadership I. S K I L L S A C Q U I S I T I O N C E R T I F I C A T E FIRST Y E A R R E C 161 Backpacking Leadership I R E C 163 Wilderness First A i d I problems, new philosophies to consider i n program planning. Credits 3.0 3.0 Recreation 151 (3) The Outdoor Environment (3,2) (S) SECOND YEAR R E C 261 Backpacking Leadership II 3.0 A concentration on the basics of weather and climate and h o w weather affects outdoor recreation activities. M o u n tain weather and personal forecasting w i l l be dealt w i t h i n detail. II. W I L D E R N E S S L E A D E R S H I P C E R T I F I C A T E First Year R E C 163,161 R E C 165 Intro to Wilderness Leadership 6.0 1.5 Recreation 152 (3) Introduction to Outdoor Recreation Second Year R E C 261 R E C 263 Wilderness First A i d II 3.0 3.0 Nordic Skiing Leadership I. SKILL'S A C Q U I S I T I O N C E R T I F I C A T E FIRST Y E A R R E C 163 Wilderness First A i d I R E C 164 N o r d i c Leadership I 3.0 3.0 SECOND YEAR R E C 264 N o r d i c Leadership II 3.0 II. W I L D E R N E S S L E A D E R S H I P C E R T I F I C A T E First Year R E C 163,164 R E C 165 Intro to Wilderness Leadership 6.0 1.5 Second Year R E C 263 Wilderness First A i d II R E C 264 N o r d i c Leadership II 3.0 3.0 Course Descriptions Recreation 142 (3) Skills Development (3,0) (S) To develop basic skills competency i n a variety of outdoor skills i n c l u d i n g ocean navigation, canoeing, kayaking, search and rescue, and trail construction. To gain k n o w ledge of industry associated organizations including Search and Rescue (SAR), R C A of B.C., C R C A , T A S K and S K E G Alliance, G V R D / C D N V Parks. Recreation 143 (3) Outdoor Recreation Delivery Systems (3,3) (F) The structure of delivery systems i n British C o l u m b i a including non-profit/non-governmental organizations. This course includes a basic introduction to the computer. Recreation 144 (3) Outdoor Recreation Program Planning (3,0) (S) Topics w i l l include: the problems of planning programs in existing delivery systems, seeking ways to solve these Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 226 A n overview of the development of outdoor recreation. Nature and scope of outdoor recreation i n relation to modern leisure, nature of supply and demand, p l a n n i n g approaches and methods, outdoor recreation resource perception, psychological nature of outdoor recreation, experience and behaviour, environmental ethics, carrying capacities of wildlands, land use conflict, inventory techniques, land use zoning. Recreation 153 Leisure Issues (3) (3,0) (S) W o r k and leisure i n the h u m a n life cycle, adolescence, aging, special needs and leisure, cultural variations i n leisure, leisure-related social problems, lifestyle-based variation i n w o r k and leisure, factors i n lifestyle choice, consumerism and outdoor recreation, sociological perspectives on present and future trends. Recreation 156 (3) Introduction to Environmental Studies Note: This is a part-time program. (3,0) (F) (3,2) (F) A n introduction to ecological principles and their application to environmental issues. Local ecosystems and their indicator species w i l l be examined through field work. Recreation 157 (3) Overland Travel Skills (3,0) (F) A n introduction to the skills of summer h i k i n g and camp skills i n wilderness areas. O v e r l a n d travel planning. Recreation 161 (3) Backpacking Leadership I (3,0) (Su) A n introduction to the skills of alpine h i k i n g and camp crafts i n wilderness areas. Emphasis w i l l be placed on leadership development i n organization, safety and group assessment. Topics w i l l include access to wilderness areas, equipment, clothing, navigation, trip planning and legal issues. Consideration w i l l be given to the problems of w o r k i n g w i t h groups, particularly i n terms of budget limitations and improvising equipment. Recreation 162 (3) Canoe Leadership I (3,0) (F,Su) A comprehensive course in the skills, techniques and knowledge of paddling in open canoes. This course includes instruction in proper handling of equipment, paddling skills in grades of water up to and including grade two, rescue, portaging, river reading, canoe camping and teaching. Leadership techniques and canoeing skills will be stressed throughout the course. Upon completion of Canoe I, students will be given the opportunity to take the Flat Water Instructors exam from RCA of B.C. Recreation 163 (3) Wilderness First Aid I (3,0) (F,S) An introduction to first aid skills pertaining specifically to wilderness environments. Course content includes CPR level "C", situation and patient assessment, soft tissue wound management, improvised splinting techniques, environmental emergencies, and prevention of injury and illness in a wilderness setting. Outdoor simulations are incorporated throughout the course. Upon completion of WFA I students will be given the opportunity to gain Wilderness Emergency Response Certification from the Canadian Institute of Safety, Search and Rescue. Recreation 164 (3) Nordic Leadership I (3,0) (S) This course is designed to give students an initial exposure to winter environments on cross-country skis. The course includes a lecture and field trip series with emphasis on outdoor activity. Lecture topics are: equipment, waxing, clothing, fitness, avalanche awareness, nutrition, and safety. Skill levels will reflect CANSI and CSA material content. Recreation 165 (3) Introduction to Wilderness Leadership (1.5,0) (S) (3,2) (F) Interpretation of mountain environments, local geology and landforms. The course will include field work. Recreation 178 (3) Human Relations in Recreation Recreation 241 (3) Integration of Special Needs in Recreation (3,0) (F) This course focuses on leadership, motivation, and communications. It also deals with human resource (3,0) (F) This course provides students with an overview of human service applications in outdoor recreation. The concepts of integration and social role validation will be examined. The focus will include persons with physical and mental disabilities and understanding attitudes, adaptations, and leadership techniques. Recreation 242 (3) Outdoor Recreation Resource Management and Nature Interpretation (3,3) (F) Development of nature interpretation skills including program planning and design. This course also examines recreation resource management concepts and issues through case studies. There will be a field trip to the west coast focusing on coastal and marine interpretation and examing natural resource issues. Recreation 255 (9) Outdoor Recreation Practicum (9,0,0) (S) The practicum is designed to integrate classroom theory with working experience in the field. Students will arrange with the faculty supervisor to spend three-andone-half months in an acceptable agency placement and will be responsible to a specific agency supervisor. Students will be provided with terms of reference for the practicum experience. Student work performance and potential will be evaluated by the faculty and agency supervisor, and students will make a major presentation to the department at the conclusion of the practicum. Recreation 261 (3) Backpacking Leadership II Prerequisite: This course will address topics which relate to Wilderness Leadership in general, regardless of the activity. Topics covered include navigation, woodsmanship, clothing, equipment, menu planning, fitness, leadership styles and legal issues. Recreation 169 (3) Landscape Interpretation development including employee recruitment, selection, training and development, and performance appraisal. Rec 157 or Rec (3,0,1) (Su) 161 The focus of this course is on expedition planning and leadership, safe travel on ice and snow, and safety on rocky terrain. Students will also be given instruction on route finding and navigation. An additional fee will be levied to cover field trip expenses. Recreation 262 (3) Canoe Leadership II Prerequisite: (3,0,1) (Su) Canoe Leadership I This course will build on the skills and knowledge acquired in Canoe Leadership I. Course content includes: canoe construction and repair, canoe history and evolution of the aboriginal canoes, tandem and solo moving water skills, canoe poling, and extended tripping knowledge. The course is designed to further develop paddling Career/Vocational—Outdoor Recreation 227 skills, personal experience, teaching ability, and leadership techniques. Where applicable, the standards and instruction will be from BCRCA and the Canadian Recreational Canoeing Association. Recreation 263 (3) Wilderness First Aid II Prerequisite: (3,0,1) (F) Rec 163 within the past 3 years, grade of B- or better. WFA II reviews the basic components of accident management covered in WFA I. Additional topics include: management of multiple injuries, triage, recognition and care of medical emergencies, altitude illness, oxygen use, and the development of detailed contigency plans. The majority of class time is spent on practical simulations both in the classroom and outdoors. Recreation 264 (3) Nordic Leadership II Prerequisite: (3,0,1) (S) Nordic Skiing Leadership I or equivalent This course is designed to expand on the experience awareness, knowledge, and activity skills initiated in Nordic Skiing Leadership I. Emphasis will be placed on acquiring teaching techniques for group cross-country skiing and multi-day ski touring trips. This course will also deal with safe winter travel, winter survival, and leadership techniques. Students will be given the opportunity to take CANSI Level I instructor exam and will obtain a CSA Tour Leader certificate. Tourism 111 (1.5) Tourism: An Industry Perspective (1.5,0,.5) (F) An introduction to the tourism industry and its role in the economy, the scale, impact and major sectors of the tourism industry, tourism products in B.C., development potential, language and terminology used in the industry, tourism industry structure and organization, revenue and costs in various sectors, case studies and applications. Students will learn key legal issues in the industry, and will identify educational and professional career path opportunities in various industry sectors in the province. Tourism 120 (1.5) Adventure and Eco-Tourism (1.5,0,.5)(F) Adventure Tourism products in B.C. including rafting, heli-skiing, guiding and outfitting, ocean kayaking, and mountain travel; economic impact of the industry, selling adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal liability, organization and structure of the industry, ecotourism in the Pacific Rim, resource management issues, protecting resource areas. Career/Vocational—Outdoor 228 Recreation BMKT 162 (1.5) Small Business Management I (1.5,0)(S) An introduction to marketing and market research. These foundation topics will provide a base upon which students will develop knowledge and skills related to operating a business of their own. BMKT 163 (3) Small Business Management II (3) (F) This course will allow the student to develop a business plan utilizing workshops in specific areas of sound business planning. Upon completion of this course the student will have a plan ready for submission to financial advisors. Tourism Management Contact: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant; Brian White or Don Basham, Coordinators, phone 984-4960 Instructional Faculty D. BASHAM, Coordinator W. INGLIS, B A . Dip. Marketing R. McBLANE, B.A., B.Ed., M.B.A. J. PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc., Teacher's Cert. (Manitoba), Tour. Mgt. Cert. (Capilano) V. TIMMONS, Sr. Cert. Hospitality and Tourism Administration (B.C.l.T.), B.A. S. IBARAKI, Dip. Physics (Okanagan College) J. ROUSE, B.Sc. (Mt. A.), Tour. Mgt. Cert., (Capilano College) G. FANE, B.Sc, M.B.A., R.I.A., S. STOCKFORD, B.A. (Trinity Western) B. WHITE, B.A., M.A. (SFU), Coordinator TOURISM MANAGEMENT CO-OP DIPLOMA PROGRAM Capilano College's accelerated Tourism Management Coop program is on the leading edge of tourism education in B.C. Our mission is to train students in the management skills necessary for the successful operation of travel generators, including resorts, adventure tourism, attractions, conferences, and special events. Marketing, research and entrepreneurial skills in tourism business are also emphasized. Recognition of our curriculum by the Pacific Rim Institute of Tourism provides access to industry certification. Intensive technical skills courses, contact with the industry, and a four and a half month supervised co-op work term encourages a professional attitude to the industry. The program's pragmatic business approach combined with creative teaching promises a rewarding educational investment for students. The program should appeal to dynamic, outgoing individuals with previous post-secondary education experience and a successful work background in tourism or a related field. The program is also designed for people considering a career shift, since the accelerated co-op model is cost-effective and requires minimal time out of the workforce. Capilano College Tourism Management offers top quality faculty, a beautiful campus, and an exciting learning environment. If you are actively considering a career in tourism and think you have what it takes to be successful as a professional in the field, give us a call! Admission Requirements In order to be considered, applicants should be high school graduates, at least 19 years old with good reading and writing skills, and some work experience. Previous post-secondary education is a definite asset. Phone the Tourism Department for dates of the information meetings and follow-up interviews. Admission Procedure Please bring the following documentation to your interview: • At least two letters of reference • High school or post-secondary education transcripts • A letter of application, including a resume of past experiences Program Content Credits Term #1 (January to April) 1.5 TOUR 111 Tourism: An Industry Perspective 3.0 TOUR 112 Tourism Marketing 3.0 TOUR 114 Human Relations 3.0 TOUR 116 Financial Planning in Tourism I 1.5 TOUR 118 Special Events 1.5 TOUR 120 Adventure and Eco-Tourism 1.5 TOUR 126 Conference Management 3.0 TOUR 128 Tourism Industry and Careers 3XJ TOUR 129 Computer Applications II TOTAL 21.0 Term #2 (May to September) TOUR 130 Co-op Work Term TOTAL Term #3 (September to December) TOUR 115 Supervisory Leadership TOUR 123 Advertising/Media Production TOUR 125 Financial Planning In Tourism II TOUR 127 Tourism Resource and Community Planning TOUR 131 Tourism Product Development TOTAL 12.0 3.0 4.5 3.0 1.5 3Tj 15.0 Term #4 (January to March) TOUR 113 Human Resource Development TOUR 231 Tourism Research & Consultancy TOUR 232 International Tourism Policy & Planning TOUR 233 Cross Cultural Tourism TOTAL 3.0 3XJ 12.0 PROGRAM TOTAL 60.0 1.5 4.5 Career/Vocational — Tourism 229 Course Descriptions Tourism 111 (1.5) Tourism: An industry Perspective (1.5,0,.5) (S) An introduction to the tourism industry: its role in the economy, its scale and impact, major sectors, tourism products in B.C., development potential, language and terminology, industry structure and organization, revenue and. costs in various sectors, case studies and applications. Students will learn key legal issues in the industry. Tourism 112 (1.5) Tourism Marketing (3.0,1) (S) Concepts and principles of marketing, market research, product pricing and costing, service as a primary product, advertising methods, target marketing, factors in consumer preference, assessment of guest satisfaction. Tourism 113 (3) Human Resource Development in Tourism (1.5,1) (S) Human resource issues and problems, recruiting, hiring, orientation, initiation, job training, interviewing techniques, human rights guidelines, relevant legislation, and performance appraisal. Tourism 114 (1.5) Human Relations in Tourism (3.0,1) (S) Interpersonal communications skills for supervisors in the tourism industry: listening skills, time management, presentation methods, group dynamics, conflict resolution and negotiating skills, staff counselling interviews, giving feedback. Tourism 115 (3) Supervisory Leadership in Tourism (3.0,1) (F) proposals, managing the pre-event, event day(s) management, and post event activities. Students will design a new special event and prepare a business plan for that event. The course will also include case studies from existing events. Tourism 120 (1.5) Adventure and Eco-Tourism (1.5,0,.5)(S) Adventure Tourism products in B.C. including rafting, heli-skiing, guiding and outfitting, ocean kayaking, and mountain travel; economic impact of the industry, selling adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal liability, insurance issues, organization and structure of the industry, governments' role in area and activity management, resource management issues, protecting resource areas. Tourism 123 (1.5) (4.5,0,1.5) (F) Advertising/Media Production Techniques This course is designed to give the student an understanding of the major aspects of Canadian Tourism advertising. The course will cover advertising planning, creative strategies and execution as well as developiing "real life" advertising campaigns. Tourism 125 (3) Financial Planning in Tourism II (3.0,1) (F) Designing a business plan, financial planning techniques, financial goal setting for tourism managers. Tourism 126 (1.5) Conference Management (1.5,0,-5) (S) Basic principles of conference management, site selecting, budget, contract negotiations, promotion, program planning, social functions, registration, and on-site management. Leadership styles and development, team-building techniques, concepts of organizational culture and change, and management of quality service. Tourism 127 (1.5) (1.5,0,-5) (F) Tourism Resource and Community Planning Tourism 116 (3.0) (3.0,1) (S) Principles of Financial Controls in the Tourism Industry Tourism resources in the nine tourism regions of B.C., infrastructure, access and resource potential, Tourism Resource Management Policy, design, operations, and management of community tourism resorts. Financial control methods, inventory control, labour costs and controls, employee scheduling, payroll, loss prevention, reporting, accounting applications, financial statements, cash/credit transactions, basic financial planning. Tourism 118 (1.5) Special Events as Tourism Generators (1.5,0,.5) (S) This course will cover all aspects of event management and event marketing: choosing the right event, designing a business (event) plan, event/cause marketing, sponsor Career/Vocational — Tourism 230 Tourism 128 (3) Canada's Tourism Industry and its Careers (3.0,1) (S) An in-depth review of Canadian industry sectors and employment opportunities, practicum orientation, employment liaison, resume preparation, and interviewing skills. Tourism 129 (3) Computer Applications in Tourism II (3.0,1) (S) Tourism industry applications, including spreadsheets, data bases, word processing, future trends, and impacts on the tourism industry. Tourism 130 (12) Tourism Co-op Work Term (12.0,0) (Su) The co-op work term is designed to apply classroom theory and skills through work experience. Students will spend four and one-half months in an acceptable industry placement and will be responsible to a specific industry supervisor. The goal is to develop high calibre graduates who are better able to assume productive jobs. Summer work placements are sought by the students, with faculty co-op advisors assisting them to find placement. Students apply for positions and are selected by the employees and the College. of politics in tourism and Asia-Pacific region national tourism policies. Methodology and approach to tourism policy analysis, comparative tourism development case studies, regional tourism policy and planning. Role of development agencies and tourism organizations. Tourism 233 (3) Cross-Cultural Tourism (3.0,0,.5)(S) An overview of cross-cultural issues in Tourism. The nature of prejudice and racism is examined as are effective communication skills arid behaviours in selected cultures: gender relationships, business and social customs, body language, negotiation skills and others. Students work performance and potential will be evaluated by the faculty and industry supervisor. Upon completion of the co-op work term, each student will make a major presentation to the class and faculty at a department retreat. Tourism 131 (3) Tourism Product Development (3.0,0) (F) With today's intense global competition for tourists combined with the subject and tangible nature of the tourism experience, operations and destinations are now compelled to analytically and methodically develop appropriate tourism products. This course will examine how to effectively develop, package and position tourism products for success in the market place. Tourism 231 (4.5) Tourism Research and Consultancy (4.5,0,1.5) (S) The role and function of consultants in tourism will be examined including the nature of the consulting business, business ethics, politics of consulting, business planning, staffing, marketing your services, consultant resumes, nature of competition, types of clients and client expectations. Analysing and responding to requests for proposals, researching RFPs and writing proposals. Client contractual relations and communication will also be reviewed along with word processing and desk top publishing applications. Tourism 232 (3) International Tourism Policy and Planning (3.0,1) (S) A geographical overview of the Asia-Pacific region including demographics, physiography, environmental issues, tourism destinations and travel patterns. A review Career/Vocational— Tourism 231 232 Post-Graduate Programs ASIA PACIFIC MANAGEMENT COOPERATIVE PROGRAM Contact: Barbara Hankin, 984-4981, Fax 984-4992 Instructional Faculty Nigel AMON, B.A. (Kent), M.A. (SFU), Economics Robert BAGSHAW, B. Comm., (UBC), M.A. (Colorado), Coop Coordinator Charles GREENBERG, B.A. (Manitoba), M.A. (UBC), Ph.D., Economics of Development (on leave) Barbara HANKIN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Wash.), Program Coordinator Toeti KAKIAILATU, B.A. (Indonesia), M.A. (UBC), Indonesian Language Francis KIEM, B.B.A., Ph.D. Ed. (Jakarta), Indonesian Language Scott MacLEOD, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. in progress, Economic Geography Louise MAY, B.A. (Brock), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC), Asia Pacific Perspectives Billie NG, B.A. (Int'l Christian Univ.Tokyo), M.A. (London), Teach. Cert. Grad. Master (Hong Kong), Language Teach. Cert. (UBC), Chinese Language, Cross Cultural Issues Noriko OMAE, B.A., M.A., Teaching Cert., (Osaka U. of Foreign Studies), Japanese Language Jim PLACZEK, B.A.(Windsor), M.A. (UBC), Ph.D (UBC) Thai Language Pontip PLACZEK, B.A. (Thammasat), Thai Language Charles PRIESTER, FCBA B.Comm.(Hons.), M.A.(UBC), International Finance Cameron SYLVESTER, B.A. (Gonzaga), M.A. (NotreDame), Political Economy Blair WILSON, B.Ed. (UBC), M.A. (UBC), International Business General Information This Diploma Program has been developed to offer training to Canadians who are considering international careers. It is a joint-venture in educational programming, bringing Canadian employers together with students and the College to form a unique blend of experiential and academic training. The emphasis is on Canada's relationships with PACIFIC RIM COUNTRIES and our potential to extend our network through trade, business, applied technology and development projects. This is a full-time program which offers an intensive curriculum designed to serve the student in future international work. Each student will take the core courses in Pacific and Asian Studies and International Business Trade and Finance. In addition, students will choose an Asian language such as Japanese, Chinese (Mandarin), Indonesian or Thai. After nine months of study, eligible students will complete a work placement. This co-op work term will normally be for twelve months. Students will be evaluated by the College and the employer, and this will become part of a student's record. Every effort will be made to secure co-op placements for students. Jobs will be sought in Asian countries and in international Canadian organizations. The work term will terminate with debriefing and re-entry sessions. Career targets of the current class include areas such as Finance, International Marketing, Trade, Tourism, Communications, Human Resources, Development, Education, Planning, Journalism, Urban Land Development, Government and Non-Government organizations. Inquiries for application/information package should be directed to the Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program office, telephone 984-4981, FAX 984-4992. Admission Requirements Applications for the program are invited from: a) Those who have completed a degree in Arts, Sciences or a professional area such as Business Administration, Environmental Science, Agriculture, Engineering, Biotechnology, Forestry, or Computer Applications. b) Those who are currently employed and who are eligible for company sponsorship into this program. Sponsorship may come from a wide range of business and development organizations which have the common factor of wanting their employees trained for international work. * Admission maximum is 32 students per year. * Students are selected on the basis of their academic record, relevant experience, a written submission and an interview. * Successful applicants will have strong written, mathematical and inter-personal communication skills. * Applicants who demonstrate proficiency in language acquisition and who have solid business experience will have preference. The Program Students who are interested in a career in the Pacific Rim will follow an integrated program of study which includes the historical, economic, political, cultural and business dynamics of the region. Post-graduate Programs—Asia Pacific Management 235 Course Descriptions APMC 503 (.5) Co-op Preparation (2,0,0) (F) This course will help students develop skills and an understanding for networking and working in an Asian environment. APMC 504 (.5) Co-op Preparation (2,0,0) (S) (0,0,2.5) (S) This twofold course allows students through directed research and a written paper to explore an area of special interest or need. It also includes preparation for the final comprehensive exam. APMC 518 (2.25) International Finance I (see also APMC 531) (2,0,0) (F) (2,0,0) (F) This course provides students with an understanding of the basic concepts involved in marketing products and services as well as with a familiarity with marketing terminology and the application of the "marketing concept". APMC 520 (1.5) Economic Geography 1 (2,0,0) (F) This course will introduce students to current concepts in socio-economic analysis and will emphasize the spatial aspects of economic processes. Emphasis is on the dynamism of economic change and how this change interacts with local social, political and environmental matrices. The course will be issue oriented. There will be a mix of theoretical background, actual case studies, and training in analytical skills. APMC 524 (1.5) Business Plans (2,0,2) (S) These are supervised team projects working with Vancouver-based companies. Business plans are prepared for Asian opportunities chosen in conjunction with the companies. Post-graduate Programs — Asia Pacific Management 236 (3,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation of APMC 518. APMC 532 (1.5) Economic Geography II (2,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation of APMC 520. APMC 533 (1.5) International Business and Trade (2,0,0) (S) This course will provide students with a broad understanding of international marketing theories and their practical applications. This series of courses will aim at providing students with an understanding of financial concepts and strategies that influence business in the conduct of international com- APMC519 (1.5) Introduction to Business and Trade (2,0,0) (F) This course provides students with a broad understanding of the Management Process and Functions as well as with the interrelatedness of these topics with Human Behaviour in Organizations. Students also study the application of this learning in an international context particularly with respect to the Asia Pacific region APMC 531 (2.25) International Finance II This course is a continuation of APMC 503. APMC 515 (.5-3) Directed Studies APMC 525 (1.5) International Management APMC 534 (1.5) International Management II (2,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation of APMC 525 but places a greater emphasis on guest presentations by senior executives whose companies actually are operating in the Asia Pacific Region. APMC 540 (5.25) Asia Pacific Perspectives I (7,0,0) (F) This series of courses is designed to introduce students to the historical and current social, political and cultural patterns of the Asia Pacific region. Students will review and develop skills in cross-cultural communication. They will also develop skills in regional analysis that will help them understand relationships within Asia and with the West. APMC 541 (5.25) Asia Pacific Perspectives II (7,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation of APMC 540. APMC 545 (.75) International Case Studies (2,0,0) (S) This course will be concerned with the analysis of international business situations in multi-cultural environments, usually Asian. (Not offered each year) APMC 560 Workshops (3) (4,0,0) (F) (S) This series allows students to "customize" the program by selecting from a range of courses which offer an opportunity to develop special skills or to study special issues concerning Asia. Chinese 110 (3) Intensive Chinese (Mandarin) (4,1,0) (F) This course introduces students to the basics of Mandarin. This course is designed to maximize the acquisition of oral fluency and comprehension. The course will lay the foundation for further understanding and study in an immersion environment. Chinese 111 (3) Intensive Chinese (Mandarin) (4,1,0) (S) This course is a continuation of Chinese 110. Students will develop communicative competence around themes and situations such as work, family, food, interests, making appointments, asking for directions etc. Indonesian 110 (3) Intensive Indonesian (4,1,0) (F) This course develops basic oral and reading skills in Bahasa Indonesian through the study of grammar, vocabulary and culture. Indonesian 111 (3) Intensive Indonesian (4,1,0)(S) This course is a continuation of Indonesian 110. Japanese 110 (3) Intensive Japanese (4,1,0)(F) This course develops basic oral and written communicative skills in Japanese, through the study of vocabulary, grammar, culture and introduction to word processing. Japanese 111 (3) Intensive Japanese (4,1,0) (S) This course is a continuation of Japanese 110. Thai 100/101 (3) Please see listing in the Academic section of the Calendar. These courses are also open to APMCP students. Post-graduate Programs—Asia Pacific Management 237 Environmental Science Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Diploma Coordinators V. M. TROUP, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (UBC) L. K. WADE, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (A.N.U.) (on leave) Instructional Faculty M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), PhD. (UBC) J.D. BONSER, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo) K.A.J. DAVIDSON, B.A. (Winnipeg), M.A. (Manitoba) S. GROVES, A.B. (Radcliffe), Ph.D. (UBC) L. H. NIKL, B.Sc, M.Sc. (SFU) J. H. NORIE, B.A.Sc. (UBC), M.Env.Des. (Calgary) R. K. PAISLEY, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (Washington), J.D. (California), LL.M. (London School of Economics) A. ROJAS, M.A. (York), Ph.D. (York) D. F. SHERATON, B.A.Sc. Ph.D. (UBC) S. YEE, B.Sc. (UBC) A. WHITEHEAD, B.Sc. (U. Vic), M.Sc. (UBC) R. J. WOZNOW, B.Sc. (Alberta), Ph.D. (New Brunswick) General Information The Diploma Program in Environmental Science is intended for students who have already completed a degree in science and who wish to acquire the knowledge and practical skills necessary for dealing with environmental issues and projects in the work place. This is a full year program designed to prepare students to accept leadership roles in environmental problem solving through a combination of academic studies and field assignments. Areas of emphasis include applied ecology, toxicology, project management, environmental assessment, law, and ethics. Completion of an in-depth impact assignment involving work placement or directed studies is also required. For complete details on this program, see Environmental Science in the Academic Studies section of this calendar. Post-graduate Programs - Environmental Science 238 Non-Credit Programs and Courses EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND SERVICES Contact: 984-4901 Extension Courses The College offers a variety of cost recoverable courses and programs through its Extension Programs and Services Department. There are no prerequisites for admission to non-credit courses but occasionally a certain level of proficiency is recommended for admission. The majority of Extension offerings are an outgrowth of the College's academic and career/vocational programs whose faculties contribute to the high level of instructional competence of the programs. Courses and programs are drawn from the areas of arts, music, social sciences, natural sciences, career development, business, computer science, personal development, fashion, media, and modern languages. Educational study tours are also available through Extension Programs. Extension courses are not listed in the Calendar — they are advertised in seasonal brochures distributed throughout the community, in newspaper ads and by direct mail. Community Music School The Capilano College Community Music School offers group and private instruction for students of voice, theory, and a wide variety of instruments. Classes are held on campus and in other community locations. Programs are listed in the Community Music School calendar which is available annually in June and in the Extension Programs and Services Calendar published three times yearly. Eldercollege Eldercollege is a year-round educational community where men and women, 55 and older, can enjoy daytime study groups in a stimulating atmosphere and the companionship of peers. Eldercollege is a participatory program. Members of Eldercollege can lead study groups, serve on the Eldercollege Advisory Board and its committees, and be study group participants. To maintain a high quality offering at a minimal cost, our activities are both planned and operated by our members. For further information on Extension Programs and Services phone 984-4901 (lower mainland), 892-5322 (Howe Sound), or 885-9310 (Sunshine Coast). (For Extension Programs and Services tuition fee policy, please see page 17). CANADIAN JOB STRATEGIES Various programs funded by Employment and Immigration Canada are available. Training allowances may be provided to students not receiving unemployment insurance benefits and may continue for students on employment insurance. Other E.I.C.-funded programs are also available in Sechelt and Squamish. For information to prospective students and employers with respect to job training under Canadian Job Strategies, call 984-4901. Note: These programs are offered subject to E.I.C. funding. Contract Education Extension Programs and Services draws on a wide range of educational resources to provide training for groups of any size in all aspects of business and professional development. Co-sponsorship of Educational Activities Organizations and societies are encouraged to co-sponsor their educational activities with Capilano College. The College can provide facilities, program design and administrative services and welcomes the opportunity to foster public understanding on social, business, artistic and technological issues. Non-Credit Programs and Courses 241 ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE WORKSHOPS AND COURSES Contact: 984-4945 The Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) offers free workshops on learning skills for college success. Schedule and details are published separately each term. Workshop topics include: Concentration Mind Mapping Learning from Texts Improving Comprehension Memory Training Notetaking Reading Efficiency Researching a Term Assignment Study Tips Test Taking Strategies Time Management Introduction to Word Processing ARC also offers three 3-credit courses: ARC 100 Strategies for Student Success A 3 credit course in which students learn and adopt attitudes and methods that promote success in college. ARC 110 Reading Dynamics A 3 credit course in which participants learn and practice flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing reading comprehension are also included. See Preparatory Programs section. ARC 105 (Sechelt Only) Strategies for Student Success A 3 credit course in which students learn and adopt methods and attitudes that promote success in college. This course covers both study skills and reading strategies. For further information, call 984-4945 or come to the Achievement Resource Centre in B Building. Non-Credit Programs and Courses 242 Governance and Administration Capilano College Board Administration The Board of the College, established in conformity with the College and Institute Act, consists of 12 members appointed by the Minister of Skills, Training and Labour. These members serve as trustees of the College. David Brewer, R.C.P.P.; Director of Supply & Services Randi Duke, B. A., M. A.; Director of Resource Development Stephanie Forsyth, B.A., M.Ed., Dean, Career/Vocational Programs Donna Gallagher, Manager of Financial Systems Steve Gallagher, B.A.; Manager, Computer Support Services Franklin C. Gelin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Vice-President, Academic Studies William Gibson, B.A., Ph.D., Dip. Ed; Dean, Academic Studies Geoff Holter, B.A., M.A.; Director of Employee Relations Ken Hughes, Director of Buildings & Grounds Joseph Iacobellis, B.P.E., M.P.E.; Manager, Athletics and Recreation Douglas K. Jardine, B.A.Sc. (Hons.) Ph.D.; President Jon L. Jessiman, B.A., LL.B., Dip. Int. Law, LL.M., LL.D., D.Sc. Jur.; Dean, Student and Instructional Services, Head, International Office Marie Jessup, C.G.A.; Vice President, Finance, and Bursar; Board Secretariat Louise Krohn, M.A.Ed, B.Ed.; Director of Extension Programs & Contract Services Dianna L. Larsen, B.A., M.A.; Registrar Greg F. Lee, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D.; Vice-President, Career/Vocational Programs Janet E.M. Morris, Dip. Management; Administrator Marleen Morris, B.A.; Director of Public Relations Alan Ng, B.Sc, C.G.A.; Comptroller Steve O'Grady, Acting Assistant Director of Buildings & Grounds John Potts, B.A., M.P.A.; Dean, Career/Vocational Programs Barb Robertson, B.Ed.; Associate Registrar Ian Robertson, Acting Director of Buildings & Grounds Cindy Rogers, Manager of Personnel Services Alan P.D. Smith, B.A., M.A.; Director of Planning Robert W. Turner, B.A., B.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D.; VicePresident, Student and Instructional Services John Waters, B.A. (Hons.), M.A.; Dean, Academic Studies Frieda Wiebe, B.A. (Hons.), M.L.S., M.B.A.; Head Librarian The Board is responsible for governing the College, and in that capacity determines the policy by which the College operates and reviews the performance of the College and its component parts. Traditionally, the Board meets monthly to fulfill its statutory responsibilities and to conduct its general business. Capilano College Board: Graham Crockart, Chair Robin Wilson, Vice Chair Paddi Arthur Linda Carney Bob Curry Daniel Devlin Deborah Jacobs Allen LaCroix Emmie Leung Jack McKeown Peter Meredith Arthur Tinker The Capilano College Board also includes four ex officio members drawn from each of the major College constituencies: administration, faculty, staff and students. The representatives from these constituencies are: Valerie Cochran, Capilano College Faculty Association (CCFA) William (Bill) Gibson, Administration Ross Vennesland, Capilano Students' Union and a representative appointed by the Office & Technical Employees' Union (OTEU), Local 378 Governance and Administration 244 A ACADEMIC POLICIES 27 ACADEMIC S C H E D U L E 10 ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY TRANSFER 67 A C C E S S TO INFORMATION (Freedom of Information & Privacy Protection Act) 22 ACCOUNTING See Business Administration 169 ACHIEVEMENT R E S O U R C E C E N T R E (ARC) Lynnmour, Sechelt, Squamish 32 Credit/Non-Credit Courses 58, 242 A D D R E S S E S & PHONE NUMBERS O F CAMPUSES 1 ADMINISTRATION 244 ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT See Business Administration 169 ADMISSION 12 ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/ FOUNDATIONS 59 ADVANCED PLACEMENT 13 ADVISING C E N T R E & HOTLINE 32 ALTERNATIVE C A R E E R TRAINING ....63 ANTHROPOLOGY 71 APPEAL OF G R A D E S 27 APPLIED INFORMATION T E C H 164 ART HISTORY 88 ART INSTITUTE 83 ASIA PACIFIC MANAGEMENT CO-OP PROGRAM 36, 235 ASSOCIATE D E G R E E S 23 ATHLETICS & RECREATION 33 ATTENDANCE 21 AUDIO-VISUAL SERVICES 38 AUDIT STATUS 21 AWARDS - See Financial Aid B BOOKSTORE B.C. STUDENT ASSISTANCE BIOLOGY BURSARIES BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUSINESS COMPUTING C O - O P See Business Administration 33 41 90 42 169 169 c CAFETERIAS 35 CANADIAN JOB STRATEGIES 241 CANADIAN STUDIES SPECIALTY 69 CANASEAN INTERNATIONAL PROJECT 36 "CAP CORNER" - See Student Store CAPILANO C O L L E G E FOUNDATION ..43 CAPILANO COURIER 40 CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE 34 CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS General Information 163 CERTIFICATES AND DIPLOMAS 23 C H A N G E OF NAME OR A D D R E S S 18 INDEX 246 CHANGING REGISTRATION S T A T U S 17 CHEATING & PLAGIARISM, POLICY ...30 CHEMISTRY 93 CHINESE 95 C O L L E G E BOARD & ADMINISTRATION 244 C O L L E G E FOUNDATION 43 COMMERCE 95 COMMUNICATIONS 186 COMMUNITY MUSIC S C H O O L 241 COMPUTER S Y S T E M S MGMT See Business Administration 169 COMPUTING SCIENCE 97 COPYRIGHT, POLICY 30 COUNSELLING 33 C R A F T S INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 87 CREDIT F R E E C O U R S E S - See Extension Programs & Services CRIMINOLOGY 99 35 22 110 G G E N E R A L OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM GEOGRAPHY GEOLOGY GERMAN GRADES GRADE POINT A V E R A G E GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION 216 111 113 114 27 27 24 73 H D DAYCARE DEAN'S LIST DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS DISABILITY SUPPORT SERVICES DISTANCE EDUCATION Open Learning Agency Knowledge Network DROPPING C O U R S E S FOOD & B E V E R A G E SERVICE F R E E D O M O F INFORMATION & PRIVACY PROTECTION ACT FRENCH 34 44 23 34 34 34 17 E EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION ....188 ECONOMICS 100 ELDERCOLLEGE 241 ENGINEERING 102 ENGLISH 104 ENGLISH AS A S E C O N D LANGUAGE 64 ENGLISH DIAGNOSTIC T E S T (EDT) ...68 ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS 14 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 108 ETHNIC & C R O S S CULTURAL RELATIONS P R O G R A M 69 EVENT MANAGEMENT P R O G R A M ..177 EXAMINATION PERIOD 21 EXEMPTION STANDING 163 EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 241 F FACULTY - See specific programs/courses FEES 19 FINANCIAL AID & AWARDS 41 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT See Business Administration 169 FIRST AID AND HEALTH 35 FIRST NATIONS P R O G R A M S AND SERVICES 35 FISHERIES SCIENCE 193 FITNESS & RECREATION 33,39 HANDICAPPED STUDENT SERVICES See Disability Support Services 34 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAMS 195 HEALTH SERVICES & FIRST AID 35 HIGH S C H O O L EQUIVALENCY - See Adult Basic Education HISTORY 115 HOLIDAYS IN 1994/95 10 HORTICULTURE 199 HUMANITIES DIVISION 67 I "I" G R A D E S 27 IDENTIFICATION CARD 18 INDONESIAN 237 INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES 32 INTERNATIONAL B A C C A L A U R E A T E 13 INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION Application for Admission 13,36 International Exchanges 37 International Projects 37 CANASEAN Project 36 Asia Pacific Management Co-op 36, 235 INTERNATIONAL OFFICE 35 J JAPANESE JAZZ STUDIES JOB PLACEMENT - See Student Employment 117 118 K KINESIOLOGY 132 L LABOUR STUDIES PROGRAM LANDSCAPE HORTICULTURE PROGRAM 133 199 LEGAL ASSISTANT P R O G R A M 201 L E G A L S E C R E T A R I A L P R O G R A M ...220 LIBRARY Lynnmour, Sechelt, Squamish 37 L O A N S - S e e Financial Aid LOST AND FOUND 38 REGISTRATION REPEATING A COURSE RESIDENT C A R E ATTENDANT PROGRAM RETAIL MARKETING S e e B u s i n e s s Administration M s MARKETING MANAGEMENT S e e Business Administration 169 MATHEMATICS 137 MATH LEARNING CENTRE 32,68 MEDIA PRODUCTION S E R V I C E S 38 MEDIA R E S O U R C E S P R O G R A M 205 MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM 222 M E R I T LIST 44 MISSION AND V A L U E S 9 M U S I C T H E R A P Y , B A C H E L O R O F ...210 M U S I C T R A N S F E R , B A C H E L O R O F 141 N NEWSPAPER. STUDENT NON-CREDIT P R O G R A M S NORTH VANCOUVER CAMPUS A d d r e s s & Phone 40 241 1 o OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 214 O F F I C E T E C H N O L O G Y P R O G R A M ..214 OUTDOOR RECREATION MANAGEMENT PROGRAM 224 Wilderness Leadership 225 P PARKING 39 P E R S O N A L ASSISTANT FOR P E R S O N S W I T H DISABILITIES P R O G R A M ....196 PHILOSOPHY 146 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 148 PHYSICS 149 PLAGIARISM & CHEATING, POLICY...30 POLICIES & P R O C E D U R E S 21,27 POLITICAL STUDIES 151 POST-GRADUATE PROGRAMS 235 PREPARATORY PROGRAMS 57 PSYCHOLOGY 152 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM 177 P U R E & APPLIED SCIENCE DIVISION 67,70 16 28 195 169 SCHOLARSHIPS 42 SCHOLASTIC AWARDS 44 S C I E N C E : General information 70 SECHELT CAMPUS ADDRESS & PHONE NUMBER 1 SECURITY 39 SELF STUDY COURSES 68 SENIOR CITIZEN F E E W A I V E R S 19 SERVICES 32 SEXUAL HARASSMENT 30 S O C I A L S C I E N C E S DIVISION 67 SOCIOLOGY 154 SPANISH 156 S P O R T S - S e e Athletics S P O R T S P L E X & F I T N E S S C E N T R E ...39 SQUAMISH CAMPUS ADDRESS & PHONE NUMBER 1 STUDENT ASSISTANCE 41 S T U D E N T E M P L O Y M E N T C E N T R E ... 39 S T U D E N T IDENTIFICATION C A R D 18 STUDENT LOANS 41 STUDENT NEWSPAPER 40 STUDENT NUMBER 18 STUDENT RECORDS 22 STUDENT SERVICES 32 STUDENT SOCIETY 40 STUDENT STORE 40 STUDIO ART 78 w WAIT L I S T S 17 WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP PROGRAM 225 WITHDRAWING F R O M A C O U R S E 17 WOMEN'S STUDIES 159 WRITING A C R O S S THE CURRICULUM 69 WRITING C E N T R E 32,68 T TEXTILE A R T S THAI THEATRE TOEFL TOURISM MANAGEMENT PROGRAM TOWING TRANSER TO AND FROM O T H E R INSTITUTIONS: Academic Career TUITION - S e e F e e s 84 157 157 14 ...229 39 67 163 u UNIVERSITY T R A N S F E R / A C A D E M I C PROGRAMS 67 R READMISSION RECORDS, STUDENT RECREATION & FITNESS REFUND OF FEES REGISTRAR, OFFICE OF THE 12 22 33,39 19 38 V VISITORS VISUAL AND PERFORMING A R T S DIVISION 21 67 INDEX 247 Notes 248 2 0 5 5 PURCELL W A Y NORTH V A N C O U V E R BRITISH C O L U M B I A C A N A D A V7J 3H5 TEL: |604] 986-1911 FAX: (604) 9 8 4 - 4 9 8 5 ; Capilano . College